SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 6-K
Report of Foreign Issuer
Pursuant to Rule 13a-16 or 15d-16 of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the month of February, 2016
Commission File Number: 001-12518
Banco
Santander, S.A.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Ciudad Grupo Santander
28660 Boadilla del Monte (Madrid) Spain
(Address of principal executive office)
Indicate by check mark whether
the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F:
Form
20-F x Form 40-F ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):
Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule
101(b)(7): Yes ¨ No x
Banco Santander, S.A.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Item 1
MATERIAL FACT
Banco Santander hereby informs that it has today published its 2015 committees report (reports of the audit committee, the appointments committee, the
remuneration committee and the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee), and has sent its 2015 Annual Financial Report to the National Securities Market Commission (CNMV). These documents are available on the corporate website
(www.santander.com).
Boadilla del Monte (Madrid), February 12, 2016
Banco Santander, S.A. - Domicilio Social: Paseo de Pereda, 9-12. 39004 SANTANDER - R. M. de Santander, Hoja 286, Folio 64, Libro 5º de Sociedades,
Inscripción 1ª. C.I.F. A-39000013
Item 2
Meeting our commitments
with shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
Helping people and businesses
prosper in 2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
The foundations of our transformation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate governance and team |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
What do we want? Strengthen the Banks corporate
governance incorporating the best international practices and complying with the highest standards |
|
>
>
> |
|
ü What have we done?
Significant renewal of the board with the appointment of new independent directors.
Consolidation of the position of lead director and of the board committees. New
remuneration policy for executive directors and senior management aligned with our Simple, Personal and Fair culture.
Changes in the corporate governance of the risk function and a new parent-subsidiary
relationship framework. |
Configure the executive team for the Banks new phase
Foster the role of the corporate centre in the creation of value for the Group |
|
|
New country heads have been appointed in five of the Groups main
local units and leadership in the corporate centre enhanced. Simplified the
organisational structure and reduced the number of divisions (from 15 to 10), strengthened the compliance function and improved the transparency and efficiency of the corporate centre. |
|
|
|
|
|
Capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
What do we want? Prepare the Bank for stronger organic
growth, while comfortably meeting the new regulatory requirements |
|
>
> |
|
ü What have we done?
7,500 million capital increase.
Meeting the fully loaded CET1 capital ratio of more than 10% in 2015, and commitment to
the market to raise it to above 11% in 2018. |
Offer shareholders an attractive and sustainable return and a dividend
that reflects our profits |
|
|
New dividend policy that increases cash dividend pay-out to 30-40% of
profits. Cash dividend per share increased 79% in 2015. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Strategy and culture |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
What do we want? Improve the Banks profitability,
grow earnings and dividend per share in a sustainable way |
|
>
> |
|
ü What have we done?
Given a new focus to the strategy to transform us into the best retail and commercial bank for our employees, customers, shareholders and communities:
10% growth in loyal customers.
Enhanced operational excellence.
Created a new innovation area and developed the Santander Innoventures
fund. |
Ensure that our more than 190,000 professionals in all countries and
businesses have a common purpose and way of doing things |
|
|
Began to install a new culture throughout the Group, involving senior
management and all employees in building an increasingly Simple, Personal and Fair bank. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
2015
Annual report
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
Message from Ana Botín, Group executive chairman |
|
|
16 |
|
Message from José Antonio Álvarez, chief executive officer |
|
|
22 |
|
Corporate governance |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
28 |
|
Business model and strategy |
|
|
30 |
|
Purpose and business model |
|
|
32 |
|
Aim and value creation |
|
|
|
|
34 Employees |
|
|
|
|
38 Customers |
|
|
|
|
44 Shareholders |
|
|
|
|
48 Communities |
|
|
52 |
|
Risk management |
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
56 |
|
2015 results |
|
|
58 |
|
Economic, banking and regulatory environment |
|
|
62 |
|
Santander Group results |
|
|
65 |
|
Countries |
|
|
73 |
|
Global Corporate Banking |
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
74 |
|
Corporate governance report |
76 |
|
Executive summary |
78 |
|
Introduction |
79 |
|
Ownership structure |
82 |
|
Banco Santanders board of |
|
|
directors |
105 |
|
Shareholder rights and the |
|
|
general shareholders meeting |
107 |
|
Santander Group |
|
|
management team |
109 |
|
Transparency and independence |
111 |
|
Challenges for 2016 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
112 |
|
Economic and financial review |
114 |
|
Consolidated financial report |
|
|
114 2015 summary of |
|
|
Santander Group |
|
|
116 Santander Group results |
|
|
122 Santander Group |
|
|
balance sheet |
129 |
|
Geographic businesses |
|
|
132 Continental Europe |
|
|
146 United Kingdom |
|
|
149 Latin America |
|
|
163 United States |
|
|
166 Corporate centre |
168 |
|
Global businesses |
|
|
168 Retail and |
|
|
commercial banking |
|
|
171 Global Corporate Banking |
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
174 |
|
Risk management report |
176 |
|
Executive summary |
180 |
|
A. Pillars of the risk function |
182 |
|
B. Risk control and management |
|
|
model - Advanced Risk |
|
|
Management |
|
|
182 |
|
1. Map of risks |
|
|
183 |
|
2. Risk governance |
|
|
185 |
|
3. Management processes
and tools |
|
|
192 |
|
4. Risk culture - Risk Pro |
194 |
|
C. Background and upcoming |
|
|
challenges |
199 |
|
D. Risk profile |
|
|
199 |
|
1. Credit risk |
|
|
230 |
|
2. Trading market risk |
|
|
|
|
and structural risks |
|
|
250 |
|
3. Liquidity risk and funding |
|
|
261 |
|
4. Operational risk |
|
|
270 |
|
5. Compliance and conduct risk |
|
|
277 |
|
6. Model risk |
|
|
279 |
|
7. Strategic risk |
|
|
281 |
|
8. Capital risk |
290 |
|
Appendix: EDTF transparency |
|
|
292 |
|
Historical data |
294 |
|
General information |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT
Message from Ana Botín |
|
|
Message from Ana Botín
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT
Message from Ana Botín |
|
|
Dear fellow shareholders,
In 2015, we delivered on everything we promised a year ago and delivered in the right way. We increased our earnings and used them to pay a higher cash
dividend, to invest in our business and to strengthen our capital base organically. This success has put us ahead of our strategic plan.
2015 At a
Glance
We have increased our number of loyal customers by 1.2 million and improved customer satisfaction so that we are now in the top 3 in 5 of
the countries where we operate, which is our aim in all markets. According to our internal surveys, we are all feeling more engaged in our work.
The
results of more loyal customers and a more engaged team are a strong operating performance and a net statutory profit in 2015 of 6 billion:
|
|
|
Customer loans grew by 6.4%. |
|
|
|
Customer revenues grew by 7.6% to 42 billion. |
|
|
|
Underlying profit after tax (excluding PPI and other one-off effects) grew by 13%. |
|
|
|
This growth in revenues and profitability has allowed us also to grow our capital organically by 40 basis points, to 10.05% (10.15% excluding PPI) and to grow our cash dividend per share
by 79%. |
|
|
|
Finally, our company is more valuable than 1 year ago, as measured by our tangible net asset value (TNAV) per share, which grew by 0.11. |
Those of you who acquired shares at the time of our capital raise on January 8 2015 and still hold them, have received a cash dividend per share of
0.11 and a total dividend per share of 0.40, equivalent to 6% of your investment.
But since that date our market valuation has fallen by
36%. This is probably related to a different perception of the strength of our capital and the extent of our regulatory capital buffers and to the concern about our presence in certain emerging markets.
The purpose of capital buffers is to protect our customers, shareholders and employees. We take this responsibility extremely seriously.
Our prudential minimum capital requirement today is to maintain a Common Equity Tier1 (CET1) of 9.75%. Our capital adequacy currently stands at 12.55%, a
buffer of 280 bps, equivalent to 16 billion.
The reason we have these excess buffers is to get ready for 2019 when we will converge to the
regulatory requirements known as Basel III.
As we announced to investors last September, our goal is to have a CET1 capital ratio fully compliant with
Basel III criteria of more than 11% by December 2018, when our regulatory requirement will be 10.5%. I am confident that with the uplift we achieved in 2015 and our current growth and capital generation, we will meet our target.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT
Message from Ana Botín |
|
|
We have set this goal of above 11% to align with the highest prudential standards for two reasons. First, our
required minimum is less because our model is considered less interconnected, and easy to resolve. Second, we need lower management buffers over this minimum because of the relatively low volatility of our earnings and our better relative
performance under stress scenarios.
The key factors in favor of Santander are:
|
|
|
Our business is less volatile than that of our peers. We have paid a dividend every year for 50 years. |
|
|
|
We went through the financial crisis without reporting any quarterly loss. We paid dividends every year and at the lowest point, in 2012, we delivered a net statutory profit of 2.3 billion, as our retail and
commercial banking activities continued to be profitable practically in every market. |
|
|
|
Our subsidiaries are autonomous in managing their capital and liquidity. We have more than sufficient capital to operate safely, to satisfy regulators in all of our markets and at the Group level, and to provide the
returns expected by our investors. |
|
|
|
Since 2007 we have generated profits before taxes of 93 billion. Our pre-provision profit has been on average 2.3 times the provisions we incurred. We are now transforming our bank to expand our capacity to
generate capital. This will make us even more resilient throughout the business cycle. |
However, what best explains our market
underperformance since our historical high valuation of 100 billion in April last year are concerns about the future of Brazil.
Brazil is
going through a challenging period, but our bank performed excellently there this year. Our team delivered strong recurring profits and made significant one-off positive contributions. Net statutory profit grew by 33% in local currency and by 13%
in euros in 2015. Our return on tangible equity (RoTE) in Brazil was a healthy 14%. Finally, our balance sheet in Brazil which represents 8% of total Group customer loans- shows the lowest non-performing loan ratio among the top
Brazilian private banks: 3.2%.
Today in Banco Santander, as our performance in 2015 shows, we have the people, the vision and the resources to
deliver for our shareholders.
We will manage the business to deliver on earnings per share (EPS), dividends per share (DPS) and TNAV per share as I
laid out in my letter last year and at our Investor Day in September.
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT
Message from Ana Botín |
|
|
The Santander Moat is large and deep
In summary, todays market is not considering the full value and strength of our model and our diversification.
Warren Buffett often says that he likes to invest in companies with a moat, a competitive advantage which protects profits and market share over
time.
Our moat is our critical mass in every one of our 9+1 (Santander Consumer Finance Europe) core markets, where we serve a total of
121 million customers. This provides consistent earnings, quarter after quarter and through the cycle.
We have earned the trust of our
customers over many years, through hard work and careful stewardship of their financial affairs. Our relationship managers talk to many of these customers every day. They have helped them through difficult times, supporting when others who know them
less well might have walked away.
We also operate in a carefully assembled mix of developed and developing markets. When one or two markets are
struggling, others are thriving.
Santander Consumer Finance is the top consumer bank in Europe. In Mexico, we are the main bank for small and medium
sized enterprises. In Poland, our bank is the most profitable among its peers. We have the second largest private bank and the most profitable one in Portugal. And that doesnt take into account the continued strength of our most important
banks in Spain and the UK, which have performed well despite continued low interest rates.
The combined growth of our continental European
business this year has delivered 2.2 billion attributable profit, or 35% growth; our UK and US businesses delivered 2.6 billion attributable profit, 10% more, representing 31% of total attributable profit1.
The second half of this years disappointing share price does nothing to undermine my belief
in our diversified structure which has been built to do exactly what it is doing: providing predictable earnings with lower volatility through the cycle.
Our critical mass, our personal relationships with customers and our geographical diversification combine to create the large, deep moat around us.
These are the sources of our unique competitive advantage and what give us confidence that we can deliver earnings at the same time as we adapt our business
for the future.
They are the foundations upon which we are building Santander for the next 50 years.
We have scale and financial strength on our side and we are learning how to think and act like a challenger at the same time.
|
|
|
|
|
1. Excluding the corporate centre and Spains Real Estate activity. |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT
Message from Ana Botín |
|
|
Customers
When I wrote to you last year and laid out my vision and plans to transform Santander, I said that the
measure of our success will be that wherever we operate our customers are the ones who champion our services and bring in new customers. We have made great strides in helping people and businesses, our customers, prosper. I would
like to review in detail what we have achieved in 2015.
Banking is an industry which will look very different very soon because of technology. But it
remains at its heart a personal business. It is about satisfying the needs and aspirations of our customers, of families wanting to buy homes and businesses wanting to expand. Our daily work is about serving our 121 million customers today and
to anticipate what they will need tomorrow: a loan as well as the latest mobile app to fit seamlessly into their digital lives.
Our focus this year and
going forward, will be to earn the loyalty of our customers and encouraging greater use of our digital banking services. In simple terms: we want more of our customers to do more of their banking with us. And we are ready for them to do more
of their banking digitally.
Progress in 2015
|
|
|
In the UK, one out of every three new accounts is now opened via our digital channels. |
|
|
|
In Poland, our customers can now apply for a cash loan using their phones and receive a response within 60 seconds. |
|
|
|
In Spain, a new 1|2|3 account is opened every minute through our digital channels. |
As a result of these
efforts, we have reached our targets and grown our number of loyal customers by 1.2 million and our digital customers by 2.5 million.
In the
markets where our number of loyal customers has increased the most, so has our revenue. And this progress is reflected in rising customer satisfaction. In five of the markets we serve, we are ranked among the top three banks for customer
satisfaction. We care a lot about these customer satisfaction rankings and loyalty numbers because they set the pulse of our business. If they are strong and healthy, our company is too.
People
Santander built a strong, successful culture over many years. This culture was at the root of our expansion
and growth. Now we need to change. This is going to take hard work and time, but we are well on our way.
Internally, we have been undergoing a
process of profound cultural change. We are reevaluating every one of our processes to ensure that we can be true to our values, purpose and aim, and be ready to embrace new technology sweeping through financial services.
I want every member of our global team to feel motivated and inspired by these changes, to know that we will do everything we can to support them in their
work. I am asking for the same commitment to change from myself, my board and my most senior executives, as I am from those who work in our branches and help our customers every day.
Our latest survey of our global team showed that many more of us believe in this process today than when we started a year ago. We are rethinking how
we measure performance and create incentives. Our program of flexiworking has been especially popular. We want our teams to guide us, to let us know how they can contribute most to our organization.
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT
Message from Ana Botín |
|
|
During 2015 we have worked to agree on the behaviours that will help us build a bank that is more Simple,
Personal and Fair.
There are eight of them: show respect; truly listen; talk straight; keep promises; actively collaborate; bring passion; support
people; and embrace change. It is a short list on purpose. It is meant to be achievable.
We value honesty, energy and directness in our families and
friends, and we should expect no less from our colleagues at work.
Across the organization, we are focused on becoming more efficient and more
transparent. At the corporate centre, we have reduced the number of divisions from 15 to 10 as well as the number of top executives and executive board directors at the Group level.
This has allowed us to reduce the total cost of compensation for those at this level by 23%.
Good governance has taken on fresh importance since the financial crisis, and we are working harder than ever to appoint the best people and create the
clearest lines of accountability between all of our operations. Our industry is complex by nature, but our business should never be more complex than necessary.
We are constantly seeking the ideal balance between our corporate centre and our countries. We trust our local teams because they are closest to our
customers. But we also want them to take advantage of being part of a global Group.
From our centre in Spain, we offer products and best practices,
ranging from technology systems to control, which enable our subsidiaries to capture significant economies of scale. The synergies created by this system are worth 3 points of our cost-to-income ratio. Our in-country teams can stay close to
their markets while operating more efficiently than their competitors. There are no intermediate levels between our country heads and the Group CEO, because we believe that a lean corporate structure, with the fewest possible layers of management,
is the best guarantee of simplicity and transparency, and will deliver for both our customers and our shareholders.
This relationship between the centre
and our subsidiaries is essential to continue to improve our cost-to-income ratio, a key measure of efficiency that remains one of the best in the industry at 47.6%. And our simple, geographically ring-fenced subsidiary model results in the lowest
Financial Stability Board additional capital recommendation among our peers.
Shareholders
Until the situation in Brazil began to deteriorate in mid year, the relative performance of our share price
was comparable to that of our peers and the major indexes.
The long-term story of Brazil is the growth and development of one of the largest emerging
economies in the world. We are going to endure the current situation, be patient and be strongly positioned when Brazil resumes its upward journey.
It is important that our shareholders recognize this, and consider the growth in our TNAV per share in 2015. There is always a lot of noise in
finance, but the strong, underlying signal coming from Santander is of steady growth and value-building. I am convinced that our share price will eventually come to reflect this and our shareholders patience will be rewarded.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT
Message from Ana Botín |
|
|
We derive enormous benefits from the way our diverse geographies and retail and commercial banks with critical
mass minimize our risks and even out our revenues.
During 2015, we grew our net profits (in euros) in Spain and SCF by 18%, in the UK by 27%, in Portugal
by 63%, in Brazil by 13% and in Mexico by 4%. These businesses represent 81% of our customer loans and 76% of our Group profits. Chile reduced its profit by 9%, US by 21% and Poland by 15%. These three businesses represent 16% of our customer
loans and 17% of our profits.
We see great potential for us to grow in Poland where we are leaders in digital channels and where loans are growing
by 11%. We are working to improve our operations in the USA: we have put in place a new team in recent months, composed of top talent at both the executive and board levels. We know what we have to do in the USA to succeed on all fronts.
Our model proved its worth during the financial crisis, throughout which we never posted a single quarter of losses. We never required a bail-out in
any of the countries where we operate. Though designated a global SIFI (Systemically Important Financial Institution) we have the lowest capital charge among global SIFIs. And for these reasons, we need lower capital buffers, as noted previously,
than other international banks with different models.
It was not an easy decision to change our dividend policy, as we did last year. But we have
to pay a dividend that reflects the reality of the macro-regulatory situation and our earnings, and is consistent with our strategy. What is important, is that our model delivers enough profits to reinvest further in: profitable growth; a
strengthened capital base; and an increased dividend per share.
Communities
We continued our support for higher education through our Santander Universities programme which now reaches
more than 1,200 universities around the world. Last year, we awarded around 35,000 scholarships to students attending these universities, as well as investing in programmes to improve financial inclusion and education.
We have launched the UK Discovery Project, helping people prosper through enhanced education, skills and innovation, which will support a million people by
2020.
We also supported around 7,000 entrepreneurs and 500 start-ups through our community programs to promote job creation.
Our target is to support 4.5 million people between now and 2018.
Looking ahead
It is said that strategy rarely survives first contact with adversity. But after eighteen months in
charge of Santander, I am confident that the plan we have in place is the right one.
We are building from a strong and diverse base. Santander
built a reputation over the past three decades as an expansive, acquisitive bank, venturing from Spain to markets across Europe and the Americas. I cannot rule out future bolt-on acquisitions in our 9+1 core markets, provided they make both
strategic and financial sense, but for the immediate future we are focused on growing loyal customers and organic growth.
We are overhauling our
operations and our management to make them more Simple, Personal and Fair. We want our employees to feel happier and prouder than ever to work for Santander. We are building and learning new technologies so that we can revamp our internal processes
and develop better products and services for our customers, whilst remaining best-in-class in efficiency.
|
|
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT
Message from Ana Botín |
|
|
And we are lowering our cost of risk with an average target for 2015-2018 of 1.2%.
Our goal is to grow earnings and dividends per share annually, reaching double digit EPS growth by 2018, from a stronger, more resilient capital base with
a CET1 above 11%.
Over the coming year, we anticipate different contexts for the developed and developing economies where we operate. In the
developed economies, we envisage steady low GDP growth and falling unemployment. Low oil prices and low interest rates will be good for both individual and corporate customers.
Interest rates in the United States seem to be moving upwards, but the return to normality in the credit markets after years of quantitative easing is going
to take time. Political uncertainty persists in parts of Europe, and a new president will be elected in the United States in November. Our base case scenario is low and flat yield curves in the developed markets for quite some time.
In the developing economies, we are always braced for greater volatility. But the underlying trends remain hugely promising. We are well placed in
markets with young and growing populations, low banking penetration and low borrowing levels, where we can earn returns on equity far higher than those we earn in the developed markets. As I mentioned above, diversification is our strength.
Listening to our customers and anticipating what they want from us; fixing things fast when we make mistakes; making their interactions with us Simple,
Personal and Fair, each and every time - these are our main goals, today, tomorrow and as far into the future as we can see.
To guide us, we will
focus on our purpose: to help people and businesses prosper. This is the Santander Way. It is the foundation for our success. And we have a clear aim: to be the best retail and commercial bank, earning the lasting loyalty of our people, customers,
shareholders and communities.
Strong corporate governance is vital to all of our work. Banco Santanders board is fully involved in the Groups
oversight. I would like to thank Juan Rodríguez Inciarte and Sheila Bair for their invaluable contribution to the bank.
We have strengthened our
boards both centrally and in our regional subsidiaries, drawing on strong independent directors to provide fresh perspectives and advice.
2015 has
been a year of tremendous learning and progress for me personally and for Santander. We can see a clear path to the objectives we have set ourselves for 2018. But we still have to walk that path and turn the unforeseen bumps ahead into
opportunities if we want to deliver on our purpose of helping people and businesses prosper.
We still have to act each day in a way that is more
Simple, Personal and Fair. The digital revolution in finance wont happen by itself. We aspire to lead in ensuring that it delivers on its promise for our customers above all.
With the support of our nearly 4 million shareholders, a Board committed to our objectives and an excellent team, I am confident we will succeed.
|
|
|
Ana Botín
Group Executive Chairman |
|
|
2018 TARGETS:
|
|
|
Increase EPS reaching double digit growth in 2018 |
|
|
|
Average cost of credit 2015-2018: 1.2% |
|
|
|
Increase DPS and TNAV per share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT
Message from José Antonio Álvarez |
|
|
Message from
José Antonio Álvarez
|
|
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
Message from José Antonio Álvarez |
We are living in a time of significant change. Technology is generating a new way of relating to one another and
is increasing the information and decision-making capacity of all economic agents. In the financial sector, other challenges add to these changes, such as new regulations, the entry of new competitors, an environment of low interest rates and uneven
growth between mature and emerging economies.
Developed economies continued in 2015 to show signs of recovery but emerging countries, as a whole, grew at
a slower pace, because of their internal dynamics as well as the fall in commodity prices and Chinas slowdown.
The markets were volatile. Emerging
currencies depreciated against the dollar and interest rates remained low in mature markets. The Federal Reserve waited until December to announce the first increase in interest rates of only 25 b.p.
This environment continued to put pressure on banks profitability, added to which were regulatory requirements in two directions. Firstly, greater
capital requirements, which have doubled in the last few years. Secondly, regulatory requirements hit income statements as they limited the capacity to generate revenues, required higher costs and investments in technology and personnel, while
producing a higher tax charge.
Competition from banks and non-banks was also stronger in various countries and business areas.
Santander is facing these challenges with a business model that has proved its strength in recent years and which we are adapting to the new environment, in
order to maximise our profitability goals.
2015 Group results
2015 was a year of transition in which we posted good results and the Bank advanced in its
commercial transformation.
We want to have more loyal customers and make transaction banking the key element. We are analysing which products
have opportunities for improvement in each market and we are working on them. We are launching the 1|2|3 strategy, as well as other global Group proposals such as Santander Advance, International Desk, Santander Passport and Santander
Trade for the corporate world.
The number of digital customers reflect the boost provided by the multichannel strategy. Of note were Mexico,
Spain, UK and Portugal, which grew at rates of around 20% or more.
Digitalisation is key for adapting to the new form of customer relationships.
Handling big data will provide us with better knowledge on our customers and enable us to respond to their needs. Moreover, it is an effective way to cut costs, enhance efficiency of processes and simplify our structure. We are making
significant progress in this direction and have been recognised in the sector as pioneers in the launch of various apps and services.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT
Message from José Antonio Álvarez |
|
|
This strategy is reflected in increased customer satisfaction and in balanced growth in business volumes.
Lending increased 6%, with gains in market share, mainly in SMEs and companies. Customer funds rose 7%.
These dynamics spurred revenues and enhanced their quality, as the most commercial and recurring income (+8%) increased its percentage of the total:
|
|
|
In an environment of very low interest rates in some countries where we operate, net interest income increased 9% thanks to commercial and spread management. |
|
|
|
Fee and commission income rose 4%, absorbing the negative impact of regulatory requirements. We have improvement plans for the coming years. |
In contrast, trading gains fell 16% as they were hit by market volatility. Other income was affected by higher allocations to deposit guarantee and resolution
funds, to which the Group assigned close to 800 million in 2015.
The efficiency plans and discipline in costs enabled growth in costs to be
almost flat in real terms and on a like-for-like basis. We met the efficiency plan goals (2,000 million) one year ahead of schedule, thereby making austerity in operating costs compatible with investment in regulatory requirements and in
digitalisation and the multichannel strategy.
We are one of the international financial systems most efficient banks, and in order to
continue being so, we announced at the Investor Day that we had increased the efficiency plan by 1,000 million to 3,000 million of cost savings for 2018. These will enable us to make investments and improvements while
continuing to achieve excellent cost-to-income ratios.
Revenue growth and cost control were accompanied by a 4% decline in loan-loss provisions.
This was made possible by the improvement in credit quality in almost all countries, thanks to an adequate risk management policy. With the launch of the advanced risk management programme (ARM) and strengthening of the risk culture throughout
the Group under a common identity (risk pro), we are continuing to advance toward prudent and sustainable risk management.
These measures also pushed
down the NPL ratio to 4.36% at the end of 2015, 83 basis points lower than in 2014, while coverage was six percentage points higher at 73%.
Underlying attributable profit increased 13% to 6,566 million.
In addition, in 2015 we recorded the impact of the net of non-recurring positive and negative results of 600 million. Even after absorbing this impact,
profit was 3% higher.
The years results contributed significantly to the generation of capital, where we have a comfortable position consistent
with the stability and recurrence of our business model. In fully loaded terms, the ratio was above the 10% target we set at the start of the year, as optimisation of capital is one of our strategic objectives.
And we combined an increase of 3% in the tangible book value per share with a cash dividend distribution of more than 2,200 million compared to
1,143 million in 2014.
|
|
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT
Message from José Antonio Álvarez |
|
|
In underlying terms, the RoTE remained at 11% and the RoRWA rose to 1.30%.
In short, we progressed in 2015 toward our main goals, demonstrating our strength and the efforts to earn the lasting loyalty of our employees, customers,
shareholders and communities.
I will now devote the rest of my message to the performance by the main units in 2015 and the management priorities for
2016.
Performance by business areas in 20151
In Spain, we focused
on forging long-term relations with our customers. For example, launching the 1|2|3 strategy with which we attained 860,000 accounts. We want to be the bank of choice for companies and so we launched the 1|2|3 account for SMEs, and other programmes
with differentiated offers. This increased our market share in the segment, and we are leaders in wholesale banking. We also achieved a significant improvement in customer satisfaction surveys. Lastly, we strengthened the corporate governance model,
aligning it with the rest of the Groups subsidiaries.
In an environment of tough competition, attributable profit was 18% higher than in 2014 at
977 million, thanks to lower provisions and control of costs.
In the United Kingdom, the positive trend continued in individual
customers with the 1|2|3 strategy, as well as in companies where we continued to gain market share. We focused on mobile and online channels, launching a range of solutions that was well received by the market. The number of digital customers rose
22%. We also continued to increase the number of loyal customers. In companies, we gained more market share with sustained growth in a market that as a whole is not growing.
Underlying attributable profit was 14% higher at £1,430 million thanks to good commercial dynamics, reflected in revenues and in an improvement in
credit quality that led to lower provisions.
In Brazil, we continued to improve the bank and carry on the commercial transformation, based on a
multichannel approach and growth in digital customers, improving and simplifying processes and in operations such as Getnet and Bonsucesso, with which we increased our fee and commission income. All of this is reflected in a more sustainable
business model.
Attributable profit was 1,631 million, up 33%, and driven by commercial revenues, enhanced efficiency and provisions growing
at a slower pace than lending.
Although it is not possible to isolate oneself completely from the countrys current recession, the improvement in
the franchise over the last few years, the better quality of the balance sheet and gains in productivity and efficiency enable us to face the current environment with guarantees.
In the United States, we continued to strengthen the governance structure. We bolstered the risk management and control models in order to meet the
regulators expectations. We are creating the holding company that will integrate businesses in the country, which impacted costs. We are investing in improving the banking franchise, in order to enhance the customer relationship and increase
profitability.
The priority at Santander Consumer USA is auto finance, as we are discontinuing the business of personal loans.
All these measures are temporarily impacting results and largely explain the drop in profit to $752 million.
|
|
|
|
|
1. All changes in this section are calculated in local currency terms. |
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT
Message from José Antonio Álvarez |
|
|
Santander Consumer Finance is
Europes consumer credit leader, with a unique business model and excellent credit quality. Geographic and product diversification was strengthened by the latest operations, such as the integration of GE Nordics and development of the agreement
with Banque PSA Finance, which is meeting the timetable set. Attributable profit rose 18% to 938 million.
In Mexico, we completed the
expansion plan begun in 2012, which was reflected in a faster pace of business growth and gains in market share. Pre-tax profit grew 8% thanks to the positive trend in revenues, mainly net interest income.
In Chile, the focus was on business growth in companies and in target segments of individual customers, as well as in improving the quality of customer
attention. The result was better than expected despite the 13% fall in profit, which was due to lower UF inflation than in 2014 and a higher tax charge.
In Argentina, profit grew by more than 20%, thanks to progress in the new commercial strategy and the expansion plan, which produced higher net
interest income, and fee and commission income.
In Poland, we are the best bank in terms of profitability and continued to be the leader in cards,
and mobile and online banking. Profit fell 15% because of the drop in interest rates and the introduction of maximum rates for consumer credit and cards.
In Portugal, we gained market share, mainly in companies. We are in a process of normalising profits, which rose 63%. In December, Santander Totta was
awarded most of assets and liabilities of Banco Internacional do Funchal (Banif), making us the countrys second largest private sector bank.
Business areas priorities for 2016
Looking to 2016, the outlook for the global economy points to a slight and uneven
recovery. This improvement will come from advanced economies, which will consolidate their moderate recovery, while emerging economies will struggle to stabilise their growth.
Beyond the current point in the cycle, emerging economies are a fundamental asset in Banco Santanders strategy. Firstly, because of their higher growth
potential, in view of their demographic dynamics, and their more vigorous productive capacity; secondly, the considerable gap they still have to fill in terms of banking penetration, based on the improvement of their levels of development, and the
substantial growth in their middle classes; and thirdly, the diversification and stability that these countries provide to our balance sheet and income statement from businesses in economies with different cycles, as shown once again in the extreme
conditions of the last few years.
In this context, we will continue to focus on improving customer satisfaction in all the Groups units, on
advancing in the digital transformation process and on increasing the number of loyal customers. We will also continue to centre selectively on key businesses in order to gain market share in them. At the same time, setting priorities on the
basis of the features and the circumstances of each market:
|
|
|
In Spain, we want to have 2 million 1|2|3 accounts, continue to improve customer satisfaction, reduce the cost of credit and gain market share in SMEs. |
|
|
|
The UK will continue to focus on customer satisfaction, the digitization process, increase the range of services and grow again at a faster pace than the market in SMEs. |
|
|
|
In Brazil, the improvement in our franchise in the last few years, the enhanced quality of the balance sheet and further gains in productivity and efficiency should enable us to face the year with guarantees. We
have management tools to take advantage of the high interest rate environment and we will concentrate on selective business growth, operational efficiency and control of risk.
|
|
|
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT
Message from José Antonio Álvarez |
|
|
|
|
|
Santander Consumer Finance will complete the agreement with Banque PSA Finance, strengthen consumer business through Pan-European agreements and step up its presence in digital channels. |
|
|
|
In the United States, we will continue to bolster the franchise with differentiated strategies for each entity, while integrating the main units in the country into Santander Holding USA. |
|
|
|
In the rest of units, the priorities are the following. In Mexico, we will strengthen our position by consolidating key segments. In Chile, we will focus on improving customer attention and on transforming
our commercial and retail banking, while renewing our branches. We have a very similar strategy in Argentina, where we are also expanding the network and advancing in digitization. Lastly, in Portugal we will manage Banifs
integration and in Poland we will continue to be the reference point bank in innovation and leaders in digital channels, with a clear objective of gaining more market share in companies. |
Conclusions
We made progress in 2015 in the main strategic objectives and our financial variables performed well.
We will continue in 2016 to advance in the Groups commercial transformation. We have clear goals for the year, as announced at the Investor Day, both for
the whole Group and for countries:
|
|
|
Raise the number of loyal customers, both individuals and companies, and digital customers. |
|
|
|
Increase market share in SMEs and companies. |
|
|
|
Reduce the cost of credit. |
|
|
|
Grow fee and commission income at a faster pace. |
|
|
|
Maintain the year-end cost-to-income ratio stable. |
|
|
|
Boost dividend and earnings per share. |
These objectives are part of our medium-term priorities:
grow in business volumes, increase revenues and improve profitability, with capital levels in line with business needs and regulatory requirements.
None of this would be possible without the help, work and motivation of Santander Groups highly professional and experienced team. We want to continue
to strengthen it through our talent management model that enables us to identify employees potential and develop a career plan that is individually tailored. In addition, we are implementing new ways of working, with more flexible models that
are adapted to current life, in order to consolidate our bank as one of the best companies to work for.
I firmly believe that, with the commitment of
our employees and the trust of our customers and shareholders, we can attain our goals and continue to help people and businesses prosper in a Simple, Personal and Fair way.
|
|
|
José Antonio Álvarez
Chief executive officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT
Corporate governance |
|
|
Corporate
governance
Santander strengthened its corporate governance, focusing, in particular, on the role and functioning of the
board of directors and leadership in the Groups main policies and strategies, as well as the key role it plays in risk management, in accordance with the highest international standards.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balanced and
committed board |
|
Equality of
shareholders rights |
|
Maximum
transparency, particularly in terms
of remuneration |
|
At the forefront of
international best governance practices.
In 2015: |
Of the 15 directors, 11 are non-executive and 4 executive.
A diverse board (33% of women) with international experience. |
|
The principle of one share, one vote, one dividend.
The Bylaws do not contain anti take-over measures.
Encouragement of informed participation at shareholders meetings. |
|
This is key for generating shareholder and investor confidence and
security. New remuneration policy for executive directors and senior management,
aligned with our Simple, Personal and Fair culture. |
|
The position of lead director gains importance and the role of the boards
committees is strengthened. Enhancement of risk management governance.
Internal governance framework for relations between the parent bank and
subsidiaries. |
Board of directors
The board of directors is the Groups highest decision-making body, except for matters reserved for the general shareholders meeting. Santander has
a first-class, highly qualified board; experience, knowledge, dedication and diversity are its main assets.
In line with the Banks aim and purpose
and as part of its general oversight function, the board leads the decisions regarding the Groups main policies, strategy and corporate culture. It defines the Groups structures and promotes the appropriate policies in relation to
corporate social responsibility. In particular, in the exercise of its responsibility and involvement in managing all risks, it must approve and monitor the risk appetite and framework and ensure that the three lines of defence model
(business and risk origination; risk control and compliance and internal audit) are respected.
Its functioning and activities are regulated by the Banks internal rules, which are governed by the
principles of transparency, responsibility, justice, effectiveness and defence of shareholders interests. The board also ensures compliance with the best international practices and continues to advance in attaining the highest corporate
governance standards, for which several changes were made to the boards rules and regulations during 2015.
The composition of Banco
Santanders board is balanced between executive and non-executive directors. The board was strengthened in 2015 with more non-executive directors (most of them independent) who ensure appropriate control of the business and decision-taking,
fostering, furthermore, debate that is more challenging and of higher quality on these issues.
For more information on corporate governance see pages 74 to 111 of Banco Santanders Annual Report
|
|
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Corporate governance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banco Santanders
board
|
|
|
|
|
All board members are recognised for their professional capacity, integrity and independence and, individually and collectively meet the
conditions, experience and necessary dedication for attaining the goal of turning Santander into the best retail and commercial bank. The non-executive directors profile includes professionals with extensive financial experience, wide
knowledge of the markets where the Group has businesses and of the different sectors and customer service models from top-level executive positions.
At the end of 2014, Santander granted bylaw-stipulated status to the position of lead director and consolidated it further in 2015 through the appointment of
Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown. Remuneration policy
The Banks remuneration policy for directors and senior management is based on the
following principles: |
|
1. Remuneration must be consistent with rigorous and prudent risk management.
2. Anticipating and adapting to the regulatory changes in remuneration matters.
The executive directors variable remuneration deferred period, as well as that of other executives within the Groups identified category, are consistent with the provisions of the CRD IV.
3. Involvement of the board, as, at the proposal of the remuneration committee, it
approves the annual remuneration report for directors and submits it to the general shareholders meeting on a consultative basis and as a separate item on the agenda.
4. Transparent information. |
|
New auditor
At its meeting of 6 July 2015, the board selected Pricewa-terhouseCoopers Auditores,
S.L. (PwC) to be the external auditor of Banco Santander and its consolidated Group and verify the financial statements for 2016, 2017 and 2018. This decision was adopted in line with the corporate governance recommendations with regard to rotation
of the auditor, at the proposal of the audit committee and as a result of a fully transparent selection process. The board submitted this appointment for approval by the ordinary general shareholders meeting. |
Changes in the composition of the board |
|
|
|
At its meeting on
30 June 2015, the board agreed to appoint Mr Ignacio Benjumea, until then general secretary and secretary of the board, as non-executive director of Banco Santander. At the same date, Mr Jaime Pérez Renovales was appointed as the new
general secretary and secretary of the board, and Mr Juan Rodríguez Inciarte tendered his resignation as director.
Ms Sheila Bair resigned as director as of October 1 after she was appointed president of
Washington |
|
College. In order to fill this vacancy, the board, at the proposal of the appointments committee and after obtaining the
corresponding regulatory authorisations, agreed to appoint Ms Belén Roma-na as an independent director.
The appointments of Mr Ignacio Benjumea and Ms Belén Romana will be submitted to the next general
shareholders meeting for ratification. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Corporate governance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Corporate governance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Corporate governance |
|
|
Banco Santanders structure
and internal
governance
Subsidiary model
Santander Group is structured using a subsidiary model of which the parent is Banco Santander, S.A. Its registered office is in the city of Santander
(Cantabria, Spain) and its corporate centre is in Boadilla del Monte (Madrid, Spain).
The Groups subsidiary model is characterised by the
following:
|
|
|
The governing bodies of each subsidiary are responsible for rigorous and prudent management, ensuring economic soundness and overseeing the interests of shareholders and other stakeholders. |
|
|
|
The subsidiaries are managed on the basis of local criteria and by local teams that contribute considerable knowledge and experience of customer relationships in their markets, while benefiting from the synergies and
advantages of belonging to Santander Group. |
|
|
|
They are subject to the regulation and supervision of their local authorities, in addition to the supervision performed globally by the European Central Bank on the Group. |
|
|
|
Their deposits are guaranteed by the respective deposit guarantee schemes of the countries where they are located. |
The subsidiaries are funded autonomously in terms of capital and liquidity. The Groups capital and liquidity positions are coordinated in the corporate
committees. The intragroup exposures are limited, transparent and at market prices. The Group, moreover, has listed subsidiaries in some countries in which it retains a controlling stake.
The subsidiaries autonomy limits the contagion risk between the Groups different units, which reduces systemic risk. Each subsidiary has its own
resolution plan.
Corporate centre
Banco Santanders subsidiary model is complemented by a corporate centre that has support and control units which carry out functions for the Group in
matters of risk, auditing, technology, human resources, legal affairs, communication and marketing, among others. The corporate centre adds value to the Group by:
|
|
|
Making the Groups governance more solid, through global control frameworks and supervision, and taking strategic decisions. |
|
|
|
Making the Groups units more efficient, fostering the exchange of best practices in cost management, economies of scale and a common brand. |
|
|
|
Sharing the best commercial practices, focusing on global connectivity, launching global commercial initiatives and fostering digitalisation, the corporate centre contributes to the Groups revenue growth.
|
Changes in the boards
of the
subsidiaries in 2015
|
|
|
Since the end of 2014 there have been changes in the boards of the Groups subsidiaries with the appointment of new non-executive chairmen and new country heads in the US, UK, Brazil, Spain and Mexico. Of note was
the creation of the Santander Spain board, which did not involve any corporate change, thereby making its governance structure similar to the subsidiary model used in the Groups other markets. Banco Santander also strengthened its presence and
oversight of local units with the appointment of new Group directors to the boards of its main subsidiaries.
|
|
|
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Corporate governance |
|
|
The board agreed a series of changes during 2015 to simplify the structure of the corporate centre in order to
enhance responsiveness to internal customers and reinforce risk control. As a result, the number of divisions at the corporate centre was reduced from 15 to 10.
Santander Groups internal governance
Santander has
an internal governance framework that includes a governance model that establishes the principles defining relations between the Group and its subsidiaries, and the interaction that must exist between them, at three levels:
|
|
|
the subsidiaries governing bodies, in accordance with the Groups composition, creation and functioning guidelines of the subsidiaries boards; |
|
|
|
between the chief executive officers and country heads and the Group, as well as; |
|
|
|
between the teams deemed significant with regard to control functions, as well as certain support and business functions, both at the corporate centre and the subsidiaries. |
Santander also has an internal governance framework with thematic frameworks, developed as common operating frameworks for those matters considered important,
due to their influence on the Groups risk profile-notable
among which are risks, capital, liquidity, corporate governance, audit, accounting and information, financial management, technology, marketing of products and services, anti-money laundering,
brand and communication - and which specify:
|
|
|
the way of exercising oversight and control by the Group over the subsidiaries and; |
|
|
|
the Groups participation in certain of the subsidiaries important decisions. |
Both documents,
which comprise the governance framework, have been approved by the board of directors of Banco Santander, S.A. for subsequent adoption by the subsidiaries governing bodies, bearing in mind the local requirements applicable to them.
Governance of the risk function
During 2015, Banco
Santanders board agreed significant changes to the way in which governance of the risk function is structured, clearly defining the responsibilities of the various committees and separating the units that take decisions and manage risks from
those responsible for control. In this way, governance of the risk function at its highest level in the Group is structured via a board risk committee (the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee) and two committees, one executive and
the other of control.
For more information on corporate governance of the risk function, see pages 182 to 193 of Banco Santanders Annual
Report
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
1. Business model and strategy
Purpose and business model |
Purpose and business model
Santander has a customer-focused business model that enables it to fulfil its purpose of helping people and businesses prosper.
|
|
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
1. Business model and strategy |
|
|
|
Purpose and business model |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
1. Business model and strategy |
|
|
|
Aim and value creation |
|
|
Aim and value creation
Our aim is to be the best retail and commercial bank that earns the lasting loyalty of our people, customers, shareholders and communities.
|
|
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
1. Business model and strategy |
|
|
|
Aim and value creation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
1. Business model and strategy |
|
|
|
Aim and value creation > Employees |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employees |
In order to be the best retail and commercial bank for our customers, we have to begin with our employees. If they feel proud
of belonging to Santander and are more committed, they will be able to earn the lasting loyalty of our customers.
Santander aspires to be one of the top 3 banks to work for in most of the countries where it operates and
continue strengthening its corporate culture.
Working differently
New ways of working at Santander were developed during 2015, based on the new corporate culture. We established more flexible corporate behaviour and work
systems that allow for a better work-life balance.
|
|
|
Corporate behaviours. Employees in all countries participated in a process to define eight corporate behaviours that will shape the way we work and make Santander an increasingly Simple, Personal and Fair
bank. These behaviours have been adapted to the local reality of each country. |
Corporate behaviours for a more Simple,
Personal and Fair bank
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Show respect |
|
|
|
Truly listen |
|
I show respect and I treat others as I would like to be treated, acknowledging and appreciating one anothers differences. |
|
|
I listen and have empathy, to understand others needs. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Talk straight |
|
|
|
Keep promises |
|
I talk straight and adapt to others and the specific context, speaking out constructively. |
|
|
I keep my promises and I am consistent in everything I do. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actively collaborate |
|
|
|
Bring passion |
|
I actively encourage co-operation to find the best solution for my customers and colleagues. |
|
|
I bring passion and energy and I give my best to earn the lasting loyalty of my customers and colleagues. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support people |
|
|
|
Embrace change |
|
I give support to people in their development, providing feedback and appreciating their contribution. |
|
|
I embrace change, bringing innovative solutions and learning from mistakes. |
|
|
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
1. Business model and strategy |
|
|
|
Aim and value creation > Employees |
|
|
|
|
|
Flexiworking. This is a new way of working in the Bank which aims to: |
|
|
|
Improve the organisation and planning of work, making it more efficient and collaborative, getting more out of technology, eliminating bureaucracy and making better use of meetings and e-mails. |
|
|
|
Give executives the autonomy to facilitate to their teams flexibility measures that help them to attain a better work-life balance. |
|
|
|
Acknowledge employees engagement and dedication. |
The first initiative was the
flexibility policy. A total of 939 flexibility plans were formalised in 2015 in the corporate centre, which led to 34,446 measures enjoyed by 93% of employees.
One of the keys of the success of Flexiworking is the ambassadors, professionals chosen in various divisions and countries to help to drive
and implement the new culture.
|
|
|
New relationship model between countries and the corporation, to identify and share the best practices for managing people and take advantage of the Groups diversity. There are three areas of activity:
regulation and governance, to ensure compliance with the regulatory requirements in matters of compensation, succession planning, training, etc; policies, to design the basic lines of managing the Groups employees, but with the autonomy to
adapt and execute depending on
|
|
each particular situation; and additional support of the corporation, contributing value-added, for example, ensuring that best practices are shared and promoting global projects.
|
|
|
|
Digital transformation. Digital Days were launched in 2015, held in the corporate centre as well as in almost all countries, with the aim of turning employees into opinion leaders of digital banking.
|
Mobile phone apps were also launched, such as the app for expenses and problem-solving in the corporate centre, which,
respectively, facilitate settlement of expenses and reporting of various types of incidents; and the É Conmigo Santander in Brazil, which also reports incidents.
|
|
|
Corporate volunteer policy. Approved by the board in December in order to organise and highlight the current volunteer initiatives. Education will be the focal point of this policy and there will be two
key events: the We are Santander Week in June and the International Volunteer Day in December. Each country also has its own initiatives. Santander had 55,254 volunteers worldwide in 2015. |
|
|
|
We are Santander Week. Under the slogan of A Simple, Personal and Fair Week, the new corporate culture was the central element of the We are Santander Week in 2015. Corporate and local activities were
developed to foster commitment among employees, education, listening and pride in belonging to the Group.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
1. Business model and strategy Aim and value
creation > Employees |
|
|
Annual engagement survey
|
|
|
The 2015 results were better compared to 2014, particularly in two aspects: work-life balance, which rose from 50% to 72%, thanks to the launch of Flexiworking, and the role of executives as people managers, especially
in terms of respect and recognition, which improved from 61% to 72%. |
|
|
|
Moreover, there were still areas of improvement regarding organisational support, such as the speed with which decisions are taken, the simplification of processes and the improvement in the organisation of positions,
although in general it increased from 63% to 66%. |
Talent management
The following measures were added to talent management in 2015, in order to align it with the transformation that the Group is undergoing.
|
|
|
Succession planning policy and process: to establish the management and monitoring guidelines of possible replacements in key positions of senior management and control functions. |
|
|
|
Inclusion of customer satisfaction metrics: to calculate employees variable remuneration. |
|
|
|
Open offer policy: as of April the Groups employees were able to choose the training courses they preferred on the basis of their interests and professional training needs. |
|
|
|
Employee Relationship Management (ERM): this tool allows our HR teams to improve its knowledge of the corporate centres professionals, segmenting them with a customer focus according to their
profiles so as to adjust the training and development actions of human resources to their specific needs. |
|
|
|
Performance appraisal: 180-degree appraisal for executives, and new corporate behaviours included in this appraisal.
|
Various projects put into effect during 2014 were also consolidated:
|
|
|
Talent Assessment Committees: bodies that regularly meet and involve senior management. The performance of professionals and their potential is analysed. More than 1,350 executives were assessed during
2015, of which close to 35% have an individual development plan. |
|
|
|
Global Job Posting: corporate platform that gives all professionals the possibility of knowing and opting to apply for job openings in the Group. In 2015, 381 offers were made. |
Transparent communication
Progress was made in 2015 in
the process of listening to and dialoguing with employees.
|
|
|
Santander Ideas, the first internal social network enabling professionals in all countries to share their ideas on strategic issues for the Bank, vote on them and comment. |
Since the platforms launch in 2014, 27,850 users contributed more than 13,000 ideas.
Santander Ideas received 3,046 ideas in 2015 and held seven challenges in six countries: Argentina, Chile, Portugal, Poland, the corporate
centre (Spain) and Germany. Employees made suggestions on how to achieve an increasingly Simple, Personal and Fair bank for them, customers, shareholders and communities.
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
1. Business model and strategy |
|
|
|
Aim and value creation > Employees |
|
|
Of note among the ideas implemented in 2015, in addition to Flexiworking, was Best4us, which
puts Group employees in touch with one another so that they can share common interests (language learning, cultural exchanges); Santander Benefits, an online space that promotes offers and services for the Groups professionals in Spain; and
ideas related to the Branch of the Future, a new branch model that allows simpler processes, a more intuitive technology and differentiated spaces according to the customers needs.
|
|
|
Various town hall meetings were held, both in the corporate centre and in countries, led by our Group executive chairman, the Group CEO and country and division heads, in order to enhance the information on of
the progress made in executing the strategy and fostering the corporate culture.
|
Recognitions
Among the recognitions obtained by Banco Santander during 2015 were the following:
|
|
|
The annual Most Attractive Employers study carried out by the Swedish consultancy Universum, which gathers the opinions of more than 16,000 Spanish students, places Banco Santander among the four best companies to work
for by business students and business schools that also consider it their preferred bank. |
|
|
|
The 2015 Latam ranking of Universum puts Banco Santander as the most preferred bank to work for and the eighth company among business students in Latin America. |
|
|
|
The study by the consultancy Randstad among more than 8,000 potential candidates aged between 18 and 65 recognises Santander as one of the preferred banks to work for in Spain.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
1. Business model and strategy |
|
|
|
Aim and value creation > Customers |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customers |
We want to help our customers progress day by day: with simple and tailor-made solutions that increase
their loyalty to the Bank; a fair and equal treatment based on trust and excellent service through our branches and digital channels.
Santander continued to make progress in 2015 in transforming its commercial model with three clear priorities:
|
|
|
Customer loyalty, with specific programmes in all countries that enable us to reach our target of 18.6 million loyal customers by 2018. |
|
|
|
Digital transformation, with an end-to-end strategy to reach 30 million digital customers by 2018. |
|
|
|
Operational excellence, with initiatives that improve customer experience so that Santander is among the top 3 banks in 2018 in customer satisfaction in its core markets. |
Customer loyalty
Developing value propositions by
customer type and having a long-term strategy is the way to increase customer loyalty in the Groups core markets. Among the main initiatives in 2015 were:
|
|
|
1|2|3 World. In Spain, the 1|2|3 Account for individual customers was launched in May and rewards balances with interest rates of 1%, 2% and 3% up to 15,000 and cashback on household bills. This
product has also been adapted and extended to the SME segment, reimburses in cash part of payroll and social security payments, taxes and supplies related to business activity and provides loans on preferential terms. |
In Portugal, 1|2|3 World was launched in March and offers discounts on purchases made with the 1|2|3 card, cashback on household bills and
discounts on petrol, among other benefits.
In the United Kingdom, the 1I2I3 value proposition consolidated as the first choice of
customers who decide to switch their bank.
|
|
|
Santander Select. The Groups differentiated value proposal for high income customers is already installed in all countries and has more than 2 million customers. It is a specialised attention model,
with a global and exclusive offer tailored to the needs of these customers, which during 2015 was improved and extended. Of note among these practices is Select Expat in Mexico, which exploits the Groups global scale to accompany customers in
their internationalisation process; the launch of a range of profiled funds in several countries; and the consolidation of the Débito Global card. |
|
|
|
Santander Private Banking. A comprehensive and specialised service model for higher income customers, which during 2015 received important awards, such as those given by Euromoney magazine in Argentina,
Chile and Portugal; and Global Finance in Spain, Mexico and Portugal. The volume of funds managed by the private banking business increased 5% during 2015. |
|
|
|
Santander has specific programmes for SMEs which combine a strong financial offer with non-financial solutions that help spur internationalisation, connectivity, training, talent attraction, etc. This programme
was extended to Uruguay, Argentina, Brazil and Chile in 2015 and is now in place in eight of the Groups markets. Santander Advance and Breakthrough are the main hallmarks of this programme.
|
|
|
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
1. Business model and strategy |
|
|
|
Aim and value creation > Customers |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
n Group customers |
|
|
|
|
Million
|
|
|
|
|
Spain |
|
|
12.7 |
|
Portugal |
|
|
3.8 |
|
UK |
|
|
26.0 |
|
Poland |
|
|
4.3 |
|
Germany |
|
|
6.1 |
|
Rest of Europe |
|
|
10.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Europe |
|
|
63.7 |
|
Brazil |
|
|
32.4 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
12.4 |
|
Chile |
|
|
3.6 |
|
Argentina |
|
|
2.8 |
|
Rest of Latin America |
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Latin America |
|
|
52.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States |
|
|
5.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total customers |
|
|
120.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Excluding consumer finance customers.
Moreover, by harnessing its synergies and international presence, Santander has specific solutions to support
the internationalisation of its customers. Among the main initiatives are:
|
|
|
Santander Passport. A customer service model with a consistent offer for global companies in all the countries where the Group operates. It has more than 6,000 registered customers and is installed in
eight countries. The rest of countries where the Bank has a commercial presence are due to join the model during 2016. |
|
|
|
Santander Trade. A portal dedicated to foreign trade that provides information, tools and resources to help companies grow their business abroad. It is already available in 14 countries and has received
more than two million visits since its creation and more than 35,000 registered exporters and importers.
|
As part of this portal, the Santander Trade Club is an innovative social platform that enables
the Banks customers from various countries to contact one another and expand their international activity. There are currently more than 11,000 members.
|
|
|
International Desk. A service established in 14 countries with over 8,000 registered customers and offering support to companies that want to enter markets where the Bank is operating, thereby facilitating
their entry into a new country. |
Progress was made in defining trade corridors within the Group (for example, UK-Spain, Mexico-Spain). Its
international trade tools, products and services are also being improved in order to offer our customers the best solutions.
Know customers needs
|
|
|
In order to deepen knowledge of customers and have a 360º view of their behaviour and preferences with regard to the Bank, the NEO CRM was developed further during 2015. This tool uses business intelligence
methodology to compile more than 500 relationship instances with the Bank and learn how customers behaved. On the basis of
|
|
this knowledge, commercial actions can be launched and customers opinions collected, thereby improving commercial effectiveness and customer satisfaction. |
|
|
|
NEO CRM was launched in Chile in 2012 and then extended to Spain, Brazil, United States and Uruguay. In 2016, it will be installed in Mexico, Argentina and Poland.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
1. Business model and strategy |
|
|
|
Aim and value creation > Customers |
|
|
n
Multichannel customer profile
Our customers increasingly use their mobile phone to bank with Santander.
Digital transformation
The multichannel transformation of the commercial model is one of Santanders strategic priorities. Digital channels offer new opportunities to
personalise customer relationships, facilitate greater availability and proximity and contribute to improving satisfaction and loyalty with the Bank.
Santander has four basic drivers for this transformation:
1. Incorporate digital channels in the day-to-day commercial activity, without forgetting personal attention.
2. Offer a first-class customer experience, with new and different multichannel relationship models for each segment.
3. Develop new functionalities, in order to have best-in-class digital channels, particularly in the area of mobile banking.
4. Foster a multichannel culture that involves and engages all teams in our transformation plans.
Our local units have developed specific projects for each of these drivers and all have their own Multichannel Transformation Plans.
The M programme was launched during 2015 in order to drive change. This programme has a global-local collaborative approach and is based on the
best practices implemented in our local markets to incorporate multichannel services in day-to-day retail and commercial banking.
Among the major
developments achieved by our local units during 2015 in our digital transformation agenda were:
|
|
|
Santander UK is participating in the first group of Apple Pay issuers in the UK and has developed new apps such as Cash Kitti, a group money management app, and Spendlytics, a card expenses tracking app.
|
Digital initiatives
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
1. Business model and strategy |
|
|
|
Aim and value creation > Customers |
|
|
|
|
|
In Spain, Santander renewed its commercial website and launched a new mobile app for SMEs and companies, and Santander Watch, which allows customers to check their accounts and card transactions from smart
watches. |
|
|
|
Brazil launched a strong plan for digital customers (Vale a pena ser digital) in order to inform customers of the Banks digital offer. A new version of the Banks mobile app was also
launched. |
|
|
|
In Argentina, Global Finance magazine chose Santander Río as the countrys best digital bank for the 16th consecutive year. |
|
|
|
Bank Zachodni WBKs mobile banking app is considered to be the best in Poland and the second in Europe, according to a study by the consulting firm Forrester. The Bank was also awarded the prize by Global
Finance magazine as the best mobile bank and the best app in Central and Eastern Europe.
|
|
|
|
In the United States, Santander launched its online bank for SMEs and companies, as well as Mobile Deposit Capture, which enables cheques to be easily and safely processed via a mobile phone. |
|
|
|
Santander Mexico carried out a project to simplify credentials, which allows access to various digital channels from a single password. |
As a result of these initiatives, the number of digital customers is growing at a brisk pace: 17% since December 2014 to 16.6 million.
The Bank has an innovation area whose purpose is to research and anticipate market trends, and design businesses and solutions for customers from a
global, disruptive and long-term standpoint. The Group also fosters innovation via Santander Innoventures, a corporate $100 million venture capital fund that holds minority stakes in financial sector start-ups, helping
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
1. Business model and strategy |
|
|
|
Aim and value creation > Customers |
|
|
n
Examples of simplified processes - Customer Journeys
them to grow and, in turn, learning about the new technologies they develop in order to use them for the Group
and its customers. The Retail and Commercial Banking, and Technology and Operations divisions carry out the day-to-day digital transformation, improving the Banks offer and responding to business needs.
In order to drive the process of change and ensure coordination between all the involved areas of the Bank, a committee to coordinate digital
transformation was created in 2015. It involves the areas of Strategy and Innovation and the divisions of Retail and Commercial Banking, Technology and Operations and the Groups main local units. This committee reports to the Banks
management and strategy committees.
In addition, while making progress in the digital world, we continued to work to improve customer experience in
traditional channels. Branches are the key channel for maintaining and strengthening long-term relations with our customers. Our Spanish and Brazilian units launched their new Santander branch model in 2015, which responds to the current form
of customer relations with technological developments to simplify processes and make them easier and intuitive, and differentiated spaces that allow the advantages of technology to be combined with the proximity of personal treatment by the
Banks professionals. Argentina inaugurated its first
digital branch. Other countries such as Mexico and the UK will soon open their new spaces.
Operational excellence
Santander made progress in the
following three key areas:
|
|
|
Transform the customer experience for the main customer journeys, such as, customer onboarding (opening and activating accounts, applying for loans, etc). |
|
|
|
Improve customer experience and customer satisfaction. |
|
|
|
Create value for customers by reducing costs. The Group aims to generate 3,000 million of cost savings by 2018 through greater efficiency in technology and operations and at its corporate centre, and through
the digitalisation of the commercial distribution model. |
Transform customer journeys
A best-in-class customer experience is essential to achieve more satisfied and loyal customers. In order to incorporate customers suggestions and improve
their experience in their main processes and interactions with the Bank,
|
|
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
1. Business model and strategy |
|
|
|
Aim and value creation > Customers |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
n Customer satisfaction
% of active satisfied customers
|
|
Bank |
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
Argentina |
|
|
87.6 |
% |
|
|
86.8 |
% |
Brazil |
|
|
71.6 |
% |
|
|
70.6 |
% |
Chile |
|
|
92.6 |
% |
|
|
88.4 |
% |
Spain |
|
|
87.6 |
% |
|
|
85.0 |
% |
Mexico |
|
|
94.0 |
% |
|
|
95.0 |
% |
Poland |
|
|
96.4 |
% |
|
|
93.5 |
% |
Portugal |
|
|
93.1 |
% |
|
|
94.1 |
% |
UK |
|
|
95.7 |
% |
|
|
94.5 |
% |
US |
|
|
81.8 |
% |
|
|
80.8 |
% |
Uruguay |
|
|
94.3 |
% |
|
|
90.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL |
|
|
86.6 |
% |
|
|
85.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Source: Corporate Benchmark of Customer Experience and Satisfaction of active individual customers. (Figures at the end of
2015, corresponding to the results of surveys in the second half of the year).
Santander strives to continuously improve customer journeys.
In 2015, all countries made progress in the customer journey transformation programme, a project that involves all the Banks areas and entails
redesigning and streamlining all its processes.
Improve customer experience and customer satisfaction
Santander has several initiatives to measure and monitor customer satisfaction. Every year more than one million surveys are conducted and work continues to
incorporate the voice of more customers and at more moments in their relationship with the Bank.
As a result of these initiatives, customer satisfaction
improved at Group level in 2015.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
1. Business model and strategy |
|
|
|
Aim and value creation > Shareholders |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders and investors |
With more committed employees and more satisfied customers, Banco Santander can offer its shareholders an
attractive and sustainable return, and maintain their loyalty in the long term.
Banco Santander has set the following strategic priorities for its shareholders:
|
|
|
Obtain an attractive and sustainable return. |
|
|
|
Attain high recurring income. |
|
|
|
Maintain prudent risk management. |
|
|
|
Manage capital in a disciplined way. |
The Bank made significant progress during 2015 in all of these aspects:
A good return was maintained:
|
|
|
13% increase in underlying attributable profit. |
|
|
|
11.0% ordinary RoTE and 3% improvement in the net tangible book value per share on a like-for-like basis. |
Increased remuneration in cash and payment of the four usual dividends maintained:
|
|
|
The remuneration in cash rose from 20% to 38% of profit, in line with the aim of maintaining a cash pay-out of between 30% and 40% of the recurring profit. |
|
|
|
The total shareholder remuneration out of 2015 profit was 0.20 per share. Three of these dividends have already been paid (0.05 per share each). The fourth and final dividend is scheduled to be paid in
May 2016. |
Strengthened its capital position:
|
|
|
As a result of the organic capital generation and the accelerated book-building process carried out in January. Three scrip dividends were also paid, two of which were charged to 2014s earnings and one to
2015s. |
|
|
|
Santander has a comfortable capital position, with a Basel III capital ratio (fully loaded CET1 ratio) of 10.05% at the end of 2015, which will enable it to take advantage of the organic growth opportunities in its core
markets. The Santander regulatory capital ratio (12.55%) is 280 basis points above that required by the ECB for 2016 (9.75%). |
Improved risk management:
|
|
|
The NPL ratio dropped by 83 b.p. to 4.36% and the cost of credit stood at 1.25%. |
|
|
|
By implementing Santander Advanced Risk Management, the Bank wants to lay the foundations for having the industrys best comprehensive risk management model. |
Established the groundwork for a new commercial model which will enable organic capital growth:
|
|
|
This model is based on four main drivers: an increase in loyal customers; more digital customers; enhanced customer satisfaction; and a focus on higher growth businesses such as SMEs, consumer finance and private
banking. |
Increased the number of shareholders:
|
|
|
The total number of Banco Santander shareholders was 3.6 million from more than 100 countries at the end of 2015.
|
Banco Santander has set the following
objectives for the next three years
|
|
|
Obtain a cost-to-income ratio below 45%, which will mean managing assets even more efficiently. |
|
|
|
Maintain an average cost of credit of 1.2%. |
|
|
|
Increase profitability, raising RoTE to around 13%. |
|
|
|
Continue to generate capital organically, in order to have a fully loaded CET1 ratio of more than 11%, which will increase the dividend and earnings per share. |
|
|
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
1. Business model and strategy Aim and value
creation > Shareholders |
|
|
The Santander share in 2015
Share performance
In an environment of volatility marked
by the Greek crisis, the slowdown of the Chinese economy, lower expectations in emerging markets (particularly Brazil) and falling oil prices, total shareholder return in 2015, taking into account the change in the share price and the remuneration
received (with reinvestment of the dividend) was 31% negative. In the same period, the MSCI World Banks, the main global index for banks, registered a total return that was also negative (9%).
Banco Santander was the largest bank in the euro zone by market capitalisation at the end of 2015 and the 19th in the world, with a value of 65,792
million.
Shareholder base and capital
At the end of
2015, Banco Santander had 3.6 million shareholders in more than 100 countries.
n Shareholder base
and capital
31 December 2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dec 2015 |
|
|
Dec 2014 |
|
Shareholders (number) |
|
|
3,573,277 |
|
|
|
3,240,395 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding shares (number) |
|
|
14,434,492,579 |
|
|
|
12,584,414,659 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average daily trading (number of shares) |
|
|
103,736,264 |
|
|
|
77,340,428 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
1. Business model and strategy Aim and value
creation > Shareholders |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
1. Business model and strategy |
|
|
|
Aim and value creation > Shareholders |
|
|
Commitment to shareholders
via the Shareholder and Investor Relations area
The Shareholder and Investor Relations area implemented initiatives in 2015
to improve transparency with shareholders and facilitate the exercise of their rights. These included:
1 Communications
|
|
|
Communications via channels selected by the shareholders to inform them of material facts, shareholders meetings, dividends, performance of the share price and the Group, marketing campaigns, promotions and
events. |
|
|
|
Quarterly shareholders report: print and online versions in seven countries. |
|
|
|
Sending of daily and weekly financial newsletters. |
|
|
|
Launch of communication channels with shareholders based on new technologies: a new corporate website, a new commercial website and an app for Santander shareholders and investors.
|
2 Attention
|
|
|
42,805 e-mails handled. |
|
|
|
241,553 telephone enquiries received. |
|
|
|
22,336 personal formalities. |
3 Exclusive benefits
|
|
|
Financial products for shareholders. |
|
|
|
Promotions in products and services via the Yo Soy Accionista website. |
|
|
|
Delivery of study scholarships to disabled university students. |
|
|
|
Participation in charity projects worldwide.
|
4 Shareholders meeting
|
|
|
Record participation in the meeting held in March 2015, in terms of both share capital and number of shareholders. |
5 Quality studies
|
|
|
Ongoing assessment of the various services provided. Nine out of ten shareholders would recommend the telephone and Internet helpline services.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
1. Business model and strategy Aim and value
creation > Communities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Communities |
Santander carries out its business in a responsible and sustainable way while contributing to the economic and social progress
of the communities in which it operates, and is particularly committed to fostering higher education.
Banco Santander has a business model and a corporate culture focused on creating long-term value for all its
stakeholders: employees, customers, shareholders and communities.
The Bank voluntarily assumes certain ethical, social and environmental commitments
which go beyond the related legal obligations, and makes a large social investment mainly via Santander Universities.
Sustainability governance
Santander has a well defined sustainability governance structure, at both corporate and local level, which facilitates the involvement of all the
Banks business and support areas in the Group. The board is the highest governing body in sustainability matters, and is responsible for approving the sustainability strategy and policies.
The sustainability committee, chaired by the CEO and comprising the heads of divisions and/or areas, proposes the strategy and the initiatives in
sustainability.
Santander has a working group, chaired by the chief compliance officer, which analyses and assesses the social, environmental and
reputational risks of financing operations in sensitive sectors.
Lastly, the board risk committee is responsible for reviewing the sustainability policy
ensuring that it is
focused on creating value for the Bank; monitoring the related strategy and practices, and assessing its degree of compliance.
There are also local sustainability committees in most of the Banks local units, chaired by the corresponding country head. This committee proposes and
develops, using common corporate frameworks, the sustainability strategy and initiatives adapted to each countrys needs and features.
Corporate
sustainability policies
In December 2015, the Banks board approved an update to the social and environmental policy. This policy, now called the
general policy of sustainability, defines Banco Santanders main lines of action in this area and it is the reference framework in corporate social responsibility and in social and environmental risk management.
The Banks climate change and human rights policies were also updated and a new corporate volunteer policy drawn up.
The Group also defined sector-specific environmental policies which incorporate the criteria for analysing social and environmental risk in sensitive
sectors (defence, energy and soft commodities).
Santander fosters ethical behaviour both among its employees, in accordance with the Groups general
International initiatives in
sustainability to which Banco Santander adheres
|
|
|
United Nations Global Compact |
|
|
|
Banking Environment Initiative (BEI) |
|
|
|
World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD) |
|
|
|
UNEP Finance Initiative |
|
|
|
Round Table on Responsible Soy |
|
|
|
Principles for Responsible Investment (PRI) |
|
|
|
Working Group on Sustainable Livestock |
|
|
|
Carbon Disclosure Project |
|
|
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
1. Business model and strategy |
|
|
|
Aim and value creation > Communities |
|
|
code of conduct, and among its suppliers, who are requested to comply with the ten principles of the Global
Compact.
Santander, a bank committed to society and its environment
Banco Santander also contributes to the economic and social progress of communities through many social investment programmes in areas such as education,
entrepreneurship, social well-being and culture, in a large number of which the participation of the Groups professionals is fostered as a way to promote solidarity and pride in working for Santander.
Education
Banco Santander supports education as a
catalyst for developing and growing the communities and countries in which it operates, with a specific focus on higher education via Santander Universities, the Groups hallmark of social investment.
The Bank is also firmly committed to financial literacy and childrens education, as it is conscious of the need to promote better knowledge of the basic
aspects of finance for the different stages of life.
Entrepreneurship
The creation of social companies, social inclusion and fostering entrepreneurial capacity are some of the Banks lines of action in this area.
Banco Santander has significant microcredit programmes in Brazil, Chile and El Salvador that enable the most
disadvantaged groups to access loans and improve their social inclusion, standard of living and environment.
Social well-being
The Bank has a wide array of programmes that aim to eradicate the social exclusion of the most vulnerable groups, foster research to improve peoples
health and make life easier for the disabled.
Environment
The Group conducts its activity while preserving the environment, and promoting initiatives and projects that require protection and mitigate the environmental
impact. The Banks environmental initiatives focus on reducing consumption and emissions derived from its activity, developing financial solutions to combat climate change (leadership position in financing renewable energy projects), and
integrating social and environmental risks into the process of granting loans.
Art and culture
Santander is very active in protecting, preserving and disseminating art and culture, mainly via the Banco Santander Foundation in Spain and Santander Cultural
in Brazil.
1. |
People who have benefited from the programmes, services and products of Banco Santander, its employees and customers which have a social and/or environmental component in the 10 core countries where the Bank operates.
It does not include those who benefit from the Santander Universities Programme or from cultural programmes. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
1. Business model and strategy Aim and value
creation > Communities |
|
|
Santander Universities
Investing in higher education is the hallmark of the Banks social commitment, which is organised and managed through Santander Universities.
Santander cooperates with more than 3,900 projects to improve education, such as programmes to internationalise
universities, encourage mobility by academics, provide students with access to the labour market, foster an entrepreneurial culture, research and innovation, and to increase financial literacy.
The main initiatives in 2015 included the following:
|
|
|
The largest scholarship programme provided by a private company. A total of 35,349 were granted in 2015. These include: |
|
|
|
15,553 travel scholarships for university students, with programmes such as Becas Ibe-roamérica. Jovenes Profesores e Investigadores and the Top programmes. |
|
|
|
10,865 Santander internship scholarships in SMEs to facilitate the insertion of students in the labour market. This programme is carried out in Argentina, Spain, UK, Puerto Rico and, for the first time, in Brazil, Chile
and Uruguay. |
|
|
|
7,536 study scholarships, with initiatives such as the Itaca-Salary Scholarships of the Autonomous University of Barcelona and training scholarships and aid to university entrepreneurs in Babson College.
|
|
|
|
Entrepreneurship is another of the main lines of action, with programmes such as YUZZ jóvenes con ideas, managed by the Santander International Entrepreneur Centre which, in its sixth edition, supported
and trained more than 900 young people who presented 710 business projects in 41 high performance centres throughout Spain. Also of note were the initiatives promoted by RedEmprendia such as the SOLA project (Spin-Off Lean Acceleration), as well as
the Santander University prizes for Entrepreneurship in Brazil which in 2015 set a new record of entries: almost 24,000 university projects throughout the country. These awards were also held in Argentina, Chile, Spain, Portugal and UK.
|
|
|
|
Research and innovation is supported by an annual investment of 24 million and is used to support research groups on cancer, stem cells, biomaterials, protection of endangered species,
innovation and digital transformation, protection of human rights, as well as science parks and Chairs of excellence in universities. |
Some of this investment goes to the Santander Universities Prizes for Innovation which are awarded in Brazil, Mexico, US and Puerto Rico; and
to the University Scientific Research Prize in Chile, among others. Initiatives such as the ComFuturo Programme (CSIC) are also supported, which helps to retain talent in Spain through grants to highly qualified young scientists.
|
|
|
The Universia network also helps young people to join the labour market with one million jobs created in 2015. It acted as the intermediary through its job community, which includes websites where
17.3 million job applications were registered. |
Banco Santander joined the Ibero-American General Secretariat (SEGIB) in 2015 to foster
mobility by students, teachers and researchers in Latin American countries via the Alliance for Latin American Academic Mobility. The aim is to boost academia, contribute to sustainable growth and reduce inequality in the region. At least 200,000
Latin American students, teachers and researchers are expected to further their studies and knowledge in other countries of the region by 2020. Santander joins this commitment through international mobility programmes.
This commitment follows the path established by the 2014 Universia Río Declaration, which set out the conclusions of the III International Meeting of
Chancellors organised by Universia in Rio de Janeiro in July 2014 was attended by 1,109 university chancellors from 32 countries.
|
|
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
1. Business model and strategy |
|
|
|
Aim and value creation > Communities |
|
|
Santander Universities. Strategic priorities 2016-2018
|
|
|
Innovation and entrepreneurship: fostering the entrepreneurial culture and university innovation will be key in cooperation with universities. |
|
|
|
University digitalisation: encouraging the digitalisation and modernisation of universities will be another priority in Santanders commitment to education, with projects to incorporate new technologies to
the teaching process, virtual campuses, and the creation of digital academic university services.
|
|
|
|
Internationalisation: international mobility scholarships, exchange programmes and driving transversal cooperation projects between the universities of various countries. |
|
|
|
Employability: initiatives to help university students access the labour market, with scholarship programmes for internships in cooperation with universities. |
|
|
|
Objective: 130,000 scholarships in 2016-2018. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
1. Business model and strategy |
|
|
|
Risk management |
|
|
Risk management
Santander Group aims to build the future through forward-looking risk management, protecting the present via a robust control
environment.
During its more than 150 years of activity, Santander has combined prudence in risk management with the use of
advanced techniques that have proven to be decisive in generating recurring economic results.
Santander Groups risk policy is focused on
maintaining a medium-low and predictable risk profile. Its risk management model is a key factor for achieving the Groups strategic objectives.
Risk governance
Responsibility for risk management and
control, particularly in setting the Groups risk apetite, lies ultimately with the board of directors, which delegates powers to the committees. The board is supported by the board risk committee, an independent risk control and supervision
committee. The Groups executive committee also devotes particular attention to managing the Groups risks.
The following committees form the top level of risk governance.
Independent control bodies
|
|
|
The purpose of the board risk committee is to assist the board in the supervision and control of risk, through defining the groups risk policies, developing relationships with regulatory and supervisory
authorities and overseeing the groups management of regulation, compliance, sustainability and corporate governance. |
|
|
|
The risk control committe is in charge of the effective control of risks. It ensures that risks are managed in accordance with the risk appetite approved by the board, taking a comprehensive view, at all times,
of all the risks included in the general risk framework. This involves the identification and monitoring of current and emerging risks, and their impact on the Groups risk profile.
|
Pillars of the risk function
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Integration of the risk culture and involvement of senior management in managing and taking decisions on risks |
|
A risk function independent of the business functions |
|
Management of all risks with a forward-looking and comprehensive view at all levels |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Formulating and monitoring the risk appetite of the Group and its subsidiaries |
|
Best-in-class processes and infrastructure |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
1. Business model and strategy |
|
|
|
Risk management |
|
|
Risk pro
All the Santander team engaged in risk
Risk
pro risk culture
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Responsibility |
|
Resilience |
|
Challenge |
|
Simplicity |
|
Customer focus |
All units and employees must know the risk they incur and be responsible for identifying, assessing, managing and reporting them. |
|
All employees must be prudent, avoid risks they do not know or which exceed the established risk appetite, and be flexible, adapting to new environments and unforeseen scenarios. |
|
Promote continuous debate within the Bank on how to manage risk in order to be able to anticipate future challenges. |
|
Clear processes and decisions, easy for employees and customers to understand. |
|
Sound risk management helps people and businesses prosper. |
Decision-making bodies
|
|
|
The executive risk committee is the collective body responsible for risk management, in accordance with the powers assigned to it by the board. It is involved with all risks. |
It participates in making decisions on risk assumption at the highest level, ensuring that they are within the limits set in the Groups
risk appetite, and it informs the board and its committees of its activity when required.
Lines of defence
Banco Santander follows a risk management and control model based on three lines of defence.
The business or activity functions that assume or generate risk exposure constitute the first line of defence. The assumption or generation of risk in
this line must be aligned with the pre-defined risk appetite and limits.
The second line consists of the risk supervision and control function and
the compliance function. It ensures that risks are controlled effectively and are managed in line with the set risk appetite.
Internal audit, as the third line of defence and the last layer of control, regularly assesses that the
policies, methods and procedures are adequate and tests their effective implementation.
Risk culture
Having a solid risk culture is one of the keys that has enabled Santander Group to respond to the changes in economic cycles, customers new requirements
and to increased competition, and to position itself as a bank in which employees, customers, shareholders and communities can trust.
This culture,
called risk pro, is aligned with the general principles of Simple, Personal and Fair, and is the series of behaviours that each employee must develop to proactively manage the risks that arise from daily activity.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
1. Business model and strategy |
|
|
|
Risk management |
|
|
Santander Groups risk profile
The risks that Santander faces as a result of its activity are: credit, market, liquidity, structural and capital, operational, conduct, compliance and legal,
model, reputational and strategic. We set out below a brief description of the main risks and their evolution in 2015.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Definition |
|
Risk profile |
|
Evolution in 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Credit risk
See pages 199-229
of Banco Santanders Annual
Report |
|
This risk comes from the possibility of losses derived from total or partial failure to perform the financial obligations contracted with the
Group by its customers or counterparties. Other credit risk standpoints:
Credit risk from
activity in the financial markets.
Concentration risk.
Country risk.
Sovereign risk and
that with the rest of public administrations.
Environmental risk. |
|
More than 80% of Santander Groups credit risk comes from retail
and commercial banking activities.
High degree of geographic diversification of risks.
Limited
concentrations in customers, business groups, sectors, products and countries.
The exposure to Spains sovereign risk is maintained at adequate levels from the
regulatory and management standpoint.
Very limited cross-border risk exposure, in line with the model of autonomous
subsidiaries in terms of capital and liquidity.
High credit quality of the Groups assets. |
|
Customer credit risk increased 6% to 850,909 million.
The trend toward
reducing the cost of credit, which stood at 1.25%, and loan-loss provisions continued.
The NPL ratio reduced to 4.36% and the coverage ratio increased to 73%.
The net exposure to
run-off real estate risk in Spain reduced by 1,017 million to 6,303 million.
In Brazil (8% of the Groups loan portfolio) the NPL ratio remains below the
average of private banks. |
|
|
|
|
Liquidity
and funding risk
See pages 250-260
of Banco Santanders Annual Report |
|
Liquidity risk is that incurred from potential losses that could arise as a result of a banks inability to obtain funding in the market
and/or from the higher financial cost of accessing new sources of funding. Management
of this risk aims to ensure the availability of the funds needed in adequate time and cost to meet obligations and develop operations. |
|
Liquidity management and funding is a basic element of the business
strategy. The
funding and liquidity model is decentralised and based on autonomous subsidiaries that are responsible for covering their own liquidity needs. |
|
Early compliance with regulatory ratios, with a liquidity coverage
ratio (LCR) of 146% at the end of the year.
Net loan-to deposit ratio in the Group at very comfortable levels (116%).
High medium and
long-term capturing of wholesale funds (issues and securitisations): 56,609 million via 18 issues in 15 countries and 14 currencies.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The needs derived from medium and long-term activity must be funded by
medium and long-term instruments.
High participation of customer deposits, as a result of an essentially retail and
commercial banking balance sheet.
Diversification of wholesale funding sources by: instruments/investors,
markets/currencies, and maturities.
Limited recourse to short-term wholesale funding.
Availability of a
sufficient liquidity reserve, which includes the discounting capacity in central banks to be used in adverse situations. |
|
High liquidity reserve, strengthened in quantity (257,740 million) and quality (52% of the total
are high quality liquid assets) over 2014. |
|
|
|
|
|
54 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
1. Business model and strategy |
|
|
|
Risk management |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Definition |
|
Risk profile |
|
Evolution in 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Market risk
See pages 230-249
of Banco Santanders Annual
Report |
|
Market risk covers those financial activities where equity risk is assumed as a result of a change in market factors. This rise stems from changes in interest rates, the inflation rate, exchange rates, equities, credit spreads,
commodity prices and volatility in each of these factors, as well as the liquidity risk of the various products and markets in which the Group operates. |
|
Santander maintains a moderate exposure to market risk.
Diversification in
terms of both risk factors and geographic distribution.
Trading activity centred on customer business.
The average VaR in
trading activity remained in a low range, in line with previous years.
Limited exposure to complex structured assets. |
|
The VaR of trading activity in markets fluctuated in 2015 between
10 million and 31 million.
The main fluctuations were due to changes in the exposure to exchange rates and interest
rates, as well as market volatility. |
|
|
|
|
Operational risk
See pages 261-269
of Banco Santanders Annual
Report |
|
The risk of losses resulting from defects or failures in internal processes, human resources or systems, or from external circumstances. In general, and unlike other types of risk, it is not a risk associated with products or
businesses. It is found in processes and/or assets and is internally generated (people, systems, processes) or as a result of external risks, such as natural disasters. |
|
Santander expressly assumes that although certain volumes of expected
operational losses can occur, severe unexpected losses are not acceptable as a result of failures in controls on activities.
In operational risk control and management, the Group focuses on identifying,
measuring/assessing, monitoring, controlling, mitigating and reporting this risk.
Organisational model of control and management based on three lines of defence and on an
evolution to advanced management standards (AORM programme to be completed in 2016).
Risk profile aligned with the business model and geographic presence. No significant
events in particular at the Bank. |
|
Improvement in the operational risk management and control model in
its evolution toward advanced standards (Advanced Operational Risk Management programme).
Launch of the project to install a new common application (Heracles) for operational
risk functions in general and compliance risks, and documentation of the internal control model.
Encouragement for operational risk training and culture throughout the Group.
Promotion of key
initiatives for mitigating risk: control of suppliers, information security and cyber risk. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compliance and conduct risk
See pages 270-276
of Banco Santanders Annual
Report |
|
Compliance risk embraces control and management of the following risks:
Regulatory
compliance risk: understood as that due to failure to meet the legal framework, internal rules or the requirements of regulators and supervisors.
Product and consumer protection risk: understood as that caused by inadequate practices
in the dealings between the Bank and its customers, the treatment and products offered to them and whether they are sufficiently tailored to each particular customer.
Reputational risk: understood as that derived from damage in the eyes of public opinion,
customers, investors or any other stakeholder in the perception of the Bank. |
|
In formulating its risk appetite in relation to compliance, the Group
includes a statement that it does not have any appetite for this type of risk and that it has the clear objective of minimising the occurrence of any economic, regulatory or reputational impact on the Group.
To this end, the
compliance function promotes Santander Groups adherence to rules, supervisory requirements, the principles and values of good conduct, acting as a second line of defence, through setting standards, debating, advising and reporting, in the
interest of employees, customers, shareholders and society in general. |
|
With regard to regulatory compliance, 2015 saw an increase in new and
complex relations, with a high impact: Volcker, Market Abuse, MiFID II, EMIR, Corporate Defence, etc.
In the field of governance of products and consumer protection, 2015 witnessed the
addition of a new scope for defining conduct, beyond the traditional definition, and new implications of the stress test in this area, as well as regulatory pressure in matters of consumer protection.
In the prevention
of money laundering and terrorist financing, supervisory pressure with global regulations was stepped up in 2015, and there was an increase in the impact of the sanctions regime.
In reputational
risk, 2015 saw the development of a new model with the aim of defining the scope, management and control of this risk, as well as an update to policies to attain the highest standards, in accordance with stakeholders
expectations. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
2. Results |
|
|
|
Economic, banking and regulatory environment |
|
|
Economic, banking and
regulatory environment
Santander developed its activity in 2015 in an environment of uneven
growth across the countries in which it
operates and increasing
regulatory pressure.
International economic environment
The global economy slowed in 2015 (3.1% vs. 3.4% in 2014). The upswing in developed economies could not offset the downturn in emerging economies. The fall in
commodity prices and the slowdown of the Chinese economy had a bigger relative impact on emerging economies, although the degree of slowdown varied according to each markets domestic situation.
|
|
The US is in a phase of moderate but solid growth. GDP grew 2.5% in 2015 and the unemployment rate continued to fall to levels regarded as full employment (5%). Inflation came down as a result of the fall in oil
prices, although the underlying rate (1.3%) remained below the target (2%). The Federal Reserve raised its interest rates in December 2015 to 0.25-0.5%. |
|
|
The United Kingdom maintained the robust pace of growth (2.2%) of the last few years, accompanied by a decline in the jobless rate close to pre-crisis levels. Inflation was around
|
|
|
0% without signs of salary tensions. The Bank of England held its rate at 0.5%. |
|
|
The euro zone economy accelerated. Inflation continued to be close to 0%, which led the European Central Bank to further cut its rates and launch new quantitative easing measures, with an increased programme of
purchasing public sector securities. |
|
- |
|
Spain grew by around 3.2% with a well diversified base that lowered the unemployment rate to 21% at the end of 2015. The budget deficit continued to decline and the current account remained in surplus. Inflation
was negative for most of the year due to the impact of lower oil prices, although the underlying rate remained positive. |
|
- |
|
Germany expanded at a faster pace as the year progressed. Domestic demand remained strong and unemployment low. |
|
|
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
2. Results |
|
|
|
Economic, banking and regulatory environment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
»US consolidated growth, the Fed raised interest rates
»UK maintained solid growth without
inflationary pressures »Euro zone
growth accelerated but remained moderate. Spain grew faster than the European average
»Uneven growth in Latin America |
|
|
Poland grew briskly (3.6%) and inflation (-0.9%) was well below the the target (2.5%) of the National Bank of Poland, which cut interest rates to 1.5% in March. |
|
|
Latin Americas GDP shrank 0.4% after growing 1.2% in 2014, in a complex international environment with the prospect of a rise in US interest rates, the slowdown in international trade and lower
growth in China. The evolution of countries varied between recession in some countries and a gradual recovery in others. Inflation increased slightly, mainly due to the impact of the depreciation of Latin American currencies. |
|
- |
|
Brazil entered recession, with consumption and private investment falling and the unemployment rate higher. The cut in subsidies and the increase in prices for public services pushed up inflation to 10.7%. The
central bank reinforced its commitment to control inflation and raised the Selic rate by 250 b.p. to 14.25%. |
|
- |
|
The Chilean economy recovered in 2015, spurred by increased investment and private consumption, which led the central bank to begin to normalise its monetary policy and raise its benchmark rate by 50 b.p. to
3.5%. |
|
- |
|
Mexico improved in the second half of the year, fuelled by stronger domestic demand and exports. Although inflation remained low, the central bank decided to raise its key rate in response to the Feds move,
in order to anticipate possible bouts of volatility given the strong trade and financial links with the US. |
Financial markets and
exchange rates
The performance of the markets in 2015 can be divided into two parts. Stock market indices rose in the first half of the year and risk
premiums on sovereign and private debt fell significantly, particularly in developed economies. Access to capital markets was more fluid and lending conditions in developed economies eased.
This performance was supported by central banks monetary policies, which injected plenty of liquidity, and thus made investors search for
profitability easier. The European Central Banks quantitative easing contained any contagion effect during the worst moments of Greeces bailout negotiations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
2. Results |
|
|
|
Economic, banking and regulatory environment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MSCI World Banks index -9%
total return in 2015 |
|
/$ 1.09 -10%
in 2015 |
|
Brent crude oil $37 a barrel
-35% in 2015 |
|
|
The summer saw an episode of increased volatility in the markets linked to concern over the slowdown in the
Chinese economy and in emerging markets. Although the beginning of monetary policy normalisation in the US was put back to December, share prices took a tumble, which eroded a significant part of the years cumulative gains. The main stock
markets, however, rallied slightly in the last part of the year.
Exchange rates fluctuated considerably during 2015. The dollar appreciated significantly
against the euro and the main Latin American currencies, reaching a 12-year high in effective terms. Emerging market currencies were affected by the ongoing slide in commodity prices, as well as the outflows of capital into developed economies.
Banking sector environment
The banking environment of
the countries where Santander operates continued to feel the impact of regulatory changes and a challenging economic situation, which posed a major management challenge for increasing profitability.
In developed countries, banks continued to bolster their balance sheets and their capital levels. The return on capital improved. According to the European
Banking Authority, the profitability of european banks increased from 0% on average at the end of 2014 to 7.3% in mid-2015, thanks to the improvement in net interest income and reduced needs for provisions.
Even so, banks continued to face important challenges to spur profitability. Interest rates remained at extraordinarily low levels; business volumes, despite
gradually recovering, were still low; and competition was much tougher in most markets.
Competition was high among banks as well as with new players.
Shadow banking continued to gain weight and non-banking financial institutions, which are focusing on niches in sectors such as means of payment, financial advice and credit, carried on growing.
In this context, the restructuring process cannot be considered over. Most banks are embarking on changes to
their culture, in order to regain the confidence of society and, in general, all need to adapt to the digital revolution, which is going to mark the way that banks relate to their customers, the level of services provided and the efficiency of
processes.
International banks are also facing divergent socio-demographic changes, against a backdrop of ageing in developed economies and a sharp rise
in middle classes in emerging economies, which will require differentiated strategies for each market.
Supervisory and regulatory context
The regulatory agenda remained intense in 2015. While progress was made in reviewing the prudential framework and developing crisis management plans, attention
increased on issues related to consumer and investor protection. All of these areas will be addressed while at the same time driving economic growth.
With regard to capital, the Basel Committee is reviewing its initial proposals for the standard calculation of capital consumption derived from credit, market
and operational risks, scheduled to be completed in 2016. The objective is to ensure simplicity, comparability and sensitivity to risk, while not involving an increase in capital for all players. In 2016, the Basel Committee will also present the
final proposal on the regulatory treatment of interest rates in the banking book, and will review the treatment of sovereign debt in the prudential framework. The committee will also review the prudential framework in its entirety, in order to
assess the impact of the package of regulatory reforms.
In 2015, the Financial Stability Board finalised the framework needed to address the too
big to fail issue in the banking industry. The last piece the Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) that will be required of global systemically important banks was finalised in November.
|
|
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
2. Results |
|
|
|
Economic, banking and regulatory environment |
|
|
Milestones of the construction of European
Banking Union
Europe continued to progress in implementing the crisis management framework. The Single Resolution Board
(SRB) was scheduled to be fully operational as of 1 January 2016. The SRB will set this year the Minimum Requirement for own funds and Eligible Liabilities (MREL) for banks.
In order to finalise the establishment of a Banking Union, the European Commission published in November its proposal for the creation of a single deposit
guarantee fund, with a gradual framework until 2024. The European Banking Authority (EBA) meanwhile continued to publish standards and guidelines that help to guarantee harmonised implementation in the European Union of the minimum capital
requirements and improve the level playing field.
2015 marked a turning point in the European regulatory agenda. The European Commission stated that,
after making progress in forging a more robust and solid financial system, its priority now was to finance growth and support the creation of a capital markets union, analyse the evidence for assessing the impact of regulations and conduct a
consultation on the impact of the CRD IV capital requirements directive on financing the economy.
In relation to retail financial services, the European
Commission presented a green paper for consultation with the aim of increasing transparency in pricing and eliminating trade barriers inside Europe. It backs digitalisation in particular as a means for achieving this. The Commission also unveiled
its Digital Agenda initiative in order to address the launch of the single digital market. In 2016, certain complementary regulatory initiatives are planned, such as the cyber security and data protection directives.
Banking supervision via the Single Supervisory Mechanism (SSM)
Since its launch in November 2014, the SSM has enabled the European Central Bank (ECB) to assume comprehensive supervision of banks in the euro zone.
In 2015, the SSM consolidated its functioning and the 129 most important banks came under the ECBs direct supervision.
Each bank has a joint
supervisory team formed by ECB staff and those who work for the national authorities of member states. The Joint Supervisory Team for Banco Santander worked intensely and held more than 100 meetings in 2015 with the Bank.
At the end of 2015, the ECB sent to each bank its decision, establishing the prudential minimum capital requirements for the following year. In 2016, at
consolidated level, Santander Group must maintain a minimum CET1 phase-in capital ratio of 9.75% (9.5% is required by Pillar 1, Pillar 2 and the capital conservation buffer and 0.25% is the requirement for being a global systemically important
financial institution).
The Joint
Supervisory Team
Comprising staff from the European Central Bank as well as the Bank of Spain, the Bank of Portugal, the Bank of Italy, the
Bundesbank, BaFin and the French Prudential Supervisory Authority, among other national authorities.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
2. Results |
|
|
|
Santander Group results |
|
|
Santander Group key data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
n Balance sheet (million euros) |
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
% 2015/2014 |
|
|
2013 |
|
Total assets |
|
|
1,340,260 |
|
|
|
1,266,296 |
|
|
|
5.8 |
|
|
|
1,134,128 |
|
Net customer loans |
|
|
790,848 |
|
|
|
734,711 |
|
|
|
7.6 |
|
|
|
684,690 |
|
Customer deposits |
|
|
683,122 |
|
|
|
647,628 |
|
|
|
5.5 |
|
|
|
607,836 |
|
Managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
1,075,565 |
|
|
|
1,023,437 |
|
|
|
5.1 |
|
|
|
946,210 |
|
Shareholders equity |
|
|
88,040 |
|
|
|
80,806 |
|
|
|
9.0 |
|
|
|
70,327 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total managed and marketed funds |
|
|
1,506,520 |
|
|
|
1,428,083 |
|
|
|
5.5 |
|
|
|
1,270,042 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
n Underlying income statement1 (million euros) |
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
% 2015/2014 |
|
|
2013 |
|
Net interest income |
|
|
32,189 |
|
|
|
29,548 |
|
|
|
8.9 |
|
|
|
28,419 |
|
Gross income |
|
|
45,272 |
|
|
|
42,612 |
|
|
|
6.2 |
|
|
|
41,920 |
|
Pre-provision profit (net operating income) |
|
|
23,702 |
|
|
|
22,574 |
|
|
|
5.0 |
|
|
|
21,762 |
|
Profit before taxes |
|
|
10,939 |
|
|
|
9,720 |
|
|
|
12.5 |
|
|
|
7,362 |
|
Attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
6,566 |
|
|
|
5,816 |
|
|
|
12.9 |
|
|
|
4,175 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
n Underlying EPS, profitability and efficiency1 (%) |
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
% 2015/2014 |
|
|
2013 |
|
EPS2 (euro) |
|
|
0.45 |
|
|
|
0.48 |
|
|
|
(7.0 |
) |
|
|
0.39 |
|
RoE3 |
|
|
7.2 |
|
|
|
7.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.8 |
|
RoTE3 |
|
|
11.0 |
|
|
|
11.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.6 |
|
RoA |
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
RoRWA4 |
|
|
1.3 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Efficiency ratio (with amortisations) |
|
|
47.6 |
|
|
|
47.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
n Solvency and NPL ratios (%) |
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
% 2015/2014 |
|
|
2013 |
|
CET1 fully loaded3 4 |
|
|
10.05 |
|
|
|
9.65 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CET1 phase-in3 4 |
|
|
12.55 |
|
|
|
12.23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NPL ratio |
|
|
4.36 |
|
|
|
5.19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.61 |
|
Coverage ratio |
|
|
73.1 |
|
|
|
67.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
n Market capitalisation and shares |
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
% 2015/2014 |
|
|
2013 |
|
Shares (million) |
|
|
14,434 |
|
|
|
12,584 |
|
|
|
14.7 |
|
|
|
11,333 |
|
Share price (euros) |
|
|
4.558 |
|
|
|
6.996 |
|
|
|
(34.8 |
) |
|
|
6.506 |
|
Market capitalisation (EUR million) |
|
|
65,792 |
|
|
|
88,041 |
|
|
|
(25,3 |
) |
|
|
73,735 |
|
Book value (euro) |
|
|
6.12 |
|
|
|
6.42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.21 |
|
Price/Book value (x) |
|
|
0.75 |
|
|
|
1.09 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.05 |
|
P/E ratio (x) |
|
|
10.23 |
|
|
|
14.59 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16.89 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
n Other data |
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
% 2015/2014 |
|
|
2013 |
|
Number of shareholders |
|
|
3,573,277 |
|
|
|
3,240,395 |
|
|
|
10.3 |
|
|
|
3,299,026 |
|
Number of employees |
|
|
193,863 |
|
|
|
185,405 |
|
|
|
4.6 |
|
|
|
186,540 |
|
Number of branches |
|
|
13,030 |
|
|
|
12,951 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
13,781 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
n Information on total profit5 (euros million) |
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
% 2015/2014 |
|
|
2013 |
|
Attributable profit to the group |
|
|
5,966 |
|
|
|
5,816 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
4,175 |
|
EPS (euro)2 |
|
|
0.40 |
|
|
|
0.48 |
|
|
|
(15.9 |
) |
|
|
0.39 |
|
RoE3 |
|
|
6.6 |
|
|
|
7.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.8 |
|
RoTE3 |
|
|
10.0 |
|
|
|
11.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.6 |
|
RoA |
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
RoRWA4 |
|
|
1.2 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
P/E ratio |
|
|
11.3 |
|
|
|
14.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16.9 |
|
Variations w/o exchange rate: Quarterly: net interest income: +8.0%; Gross income: +5.6%; Pre-provision profit: +4.4%;
Attributable profit: +9,4%.
1. |
Excluding non-recurring capital gains and provisions (2015: -600 million). |
2. |
EPS: Attributable profit including the AT1 cost recorded in shareholders equity/average number of shares for the period excluding treasury shares. |
3. |
In 2014, pro-forma taking into account the January 2015 capital increase. |
4. |
Due to applying the new CRD IV directive, the 2013 figure is not included because it is not homogeneous with the other figures. |
5. |
Including net capital gains and provisions. |
|
|
|
|
|
62 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
2. Results |
|
|
|
Santander Group results |
|
|
|
|
|
Results |
|
For more information on results, see pages 116-121 of Banco Santanders Annual Report |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
2. Results |
|
|
|
Santander Group results |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance sheet |
|
For more information on balance sheet, see pages 122 to 128 of Banco Santanders Annual Report |
|
|
|
|
|
1. Pro-forma, incorporating the January 2015 capital increase. |
|
|
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
2. Results |
|
|
|
Countries |
|
|
Results by countries and
businesses
Spain
|
|
|
|
|
Santander Spain operates in retail, commercial and wholesale banking and has market shares of 13.2% in loans and 14.2% in
savings. |
|
|
|
|
Employees 24,216
Customers (million)
12.7
Loans1 2
155,204 (-3%)
Attributable profit1
977 (+18%)
1. Million euros.
2. Change without repos. |
|
|
Main 2016
objectives |
|
|
|
In 2015, Santander Spain made significant pro- gress in its new
strategy which, based on the Simple, Personal and Fair culture, rests on five pillars:
- Building long-term relations with customers. To this end, the 1/2/3
accounts for individual customers and SMEs were launched. This strate- gy proposes a new concept of relationship that rewards loyalty for transactions and enhances customers relationship with the Bank. The 1|2|3 account had more than 860,000
customers at the end of 2015 and captured 237,000 payroll accounts. The 1|2|3 SME account, which offers cashback on salaries deposited at the Bank and payment of social security contributions, taxes and supplies related to business activity, was
opened by more than 50,000 small and me- dium-sized firms.
- Be the bank of choice for companies in Spain. The commercial team
specialised in the segment for SMEs and businesses was strengthened. New lending to companies grew 18% and the Bank consolidated its leadership in global corporate banking.
- Achieve excellence in service quality. The operational excellence
plan aims to increase customer satisfaction through digital transformation, reviewing the processes and improving |
|
the customer experience in all channels. Santander Spain also began to implement a new branch model in 2015 which, with
an innovative and functional design, integrates digital techno- logy into the branch.
- Develop advanced risk management through comprehensive management.
The new 1|2|3 strategy facilitates greater knowledge of customers for risk analysis and the possibility of increasing the customer vision from the risk area. The NPL ratio was reduced in 2015 to 6.53%.
- Maintain a sustainable level of profitability, based on stable
results and a more efficient capital model.
Corporate governance of this Group unit was also strengthened in 2015 with the
creation of the Santander Spain board, equating its governance structure to the subsidiary model of the Groups other local units. This board will over- see the actions of Santander Spain in policies and strategies, risk-taking, human resources
and senior management appointments. |
|
Reach 2 million 1|2|3 accounts.
Increase the market share of
SMEs from 20% to 22%1.
Cost of credit below 0.60%.
1. As main bank. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
2. Results |
|
|
|
Countries |
|
|
Poland
|
|
|
|
|
Bank Zachodni WBK is one of the largest and most modern Polish banks and the leader in digital banking. |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 highlights
Bank Zachodni
WBK aims to maintain a leading position in banking for individual customers and become the best bank for businesses in Poland, through a range of modern products for SMEs, helping customers to internationalise (specifically in the food, agriculture
and automotive sectors) and provide comprehensive services for the largest financial projects in Poland.
BZ WBK is Polands leader in mobile and online banking and cards. |
|
- The BZWBK app for mobile phones (666,000 users) is one of the
best in Europe, having won several local and international prizes (for example, the 2015 Worlds Best Digital Bank Awards from Global Finance magazine and first place in the Polish Newsweek ranking).
- 2 million customers use electronic banking services. 6.72 million
transactions were made in 2015.
- Card sales amounted to PLN 1.2 million at the end of the year and included
903,700 prepaid cards, 736,800 credit cards and 3.22 million debit cards.
- The bank also launched innovative card payments using HCE technology. The cloud
card is available via the BZ WBK24 mobile application for Android (NFC) phone users.
Lending in 2015 increased by 11%, driven by strategic segments such as mortgages, direct
credit, SMEs and corporates.
Euromoney magazine named Bank Zachodni WBK the Best Bank in Poland in
2015. |
|
Employees 11,474
Customers (Million)
4.3
Loans1 2
18,977 (+11%)
Attributable profit1
300 (-15%)
1. Million euros, change in local currency.
2. Change without repos. |
Portugal
|
|
|
|
|
Santander Totta is the bank in Portugal that grew the most in lending to companies and is the leader in terms of attributable profit generated in the country. |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 highlights
The Banks
strategy focused on managing lending rates, increasing market shares, particularly in companies, controlling NPLs and enhancing efficiency. From its position of strength and profitability, Santander Totta was able to benefit from the improvement in
the economic cycle and so keep on helping people and businesses prosper.
At the end of the year, the Bank announced its acquistion of Banco Banif, which
added |
|
2.5 percentage points to its market share and turned it into the countrys second largest private sector bank.
Santander Totta
increased its market share in lending to companies to 9.7% in 2015 (+1 p.p.) and its share of new loans was 15.3%, up from 11.7% in 2014. This performance was in contrast to the sectors shrinkage in this business segment.
Of note in banking
for individual customers was the launch of the 1|2|3 World. Since its launch in March, the number of 1|2|3 accounts has risen to 110,000. In mortgages, Santander Totta grew at a much faster pace than the sector average, gaining 3.2 p.p. in market
share of new lending to 17.9%. Deposits amounted to 29,000 million (including Banif), 21% more than in 2014.
In 2015, Santander Totta was named Best Bank in Portugal by Euromoney and
Global Finance, and Bank of the Year by The Banker. |
|
Employees 6,568
Customers (Million)
3.8
Loans1 2
28,221 (+26%)
Attributable profit1
300 (+63%)
1. Million euros.
2. Change without repos. |
|
|
|
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
2. Results |
|
|
|
Countries |
|
|
Santander Consumer Finance
|
|
|
With a strong position of leadership in Europes consumer finance market, SCF specialises in auto finance, loans to buy durable goods, personal loans and credit cards. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employees 14,533
Customers (Million)
16.8
Loans1 2
73,709 (+21%)
Attributable profit1
938 (+18.0%)
1. Million euros, 2. Change without repo |
|
|
|
|
|
SCF is among the top three consumer finance providers in the main markets in
which it operates. Its geographic diversification is well balanced between countries in north and south Europe.
It operates through 130,000 associated points-of-sale (car dealers and shops), and has a large
number of finance agreements with car and motorcycle manufacturers, as well as major retail distribution groups.
In an environment of fledgling consumer recovery and car sales (+9% in the footprint), SCF
continued to gain market share backed by a business model based on: geographic and product diversification with leadership positions and critical mass in key markets; higher efficiency than that of its competitors; strong analytical capabilities;
and management of risks and recoveries that enables it to maintain high credit quality.
The trend in profits (+18%) reflects revenue growth (+23%) higher than the rise in
costs (+21%) and loan-loss provisions that were 1% lower. The cost of credit was 0.77%. SCF shows a consistent profitability and set a new profit record in 2015 (938 million).
|
|
The NPL ratio (3.42%) and coverage (109%) were clearly better than
the consumer business standards.
Of note, by unit, was Germany whose profit was 393 million, the Nordic countries
(234 million) and Spain (169 million). The agreements coming into effect
in 2015 strengthen SCFs position in its markets:
More than 60% of the agreement with Banque PSA was completed in 2015, enabling SCF to
consolidate its leadership in auto finance.
The integration of GE Nordics countries increased the weight of direct loans in the product
mix, reinforcing profitable and diversified growth in the region. Nordics, which operates in economies with the highest credit ratings, is one of SCFs key units.
Growth in new lending in the main countries: Germany, Nordic countries and Spain. |
|
Main 2016 objectives
Reach 17 million
active customers.
Increase lending from 77,000 million to 87,000 million.
Maintain a cost-to-income
ratio of 45% despite the integration of PSA. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
2. Results |
|
|
|
Countries |
|
|
United Kingdom
|
|
|
Santander UK aims to deepen customer relationships and continue to improve its service proposition, achieving consistent and growing
profitability and a strong balance sheet. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employees 25,866
Customers (Million)
26.0
Loans1 2
282,673 (+5%)
Attributable profit1
1,971 (+14%)
1. Million euros, change in local
currency. 2. Change without repos.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Santander UK wants to grow customer loyalty and market share, deliver
operational and digital excellence, and achieve consistent, growing profitability and a strong balance sheet. The Bank continues to deliver a culture that is Simple, Personal and Fair, while supporting the communities in which it operates.
2015 highlights
1|2|3 customers increased
by one million to 4.6 million in 2015. Retail banking current account balances increased by an average of £1 billion per month in the same period, ending the year at £53.2 billion.
Santander UK continued to
support the UK housing market. Gross mortgage lending amounted to £26.5 billion, of which £4.5 billion related to first time home buyers. Net mortgage lending was £2.7 billion.
Santander UK continued to
support UK companies utilising a broader product suite and expanded footprint. Customer loans increased 10% to £26.4 billion, despite market weakness. New facilities increased 14% and bank account openings grew 4%. |
|
Customer satisfaction scores improved significantly in 2015 to 62.9%,
according to the Financial Research Survey (FRS). The top three bank peers have an average of 62%.
Santander UK increased net interest income by 5% in local currency, driven by liability margin
improvement and increased retail and corporate lending. Banking NIM remained broadly flat at 1.83% versus 2014.
These results were achieved while maintaining a strong balance sheet and capital position, as
well as increased profitability. 2015 RoTE increased to 11.8%. |
|
Main 2016 objectives
Increase digital customers from 3,7 million to 4,3 million.
Credit growth to
companies 5 p.p. higher than the market.
CAGR of fee and commission income 5-10%. |
|
|
|
|
|
68 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
2. Results |
|
|
|
Countries |
|
|
Brazil
|
|
|
Santander Brazil is the third largest private sector bank by assets. In a difficult economic context the Bank improved its franchise and results. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employees 49,520
Customers (Million)
32.4
Loans1 2
60,238 (+9%)
Attributable profit1
1,631 (+33%)
1. Million euros, change in local
currency. 2. Change without repos.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 highlights
Santander Brazil made progress in its main strategic lines to simplify, modernise and improve
the customer experience, installing a business model that places the customer at the centre of all decisions and operations.
Pacote Boas Vindas, which enables new individual customers to obtain the number of
their current account, debit and credit cards and full access to electronic channels quickly and efficiently in two days from the time of signing off, was launched; and the offer of Contas Combinadas, which includes two types of service
options, was renewed: the Conta Básica, for those who carry out fewer operations with their account and require tailored services and the Conta Mais, for customers who use their account more frequently.
The Bank launched
Santander Negócios & Empresas for SMEs. This platform is focused on products, services and attention for these companies, adapted to the profile of each entrepreneur. In Global Corporate Banking, the Bank took part in
the main business transactions that took place in the year. |
|
Santander Brazil is increasing its customer base, seeking to gain
customers loyalty through better levels of service. The Bank made significant investments such as the acquisition of Súper, a digital platform that provides an electronic banking account, a prepayment card and access to
simplified financial services. It also entered into a joint venture with Banco Bonsucesso to create Banco Bonsucesso Consignado. Furthermore, it created Certo, a new commercial banking and customer relationship management model.
As part of the
Groups digital transformation process, Santander Brazil fostered the use of digital channels among its customers through the Vale a pena ser digital campaign. The number of digital customers rose 15% in 2015.
All these investments had
a direct impact on customer satisfaction and on reducing the number of claims (-39%).
The Bank increased the number of loyal customers in 2015 to 3.2 million, grew lending
(9%), rationalised costs and reduced loan-loss provisions and NPLs according to local criteria. |
|
Main 2016 objectives
Increase the number of loyal customers from 3,2 million to 3,6 million.
Maintain control of
bad loans with a NPL ratio below the sectors average.
Profits higher than those in 2015 in local currency terms. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
2. Results Countries |
|
|
Mexico
|
|
|
Santander consolidated its position as the countrys third largest bank by business volume with a 14% market share and a sound and diversified portfolio. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employees 17,847
Customers (Million)
12.4
Loans1 2
30,158 (+19%)
Attributable profit1
629 (+3%)
1. Million euros, change in local
currency. 2. Change without
repos. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 highlights
Santander Mexico wants to be the leader in the Mexican market in terms of profitability and
growth. To this end, it is acquiring new customers with substantial business potential, increasing loyalty among current customers and reducing the churn rate. It is also gaining market share in larger SMEs and mid-market enterprises and
increasing its participation in infrastructure projects. The Bank continues to consolidate its leadership in mortgages for medium and high-income customers and is carrying out a thorough transformation of its operational model in technology and
infrastructure, talent, quality, processes, marketing and brand.
In 2015, the Bank completed its most ambitious expansion programme in Mexico in recent years,
whereby it increased the number of branches by 200 over the last three years, made progress in multichannel services through mobile banking initiatives and had a network of 5,989 ATMs in place at the end of the year.
Thanks to its efforts to
help customers prosper, Santander Mexico was once again the leading |
|
bank in 2015 in loans for SMEs (+22%). Loans to companies grew 25%, also higher than the market. Mortgages rose 13%,
consumer credit 31%, more than double the pace of the market, and insurance business 4%.
In the energy and infrastructure sectors, Santander confirmed its leadership by financing more
than 14 projects worth over $88 billion. It also reached an agreement to supply banking services to more than 11,000 petrol stations in Mexico.
The strong growth in lending was accompanied by a strict process of monitoring and assessing
the quality of the portfolio. The NPL rate decreased to 3.38%.
The magazine LatinFinance recognised Santander Mexico in 2015 as the Best Bank in
Infrastructure in Mexico, Global Finance as the Best Private Bank in Mexico and International Finance Magazine as the most socially responsible bank in Mexico. |
|
Main 2016 objectives
Exceed one million digital customers from 876,000 in 2015.
Attain more than
3.3 million payroll accounts.
Reach MXN 75 billion in loans to SMEs. |
|
|
|
|
|
70 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
2. Results Countries |
|
|
Chile
Santander is the countrys largest bank in terms of assets and customers.
|
|
|
|
|
2015 highlights
The Bank continued to
grow in 2015 despite the downturn in the local economy. In individual customers, progress was made in consolidating the Select model for high-income customers and in developing the new branch model in the traditional network. In SMEs, Santander
Advance was launched which is backed by its own CRM system (NEO Advance). The Bank continued to open its new centres for companies, generating more proximity with customers, which produced gains in market shares in loans and deposits. |
|
Santander Chile has market shares of 19.1% in loans and 18.3% in deposits.
Lending grew 14% and deposits 13%.
Santander Chile received the prize for the Best Bank of the Year in Chile from The Banker
magazine and the Best Private Bank in Chile from Euromoney.
The four strategic pillars of Santander Chile are:
- Improve the quality
of customer attention and experience.
- Transform the retail and commercial banking business, particularly with medium and
high-income customers and SMEs.
- Strengthen business with large and me- dium-sized companies.
- Foster a new
culture focused on the customer and a Simple, Personal and Fair way of doing things. |
|
Employees 12,454
Customers (Million)
3.6
Loans1 2
32,338 (11%)
Attributable profit1
455 (-13%)
1. Million euros, change in local currency.
2. Change without repos. |
Argentina
Santander Río is the countrys leading private sector bank by volume of assets and liabilities.
|
|
|
|
|
2015 highlights
Santander Río has
a market share of 10.0% in loans and 10.3% in deposits. In 2015, the Banks business posted strong growth, with loans rising 52% and savings 58%. Income increased by 27% in pesos and costs by 43%.
The Bank has a
multichannel network focused on quality of service and customer satisfaction. The branch network increased by 10%, with the opening of 21 new spaces, 82 corners and 125 Select boxes for high-
|
|
income customers. Four business centres were also opened for SMEs and companies. The project to transform the branch
network continued, with the aim of installing a new customer attention model based on automated processes and use of new technology.
The commercial strategy centred on customer acquisition and loyalty, particularly high-income
customers and SMEs. In the medium and long-term, Santander Río will focus on increasing the reach of its distribution network, improving efficiency and service quality, and fostering financial inclusion and banking penetration.
Santander Río was
recognised by Euromoney and The Banker magazines as the Best Bank in Argentina. It was also awarded the prize for Best Digital Bank and Best Mobile Bank in Latin America by Global Finance magazine. |
|
Employees
7,952
Customers (Million) 2.8
Loans1 2
6,028 (+52%)
Attributable profit1
378 (+22%)
1. Million euros, change in local currency.
2. Change without repos. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
2. Results Countries |
|
|
United States
Santander carries out retail banking in the northeast of the country as Santander
Bank and consumer finance nationwide through Santander Consumer USA.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employees 18,123
Customers (Million)
5.1
Loans1 2
84,190 (+7%)
Attributable profit1
678 (-34%)
1. Million euros, change in constant currency.
2. Change without repos. |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 highlights
Santander Bank increased the number of loyal customers to 266,000, while customers who use the
online and mobile channels increased 12% to 617,000. The Bank launched Simply Right, an easy-to-use current account that waives commissions for those who perform at least one financial transaction a month. It also simplified its current accounts by
reducing the line of products from 13 to 5 and launched a new, more modern and updated website.
Santander Consumer USAs (SCs) net income increased 17% to $900 million, driven by
disciplined originations and additional fee income from its services for other platforms. To better serve its customers, enhance vendor management oversight and diversify and de-risk its business, SC focused on expanding its servicing capabilities
in 2015 as it moves to open new facilities in Mesa (Arizona) and San Juan (Puerto Rico).
Santander US launched a transformation programme to bolster its capabilities in risk
management, finance and technology to manage its business better and be able to comply with the regulators expectations. This programme includes high investments and strengthening of the franchise. In 2016, |
|
all of Santanders main units in the US will be integrated into the Groups holding in the country, Santander
Holdings USA, which currently comprises Santander Bank and Santander Consumer USA.
Santander Bank made contributions to 286 not-for-profit organisations in the territory where
it operates. Santander Banks employees donated 13,696 hours of voluntary service to the communities where they live and work.
In the years to come, Santander US will focus on acquiring individual customers through the
development of a simple and innovative value proposal, while improving its digital capabilities and customer satisfaction. The emphasis in commercial banking will be on its product, sales and risk capabilities. SC USA, meanwhile, will increase
services for other businesses, take full advantage of the potential of the agreement with Chrysler and focus on its core businesses. |
|
Main 2016 objectives
Increase the number of digital customers from 617,000 to 725,000.
Boost lending to companies
to $20,7 bn. |
|
|
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
2. Results |
|
|
|
Global Corporate Banking |
|
|
Global Corporate Banking
SGCB is the global business division mainly focused on corporate clients and institutions
which, due to their size or sophistication, require a tailored service or value-added
wholesale products.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans1 2
90,167 (+4%)
Attributable profit1 3
1,625 (+2%)
1. Million euros, change in local currency.
2. Change without repos.
3. The results for this global unit are included in the data for each local unit. |
The
SGCB business model rests on three pillars: a customer focus, strong global product capabilities and interconnection with local units. All combined with permanent and optimum management of risk, capital and liquidity.
2015 highlights
Optimisation of capital
was one of SGCBs priorities during 2015. In order to make progress in this objective, SGCB created a new area called Asset Rotation and Capital Optimization (ARCO), which incorporates all the capabilities of structuring and sales to improve
the Originate to Distribute initiative.
SGCB attained a leadership position in Latin America in debt capital markets, cash management
and emerging Latin American currencies, according to the main rankings and market awards. It is also the leader in Acquisition & Project Finance, Export & Agency Finance and Trade Finance.
In order to respond
adequately to the transformation of international trade finance, SGCB focused on innovation, digitalisation and further development of some of its products.
SGCB deepened its cooperation with the Retail and Commercial Banking division by developing a
wide range of products and services for the customers in this segment. |
|
2018 objectives
SGCB will centre on the following aspects of its value proposals:
Continue to be an expert
in Latin America.
Maintain unique, differentiated capabilities in relation to origination, structuring and
distribution of loans, and its leadership in Acquisition Finance, Structured Credit and Project Finance.
Spur the commercialisation of a wide range of solutions for retail and commercial banking
customers, tailored to their needs and/or risk tolerance.
Be the customers bank of choice for access to euro and sterling capital markets.
Continue to be the
leading bank in international trade.
SGCB will also put into effect measures to reduce the consumption of capital and will continue
the gradual change toward a business based more on fee and commission, through an improved offer in advisory services and the Originate to Distribute initiative. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
73 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report Executive
summary |
|
|
Banco Santander complies with the recommendations and the highest
standards regarding good governance that are applicable to listed companies and credit institutions
Ms Ana Botín, Group executive chairman of Banco Santander General shareholders meeting
27 March 2015
Executive summary
Changes in the composition of the board
The following changes
have led to a more qualified, international, independent and diverse board:
|
|
At its meeting on 25 November 2014, at the proposal of the appointments committee, the board of directors approved the following appointments: |
|
|
|
Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown, as vice chairman, independent director and lead director. |
|
|
|
Ms Sol Daurella Comadrán and Mr Carlos Fernández González, as independent directors. |
These independent directors filled the vacancies created by the death of Mr Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los
Ríos as well as by the resignations of Mr Fernando de Asúa Álvarez and Mr Abel Matutes Juan. The appointments, once cleared by the European Central Bank, took effect on 12 February 2015 in the case of Mr Bruce
Carnegie-Brown and Mr Carlos Fernández González, and on 18 February in the case of Ms Sol Daurella Comadrán.
|
|
On 25 November 2014, at the proposal of the appointments committee, the board of directors appointed Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez as a member of the board and chief executive officer,
replacing Mr Javier Marín Romano. These appointments, once cleared by the European Central Bank and having complied with the related legal requirements, took effect on 13 and 14 January 2015, respectively. |
|
|
At its meeting on 16 January 2015, at the proposal of the appointments committee, the board of directors resolved to appoint Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo, vice chairman of the board, executive director of the
Bank. |
|
|
At its meeting on 30 June 2015, at the proposal of the appointments committee, the board resolved to appoint by co-option Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca as a non-executive director following the resignation of
Mr Juan Rodríguez Inciarte as member of the board. The appointment took effect on 21 September, once cleared by the European Central Bank. |
|
|
Mr Jaime Pérez Renovales was appointed general secretary and secretary of the board and head of the General Secretariat and Human Resources division effective as of 1 September. |
|
|
Lastly, following the resignation of Ms Sheila C. Bair from her position as a director of the Bank, the board, at its meeting held on 22 December, at the proposal of the appointments committee, resolved to appoint
by co-option Ms Belén Romana García as an independent director, once cleared by the European Central Bank.
|
Activities of the board
|
|
The board held 21 meetings during 2015. In addition to the report made by the Group executive chairman at each annual meeting, the chief executive officer submitted management reports on the Group and the vice chairman,
Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte, reported on the Groups risks. As in previous years, the board held one meeting on the Groups global strategy in 2015. |
|
|
The Groups external auditors and heads of internal audit participated, respectively, in 12 and 11 of the 13 meetings held by the audit committee in 2015 and reported to the board on two occasions.
|
Capital increase
|
|
In 2015 the Bank carried out four capital increases, effective 9 January, 29 January, 29 April and 4 November. |
|
|
|
In the first capital increase, carried out through an accelerated bookbuilding, 1,213,592,234 new shares were issued, representing 9.64% of the Banks share capital at year-end 2014. |
|
|
|
In the last three capital increases, carried out within the framework of the Santander Scrip Dividend programme, 262,578,993, 256,046,919 and 117,859,774 new shares were issued, representing 2.09%, 2.03% and 0.94%,
respectively, of the Banks share capital at year-end 2014. |
All this entailed a total increase in share capital
equal to 14.7% in comparison with share capital at year-end 2014.
|
|
|
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report Executive
summary |
|
|
New dividend policy
|
|
In 2015 the Banks dividend policy was redirected, effective from the first dividend paid for this year and for the purpose of once again paying most remuneration in cash, announcing the remuneration for 2015 would
be EUR 0.20 three cash dividends and a scrip dividend, in an approximate amount of five cents per share for each of them. |
The Bank also announced its intent that the cash payout represent between 30% and 40% of its recurring profit in the coming years, instead of
the previous 20%, and that payments to shareholders reflect the growth in its profit.
Bylaw-stipulated emoluments
|
|
Bylaw-stipulated emoluments earned by the board amounted to EUR 5.2 million in 2015, which is 13.6% less than the maximum amount approved at the general shareholders meeting. |
Remuneration of executive directors
|
|
At the general shareholders meeting on 27 March 2015, shareholders also approved the maximum ratio of variable components of remuneration in relation to fixed components for 2015 for a maximum of 1,300
members of the identified group, including executive directors. |
Under no circumstances may this maximum ratio
exceed 200%. At this general shareholders meeting of 27 March 2015, shareholders also resolved to amend article 58 (remuneration of directors) and article 59-2 (transparency of the director remuneration system) of the Bylaws, including a
new wording to article 59 (approval of the director remuneration policy) and renumbering former article 59 as article 59-2.
At the
general shareholders meeting of 27 March 2015, shareholders approved, on a binding basis, the director remuneration policy of Banco Santander, S.A. for 2015 and 2016 and submitted the annual report on director remuneration to the
consultative vote of shareholders.
These amendments to the Bylaws, together with other amendments approved by the shareholders at the
general meeting of 27 March 2015, were registered with the Cantabria Commercial Registry on 1 July 2015.
Appointment of new country heads in the US, Spain, Mexico and Brazil
|
|
In March 2015, Mr Scott Powell was appointed the new country head and chief executive officer of Santander Holdings USA (SHUSA), the head of all Santander business in the United States. In his career over the last few
years, Mr Powell has held positions of responsibility at J.P. Morgan Chase and Citigroup Inc., and until such date was the executive chairman of National Flood Services, an insurance company. He has broad experience in commercial banking, consumer
finance and risks. |
|
|
On 30 June 2015, the board of directors of Banco Santander resolved to appoint Mr Rami Aboukhair Hurtado, the Banks senior executive vice president with vast experience in retail banking in Spain and the UK,
as the new country head of Santander Spain. |
|
|
On 24 August 2015, Mr Marcos Martínez Gavica and Mr Héctor Blas Grisi Checa were appointed as non-executive chairman and chief executive officer of Grupo Financiero Santander México. Both
appointments took effect on 1 January 2016 and 1 December 2015, respectively. Mr Grisi joined the Bank as country head in Mexico following a long career in this countrys financial system. |
|
|
Lastly, in September 2015 Mr Sérgio Rial was appointed country head of the Group in Brazil, an appointment which took effect as of 1 January 2016. Mr Rial joined the Group in March 2015 as chairman of the
board of directors of Santander Brazil and since then has collaborated with Mr Jesús María Zabalza Lotina in carrying out this banks executive duties. He has vast international experience and has had a successful career in
banking as well as in other businesses, in addition to having been a member of the board of important Brazilian and other international companies. |
Financial information that the Bank publicly discloses periodically
|
|
The board has approved or prepared quarterly, semi-annual financial information, the annual accounts and the management report for 2015, along with other documents such as the annual report, the sustainability report,
information of prudential relevance (Pillar III), the annual corporate governance report, the reports of the board committees and the annual report on director compensation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report 1.
Introduction |
|
|
1. Introduction
In this new phase, we have reinforced our corporate governance, with particular emphasis on the role and
operation of the board of directors and its role in risk management, in accordance with the highest international standards in this regard. For Santander, robust governance is a key element in ensuring a sustainable long-term business model.
We have a board of directors that is highly qualified; the experience, knowledge and dedication of the directors and diversity of the board form part of the
essential elements to reach the goal of making Santander the best commercial bank in the world.
In line with the Banks vision and mission and
within the framework of its general supervisory function, the board of directors takes decisions that relate to the Groups main policies and strategies, its corporate culture, the definition of its corporate structure and the promotion of
suitable corporate social responsibility policies. In addition, and especially in exercising its responsibility for the management of all risks, the board must approve and monitor the risk framework and appetite, ensure it is in line with the
Banks business plans, verify that such risk is correctly reported by all units and oversee the operation of the three lines of defence, guaranteeing the independence of the heads of risk, compliance and internal audit and their direct access
to the board.
During the last year and a half, the presence of non-executive directors most of which are independent has increased, which
ensures adequate oversight of the executive management of the business and decision making and is also conducive to an intense and high-quality debate of all matters.
|
|
|
Santander continues to bring its governance system into line with the highest international standards, both at corporate and subsidiary level, through the implementation of the new internal governance model approved by
the Group. |
|
|
|
|
|
78 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report 2. Ownership
structure |
|
|
2. Ownership structure
Number of shares and significant interests
Number of shares
In 2015 the Bank carried out four capital increases, effective 9 January, 29 January, 29 April and 4 November, with the issuance of
1,213,592,234, 262,578,993, 256,046,919 and 117,859,774 new shares, representing 9.64%, 2.09%, 2.03% and 0.94%, respectively, of the Banks share capital at year-end 2014.
The first increase was carried out through an accelerated bookbuilding and the last three within the framework of the Santander Scrip Dividend programme. All
this entailed a total increase in share capital equal to 14.70% in comparison with share capital at year-end 2014.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of shares |
|
|
% of share capital* |
|
9 January |
|
|
1,213,592,234 |
|
|
|
9.64 |
|
29 January |
|
|
262,578,993 |
|
|
|
2.09 |
|
29 April |
|
|
256,046,919 |
|
|
|
2.03 |
|
4 November |
|
|
117,859,774 |
|
|
|
0.94 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
1,850,077,920 |
|
|
|
14.70 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
Of share capital at year-end 2014. |
The Banks share capital at 31 December 2015 was represented by
14,434,492,579 shares, whose value according to the listing price on the Electronic Spanish Stock Market Interconnection System at such date was EUR 65,792.4 million.
All shares carry the same voting and dividend rights.
Significant interests
No shareholder held significant
interests (of more than 3% of the share capital1 or interests that would permit a significant influence over the Bank) at 31 December 2015.
The interests held by State Street Bank and Trust Company (12.62%); The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation (6.05%); Chase Nominees Limited (4.84%); EC
Nominees Limited (3.99%); Societe Generale S.A. (3.81%); Clearstream Banking S.A. (3.50%); and Guaranty Nominees Limited (3.23%), which were the only ones in excess of 3%, were held by them on behalf of their customers. The Bank is not aware of any
of them holding individual interests of 3% or more of its share capital.
Bearing in mind the current number of members of the board of directors (15),
the percentage of capital needed to exercise the right to appoint a director, in accordance with article 243 of the Spanish Corporate Enterprises Act (Ley de Sociedades de Capital) on proportional representation, is 6.67%.
Shareholders agreements and other significant agreements
Section A.6 of the annual corporate governance
report, which forms part of the management report, contains a description of the shareholders agreement executed in February 2006 by Mr Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos, Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de
Sautuola y OShea, Mr Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea, Mr Francisco Javier Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea, Simancas, S.A., Puente San Miguel, S.A., Puentepumar, S.L., Latimer Inversiones, S.L. and Cronje, S.L.
Unipersonal, providing for the syndication of the Bank shares held by the signatories to the agreement or whose voting rights have been granted to them. Such agreement was also reported to the Spanish National Securities Market Commission (CNMV) as
a material fact and is described in the public records thereof.
On 3 August and 19 November 2012, Banco Santander notified the CNMV, through a
material fact, that it had been formally notified of amendments to this shareholders agreement with regard to the signatories thereto.
On
17 October 2013, the Bank also notified the CNMV, through a material fact, of an update to the signatories and the distribution of shares included in the syndication, as a result of a business reorganisation carried out by one of the parties to
the agreement.
On 3 October 2014, Banco Santander notified the CNMV, through a material fact, of a new update to the signatories and the
distribution of shares included in the syndication, as well as the change in the chairmanship of the syndicate, which is vested in Mr Francisco Javier Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea, the current chairman of the board of trustees of the
Botín Foundation, supplementing such information through a material fact notification on 6 February 2015.
On 6 February and 29 May
2015, Banco Santander notified the CNMV, through respective material facts, of the updates to the signatories and the distribution of shares included in the syndication, all within the framework of the inheritance process as a result of the death of
Mr Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos.
Lastly, on 29 July 2015 Banco Santander notified the CNMV, through a
material fact, of an update to the signatories and the distribution of shares included in the syndication as a result of extinguishing the usufruct over the shares of one of the parties to the agreement along with the voting rights arising
therefrom, thereby consolidating the full price of the aforementioned shares in the Botín Foundation.
1. |
Limit set by Royal Decree 1362/2007, of 19 October, for defining the concept of significant interest. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
79 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report 2. Ownership
structure |
|
|
Shares included in the syndication
At 31 December 2015, the syndication included a total of 72,933,193 shares of the Bank (0.505% of its share capital), broken down as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Signatories to the shareholders agreement |
|
Number of sharess |
|
Ms Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz de Sautuola OShea1 |
|
|
8,294,091 |
|
Mr Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola OShea2 |
|
|
16,873,709 |
|
Mr Francisco Javier Botín-Sanz de Sautuola OShea3 |
|
|
16,290,053 |
|
Ms Paloma Botín-Sanz de Sautuola OShea4 |
|
|
7,835,293 |
|
Ms Carmen Botín-Sanz de Sautuola OShea |
|
|
8,636,449 |
|
PUENTEPUMAR, S.L. |
|
|
|
|
LATIMER INVERSIONES, S.L. |
|
|
|
|
CRONJE, S.L., Unipersonal5 |
|
|
9,428,319 |
|
NUEVA AZIL, S.L.6 |
|
|
5,575,279 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL |
|
|
72,933,193 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
8,074,263 shares indirectly through Bafimar, S.L. |
2. |
7,800,332 shares indirectly through Puente San Miguel, S.L.U. |
3. |
4,652,747 shares indirectly through Inversiones Zulú, S.L. and 6,794,391 shares indirectly through Agropecuaria El Castaño, S.L.U. |
4. |
6,628,291 shares indirectly through Bright Sky 2012, S.L. |
5. |
Controlled by Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola OShea. |
6. |
Controlled by Ms Carolina Botín-Sanz de Sautuola OShea. |
In all other respects the aforementioned
syndication agreement remains unchanged.
The aforementioned material facts may be viewed on the Groups corporate website (www.santander.com).
Treasury shares
Treasury share policy
The sale and purchase of own shares, by the company or by companies controlled thereby, must conform to the provisions of applicable law and the resolutions
adopted at the general shareholders meeting in this regard.
The Bank, by resolution of the board of directors on 23 October 2014, approved the
current treasury share policy2 taking into account the criteria recommended by the CNMV.
Treasury
share transactions have the following objectives:
a) |
To provide liquidity or a supply of securities, as applicable, in the market for the Banks shares, giving depth to such market and minimising possible temporary imbalances between supply and demand.
|
b) |
To take advantage, in benefit of shareholders as a whole, of situations of weakness in the price of the shares in relation to prospects of changes in the medium term. Such transactions are subject to the following
general guidelines. |
|
|
|
They may not entail a proposed intervention in the free formation of prices. |
|
|
|
Trading may not take place if the unit entrusted with such transaction is in possession of insider or relevant information. |
|
|
|
Where applicable, the execution of buy-back programmes and the acquisition of shares to cover obligations of the Bank or the Group shall be permitted. |
Transactions with treasury shares are carried out by the investments and holdings department, which is isolated as a separate area from the rest of the
Banks activities and protected by the respective chinese walls, preventing it from receiving any insider or relevant information. The head of such department is responsible for the management of treasury shares.
Key data
At 31 December 2015, the Bank held
40,291,209 treasury shares, representing 0.279% of its share capital at that date (at year-end 2014, there were 1,465,371 treasury shares, representing 0.012% of the Banks share capital at such date).
The following table sets out the monthly average percentages of treasury shares in 2015 and 2014.
n Monthly average percentages of treasury shares1
% of the Banks social capital2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
January |
|
|
0.200 |
|
|
|
0.154 |
|
February |
|
|
0.218 |
|
|
|
0.232 |
|
March |
|
|
0.233 |
|
|
|
0.241 |
|
April |
|
|
0.246 |
|
|
|
0.136 |
|
May |
|
|
0.181 |
|
|
|
0.260 |
|
June |
|
|
0.169 |
|
|
|
0.297 |
|
July |
|
|
0.132 |
|
|
|
0.284 |
|
August |
|
|
0.187 |
|
|
|
0.414 |
|
September |
|
|
0.244 |
|
|
|
0.337 |
|
October |
|
|
0.336 |
|
|
|
0.156 |
|
November |
|
|
0.336 |
|
|
|
0.258 |
|
December |
|
|
0.335 |
|
|
|
0.141 |
|
1. |
Further information in this regard is included in section A.8 of the annual corporate governance report, which forms part of the management report, and in the capital and treasury share section of this latter report.
|
2. |
Monthly average of daily positions of treasury shares. |
The transactions with treasury shares performed in the
Groups interest by the consolidated companies in 2015 entailed the acquisition of 537,314,450 shares, equivalent to a par value of EUR 268.7 million (cash amount of EUR 3,224.9 million) and the sale of 498,448,612 shares, with a par value
of EUR 249.2 million (cash amount of EUR 3,048.3 million).
2. The treasury share policy is published
on the Groups corporate website (www.santander.com).
|
|
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
2. Ownership structure |
|
|
The average purchase price of the Banks shares in 2015 was EUR 6.00 per share, and the average sale
price of the Banks shares was EUR 6.12 per share.
The net gain in 2015, net of tax, on transactions involving shares issued by the
Bank, amounting to EUR 16,442,887, was recognised in the Groups equity under Shareholders equity-Reserves.
Authorisation
The current authorisation for transactions with treasury shares arises from resolution Five adopted by the shareholders at the general shareholders
meeting held on 28 March 2014, item II) of which reads as follows:
To expressly authorise the Bank and the subsidiaries belonging to the
Group to acquire shares representing the Banks share capital for any valuable consideration permitted by law, within the limits of the law and subject to all legal requirements, up to a maximum number of shares (including the shares they
already hold) equal to 10% of the share capital existing at any given time or the maximum percentage permitted by law while this authorisation remains in force, such shares being fully paid at a minimum price per share equal to the par value thereof
and a maximum price of up to 3% higher than the last listing price for transactions in which the Bank does not act on its own behalf on the Continuous Market of the Spanish stock exchanges (including the block market) prior to the acquisition in
question. This authorisation may only be exercised within five years of the date of the general shareholders meeting. The authorisation includes the acquisition of any shares that must be delivered to the employees and directors of the company
either directly or as a result of the exercise of the options held by them.
Resolutions in effect regarding the possible issuance of new shares or of bonds convertible into shares
The capital
authorised by the shareholders at the annual general meeting held on 27 March 2015, under item Eight of the agenda, amounted to EUR 3,515,146,471.50. The Banks directors have until 27 March 2018 to carry out capital increases up to
this limit. The shareholders gave the board (or, by delegation, the executive committee) the power to exclude pre-emptive rights, in full or in part, pursuant to the provisions of article 506 of the Spanish Corporate Enterprises Act, although this
power is limited to capital increases carried out under this authorisation up to EUR 1,406,058,588.50.
This authorisation had not been used as of the
date of this document.
In addition, the shareholders at the annual general meeting held on 27 March 2015 approved the following resolutions in
connection with the content of this section:
1. Two increases in share capital with a charge to reserves for the maximum amounts of EUR
2,300 million and EUR 750 million at market value, respectively, within the shareholder compensation scheme (Santander Scrip Dividend) whereby the Bank has offered shareholders the possibility of receiving shares under a scrip issue for an
amount equal to the dividends on the dates on which the final dividend for 2014 and the second interim dividend for 2015 are customarily paid.
The two capital increases were carried out on 29 April and 4 November 2015. A number of shares with a
par value of EUR 0.50 each were issued in each case, equal to EUR 128,023,459.50 and EUR 58,929,887, respectively, which corresponds to a total of 2.590% of the Banks share capital at year-end 2015.
2. Delegation to the board of directors, in accordance with the general rules on issuing debentures and pursuant to the provisions of article 319 of the
Commercial Registry Regulations (Reglamento del Registro Mercantil), of the power to issue, on one or more occasions, debentures, bonds, preferred shares and other fixed-income securities or debt instruments of a similar nature in any
of the forms allowed by law and convertible into and/ or exchangeable for shares of the Bank (resolution Ten A). Such delegation also includes warrants or similar securities that may directly or indirectly carry the right to subscribe for or acquire
shares of the Bank, whether newly-issued or already outstanding, payable by physical delivery or through set-off. The issuance or issuances of securities carried out pursuant to this delegation come to the aggregate maximum amount of EUR
10,000 million or the equivalent amount in another currency, and the Banks directors have until 27 March 2020 to implement this resolution.
This authorisation had not been used as of the date of this document.
3. Delegation to the board of directors, pursuant to the provisions of article 297.1.a) of the Spanish Corporate Enterprises Act, of the broadest powers such
that, within one year of the date on which the aforementioned shareholders meeting is held, it may set the date and the terms and conditions, as to all matters not provided for by the shareholders themselves, of an increase in capital,
approved by the shareholders, in the amount of EUR 500 million. If the board does not exercise the powers delegated to it within the aforementioned period, these powers will be rendered null and void.
This authorisation also had not been used as of the date of this document.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report 3. Banco
Santanders board of directors |
|
|
3. Banco Santanders
board of directors3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea |
|
Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez |
|
Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown |
|
Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo |
|
|
|
|
GROUP EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN Executive
director Born in 1960 in Santander, Spain.
Joined the board in 1989.
Graduate in Economics.
Joined the Bank after a period at JP Morgan (1980-1988). She was appointed
senior executive vice president of Banco Santander, S.A. in 1992, and subsequently became executive chairman of Banesto from 2002 to 2010 and chief executive officer of Santander UK from 2010 to 2014.
Other significant positions:
She is a non-executive director of The Coca-Cola Company. She is also a member of the board of Deusto Business School and of the Financial Services Trade and
Investment Board (FSTIB), created by the British Ministry of Economy to promote the financial services industry of the United Kingdom. She is also Dame Commander of the British Empire, Business Ambassador of the government of the United Kingdom and
member of the Trilateral Commission and of the advisory board of Saïd Business School (University of Oxford).
Committees of the board of which she is a member
Executive (chairman), international (chairman) and innovation and technology (chairman). |
|
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER Executive
director Born in 1960 in León, Spain.
Joined the board in 2015.
Graduate in Economics and Business Administration.
MBA from the University of Chicago.
Joined the Bank in 2002 and was appointed senior executive vice president of the financial management and investor relations division in 2004 (Group
chief financial officer). Other significant positions:
He is a member of the board of Banco Santander (Brasil), S.A. and SAM Investments Holdings Limited. He has also served as a director of Santander Consumer
Finance, S.A. and Santander Holdings USA, Inc. and a member of the supervisory boards of Santander Consumer AG, Santander Consumer Holding GMBH and Bank of Zachodni WBK, S.A., as well as director of Bolsas y Mercados Españoles (BME).
Committees of the board of which he is a member
Executive, international and innovation and technology. |
|
VICE CHAIRMAN Non-executive director
(independent) and lead director Born in 1959 in Freetown, Sierra Leone.
Joined the board in 2015.
MA degree in English Language and Literature from the University of Oxford.
Other significant positions:
He was the non-executive chairman of Aon UK Ltd, founder and managing partner of the quoted private equity division of 3i Group Plc., chairman and chief
executive officer of Marsh Europe and has held various positions at JP Morgan Chase and Bank of America. He was also lead independent director at Close Brothers Group Plc (2008-2014) and Catlin Group Ltd (2010-2014). He is currently the
non-executive chairman of Moneysupermarket.com Group Plc and a non-executive director of Santander UK Plc.
Committees of the board of which he is a member
Executive, appointments (chairman), remuneration (chairman), risk supervision, regulation and compliance (chairman) and innovation and technology. |
|
VICE CHAIRMAN Executive director
Born in 1946 in Madrid, Spain.
Joined the board in 1988.
Graduate in Law and Government Attorney.
Other significant positions:
He was the former chief executive officer of Banco Santander, S.A. (1988-1994). He has served on the board of directors of several industrial and financial
companies such as Ebro Azúcares y Alcoholes, S.A. and Industrias Agrícolas, S.A. He was the chairman of the advisory board of Accenture, S.A. He also held the position of non-executive chairman of NH Hotels Group, S.A., Vocento, S.A.
and Vallehermoso, S.A. He is currently a non-executive director of Inditex, S.A. and the chairman of the board of directors of Metrovacesa, S.A.
Committees of the board of which he is a member
Executive, international and innovation and technology. |
3. Unless otherwise specified, the main activity of the members of the board is that carried out at the Bank in their capacity
as directors, whether executive or non-executive.
|
|
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report 3. Banco
Santanders board of directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte |
|
Mr Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero |
|
Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca |
|
Mr Javier Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea |
|
|
|
|
VICE CHAIRMAN Executive director
Born in 1948 in Oviedo, Spain.
Joined the board in 1988.
Graduate in Economics, and Government Economist.
He also carried out business administrations studies at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT).
Other significant positions:
He was Minister of the Presidency between 1981 and 1982, as well as technical general secretary of the Ministry of Economy, general secretary of the Ministry
for European Community Relations and deputy secretary of state to the President. He is currently chairman of Unión de Crédito Inmobiliario, S.A. the Princess of Asturias Foundation and of the social council of the Universidad Carlos
III de Madrid. He is also a non-executive director of Sanitas, S.A. de Seguros, Financiera Ponferrada, S.A., SICAV and Financiera El Corte Inglés E.F.C.
Committees of the board of which he is a member
Executive and innovation and technology. |
|
VICE CHAIRMAN Non-executive director
Born in 1941 in Madrid, Spain.
Joined the board in 2002.
Government Economist and head of office of the Bank of Spain (on leave of
absence). He is an international advisor to Goldman Sachs International.
Other significant positions:
He was secretary of state for Economy, secretary general for Trade and chief executive officer of Banco Pastor, S.A. He is currently a non-executive vice
chairman of Amadeus IT Holding, S.A., honorary chairman of the Centre for Economic Policy Research (CEPR) based in London, a member of the Group of Thirty based in Washington, chairman of the board of trustees of IE Business School and non-executive
chairman of Aviva Grupo Corporativo, S.L. and of Aviva Vida y Pensiones, S.A. de Seguros y Reaseguros.
Committees of the board of which he is a member
Executive, appointments, remuneration, risk supervision, regulation and compliance, international and innovation and technology. |
|
Non-executive director
Born in 1952 in Madrid, Spain.
Joined the board in 2015.
Graduate in Law at the Deusto University, ICADE E-3, and Government Attorney.
He is vice chairman of the Financial Studies Foundation and a member of the board of trustees and the executive committee of the Banco Santander
Foundation. Other significant positions:
He was senior executive vice president, general secretary and secretary of the board of Banco Santander, S.A. and director, senior executive vice president,
general secretary and secretary of the board of Banco Santander de Negocios and Santander Investment. He was also technical general secretary of the Ministry of Employment and Social Security, general secretary of Banco de Crédito Industrial
and director of Dragados, S.A., Bolsas y Mercados Españoles (BME) and of the Governing Body of the Madrid Stock Exchange.
Committees of the board of which he is a member
Executive, appointments, remuneration, risk supervision, regulation and compliance, international and innovation and technology. |
|
Non-executive director (proprietary)
Born in 1973 in Santander, Spain
Joined the board in 2004.
Graduate in Law.
He is chairman and chief executive officer of JB Capital Markets, Sociedad de Valores, S.A.U.
Other significant positions:
In addition to his professional activity in the financial sector, he collaborates with several non-profit organisations. Since 2014 he has been chairman of the
Botín Foundation and trustee of the Princess of Girona Foundation and of the Prehistoric Research Institute of Cantabria. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report 3. Banco
Santanders board of directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ms Sol Daurella Comadrán |
|
Mr Carlos Fernández González |
|
Ms Esther Giménez-Salinas i Colomer |
|
Mr Ángel Jado Becerro de Bengoa |
|
|
|
|
Non-executive director (independent) |
|
Non-executive director (independent) |
|
Non-executive director (independent) |
|
Non-executive director (independent) |
|
|
|
|
Born in 1966 in Barcelona, Spain.
Joined the board in 2015.
Graduate in Business and MBA in Business Administration.
She is executive chairman of Olive Partners, S.A. and holds several positions in companies
of the Cobega Group. Other significant positions: She has served as a member of
the governing board of the Círculo de Economía and an independent non-executive director of Banco Sabadell, S.A., Ebro Foods, S.A. and Acciona, S.A. She is also honorary consul-general for Iceland in Catalonia.
Committees of the board of which she is a member
Appointments and remuneration. |
|
Born in 1966 in Mexico City, Mexico.
Joined the board in 2015.
An industrial engineer, he has undertaken graduate studies in business administration at the Instituto Panamericano de Alta Dirección de
Empresas. He is the chairman of the board of directors of Finaccess, S.A.P.I.
Other significant positions: He is currently a member of the advisory board of the
Modelo Group. Committees of the board of which he is a member
Audit, appointments and risk supervision, regulation and compliance. |
|
Born in 1949 in Barcelona, Spain.
Joined the board in 2012.
Doctor in Law.
She is Professor Emeritus of Ramon Llull University, director of Unibasq and Aqu (agencies for quality of the Basque and Catalan university system) and of Gawa
Capital Partners, S.L., and a member of the advisory board of Endesa-Catalunya.
Other significant positions: She has been rector of Ramon
Llull University, a member of the General Council of the Judiciary, a member of the standing committee of the Conference of Rectors of Spanish Universities and executive vice president of the Centre for Legal Studies of the Department of Justice of
the Catalonia Government. Committees of the board of which she is a
member International and innovation and technology. |
|
Born in 1945 in Santander, Spain.
Joined the board in 2010.
Graduate in Law and degree in Business Administration.
Other significant positions:
He was director of Banco Santander from 1972 to 1999 and director of Banco Banif, S.A. from 2001 to 2013. He currently holds various positions in investment
trusts. Committees of the board of which he is a member
Audit, appointments, remuneration and risk supervision, regulation and
compliance. |
|
|
|
Board membership underwent an important renewal, bringing in new independent and non-executive directors, thereby shoring up diversity on the governing body. A rigorous selection process was carried out with the
assistance of an external firm, which selected a plurality of candidates, based on an assessment of the directors capacities (skills matrix) and the identification of the most suitable profiles for consolidating the Groups strategic
objectives. This process, headed by the appointments committee, included a thorough succession procedure for posts on the board, taking the shape of the corresponding succession plans. |
|
|
|
|
|
84 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report 3. Banco
Santanders board of directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ms Belén Romana García |
|
Ms Isabel Tocino Biscarolasaga |
|
Mr Juan Miguel Villar Mir |
|
Mr Jaime Pérez Renovales |
|
|
|
|
Non-executive director (independent) |
|
Non-executive director (independent) |
|
Non-executive director (independent) |
|
General secretary and secretary of the board |
|
|
|
|
Born in 1965 in Madrid, Spain.
Joined the board in 2015.
Graduate in Economics and Business Administration from Universidad Autónoma de Madrid and Government Economist.
She is a non-executive director of Aviva Plc, London.
Other significant positions:
She was executive vice president of Economic Policy and executive vice president of the Treasury of the Ministry of Economy of the Spanish Government, as well
as director of the Bank of Spain and the Spanish National Securities Market Commission. She also held the position of director of the Instituto de Crédito Oficial and of other entities on behalf of the Spanish Ministry of Economy. She was the
executive chairman of Sociedad de Gestión de Activos Procedentes de la Reestructuración Bancaria, S.A. (SAREB).
Committees of the board of which she is a member
Audit. |
|
Born in 1949 in Santander, Spain.
Joined the board in 2007.
Doctor in Law. She has undertaken graduate studies in business administration at IESE and the Harvard Business School.
She is a professor at Universidad Complutense de Madrid.
Other significant positions:
She has been Minister for the Environment, chairman of the European Affairs Committee and of the Foreign Affairs Committee of the Spanish Congress and chairman
for Spain and Portugal and vice chairman for Europe of Siebel Systems. She is currently an elected member of the Spanish State Council, a member of the Royal Academy of Doctors and a non-executive director of ENCE Energía y Celulosa, S.A.,
Naturhouse Health, S.A. and Enagas, S.A. Committees of the board of which she
is a member Executive, audit, remuneration and risk supervision, regulation and
compliance. |
|
Born in 1931 in Madrid, Spain.
Joined the board in 2013.
Doctorate in Civil Engineering, graduate in Law and degree in Industrial Organisation.
He is the chairman of the OHL Group and of the Villar Mir Group, and represents these
entities as vice chairman and director of Abertis Infraestructuras, S.A. and Inmobiliaria Colonial, S.A., respectively.
Other significant positions: He was Minister of Finance
and vice president of the Government for Economic Affairs from 1975 to 1976, and chairman of Electra de Viesgo, Altos Hornos de Vizcaya, Hidro Nitro Española, Empresa Nacional de Celulosa, Empresa Nacional Carbonífera del Sur, Cementos
del Cinca, Cementos Portland Aragón, Puerto Sotogrande, the COTEC Foundation and of the National College of Civil Engineering. He is also currently Professor of Business Organisation at Universidad Politécnica de Madrid, a full
numerary member of the Royal Academy of Engineering and of the Royal Academy of Moral and Political Sciences, an honorary member of the Royal Academy of Doctors and supernumerary of the Royal Academy of Economics and Finance.
Committees of the board of which he is a member
Audit (chairman) and risk supervision, regulation and compliance. |
|
Born in 1968 in Valladolid, Spain.
Joined the Group in 2003.
Graduate in Law and Business Administration at Universidad Pontificia de Comillas (ICADE E-3), and Government Attorney.
Other significant positions:
He was deputy director of legal services at the CNMV, director of the office of the second vice president of the Government for Economic Affairs and the
Minister of Economy, general secretary and secretary of the board of Banco Español de Crédito, S.A., general vice secretary and vice secretary of the board and head of legal advisory services of Grupo Santander, deputy secretary of the
Presidency of the Government and chairman of the committee for the reform of public administration.
He was director of Patrimonio Nacional, Sociedad Estatal de las Participaciones Industriales, Holding Olímpico, S.A., Autoestradas de Galicia, S.A. and
Sociedad Estatal para la Introducción del Euro, S.A., among others . He is a member of the board of trustees and the executive commitee of Fundación Banco Santander.
Secretary of committees of the board
Executive, audit, appointments, remuneration, risk supervision, regulation and compliance,
international and innovation and technology. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
3. Banco Santanders board of directors |
|
|
Re-election of directors at the 2016 annual general shareholders meeting
Pursuant to article 55 of the Bylaws4 and
article 22 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board4, directors are appointed to three-year terms, such that one-third of the board is renewed each year.
The following directors will be proposed for re-election at the 2016 annual general shareholders meeting, scheduled for 17 or 18 March on first and
second call, respectively, and following the order determined by seniority for annual renewal and for renewal of one-third of the board, Mr Javier Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea, Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown, Mr Ángel Jado Becerro de
Bengoa, Ms Sol Daurella Comadrán and Ms Isabel Tocino Biscarolasaga, the first as a proprietary director and the rest as independent directors.
The appointments of Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca, as non-executive director (neither proprietary nor independent), and Ms Belén Romana
García, as an independent director, will be submitted for ratification by the shareholders at the general meeting.
Their professional profiles, together with the description of their activities, appear on the preceding pages,
on the Banks corporte website (www.santander.com) and in the proposed resolutions of the general shareholders meeting of 2016.
Each of the
re-elections and ratifications will be submitted separately to a vote of the shareholders at the general meeting (article 21.2 of the Rules and Regulations for the General Shareholders Meeting), a practice in place since 2005, whereby all the
current directors were appointed.
Powers and duties
The basic responsibility of the board of directors is to supervise the Group, delegating the day-to-day
management thereof to the appropriate executive bodies and the various management teams.
The Rules and Regulations of the Board (article 3) reserve
thereto the power, which cannot be delegated, to approve general policies and strategies and, in particular, the following: strategic or business plans;
4. |
The Bylaws and the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Banco Santander are published on the Groups corporate website ( www.santander.com). |
1. |
Data at 31 December 2015. |
2. |
However, and pursuant to the provisions of article 55 of the Bylaws, one-third of the board will be renewed each year, based on length of service and according to the date and order of the respective appointment.
|
3. |
Syndicated shares. See page 80. |
4. |
Effective 13 January 2015. |
|
|
|
|
|
86 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
3. Banco Santanders board of directors |
|
|
management objectives and the annual budget; fiscal strategy and capital and liquidity strategy; investment,
financing, dividend, treasury share, risk management and control (including fiscal), corporate governance, corporate social responsibility and regulatory compliance policies; policies regarding the internal governance of the Bank and its Group;
remuneration policies for employees of the Bank and its Group; and policies for reporting to and notifying shareholders, markets and public opinion.
Various matters, which likewise cannot be delegated, are also reserved for the board, including decisions regarding: the acquisition and disposal of
substantial assets (except when the decisions come within the purview of the shareholders at a general shareholders meeting) and major corporate transactions; the determination of each directors remuneration and the approval of contracts
governing the performance by the directors of duties other than those of a director, including executive duties, as well as the remuneration to which they are entitled for the discharge thereof; the selection, appointment by co-option and ongoing
assessment of directors; the selection, appointment and, if necessary, removal of the other members of senior management (senior executive vice presidents and equivalents) and the monitoring of management activity and ongoing assessment thereof, as
well as the determination of the basic terms and conditions of their contracts; the authorisation for the creation or acquisition of interests in special purpose entities or in entities registered in countries or territories regarded as tax havens;
the approval of
investments or transactions of a strategic nature or with a particular tax risk; and the approval of certain
related transactions. With regard to those powers that cannot be delegated, the executive committee may make any appropriate decisions, by delegation of the board and whenever justified by reasons of urgency, provided that the board is subsequently
informed at the first meeting held to ratify such decisions.
The Bylaws (article 40) as well as the aforementioned Rules and Regulations (article 5)
establish the boards obligation to ensure that the Bank faithfully complies with applicable law, observes usage and good practices of the industries or countries where it does business and abides by the additional social responsibility
principles that it has voluntarily accepted. The board of directors and its standing committees shall exercise their powers and, in general, carry out their duties in accordance with the interests of the company, understood to be the attainment of a
long-term sustainable and profitable business that furthers its continuity and maximises the value of the company.
In addition, the Banks board
takes a very active interest in the Groups risk function. Of its 15 members, 11 are members of at least one of the two board committees that deal with risk: the executive committee and the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee.
Three executive directors are also members of the executive risk committee, which is the body not mandated by the bylaws responsible for global risk management in the Group.
5. |
Effective 12 February 2015. |
6. |
Their appointment will be submitted for ratification at the general shareholders meeting scheduled for 17 or 18 March 2016, on first or second call. |
7. |
Effective 21 September 2015. |
8. |
Effective 18 February 2015.
|
Chairman of the committee
Proprietary
Independent
Non-executive (neither proprietary nor independent)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
3. Banco Santanders board of directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
88 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
3. Banco Santanders board of directors |
|
|
Commitment of the board5
|
|
|
|
|
Number of shares of the board6 |
|
Listed price |
|
Share price |
179,926,671 |
|
EUR 820 |
|
EUR 4.558 |
1.247% of the share capital |
|
million |
|
|
5. |
Data at 31 December 2015. |
6. |
Since year-end 2015 various members of the board have made significant investments in shares of Banco Santander, thereby increasing their individual stakes in the Banks capital. |
Size and composition of the board
Since the end of 2010, the size of the board has been reduced by 25%, from 20 to 15
members.
The composition of the board of directors is balanced between executive and non-executive directors, most of whom are independent. All members
are distinguished by their professional ability, integrity and independence of opinion.
Pursuant to article 6.3 of the Rules and Regulations of the
Board, the appointments committee verified the status of each director at its meeting on 11 February 2016. Its proposal was submitted to the board and approved thereby at its meeting on 12 February 2016.
Of the 15 members currently sitting on the board, 4 are executive and 11 are non-executive. Of the latter, eight are independent, one is proprietary and the
other two, in the opinion of the board, are neither proprietaries nor independents.
Executive directors
Pursuant to the Rules and Regulations of the Board (article 6.2.a)), the following are executive directors: Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea,
Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez, Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo and Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte.
Proprietary
non-executive directors
According to article 6.2.b) of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, proprietary directors are non-executive directors who
hold or represent shareholdings equal to or greater than that which qualifies as significant under the law, or who have been designated as such on account of their status as shareholders despite their shareholdings not reaching the threshold to be
considered significant, as well as anyone representing such shareholders.
Since 2002 the appointments committee and the board of directors have made
holding or representing at least 1% of the Banks share capital a necessary condition, though not the only condition, to be appointed a non-executive director. This percentage was established by the Bank in accordance with its self-regulatory
powers and is less than that deemed significant by law, although the Bank believes it is sufficient so as to enable the board to classify directors that hold or represent a shareholding equal to or greater than such percentage as proprietary
directors.
The board, taking into consideration the circumstances in question and following a report from the appointments committee, appointed Mr Javier
Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea as proprietary non-executive director to represent the following shareholders: Fundación Botín, Bafimar, S.L., Cronje, S.L., Puente de San Miguel, S.L.U., Inversiones Zulú, S.L.,
Latimer Inversiones, S.L., Nueva Azil, S.L., Agropecuaria El Castaño, S.L.U., Bright Sky 2012, S.L., Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea, Mr Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea, Ms Carmen Botín-Sanz de
Sautuola y OShea, Ms Paloma Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea, Mr Jorge Botín-Sanz de Sautuola Ríos, Mr Francisco Javier Botín-Sanz de Sautuola Ríos, Ms Marta Botín-Sanz de Sautuola Ríos and
his own shareholding.
The voting rights of the aforementioned shareholders corresponded to 1.041% of the Banks share capital at year-end 2015.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
3. Banco Santanders board of directors |
|
|
Independent non-executive directors
The Rules and Regulations of the Board (article 6.2.c)) include the legal definition of independent director established in article 529-12.4 of the Spanish
Corporate Enterprises Act.
Taking into account the circumstances in each case and following a report from the appointments committee, the board considers
the following eight directors to be independent non-executive directors: Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown (lead independent director), Ms Sol Daurella Comadrán, Mr Carlos Fernández González, Ms Esther Giménez-Salinas i Colomer, Mr
Ángel Jado Becerro de Bengoa, Ms Belén Romana García, Ms Isabel Tocino Biscarolasaga and Mr Juan Miguel Villar Mir.
Given the
current number of members of the board (15), independent non-executive directors account for 53% of the board.
Such percentage significantly exceeds the
minimum of one-third established by article 6.1 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board and reflects the boards goal for the board to be made up predominantly of non-executive directors, which in turn are predominantly independent, in
compliance with best practices in corporate governance.
Other non-executive directors
Mr Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero and Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca are non-executives directors that are neither proprietary nor independent. Neither can
be classified as a proprietary director as they do not hold shareholdings equal to or greater than that which qualifies as significant under the law and have not been designated as such on account of their status as shareholders. Likewise, neither
can be considered an independent director since, in the case of Mr de la Dehesa, he has held the position of director for more than 12 years and, in the case of Mr Benjumea, since 3 years have not yet elapsed since his resignation as a member of the
Groups senior management.
Therefore, following a report from the appointments committee, the board of directors has classified both as
non-executive directors that are neither proprietary nor independent, in accordance with article 529-12 of the Spanish Corporate Enterprises Act and article 6.2 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board.
Diversity on the board
As established in article 17.4.a) of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, the appointments
committee is responsible for proposing and reviewing the director selection policies and succession plans and the internal procedures for determining who is to be proposed for the position of director.
As regards gender diversity, both the appointments committee and the board of directors are aware of the importance of fostering equal opportunities between
men and women and of the appropriateness of appointing to the board women who fulfil the requirements of ability, suitability and effective dedication to the position of director.
The appointments committee approved raising the target percentage of women serving on the board from the previous minimum of 25% to 30%, in line with good
corporate governance recommendations.
At present, there are five women on the board of directors, one of whom is its Group executive chairman, Ms Ana
Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea, while the others are independent non-executive directors: Ms Sol Daurella Comadrán, Ms Esther Giménez-Salinas, Ms Belén Romana García and Ms Isabel Tocino Biscarolasaga.
The percentage of women on the Banco Santander board (33.3%) exceeds the target established by the appointments committee and is clearly higher than the
average for large European listed companies. According to a study carried out by the European Commission with data from April 2015 the average percentage of female board members of large listed companies was 21.2% for all 28 countries in the
European Union and 16.8% for Spain.
|
|
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
3. Banco Santanders board of directors |
|
|
Roles and responsibilities
Group executive chairman
|
|
|
The Group executive chairman of the board is the Banks highest-ranking officer, responsible for managing the board and ensuring its effective operation (article 48.1 of the Bylaws and article 8.1 of the Rules and
Regulations of the Board). In accordance with her position as such, the Group executive chairman is responsible, among others, for the following duties: |
|
|
|
Ensure compliance with the Bylaws and that the resolutions of the general shareholders meeting and of the board of directors are faithfully executed. |
|
|
|
Carry out the inspection of the Bank and all its services. |
|
|
|
Meet with the chief executive officer and senior executive vice presidents to keep informed of the performance of the businesses. |
|
|
|
The board of directors has delegated to the Group executive chairman all its powers, except those that cannot be delegated by law, the Bylaws or the Rules and Regulations of the Board. |
|
|
|
The corporate strategic functions report to the Group executive chairman. |
Chief executive officer
|
|
|
The chief executive officer is entrusted with the day-to-day management of the business and the highest executive functions (article 49.1 of the Bylaws and article 10.1 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board).
|
|
|
|
The board of directors has delegated to the chief executive officer all its powers, except those that cannot be delegated by law, the Bylaws or the Rules and Regulations of the Board. |
|
|
|
The corporate business divisions and the corporate divisions directly related to ordinary management report to the chief executive officer. |
|
|
|
The country heads, who are the Groups first representatives in the countries in which the Group operates, also report to the chief executive officer. |
The table below shows the number and percentage of women on the board and on each of its committees.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Número de |
|
|
Número de |
|
|
% de |
|
|
|
vocales |
|
|
consejeras |
|
|
consejeras |
|
Board |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
33.3 |
% |
Executive committee |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
25.0 |
% |
Audit committee |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
40.0 |
% |
Appointments committee |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
16.7 |
% |
Remuneration committee |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
33.3 |
% |
Risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
14.3 |
% |
International committee |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
33.3 |
% |
Innovation and technology committee |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
25.0 |
% |
Group executive chairman and chief executive officer
There is a clear separation of duties between those of the Group
executive chairman, the chief executive officer, the board, and its committees, and various checks and balances that assure proper equilibrium in the Banks corporate governance structure, including the following:
|
|
|
The board and its committees oversee and control the activities of both the Group executive chairman and the chief executive officer. |
|
|
|
The lead independent director chairs the appointments, the remuneration and the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committees. |
|
|
|
The audit committee is chaired by an independent director. |
|
|
|
The powers delegated to the Group executive chairman and the chief executive officer exclude those that are exclusively reserved for the board itself. |
|
|
|
The Group executive chairman may not simultaneously hold the position of chief executive officer of the Bank. |
|
|
|
The corporate risk, compliance and internal audit functions report to a committee or a member of the board of directors and have direct access thereto. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
3. Banco Santanders board of directors |
|
|
Succession plans for the Group executive chairman and the chief executive officer
Succession planning for the main
directors is a key element of the Banks good governance, assuring an orderly leadership transition at all times. The process is regulated by article 24 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, which also provides for the succession plans for
the Groups other directors and senior management. The board of directors prepared skills matrix that it must have, together with a succession plan aligned with these skills that, when vacancies arise, it must reinforce. Also, at its meeting of
6 July 2015, it approved the succession planning policy for the Groups senior executives.
Rules for interim replacement of the Group executive chairman
Article 44.2 of the Bylaws and article 9-2 of the Rules
and Regulations of the Board set out interim replacement rules for the temporary performance (in cases of absence, inability to act or indisposition) of the duties of the Group executive chairman of the board of directors in the absence of the vice
chairmen, in the expectation that in such cases she will be substituted by the vice chairman or vice chairmen, using the criterion of the time that they have been on the board. However, if one of the vice chairmen is the lead director, he will be
the first in the order of replacement. If there are no vice chairmen, the remaining directors will replace the Group executive chairman in the order established by the board, whereby the lead director should be the first in this order if such
director does not hold the position of vice chairman.
Lead director
By resolution of the general shareholders meeting of 28 March 2014, the figure of lead
director, already established in the Rules and Regulations of the Board, has been included in the Bylaws, the responsibilities thereof being defined in article 49-2. Pursuant to that established above and article 12-2 of the Rules and Regulations of
the Board, the lead director will be especially empowered to: (i) request that a meeting of the board of directors be called or that new items be added to the agenda for a meeting of the board that has already been called; (ii) coordinate
and organise meetings of the non-executive directors and voice their concerns; (iii) direct the regular assessment of the chairman of the board of directors and coordinate the succession plan; (iv) contact investors and shareholders to
obtain their points of view for the purpose of gathering information on their concerns, in particular, with regard to the Banks corporate governance; and (v) replace the chairman in the event of absence under the terms envisaged in the
Rules and Regulations of the Board.
At its meeting on 25 November 2014, the board of directors appointed Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown as vice chairman
and lead director, replacing Mr Fernando de Asúa Álvarez. This appointment as director was ratified by resolution of the shareholders at the general shareholders meeting on 27 March 2015.
The appointment of the lead director has been made for an indefinite period of time and with the abstention of the executive directors, as provided in the
Bylaws.
Comparison of number of meetings held*
In a study carried out on the dedication of the directors, the firm Spencer Stuart concluded that the average time dedicated by each of the Banks
director to the tasks of the board and its committees was 379.9 hours, against an average of 95.1 hours for the directors of the main banks in the UK (Lloyds, Barclays, Standard Chartered and HSBC), 113.5 hours for those in the US and Canada (Bank
of America, Goldman Sachs, JP Morgan Chase, Citigroup, Morgan Stanley, Wells Fargo and Royal Bank of Canada), and 132.2 hours for a range of international banks (Société Générale, BNP Paribas, BBVA, Credit Suisse,
Deutsche Bank, UBS, UniCredit, Intesa SanPaolo and Nordea).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Europe |
|
|
|
|
|
|
US and |
|
|
|
|
|
and other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canada |
|
|
UK |
|
|
countries |
|
|
|
Santander |
|
|
average |
|
|
average |
|
|
average |
|
Board |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
12.9 |
|
|
|
9.8 |
|
|
|
14.9 |
|
Executive committee |
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20.0 |
|
Executive risk committee** |
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45.0 |
|
Audit committee |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
12.4 |
|
|
|
8.4 |
|
|
|
13.8 |
|
Appointments committee |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
7.0 |
|
|
|
4.0 |
|
|
|
5.9 |
|
Remuneration committee |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
8.3 |
|
|
|
8.6 |
|
|
|
7.8 |
|
Risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
9.9 |
|
|
|
6.9 |
|
|
|
7.6 |
|
* |
The data for other banks refers to December 2014, the last period for which comparative information is available. |
** |
Disbanded by the resolution of the board of 1 December 2015; the committee held its last meeting on 29 October. |
|
|
|
|
|
92 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
3. Banco Santanders board of directors |
|
|
Secretary of the board
The Bylaws (article 45.2) and the Rules and Regulations of the Board (article 11) include among
the duties of the secretary those of ensuring the formal and substantive legality of all action taken by the board, ensuring that the good governance recommendations applicable to the Bank are taken into consideration, and ensuring that governance
procedures and rules are observed and regularly reviewed.
At the annual general shareholders meeting scheduled for 17 or 18 March on first and
second call, respectively, a proposal was put forward to amend article 45.2 of the Bylaws for the purpose of bringing its content into line with recommendation 35 of the new code of good governance for listed companies approved by resolution of the
Spanish Securities Market Commission on 18 February 2015, which replaces recommendation 17 of the unified good governance code for listed companies approved by resolution of the Spanish Securities Market Commission on 22 May 2006, with
reference to the fact that the secretary of the board will strive to ensure that the board of directors actions and decisions take into account the recommendations on good governance applicable to the company, in line with that already
included in article 11 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board.
The secretary of the board is the general secretary of the Bank, and also acts as
secretary for all board committees.
Mr Jaime Pérez Renovales was appointed general secretary and secretary of the board and head of the Office of
the General Secretary and the Human Resources division effective as of 1 September 2015, having been previously cleared by the Bank of Spain on 30 July 2015.
The Rules and Regulations of the Board (article 17.4.e)) provide that the appointments committee must report on proposals for the appointment or withdrawal of
the secretary of the board prior to submission thereof to the board.
Proceedings of the board
The board of directors held 21 meetings during 2015.
The board holds its meetings in accordance with an annual calendar and there is list of annual matters to be discussed, without prejudice to any that may
arise as a result of the needs of the business. Directors may also propose the inclusion of items on the agenda. The Rules and Regulations of the Board provide that the board shall hold not less than nine annual ordinary meetings.
The board shall meet whenever the chairman so decides, acting on her own initiative or at the request of not less than three directors (article 46.1 of the
Bylaws). Additionally, the lead director shall be especially authorised to request that a meeting of the board of directors be called or that new items be added to the agenda for a meeting that has already been called (articles 49-2.1 (i) of
the Bylaws and 12-2 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board).
When directors are unable to personally attend a meeting, they may grant any other
director proxy, in writing and specifically for each meeting, to represent them for all purposes at such meeting. Proxy is granted with instructions and non-executive directors may only be represented by another non-executive director.
The board may meet in various rooms at the same time, provided that interactivity and communication among them in real time is ensured by audiovisual means or
by telephone and the concurrent holding of the meeting is thereby ensured.
Board meetings shall be validly convened when more than half of its members
are present in person or by proxy.
Except in instances in which a greater majority is specifically required pursuant to legal provisions, the Bylaws or
the Rules and Regulations of the Board, resolutions are adopted by absolute majority of the directors attending in person or by proxy. The chairman has the casting vote in the event of a tie.
In 2015 the board was kept continuously and fully informed of the performance of the various business areas of the Group through the management reports and
risk reports submitted thereto, among others. During the year, the board has also reported on the conclusions of the external and internal audits.
The
chart below shows a breakdown of the approximate time devoted to each task at the meetings held by the board in 2015.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
3. Banco Santanders board of directors |
|
|
Dedication to board duties
One of the directors duties expressly established in the Rules and Regulations of the
Board is that of diligent management, which, among other duties, requires that directors dedicate the necessary time and effort to their position. The maximum number of boards of directors to which they may belong is established in article 26 of Law
10/2014, of 26 June, on the organisation, supervision and solvency of credit institutions. The Banks directors therefore may not at the same time hold more than: (a) one executive position and two non-executive positions; or
(b) four non-executive positions. For such purposes, positions held within the same group will be counted as a single position, and positions held at non-profit organisations or organisations not pursuing commercial ends will not be included.
The European Central Bank may authorise a director to hold an additional non-executive position if it considers that it does not impede the proper performance of the directors duties at the Bank.
Directors shall endeavour to ensure that absences from meetings of the board and of the committees to which they belong are reduced to cases of absolute
necessity.
The appointments committee analyses directors dedication to their position on an annual basis, using information received regarding
their other professional obligations and other available information to evaluate whether the directors are able to dedicate the necessary time and effort to complying with the duty of diligent management. Dedication is also taken into account for
re-election, since proposals by the appointments committee must contain an assessment of their work and of effective dedication to the position during the most recent period of time in which the proposed director has performed his or her duties.
Decision-making process
|
|
|
A board of directors is aware of the business, is well balanced and has vast experience. |
|
|
|
It takes decisions by consensus and has a long-term vision. |
|
|
|
Debate of the issues and effective challenge by external directors.
|
Training of directors and information or induction programme for new directors
As a result of the boards
self-assessment process of 2005, an ongoing training programme for directors was implemented.
Within the framework of the Banks ongoing director
training programme, nine sessions were held in 2015 with an average attendance of eight directors, who devoted approximately two hours to each session. Various issues were covered in depth at such meetings, including: capital requirements and
assessment, liquidity, structural reforms, the EU MiFID II directive, the new regulatory system, as well as matters relating to new trends in risk appetite and operational risk.
The Rules and Regulations of the Board (article 21.7) establish that the board must make an information and induction programme available to new directors
that provides swift and sufficient knowledge of the Bank and its Group, including their governance rules.
New directors therefore attended an information
or induction programme specifically for new directors, which addressed the following matters:
|
|
|
General presentation of the Group and the regulatory context in which it operates. |
|
|
|
The Groups main regions and businesses. |
|
|
|
Key support areas (technology and operations, risk, audit, human resources, organisation and costs). |
|
|
|
Corporate governance and internal governance. |
|
|
|
Sustainability, communication and the Santander brand. |
|
|
|
|
|
94 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
3. Banco Santanders board of directors |
|
|
Self-assessment by the board
In line with the provisions of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, the ongoing self-assessment exercise performed by the board with the support of the firm
Spencer Stuart, on the basis of a questionnaire and personal interviews with the directors, includes a special section for the individual assessment of the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer and the other directors, as well as an
independent assessment based, among other things, on benchmarking with respect to other comparable international banks.
The Group executive chairman led
the assessment of the lead director, who in turn led that of the Group executive chairman and also the process of individual cross-assessments.
This
exercise was based on a questionnaire and personal interviews with the directors and on international best corporate governance practices, as well as an independent assessment based, among other things, on benchmarking with respect to other
comparable international banks.
The latest self-assessment focused on the following matters: organisation, internal trend and culture, roles and
contribution of directors; composition and content of the board and its committees; comparison with other international banks; and open questions regarding the future (strategy and internal and external factors that might affect the Groups
performance) and other matters of interest.
The directors consider the following as strengths of the Groups corporate governance: the high level of
dedication and commitment of the members of the board and their involvement in the control of all types of risks, not only credit risk; the directors experience in and knowledge of the banking business; the balance between executive and
non-executive directors, both on the board and on its committees; and the excellent operation of the board committees, particularly the executive committee. They also note the sound combination of experience, skills and knowledge among the members
of the board and the high degree of diversity in respect of their skills. They also highlight the leadership of the Group executive chairman, who strives to involve all members of the board and to properly moderate discussions. Moreover, the duties
of lead director are properly discharged and incorporate international best practices in good governance. The frequency and duration of the board meetings is considered to be adequate.
For the independent assessment, Spencer Stuart compared the Bank with another 23 top international financial institutions with regard to the composition and
dedication of the board, the committees, remuneration and other aspects of corporate governance; the Bank ranks very highly.
The findings were presented
at the board meeting of 29 September 2015.
Some specific measures or practices
adopted as a consequence of the boards self-assessment in the last few years
|
|
|
A more detailed succession plan for positions on the board, in particular those of the Group executive chairman and chief executive officer, established in the Rules and Regulations of the Board and reflected in the
related succession plans. |
|
|
|
Annual board meetings dedicated specifically to the Groups strategy. |
|
|
|
An ongoing director training programme, which has been implemented continuously since it was proposed in the self-assessment process of 2005. |
|
|
|
Directors have immediate access, via electronic devices, to all the information pertaining to the board and committees (calendar, agendas, presentations and minutes). |
|
|
|
Review of the boards composition, incorporating new directors with a more international profile and strengthening diversity. |
|
|
|
The Group executive chairman encourages debate at board meetings, inviting directors to ask questions and present queries.
|
|
|
|
Greater involvement of the appointments committee in the process of appointing new directors. |
|
|
|
Review of the Bylaws and the Rules and Regulations of the Board for the purpose of adapting the duties of some committees to applicable regulations and to best corporate governance practices. |
|
|
|
Improvement in board members relationships outside of meetings, as well as the interaction between these directors and company executives. |
|
|
|
Inclusion of corporate social responsibility in the functions of the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee. |
|
|
|
The board approved an amendment to the functions of the innovation and technology committee (article 17-5 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors), with the aim of including functions relating to the new
digital environment in which banking business will be developed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
95 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
3. Banco Santanders board of directors |
|
|
Appointment, re-election and ratification of directors
The proposals for appointment, re-election and ratification of
directors, regardless of the status thereof, that the board of directors submits to the shareholders for consideration at the general shareholders meeting and the appointment decisions adopted by the board itself, by virtue of the powers of
co-option attributed thereto as permitted by law, must, in turn, be preceded by the corresponding report and proposal of the appointments committee.
Although the proposals of such committee are not binding, the Rules and Regulations of the Board provide that
if the board does not follow them, it must give reasons for its decision.
Currently, all directors have been appointed or re-elected at the proposal of
the appointments committee.
|
|
|
|
|
96 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
3. Banco Santanders board of directors |
|
|
Due to the vacancies left on the board by the resignations from their posts and other positions on the board
presented by Mr Juan Rodríguez Inciarte and Ms Sheila C. Bair, the appointments committee commenced selection processes for new directors, with the assistance of an external firm, which drew up a list of candidates based on an assessment of
the boards capacities (using a skills matrix) to determine the profiles in line with the Groups strategic objectives.
The committee analysed
the various candidates on the list, as well as the short-listed candidates CVs and assessment of their skills and suitability as directors of the Bank, and proposed to the board the appointment of Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca, as a
non-executive director, and Ms Belén Romana García, as an independent director, whose profiles may be consulted at the beginning of section 3 of this report. In the case of Mr Ignacio Benjumea, his appointment was based essentially on
his experience and knowledge of legal and tax matters, compliance, corporate governance and regulatory matters. In assessing Ms Belén Romanas candidacy, her financial and international experience, and the posts she has occupied in both
the public and private sectors were taken into account.
The European Central Bank cleared Mr Ignacio Benjumea and Ms Belén Romana to hold the
position of director of the Bank by means of the resolutions of 21 September and 19 November, respectively.
Keep remuneration
Remuneration system
At the general shareholders meeting of 28 March 2014, the shareholders resolved to amend the Bylaws to bring the remuneration system for executive
directors into line with the provisions contained in Royal Decree-Law 14/2013 (today Law 10/2014) and in CRD IV, such that the variable components of their remuneration may not exceed 100% of the fixed components, unless the shareholders acting at
the general shareholders meeting approve a higher ratio, which shall in no case exceed 200%.
With relation to the foregoing, the shareholders acting at the general shareholders meeting of
27 March 2015 approved a maximum ratio between fixed and variable components of executive directors remuneration of 200% for 2015.
At the
general shareholders meeting of 27 March 2015, the shareholders once again amended the Bylaws to bring the directors remuneration system into line with the new developments introduced in the Spanish Corporate Enterprises Act by Law
31/2014.
The remuneration of directors acting as such, whether they are executive or not, is made up of fixed annual emoluments and attendance fees, as
set forth in the Bylaws, which are determined by the board of directors within the maximum amount approved by the shareholders at the general meeting based on the positions held by each director on the board, their membership on and attendance at
the various committees and any other objective circumstances that the board may take into account. Accordingly, the board of directors, at the proposal of the remuneration committee, is responsible for establishing director remuneration for carrying
out executive functions, taking into account for such purpose the director remuneration policy approved by the shareholders at the general meeting. The shareholders at the general meeting also approved those remuneration plans that entail the
delivery of shares of the Bank or options thereon or that entail remuneration tied to the value of the shares.
Remuneration of the board in 2015
Bylaw-stipulated emoluments earned by the board amounted to EUR 5.2 million in 2015, which is 13.6% lower than the maximum amount of EUR
6 million approved by the shareholders at the general shareholders meeting.
All details regarding the director remunaration and the director
remuneration policy for 2015 may be consulted in the remuneration committees report that forms part of the corporate documentation of Banco Santander.
The chart below shows the evolution of total remuneration of directors with executive duties against the total return for shareholders pay for performance.
* |
Remuneration data of executive directors and attributed net profit in millions of euros. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
3. Banco Santanders board of directors |
|
|
Anticipation of and adjustment to the regulatory framework
At the proposal of the remuneration committee, the board of directors promotes and encourages a remuneration system that fosters rigorous risk management, and
implements ongoing monitoring of the recommendations issued by the main Spanish and international bodies with authority in this field.
Director
remuneration policy and annual report on director remuneration
As provided in article 541 of the Spanish Corporate Enterprises Act and in the Bylaws
(article 59-2.1), the board of directors annually approves an annual report on director remuneration, which sets forth the standards and basis for determining remuneration for the current financial year, as well as an overall summary of the
application of the remuneration policy during the financial year ended, and a breakdown of the individual remuneration earned for all items by each of the directors during such year. The report is available to shareholders with the call notice for
the annual general shareholders meeting and is submitted to a consultative vote.
The content of such report is subject to the provisions of article
10 of Order ECC/461/2013 and CNMV Circular 4/2013, of 12 June (amended by Circular 7/2015, of 22 December).
In 2015, the report corresponding to
2014 was submitted to the shareholders at the general shareholders meeting held on 27 March, as a separate item on the agenda and as a consultative matter, with 92.430% of the votes being in favour of the report.
The director remuneration policy for 2015 and 2016 will also be submitted for approval, on a binding basis, by
the shareholders at the annual general shareholders meeting in accordance with article 529. novodecies of the Spanish Companies Act, having been approved with 91.7% of the votes in favour.
Transparency
Pursuant to the Bylaws (article 59-2.5),
the annual report includes itemised information on the remuneration received by each director, with a statement of the amounts for each item of remuneration. The report also sets forth, on an individual basis for each item, the remuneration for the
executive duties entrusted to the executive directors of the Bank. All such information is contained in note 5 to the Groups legal report.
Some measures taken by the board
2012: maximum limit for share capital increases without pre-emptive rights
At the proposal of the board, the shareholders for the first time established a maximum limit on the power to exclude pre-emptive rights for share capital
increases; pre-emptive rights may only be excluded for up to the equivalent of 20% of the Banks share capital as of the date of the general shareholders meeting.
2013: cap on annual remuneration of the directors
The
shareholders established a maximum amount of EUR 6 million, which may only be amended by a decision of the shareholders acting at the general shareholders meeting.
2014: maximum variable remuneration for executive directors
The shareholders approved an amendment to the Bylaws establishing a maximum ratio between the fixed and variable components of total remuneration of the
executive directors and other employees belonging to categories with professional activities that significantly affect the Groups risk profile.
2015: changes in the remuneration policies
A series of changes were proposed at the 2016 general shareholders meeting, with regard to the remuneration policies for executive directors and senior
management, that are in line with the new Simple, Personal and Fair Groups culture. The main new developments with regard to the previous policy are as follows:
|
|
|
Simplification: a new structure more simple for the variable and long term remuneration of executive directors. |
|
|
|
Alignment with the objectives announced at Investor Day held in September 2015: a new set of objectives linked to variable remuneration which includes the four categories on which the Banks strategy is based:
employees, customers, shareholders and society. |
|
|
|
More alignment with the shareholders interests, by setting a mandatory requirement for senior executives to invest in shares and basing long-term remuneration on earnings per share, total shareholder return,
capital targets and profitability. |
|
|
|
|
|
98 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
3. Banco Santanders board of directors |
|
|
Duties of directors, related-party transactions and conflicts of interest
Duties
The duties of the directors are governed by the Rules and Regulations of the Board, which conform to both the provisions of current Spanish law and to the
recommendations of the new good governance code for listed companies.
The Rules and Regulations expressly provide for the duties of diligent management,
loyalty and inactivity in the event of knowledge of confidential information.
The duty of diligent management includes the directors duty to
adequately inform themselves of the Banks progress and to dedicate the time and effort needed to effectively carry out their duties, and take the measures necessary for proper management and control of the Entity.
Related-party transactions
In accordance with that
stipulated by law, article 53 of the Bylaws and articles 3, 16 and 33 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, the board of directors will be aware of any transactions that the company or companies of its Group carry out with directors; under the
terms envisaged by law and in the Rules and Regulations of the Board; with shareholders, either individually or in concert with other shareholders, holding a significant ownership interest, including shareholders represented on the board of
directors of the company or of other Group companies; or with persons related thereto.
In accordance with applicable legislation, authorisation will not
be necessary in the case of transactions with standardised conditions, normal market prices and where the amount does not exceed 1% of the companys annual income.
These transactions will require authorisation from the board, following a favourable report from the audit committee, except in those cases where by law
approval is required by the shareholders at the general shareholders meeting. The directors affected or representing or related to the affected shareholders will refrain from participating in the deliberation and vote on the resolution in
question.
Such transactions will be evaluated from the point of view of equality of treatment and of market conditions, and will be included in the
annual corporate governance report and in the periodic public information under the terms envisaged in applicable regulations.
By way of exception, when
advisable for reasons of urgency, related transactions may be authorised by the executive committee and subsequently ratified by the board.
The audit
committee has verified that the transactions carried out with related parties during the year were compliant with all conditions set out in the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors and thus did not require approval from governance bodies;
or obtained such approval following a positive report issued by the audit commission once the agreed terms and rest of considerations were verified to be within market parameters.
Control mechanisms
As provided in the Rules and Regulations of the Board (article 30), directors must inform the board of any direct or indirect conflict of interest with the
interests of the Bank in which they may be involved, them or persons related thereto. If the conflict relates to a transaction, the director may not carry it out without the approval of the board, following a report from the audit committee.
The director involved must abstain from participating in the discussion and voting on the transaction to which the conflict refers, the body in charge of
resolving any disputes being the board of directors itself.
There were 177 occasions during 2015 in which the directors abstained from participating in
and voting on the discussion of matters at the meetings of the board of directors or of its committees.
The breakdown of the 177 cases is as follows: on
56 occasions the abstention was due to proposals to appoint, re-elect or withdraw directors, and to appoint members of the committees of the board or in Group companies; on 92 occasions the matter under consideration related to remuneration or
granting loans or credits; on 20 occasions the matter concerned the discussion of financing proposals or other risk transactions in favour of companies related to various directors; on seven occasions the abstention concerned the annual verification
of the status of the directors carried out by the appointments committee, pursuant to article 6.3 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board; and on two occasions, the matter was to approve a related-party transactions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
99 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
3. Banco Santanders board of directors |
|
|
Committees of the board
General information
The board has set up an executive committee to which general decision-making powers are delegated.
The board also has other committees with powers of supervision, information, advice and proposal (the audit, appointments, remuneration, risk supervision,
regulation and compliance, international, and innovation and technology committees).
The committees of the board hold their meetings in accordance with
an annual calendar and there is a suggested list of annual matters to be discussed for committees with supervisory powers.
The board is entrusted with
fostering communication between the different committees, and particularly between the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee and the audit committee, as well as between the former and the remunerations committee.
In 2015 the delegate risk committee was disbanded as a result of the Banks new risk governance model and the regulations of the innovation and
technology committee were amended in accordance with the terms detailed in this section.
At the annual general shareholders meeting scheduled for
17 or 18 March on first and second call, respectively, a proposal was put forward to amend articles 53, 54, 54-2 and 54-3 in order to increase the maximum number of members of the audit, the appointments, the remuneration and the risk
supervision, regulation and compliance committees from the current seven directors to a maximum of nine directors for the purpose of giving the board of directors more flexibility in establishing the adequate composition for these committees at any
given time.
Executive committee
The executive
committee is a basic instrument for the corporate governance of the Bank and its Group. It exercises by delegation all the powers of the board (except those which cannot be delegated pursuant to the law, the Bylaws or the Rules and Regulations of
the Board). It reports to the board on the principal matters dealt with and resolutions adopted and provides directors with a copy of the minutes of its meetings. It generally meets once a week and in 2015 it held 59 meetings.
There are currently eight directors sitting on the committee, four of whom are executive and the other four are non-executive, two of which are independent.
Its duties, composition and functioning are established in the Bylaws (article 51) and in the Rules and Regulations of the Board (article 14).
Audit committee
The audit committee, among other duties, reviews the Groups financial information and its internal control systems, serves as a communication channel
between the board and the external auditor, ensuring the independent exercise of the latters duty, and supervises work regarding the Internal Audit function. It normally meets on a monthly basis and met 13 times in 2015.
As provided in the Bylaws (article 53) and the Rules and Regulations of the Board (article 16), the committee must be made up of non-executive directors, the
majority of whom must be independent, with an independent director acting as chairman.
The committee is currently made up of five independent
non-executive directors.
Appointments committee
The
appointments committee, among other duties, proposes the appointments of members of the board, including executive directors, and those of the other members of senior management and the Groups key personnel.
The Bylaws (article 54) and the Rules and Regulations of the Board (article 17) provide that this committee is also to be made up exclusively of non-executive
directors and that its chairman and the majority of its members must be independent directors.
The committee met on 12 occasions in 2015.
The committee is currently made up of six non-executive directors, four of which are independent.
|
|
|
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
3. Banco Santanders board of directors |
|
|
Remuneration committee
Among other duties, the remuneration committee proposes the director remuneration policy to the board, drawing up the corresponding report, and proposes the
remuneration of the board members, including executive directors, and that of the other members of senior management and the Groups key personnel, also proposing the remuneration policy for the senior management.
The Bylaws (article 54-2) and the Rules and Regulations of the Board (article 17-2) provide that this committee is also to be made up exclusively of
non-executive directors and that its chairman and the majority of its members must be independent directors.
The committee met on 10 occasions in 2015.
The committee is currently made up of six non-executive directors, four of which are independent.
Risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee
The risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee, among other duties, supports and advises the board on the definition and assessment of the risk
strategy and policies and on its relationship with authorities and regulators in the various countries in which the Group has a presence, assists the board with its capital and liquidity strategy, and monitors compliance with the General Code of
Conduct and, in general, with the Banks governance rules and compliance and criminal risk prevention programmes. Matters such as sustainability, communication and relationships with the Banks stakeholders, as well as matters regarding
corporate governance and regulation, are also discussed at committee meetings.
The committee met on 13 occasions in 2015.
As provided in the Bylaws (article 54-3) and the Rules and Regulations of the Board (article 17-3, the committee must be made up of non-executive directors,
the majority of whom must be independent, with an independent director acting as chairman.
The committee is currently made up of seven non-executive
directors, five of which are independent.
|
|
|
The role of the committees was strengthened and their functions widened. Plans were made for joint meetings to be held in order to address matters subject to examination by more than one committee. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
3. Banco Santanders board of directors |
|
|
International committee
Pursuant to article 17-4 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, the international committee must: (i) monitor the development of the Groups
strategy and of the activities, markets and countries in which the Group desires to have a presence through direct investments or specific transactions, keeping informed of the commercial initiatives and strategies of the various units within the
Group and of the new projects presented thereto; and (ii) review the performance of the financial investments and businesses, as well as the international economic situation in order to make corresponding proposals, where applicable, in order
to adjust the risk-country limits, its structure and return and its assignment by businesses and/or units.
This committee is made up of six directors, of
whom three are executive and three are non-executive, one of which is independent.
Innovation and technology committee
Given the importance assigned to innovation and technology as a strategic priority for the Group, the regulations of the Innovation and technology committee
have been amended to raise to eight the maximum number of members. The committees duties have also been extended pursuant to board resolutions dated 29 September 2015 and 26 January 2016, respectively. In addition, article 17-5 of
the Regulations of the Board of directors has therefore been duly amended. These amendments were entered in the Cantabria Companies Registry on 13 October and 4 February 2016, respectively.
The innovation and technology committee is responsible, among other functions for: (i) studying and reporting on relevant projects in innovation and
technology; (ii) assisting the board in evaluating the quality of the technological service; new business models, technologies, systems and platforms; and (iii) assisting the commission in overseeing risk, regulation and compliance with
the monitoring requirements for technological and safety risks, and overseeing the management of cybersecurity.
This committee is made up of eight
directors, of whom four are executive and four are non-executive, two of which are independent.
|
|
|
|
|
Improvements were made to the functioning of the board and its committees. These include the use of
devices and technological tools in order to make the documents relating to each item on the agenda available to the board members, thereby enhancing their knowledge of the matters to be addressed, the related debates, and their ability to challenge
any proposals made by the directors. |
In accordance with the Rules and Regulations of the Board, any director may attend meetings of board committees of which the
director is not a member, with the right to participate but not to vote, at the invitation of the chairman of the board and of the respective committee, and by prior request to the chairman of the board.
Additionally, all board members who are not also members of the executive committee may attend its meetings, whatever the chairmans reason is for
calling such meeting. In 2015, nine directors not forming part of the executive committee each attended an average of seven meetings thereof.
The audit,
appointments, remuneration and risk supervision, regulation and compliance committees have prepared reports on their activities in 2015. The remuneration committees report also includes the director remuneration policy. All such reports are
made available to shareholders as part of the Banks annual documentation for 2015.
|
|
|
|
|
102 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
3. Banco Santanders board of directors |
|
|
Number of meetings and duration of committees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Committees |
|
No. of meetings |
|
|
Hours1 |
|
Executive committee |
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
295 |
|
Executive risk committee2 |
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
243 |
|
Audit committee |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
52 |
|
Appointments committee |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
Remuneration committee |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
Risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
52 |
|
International committee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Innovation and technology committee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
Estimated average hours devoted by each director. |
2 |
Disbanded by the resolution of the board of 1 December 2015; the committee held its last meeting on 29 October. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
3. Banco Santanders board of directors |
|
|
n
Committees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decision-making |
|
|
Advisory |
|
|
Reporting(a) |
|
Directors |
|
Board |
|
|
Executive |
|
|
Executive risk(b) |
|
|
Audit |
|
|
Appointments |
|
|
Remuneration |
|
|
Risk supervision, regulation and compliance |
|
|
Innovation and technology |
|
|
International |
|
Average attendance |
|
|
92.83 |
% |
|
|
90.89 |
% |
|
|
78.44 |
% |
|
|
97.96 |
% |
|
|
92.86 |
% |
|
|
90.57 |
% |
|
|
96.39 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Individual attendance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O´Shea |
|
|
21/21 |
|
|
|
52/59 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez1 |
|
|
19/19 |
|
|
|
52/56 |
|
|
|
23/67 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown2 |
|
|
17/17 |
|
|
|
40/51 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9/9 |
|
|
|
9/9 |
|
|
|
12/12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo |
|
|
20/21 |
|
|
|
53/59 |
|
|
|
50/81 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2/2 |
|
|
|
1/1 |
|
|
|
0/0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Matías Rodríguez Iniciarte |
|
|
21/21 |
|
|
|
57/59 |
|
|
|
81/81 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero |
|
|
21/21 |
|
|
|
54/59 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/4 |
|
|
|
11/12 |
|
|
|
9/10 |
|
|
|
11/11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca3 |
|
|
4/4 |
|
|
|
16/16 |
|
|
|
11/11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/3 |
|
|
|
4/4 |
|
|
|
3/3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Javier Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O´Shea |
|
|
14/21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ms Sol Daurella Comadrán4 |
|
|
15/17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6/8 |
|
|
|
6/9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Carlos Fernández González2 |
|
|
15/17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11/11 |
|
|
|
7/8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10/11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ms Esther Giménez-Salinas i Colomer |
|
|
19/21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Ángel Jado Becerro de Bengoa |
|
|
21/21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62/67 |
|
|
|
10/11 |
|
|
|
8/8 |
|
|
|
8/9 |
|
|
|
13/13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ms Belén Romana García5 |
|
|
1/1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0/0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ms Isabel Tocino Biscarolasaga |
|
|
21/21 |
|
|
|
57/59 |
|
|
|
79/81 |
|
|
|
11/11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10/10 |
|
|
|
11/11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Juan Miguel Villar Mir |
|
|
19/21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10/10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10/11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Javier Marín Romano6 |
|
|
0/2 |
|
|
|
1/2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Fernando de Asúa Álvarez7 |
|
|
4/4 |
|
|
|
7/8 |
|
|
|
11/11 |
|
|
|
1/1 |
|
|
|
3/3 |
|
|
|
1/1 |
|
|
|
1/1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Abel Matutes Juan8 |
|
|
3/4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1/1 |
|
|
|
3/3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Juan Rodríguez Inciarte9 |
|
|
15/15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36/51 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ms Sheila C. Bair10 |
|
|
15/18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9/10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
No meetings were held in 2015. |
(b) |
Disbanded by resolution of the board on 1 December 2015 and held its last meeting on 29 October. Against this backdrop, two internal non-statutory committees were created: the executive risk committee (which
replaces the delegate risk committee of the board) and the risk control committee. The executive committee devoted a very significant amount of its time to discussions on risks. |
1. |
Director since 13 January 2015. |
2. |
Director since 12 February 2015. |
3. |
Director since 21 September 2015. |
4. |
Director since 18 February 2015. |
5. |
Director since 22 December 2015. |
6. |
Withdrawal from position of director effective 12 January 2015. |
7. |
Withdrawal from position of director effective 12 February 2015. |
8. |
Withdrawal from position of director effective 18 February 2015. |
9. |
Withdrawal from position of director effective 30 June 2015. |
10. |
Withdrawal from position of director effective 1 October 2015. |
|
|
|
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
4. Shareholder rights and the general shareholders meeting |
4. Shareholder rights and the general shareholders meeting
One share, one vote, one dividend. No control-enhancing mechanisms foreseen in the Bylaws
The Banks Bylaws do not
establish any control-enhancing mechanisms, fully conforming to the principle of one share, one vote, one dividend.
The Bylaws of Banco Santander provide
for only one class of shares (ordinary shares), granting all holders thereof the same rights.
There are no non-voting or multiple-voting shares, or
preferences in the distribution of dividends, or limitations on the number of votes that may be cast by a single shareholder, or quorum requirements or qualified majorities other than those established by law.
Any person is eligible for the position of director, subject only to the limitations established by law.
Quorum at the annual general shareholders meeting held in 2015
The informed participation of shareholders at
general shareholders meetings is an objective expressly acknowledged by the board (article 31.3 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board).
The
quorum at the 2015 annual general shareholders meeting was 59.724%, continuing a trend of improvement in the last years.
Encouragement of informed participation of shareholders at general shareholders meetings
The Bank continues to
implement measures designed to encourage the informed participation of shareholders at general shareholders meetings. Since the annual general meeting held in 2011, shareholders have had access to an electronic shareholders forum, in
compliance with the provisions of the Spanish Corporate Enterprises Act.
Such forum, which the Bank made available on the Groups corporate website
(www.santander.com), enables shareholders to post supplementary proposals to the agenda announced in the call notice, requests for support for such proposals, initiatives aimed at reaching the percentage required to exercise minority shareholder
rights contemplated by law, such as offers or requests to act as a voluntary proxy.
Furthermore, remote attendance at the shareholders meetings was
made possible, thereby enabling shareholders to exercise their information and voting rights remotely and in real time.
|
|
Key points of the 2015 annual general shareholders meeting |
|
Shareholders approved the corporate management of the Bank in 2014 with a 95% favourable
vote. |
|
The 2014 annual report on director remuneration received a 92% favourable vote. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
105 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
4. Shareholder rights and the general shareholders meeting |
Annual general shareholders meeting held on 27 March 2015
Information on the call notice, establishment of
a quorum, attendance, proxy-granting and voting
A total of 471,628 shareholders attended in person or by proxy, with 8,397,610,313 shares. The quorum
was thus 59.724% of the Banks share capital at the date of the annual general shareholders meeting.
The shareholders acting at the general
shareholders meeting approved the corporate management of the Bank in 2014 with a 95.024% favourable vote.
The average percentage of affirmative
votes upon which the proposals submitted by the board were approved was 93.712%.
The following data are expressed as percentages of the Banks share
capital at the date of the annual general shareholders meeting:
|
|
|
|
|
Physically present |
|
|
0.354 |
%1 |
By proxy |
|
|
43.442 |
%2 |
Absentee votes |
|
|
15.929 |
%3 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
59.724 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
Of such percentage (0.354%), 0.003% is the percentage of share capital that attended by remote means through the Internet. |
2. |
The percentage of share capital that granted proxies through the Internet was 0.903%. |
3. |
Of such percentage (15.929%), 15.712% corresponds to the votes cast by post, and the rest is the percentage of electronic votes. |
At that meeting, nine of the boards fifteen directors at that date exercised, in accordance with article 186 of the Spanish Corporate Enterprises Act,
the right to vote on behalf of a total of 5,963,432,540 shares, equivalent to the same number of votes, the breakdown being as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Ms Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea |
|
|
5,829,121,951 |
|
Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez |
|
|
35,865 |
|
Mr Francisco Javier Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea |
|
|
127,872,267 |
|
Mr Ángel Jado Becerro de Bengoa |
|
|
5,100,000 |
|
Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte |
|
|
789,693 |
|
Mr Juan Miguel Villar Mir |
|
|
90,549 |
|
Ms Isabel Tocino Biscarolasaga |
|
|
187,862 |
|
Mr Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero |
|
|
225,647 |
|
Ms Sol Daurella Comadrán |
|
|
8,706 |
|
Resolutions adopted at the general shareholders meeting held in 2015
The full texts of the resolutions adopted at
the general shareholders meeting held in 2015 are available on the websites of both the Group (www.santander.com) and the CNMV (www.cnmv.es).
Information provided to shareholders and communication with them
In 2015 Banco Santander continued to strengthen
communication with, service to and its relationship with shareholders and investors.
¡ Channels for
shareholder information and service
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone service lines |
|
|
241,553 |
|
|
queries received |
Shareholders mailbox |
|
|
42,805 |
|
|
e-mails answered |
Personal actions |
|
|
22,336 |
|
|
actions carried out |
During 2015, there were 450 meetings with investors, analysts and rating agencies, which entailed contact with 829
investors/analysts. In addition, the Shareholders Relations area maintained direct contact with the Banks shareholders throughout the financial year to disseminate information regarding the Groups policies relating to sustainability and
governance. The Groups Investor Day was organised in London in September. Over the span of two days senior executives analysed and communicated the outlook, Banco Santanders strategic vision and objectives for 2018 and its main business
units to the investors. More than 350 people, including the Groups main analysts and investors, attended these sessions at Investor Day.
Finally,
in compliance with the recommendations of the CNMV, both call notices of the meetings with analysts and investors and the documentation to be used thereat are published sufficiently in advance.
Policy for communications and contact with shareholders
The board of directors of the Bank approved a policy for
communication and contact with shareholders, institutional investors and proxy advisors, which is published on the Groups corporate website (www.santander.com). In this policy, the general principles governing communication and contacts
between the Bank and its shareholders, institutional investors and proxy advisors are laid out. In addition, it defines the main channels and procedures for improving the services provided by the bank to these stakeholders and its relationship with
same. In accordance with the principles of transparency, equal treatment and protection of the interests of shareholders and within the framework of the new Simple, Personal and Fair culture, the Bank makes available to its shareholders and
investors the information and communication channels detailed in the Shareholder section of this annual report.
|
|
|
|
|
Communication between the board and shareholders and investors has been stepped up through the Investors
Day and the corporate governance road shows carried out by the lead director. |
|
|
|
|
|
106 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
5. Santander Group management team |
|
|
5. Santander Group
management team
|
|
|
Reaching our goal of becoming the best commercial bank for our employees and customers, and continuing with sustainable growth, requires us to simplify and make our organisation more
competitive |
|
Ms Ana Botín, Group executive chairman of Banco Santander Internal communication
30 June 2015 |
|
|
|
¡ Composition |
|
|
|
|
Group executive chairman |
|
Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea |
|
|
Chief executive officer |
|
Mr José Antonio Àlvarez Àlvarez |
|
|
Executive vice chairman |
|
Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo |
|
|
Executive vice chairman* |
|
Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte |
|
|
Businesses |
|
|
|
|
Argentina |
|
Mr Enrique Cristofani |
|
|
Brazil |
|
Mr Sérgio Agapito Lires Rial |
|
|
Chile |
|
Mr Claudio Melandri Hinojosa |
|
|
United States |
|
Mr Scott Powell |
|
|
Spain |
|
Mr Rami Aboukhair Hurtado |
|
|
Consumer Finance |
|
Ms Magda Salarich Fernández de Valderrama |
|
|
Mexico |
|
Mr Héctor Blas Grisi Checa |
|
|
Poland |
|
Mr Gerry Byrne |
|
|
Portugal |
|
Mr Antonio Vieira Monteiro |
|
|
United Kingdom |
|
Mr Nathan Bostock |
|
|
Business divisions |
|
|
|
|
Global Wholesale Banking |
|
Mr Jacques Ripoll |
|
|
Business support divisions |
|
|
|
|
Commercial Banking |
|
Mr Ángel Rivera Congosto |
|
|
Support and control functions |
|
|
|
|
Group chief risk officer |
|
Mr José María Nus Badía |
|
|
Group chief financial officer |
|
Mr José García Cantera |
|
|
General Secretariat and Human Resources |
|
Mr Jaime Pérez Renovales |
|
|
Group chief compliance officer |
|
Ms Mónica López-Monís Gallego |
|
|
Group chief audit executive |
|
Mr Juan Guitard Marín |
|
|
Strategic Alliances in Asset Management and Insurance |
|
Mr Juan Manuel San Román López |
|
|
Communications, Corporate Marketing and Research |
|
Mr Juan Manuel Cendoya Méndez de Vigo |
|
|
Corporate Development |
|
Mr José Luis de Mora Gil-Gallardo |
|
|
Innovation |
|
Mr J. Peter Jackson** |
|
|
Group chief accounting officer |
|
Mr José Francisco Doncel Razola |
|
|
Executive Chairmans Office and Strategy |
|
Mr Víctor Matarranz Sanz de Madrid |
|
|
Costs |
|
Mr Javier Maldonado Trinchant |
|
|
Technology and Operations |
|
Mr Andreu Plaza López |
|
|
Universities |
|
Mr José Antonio Villasante Cerro |
* |
To whom the Group chief risk officer reports. |
** |
This appointment is subject to regulatory authorisation. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
107 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
5. Santander Group management team |
|
|
Remuneration
Information on the remuneration of senior executive vice presidents is provided in note 5 to the Groups
legal report.
Related-party transactions
To the Banks knowledge, no member of senior management who is not a director, no person
represented by a member of senior management who is not a director, and no company in which such persons or persons with whom they act in concert or who act through nominees therein are directors, members of senior management or significant
shareholders, has carried out any unusual or significant transaction therewith during 2015 and through the date of publication of this report.
Conflicts of interest
The control mechanisms and the bodies in charge of resolving this type of situation are described
in the Code of Conduct in Securities Markets, which is available on the Groups corporate website (www.santander.com).
|
|
|
|
|
108 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
6. Transparency and independence |
|
|
6. Transparency and
independence
Santander has been included in the FTSE4Good and DJSI indexes since 2003 and 2000, respectively, and its corporate governance
model is recognised by socially responsible investment indexes.
Financial information and other relevant information
Financial information
Pursuant to the provisions of its Rules and Regulations (article 34.2), the board has taken the necessary actions to ensure that the quarterly and half-yearly
information and any other information made available to the markets is prepared following the same principles, standards and professional practices as are used to prepare the financial statements. To such end, this information is reviewed by the
audit committee prior to being released.
The financial statements are reported on by the audit committee and certified by the head of financial
accounting prior to the authorisation for issue thereof by the board.
Other relevant information
Pursuant to the provisions of the Code of Conduct in Securities Markets, the Compliance area is responsible for informing the CNMV of the relevant information
generated in the Group.
Such communication is simultaneous to the release of relevant information to the market or to the media and occurs as soon as the
decision in question is made or the resolution in question has been signed or carried out. Relevant information shall be disseminated in a true, clear, complete and equitable fashion and on a timely basis and, whenever practicable, such information
shall be quantified.
In 2015, the Bank published 100 material facts, which are available on the websites of the Group (www.santander.com) and the CNMV
(www.cnmv.es).
Relationship with the auditor
Independence of the auditor
The shareholders at the 2015 annual general shareholders meeting approved the re-election of Deloitte, S.L. as auditor for one year, with the affirmative
vote of 94.287% of the share capital present in person or by proxy.
The Bank has the necessary mechanisms in place to preserve the independence of the
external auditor, and its audit committee verifies that the services provided by this auditor comply with applicable legislation.
In addition, the Rules
and Regulations of the Board establish limits upon hiring the audit firm for the provisions of services other than audit services that could jeopardise the independence thereof, and impose on the board the duty to make public the overall fees paid
by the Bank to the auditor for services other than audit services. The information for 2015 is contained in note 48 to the Groups legal report.
The
Rules and Regulations of the Board determine the mechanisms to be used to prepare the accounts such that there is no room for qualifications in the auditors report. Nevertheless, the Bylaws and the Rules and Regulations also provide that,
whenever the board believes that its opinion must prevail, it shall provide an explanation, through the chairman of the audit committee, of the content and scope of the discrepancy and shall endeavour to ensure that the auditor issue a report in
this regard. The financial statements of the Bank and of the consolidated Group for 2015 are submitted without qualifications.
At its meeting of
10 February 2016, the audit committee received written confirmation from the external auditor of its independence in respect of the Bank and the entities directly or indirectly related thereto, as well as information regarding additional
services of any kind provided to such entities by the auditors or by entities related thereto, in accordance with that provided in legislation governing financial audits.
The committee, at this meeting of 10 February 2015, issued a report expressing a favourable opinion regarding the independence of the external auditors
and reporting, among other matters, on the provision of additional services as mentioned in the preceding paragraph.
This report, issued prior to the
auditors report on the financial statements, includes the content required under article 529-14 of the Spanish Corporate Enterprises Act and may be viewed on the Groups website (www.santander.com).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
109 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
6. Transparency and independence |
|
|
|
|
The Bylaws, the Rules and Regulations for the General Shareholders Meeting and the Rules and
Regulations of the Board wereamended to bring them into line with both regulatory changes and best practices incorporate governance. |
Proposal for a new external auditor
At its meeting on 6 July 2015, the board of directors chose
PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores, S.L. (PwC) as the external auditor of Banco Santander and its consolidated Group to audit the financial statements for 2016,
2017 2018. This decision was taken in accordance with the corporate governance recommendations regarding the rotation of the external auditor, at the proposal of the audit committee and as a result of a selection process conducted with full
transparency, independence and objectivity, involving the leading audit firms present in the markets where the Group operates. The audit committee was actively involved in designing and conducting this process and was notified of its progress on a
regular basis, as well as the plans to ensure that PwC complied with the regulatory requirements with regard to independence and incompatibility and to ensure a smooth transition between the external auditors with the least possible impact on the
Groups daily activities and on the quality of the financial information.
The board will propose this appointment at the annual general
shareholders meeting scheduled for 17 or 18 March on first and second call, respectively.
Intra-group transactions
There were no intra-group transactions in 2015 that were not eliminated in the consolidation
process and that are not part of the ordinary course of business of the Bank or of the Group companies as regards the purpose and conditions thereof.
Groups corporate Website
Since 2004, the Groups corporate website (www.santander.com) has disclosed, in the
Information for shareholders and investors Relations section of the main menu, all information required under applicable law (basically, the Spanish Corporate Enterprises Act, Order ECC/461/2013, of 20 March and CNMV Circular 3/2015, of
23 June).
The content of the Groups website, which is presented with specific sections for institutional investors and shareholders and is
accessible in Spanish, English and Portuguese, receives approximately 165,000 visits per week.
The information available on such website includes:
|
|
|
The Rules and Regulations for the General Shareholders Meeting. |
|
|
|
The Rules and Regulations of the Board. |
|
|
|
The composition of the board and its committees. |
|
|
|
Professional profiles and other information on the directors. |
|
|
|
The annual corporate governance report and the annual report on director remuneration. |
|
|
|
The Code of Conduct in Securities Markets. |
|
|
|
The General Code of Conduct. |
|
|
|
The sustainability report. |
|
|
|
The reports of the board committees. |
|
|
|
Pillar III disclosures report. |
The call notice for the 2016 annual general shareholders meeting may be
viewed as from the date of publication thereof, together with the information relating thereto, which shall include the proposed resolutions and mechanisms for exercising rights to receive information, to grant proxies and to vote, including an
explanation of the mechanisms for exercising such rights by means of data transmission and the rules applicable to the electronic shareholders forum that the Bank will make available on the Groups corporate website (www.santander.com).
New good governance code for listed companies
Banco
Santander follows the recommendations concerning corporate governance in the new good governance code for listed companies.
Banco Santander follows the
good governance recommendations and best practices for credit institutions, such as the corporate governance principles for banks of the Basel Committee and the recommendations of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD),
and also takes into account the good governance codes of the stock markets on which its shares are listed.
|
|
|
|
|
110 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate governance report |
|
|
|
7. Challenges for 2016 |
|
|
7. Challenges for 2016
The boards goals for 2016 with regard to corporate governance are as follows:
|
|
|
Promote the culture and corporate values of Simple, Personal and Fair, ensure the entire organisation is aware of these values. |
|
|
|
Consolidate the governance model to strengthen the relationship between the Parent Bank and the subsidiaries, especially with regard to corporate governance, ensuring its gradual implementation throughout the
Groups main geographical areas. The board of directors will also be responsible for ensuring there is a clear governance framework that is suitable for the structure, businesses and risks of the Group and the entities that form part thereof,
respecting the local legislation of each of the units. |
|
|
|
Improve board members relationships outside of meetings, especially non-executive directors, as well as the interaction between these directors and company executives. |
|
|
|
Promote communication between the various committees, especially between the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee and the audit committee, as well as between the audit committee and the remuneration
committee, and schedule joint meetings whenever necessary. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
111 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Summary |
|
|
Consolidated
Financial Report
Grupo Santander 2015 summary
Developed economies continued to show signs of recovery in 2015. Emerging countries, however, grew more
moderately because of their internal dynamics as well as lower commodity prices and Chinas slowdown.
The markets were also very volatile, with
share prices plunging in the second half of the year and emerging market currencies depreciating against the euro and particularly against the dollar. This depreciation was very intense in Brazil for several months.
The banking environment is challenging. As well as this evolution, interest rates were extraordinarily low in developed countries, business volumes grew at a
slow pace, competition from banks and non-banks was tough and the regulatory environment demanding.
In this context, the Groups performance during
2015 was positive, as we were able to combine the development of the commercial transformation process with achieving the goals we set at the start of the year. We grew in volumes and profit, accumulated capital and increased the cash dividend.
The highlights in 2015 were:
Strong results. Santander
faced these challenges with a business model that has proven its strength in the last few years and which we are adapting to the new environment, in order to maximise profitability levels.
The Santander model, which showed its validity during the crisis, has two main pillars:
|
|
|
Santander is a big but simple bank. Our diversification is unique, 97% of our underlying profit is generated in nine countries and in Santander Consumer Finance in Europe. Our management focus is tailored to each
market, and our subsidiaries, autonomous in capital and liquidity, have the critical mass to be among the three top players in each market and generate shareholder value. |
|
|
|
We have a Corporate Centre that contributes value and enables us to attract talent, share best practices and best-in-class information and control systems. The centre will continue to add value in the future and
will do so even more efficiently. |
As a result of all this, Grupo Santander posted an underlying attributable profit of 6,566 million,
13% more than in 2014, backed by:
|
|
|
Consistent and recurring growth in commercial revenues quarter after quarter, enabling us to generate record net interest income and gross income. |
|
|
|
Control of costs and operational excellence. Costs grew by only 1% in real terms and on a like-for-like basis. |
|
|
|
Reduced provisions and a lower cost of credit, reflecting the strategy in growth and an adequate risk management policy. |
We also recorded a net charge of 600 million of non-recurring positive and negative results, which left the final attributable profit 3% higher at
5,966 million.
Commercial transformation process. We continued in 2015 to transform our commercial model and make it more Simple, Personal
and Fair. The focus is on our individual customers and companies, and our efforts are aimed at developing specialized models, ranges of simple products and global proposals that cover all their needs, anticipating them and gaining their confidence.
There was a significant improvement in customer loyalty and in long-term relationships, strongly supported by differential value offers and their
expansion to all countries, sharing the best practices. Examples of this are:
|
|
|
Launch of the 1|2|3 strategy in Spain, following its success in the UK and Portugal, and similar products in Poland and Germany. In the high-income segment, we launched products and services such as Select
Premium Portfolios in Germany and Select Expat in Mexico. |
|
|
|
In SMEs and companies, global proposals to reinforce our support of this segment: Santander Advance is now installed in eight countries, Santander Trade is available in 12 countries with more than 30,000
exporter and importer users, International Desk, Santander Passport and the new 1|2|3 pymes current account in Spain. |
We
gave a big push to multi channels, particularly the developments in digital channels and the openinf of new branches, which are key for the transformation process. Innovation and
|
|
|
|
|
114 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Summary |
|
|
technological development constitute a strategic pillar of the Group, in order to respond to the new challenges
from the digital revolution and focus on operational excellence and the customer experience.
We improved the commercial websites, as well as launching
new apps and developments for mobile phones such as, for example, Cash KiTTi and Spendlytics in the UK, and the new Deposit Capture functionality for mobile phones in the US. Also noteworthy were some initiatives in intelligent
watches such as the participation in the UK and Spain in the first group of Apple Pay issuers.
Equally important was the simplification of
processes and products, implementation of a new commercial front with 360º vision in many of the countries, latest generation ATMs and opening so-called offices of the future.
Branches will continue to be a significant channel for customers and the Bank, and will be more dedicated to selling products of greater complexity and
offering advisory services, and more digitally integrated.
These improvements in the commercial transformation process were reflected in increases in
customer loyalty and digitisation . The number of loyal customers increased 10% to 13.8 million (+1.2 million) and digital clients rose 17% to 16.6 million (+2.5 million). These improvements are already producing revenue growth.
Business growth. The commercial activity and greater loyalty were reflected in growth in loans and customer funds.
Nine of the 10 main units increased their lending to individual customers as well as to SMEs and big companies. All countries grew in funds, while maintaining
the strategy of cutting the funding cost (reflected in growth in demand deposits and mutual funds and reduction in time deposits).
Strengthened
solvency. We met the goal set for capital, despite the extraordinary negative impacts. Our CET1 fully loaded ratio was 10.05% at the end of 2015, demonstrating our capacity to generate capital organically (about 10 b.p. per quarter).
Furthermore, in regulatory terms, we ended the year with CET1 of 12.55%, 280 b.p. above the minimum requirement
set by the European Central Bank for 2016.
On 3 February 2016, the European Central Bank authorised the use of the Alternative Standardised Approach
to calculate the capital requirements at consolidated level for operational risk at Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. The impact of the aforementioned authorisation on the Groups risk-weighted assets (EUR -7,836 million) and, in consequence, on
its capital ratios, was not taken into account in the data published on 27 January 2016, which are those presented in this report.
Enhanced
credit quality. The year was good in terms of credit quality, as the Groups main indicators improved. The NPL ratio was 83 b.p. lower at 4.36%, coverage rose 6 p.p. to 73% and the cost of credit dropped to 1.25%.
This positive evolution was registered in almost all countries, reflecting the change of mix to lower risk products in some countries, as well as an adequate
risk management policy that we are reinforcing with the launch of the Advanced Risk Management (ARM) programme.
Creation of shareholder value. We
continue to offer an attractive shareholder return.
On the basis of the underlying profit, the Groups RoTE in 2015 was close to 11.0%, higher than
the sector average. We also improved the Groups RoRWA a little to 1.30%.
Tangible book value per share increased 3% on a like-for-like basis, which
was compatible with distributing a cash dividend of more than 2,200 million, charged to 2015 results.
The Banks dividend yield was 4.4%
based on the year-end share price.
n Exchange rates: 1 euro / currency parity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
|
Period-end |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Period-end |
|
|
Average |
|
US$ |
|
|
1.089 |
|
|
|
1.109 |
|
|
|
1.214 |
|
|
|
1.326 |
|
Pound sterling |
|
|
0.734 |
|
|
|
0.725 |
|
|
|
0.779 |
|
|
|
0.806 |
|
Brazilian real |
|
|
4.312 |
|
|
|
3.645 |
|
|
|
3.221 |
|
|
|
3.118 |
|
Mexican peso |
|
|
18.915 |
|
|
|
17.568 |
|
|
|
17.868 |
|
|
|
17.647 |
|
Chilean peso |
|
|
773.772 |
|
|
|
724.014 |
|
|
|
737.323 |
|
|
|
756.718 |
|
Argentine peso |
|
|
14.140 |
|
|
|
10.207 |
|
|
|
10.277 |
|
|
|
10.747 |
|
Polish zloty |
|
|
4.264 |
|
|
|
4.182 |
|
|
|
4.273 |
|
|
|
4.185 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
115 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Consolidated financial information |
|
|
Grupo Santander. Income statement
|
|
|
Attributable profit of 5,966 million, 3% more than in 2014, after absorbing a charge of 600 million (the net between non-recurring positive and negative items). |
|
|
|
Underlying attributable profit rose 13% to 6,566 due to: |
|
|
|
Consistent and recurring growth of commercial revenues quarter after quarter, excluding the exchange rate impact. |
|
|
|
Costs control and operational excellence. Efficiency ratio of 47.6%, one of the best among our competitors. |
|
|
|
Lower cost of credit in all units. |
|
|
|
Underlying RoTE was 11.0%, +4 b.p. year-on-year. |
n
Income statement
Million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
Variation amount |
|
|
% |
|
|
% w/o FX |
|
|
2013 |
|
Net interest income |
|
|
32,189 |
|
|
|
29,548 |
|
|
|
2,642 |
|
|
|
8.9 |
|
|
|
8.0 |
|
|
|
28,419 |
|
Net fee income |
|
|
10,033 |
|
|
|
9,696 |
|
|
|
337 |
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
|
9,622 |
|
Gains (losses) on financial transactions |
|
|
2,386 |
|
|
|
2,850 |
|
|
|
(464 |
) |
|
|
(16.3 |
) |
|
|
(18.2 |
) |
|
|
3,496 |
|
Other operating income |
|
|
665 |
|
|
|
519 |
|
|
|
146 |
|
|
|
28.1 |
|
|
|
24.6 |
|
|
|
383 |
|
Dividends |
|
|
455 |
|
|
|
435 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
5.5 |
|
|
|
378 |
|
Income from equity-accounted method |
|
|
375 |
|
|
|
243 |
|
|
|
132 |
|
|
|
54.3 |
|
|
|
72.4 |
|
|
|
283 |
|
Other operating income/expenses |
|
|
(165 |
) |
|
|
(159 |
) |
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
43.6 |
|
|
|
(278 |
) |
Gross income |
|
|
45,272 |
|
|
|
42,612 |
|
|
|
2,660 |
|
|
|
6.2 |
|
|
|
5.6 |
|
|
|
41,920 |
|
Operating expenses |
|
|
(21,571 |
) |
|
|
(20,038 |
) |
|
|
(1,532 |
) |
|
|
7.6 |
|
|
|
6.9 |
|
|
|
(20,158 |
) |
General administrative expenses |
|
|
(19,152 |
) |
|
|
(17,781 |
) |
|
|
(1,371 |
) |
|
|
7.7 |
|
|
|
6.9 |
|
|
|
(17,758 |
) |
Personnel |
|
|
(11,107 |
) |
|
|
(10,213 |
) |
|
|
(894 |
) |
|
|
8.8 |
|
|
|
7.6 |
|
|
|
(10,276 |
) |
Other general administrative expenses |
|
|
(8,045 |
) |
|
|
(7,568 |
) |
|
|
(477 |
) |
|
|
6.3 |
|
|
|
6.0 |
|
|
|
(7,482 |
) |
Depreciation and amortisation |
|
|
(2,419 |
) |
|
|
(2,257 |
) |
|
|
(161 |
) |
|
|
7.1 |
|
|
|
6.8 |
|
|
|
(2,400 |
) |
Net operating income |
|
|
23,702 |
|
|
|
22,574 |
|
|
|
1,128 |
|
|
|
5.0 |
|
|
|
4.4 |
|
|
|
21,762 |
|
Net loan-loss provisions |
|
|
(10,108 |
) |
|
|
(10,562 |
) |
|
|
454 |
|
|
|
(4.3 |
) |
|
|
(4.0 |
) |
|
|
(12,340 |
) |
Impairment losses on other assets |
|
|
(462 |
) |
|
|
(375 |
) |
|
|
(87 |
) |
|
|
23.2 |
|
|
|
22.7 |
|
|
|
(524 |
) |
Other income |
|
|
(2,192 |
) |
|
|
(1,917 |
) |
|
|
(275 |
) |
|
|
14.3 |
|
|
|
17.5 |
|
|
|
(1,535 |
) |
Underlying profit before taxes |
|
|
10,939 |
|
|
|
9,720 |
|
|
|
1,219 |
|
|
|
12.5 |
|
|
|
10.3 |
|
|
|
7,362 |
|
Tax on profit |
|
|
(3,120 |
) |
|
|
(2,696 |
) |
|
|
(424 |
) |
|
|
15.7 |
|
|
|
13.6 |
|
|
|
(1,995 |
) |
Underlying profit from continuing operations |
|
|
7,819 |
|
|
|
7,024 |
|
|
|
795 |
|
|
|
11.3 |
|
|
|
9.0 |
|
|
|
5,367 |
|
Net profit from discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(26 |
) |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
(100.0 |
) |
|
|
(100.0 |
) |
|
|
(15 |
) |
Underlying consolidated profit |
|
|
7,819 |
|
|
|
6,998 |
|
|
|
822 |
|
|
|
11.7 |
|
|
|
9.4 |
|
|
|
5,352 |
|
Minority interests |
|
|
1,253 |
|
|
|
1,182 |
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
6.1 |
|
|
|
6.0 |
|
|
|
1,177 |
|
Underlying attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
6,566 |
|
|
|
5,816 |
|
|
|
750 |
|
|
|
12.9 |
|
|
|
10.1 |
|
|
|
4,175 |
|
Net capital gains and provisions |
|
|
(600 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(600 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
5,966 |
|
|
|
5,816 |
|
|
|
150 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
4,175 |
|
Pro memoria: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average total assets |
|
|
1,345,657 |
|
|
|
1,203,260 |
|
|
|
142,397 |
|
|
|
11.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,230,166 |
|
Average stockholders equity* |
|
|
90,798 |
|
|
|
82,545 |
|
|
|
8,253 |
|
|
|
10.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,509 |
|
(*).- |
Stockholders equity: Sharedholders equity + Equity adjustments by valuation. In 2014, pro-forma taking into account the January 2015 capital increase. |
|
|
|
|
|
116 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Consolidated financial information |
|
|
Grupo Santander posted an underlying attributable profit of 6,566 million, 13% more than the
5,816 million generated in 2014.
Moreover, non-recurring results and provisions for a net negative amount of 600 million were
recorded in 2015. This amount is listed separately as Net capital gains and provisions, in order to make the analysis of results derived from business easier. Attributable profit including these items was 5,966 million, 3%
more than in 2014.
Before analyzing the income statement, some aspects that affect comparisons between 2014 and 2015 need to be pointed out.
|
|
A macroeconomic environment with slower global growth. |
|
|
Interest rates that remained at historic lows in most countries. |
|
|
Tough competition in some of the markets where the Group operates.
|
|
|
A more demanding regulatory environment, with impacts that limited revenues and increased costs. |
|
|
A positive perimeter effect from consumer business (mainly the agreements with PSA) and Brazil (agreement with Bonsucesso, GetNet and the acquisition of minority interests in the fourth quarter of 2014).
|
|
|
The impact of exchange rates of the different currencies in which the Group operates as regards the euro was less than one percentage point positive for the whole Group in revenues and costs. The impacts were as
follows: US (+21 p.p.), UK (+12 p.p.), Argentina (+7 p.p.), Chile (+5 p.p.), Brazil (-16 p.p.), while in Mexico and Poland it was less than one point. |
The main developments were as follows:
n Quarterly income statement
Million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014 |
|
|
2015 |
|
|
|
1Q |
|
|
2Q |
|
|
3Q |
|
|
4Q |
|
|
1Q |
|
|
2Q |
|
|
3Q |
|
|
4Q |
|
Net interest income |
|
|
6,992 |
|
|
|
7,370 |
|
|
|
7,471 |
|
|
|
7,714 |
|
|
|
8,038 |
|
|
|
8,281 |
|
|
|
7,983 |
|
|
|
7,888 |
|
Net fee income |
|
|
2,331 |
|
|
|
2,403 |
|
|
|
2,439 |
|
|
|
2,524 |
|
|
|
2,524 |
|
|
|
2,586 |
|
|
|
2,474 |
|
|
|
2,448 |
|
Gains (losses) on financial transactions |
|
|
767 |
|
|
|
511 |
|
|
|
952 |
|
|
|
620 |
|
|
|
695 |
|
|
|
372 |
|
|
|
634 |
|
|
|
684 |
|
Other operating income |
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
204 |
|
|
|
99 |
|
|
|
182 |
|
|
|
186 |
|
|
|
379 |
|
|
|
225 |
|
|
|
(126 |
) |
Dividends |
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
220 |
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
239 |
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
107 |
|
Income from equity-accounted method |
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
99 |
|
|
|
101 |
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
82 |
|
Other operating income/expenses |
|
|
(63 |
) |
|
|
(58 |
) |
|
|
(45 |
) |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
(315 |
) |
Gross income |
|
|
10,124 |
|
|
|
10,488 |
|
|
|
10,961 |
|
|
|
11,040 |
|
|
|
11,444 |
|
|
|
11,618 |
|
|
|
11,316 |
|
|
|
10,894 |
|
Operating expenses |
|
|
(4,847 |
) |
|
|
(4,906 |
) |
|
|
(5,070 |
) |
|
|
(5,216 |
) |
|
|
(5,377 |
) |
|
|
(5,429 |
) |
|
|
(5,342 |
) |
|
|
(5,422 |
) |
General administrative expenses |
|
|
(4,256 |
) |
|
|
(4,360 |
) |
|
|
(4,509 |
) |
|
|
(4,656 |
) |
|
|
(4,785 |
) |
|
|
(4,826 |
) |
|
|
(4,731 |
) |
|
|
(4,810 |
) |
Personnel |
|
|
(2,455 |
) |
|
|
(2,515 |
) |
|
|
(2,572 |
) |
|
|
(2,670 |
) |
|
|
(2,755 |
) |
|
|
(2,836 |
) |
|
|
(2,717 |
) |
|
|
(2,799 |
) |
Other general administrative expenses |
|
|
(1,801 |
) |
|
|
(1,844 |
) |
|
|
(1,937 |
) |
|
|
(1,985 |
) |
|
|
(2,030 |
) |
|
|
(1,989 |
) |
|
|
(2,015 |
) |
|
|
(2,011 |
) |
Depreciation and amortisation |
|
|
(590 |
) |
|
|
(546 |
) |
|
|
(560 |
) |
|
|
(560 |
) |
|
|
(592 |
) |
|
|
(603 |
) |
|
|
(611 |
) |
|
|
(612 |
) |
Net operating income |
|
|
5,277 |
|
|
|
5,582 |
|
|
|
5,891 |
|
|
|
5,824 |
|
|
|
6,067 |
|
|
|
6,189 |
|
|
|
5,974 |
|
|
|
5,472 |
|
Net loan-loss provisions |
|
|
(2,695 |
) |
|
|
(2,638 |
) |
|
|
(2,777 |
) |
|
|
(2,452 |
) |
|
|
(2,563 |
) |
|
|
(2,508 |
) |
|
|
(2,479 |
) |
|
|
(2,558 |
) |
Impairment losses on other assets |
|
|
(87 |
) |
|
|
(71 |
) |
|
|
(67 |
) |
|
|
(151 |
) |
|
|
(60 |
) |
|
|
(78 |
) |
|
|
(110 |
) |
|
|
(215 |
) |
Other income |
|
|
(347 |
) |
|
|
(438 |
) |
|
|
(491 |
) |
|
|
(642 |
) |
|
|
(454 |
) |
|
|
(605 |
) |
|
|
(606 |
) |
|
|
(526 |
) |
Underlying profit before taxes |
|
|
2,149 |
|
|
|
2,435 |
|
|
|
2,556 |
|
|
|
2,580 |
|
|
|
2,990 |
|
|
|
2,998 |
|
|
|
2,778 |
|
|
|
2,173 |
|
Tax on profit |
|
|
(569 |
) |
|
|
(664 |
) |
|
|
(649 |
) |
|
|
(814 |
) |
|
|
(922 |
) |
|
|
(939 |
) |
|
|
(787 |
) |
|
|
(471 |
) |
Underlying profit from continuing operations |
|
|
1,579 |
|
|
|
1,771 |
|
|
|
1,908 |
|
|
|
1,766 |
|
|
|
2,067 |
|
|
|
2,059 |
|
|
|
1,991 |
|
|
|
1,702 |
|
Net profit from discontinued operations |
|
|
(0 |
) |
|
|
(0 |
) |
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
(19 |
) |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
(0 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Underlying consolidated profit |
|
|
1,579 |
|
|
|
1,771 |
|
|
|
1,901 |
|
|
|
1,746 |
|
|
|
2,067 |
|
|
|
2,059 |
|
|
|
1,991 |
|
|
|
1,702 |
|
Minority interests |
|
|
277 |
|
|
|
318 |
|
|
|
296 |
|
|
|
291 |
|
|
|
350 |
|
|
|
350 |
|
|
|
311 |
|
|
|
242 |
|
Underlying attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
1,303 |
|
|
|
1,453 |
|
|
|
1,605 |
|
|
|
1,455 |
|
|
|
1,717 |
|
|
|
1,709 |
|
|
|
1,680 |
|
|
|
1,460 |
|
Net capital gains and provisions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
835 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,435 |
) |
Attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
1,303 |
|
|
|
1,453 |
|
|
|
1,605 |
|
|
|
1,455 |
|
|
|
1,717 |
|
|
|
2,544 |
|
|
|
1,680 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Consolidated financial information |
|
|
Gross income
Gross
income increased 6% to a record 45,272 million. Growth was qualitative as it was based on increases in the most commercial revenues (net interest income and fee income), and with gains on financial transactions representing only 5% of the
Groups gross income (7% in 2014). As follows:
|
|
|
Net interest income also notched up a new record of 32,189 million (71% of gross income), 9% more than in 2014 (+8% excluding the forex impact), mainly due to growth in lending and a lower cost of
funds. |
All countries increased net interest income except for Poland (-6%), due to the fall in interest rates, Spain
(-5%), in an environment of low interest rates and strong competition in loans, and Chile (-1%), because of the impact of the lower inflation rate and regulations regarding the policy of maximum rates.
Of note was the growth at Santander Consumer Finance (+31%), partly because of the perimeter effect, Mexico (+14%), due to the rise in loans,
Brazil (+10%), following improvements quarter after quarter during the year, and US (+7%) due to the larger portfolio at Santander Consumer USA and Santander Bank.
|
|
|
Net fee income was 4% higher at 10,033 million. The performance by units was very uneven due to different economic and business cycles. In some cases, moreover, the impact of
|
regulatory changes limited revenues, mainly from insurance and cards.
|
|
|
Net interest income plus net fee income amounted to 42,222 million (+8%) and represented 93% of gross income (92% in 2014). |
|
|
|
Gains on financial transactions fell 16%, conditioned by the high ones in 2014 from management of portfolios of interest rate hedging and the global corporate unit. |
|
|
|
Other operating income increased by 146 million in net terms. On the one hand, positive impact of income from leasing (mainly in the US) and higher results from companies that are accounted by the
equity method. On the other hand, the contribution to the deposit guarantee and resolution funds, also recorded in this line, of more than 750 million for all the Group (up more than 30%), mainly in Poland (where the sector had to make
extraordinary contributions because of the collapse of a bank), Spain and Argentina |
Operating expenses
Operating expenses increased 8% to 21,571 million (+7% excluding the forex impact). This rise was due to several factors: the evolution of inflation
in Latin America, investments in programmes for innovation and improvements in future efficiency, the impact of the measures adopted by the Bank as a result of new regulatory requirements (particularly in the US) and the change of perimeter.
n Net fee income
Million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
Variation amount |
|
|
% |
|
|
2013 |
|
Fees from services |
|
|
6,040 |
|
|
|
5,827 |
|
|
|
213 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
5,851 |
|
Mutual & pension funds |
|
|
862 |
|
|
|
913 |
|
|
|
(50 |
) |
|
|
(5.5 |
) |
|
|
831 |
|
Securities and custody |
|
|
905 |
|
|
|
763 |
|
|
|
142 |
|
|
|
18.6 |
|
|
|
655 |
|
Insurance |
|
|
2,225 |
|
|
|
2,193 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
2,284 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net fee income |
|
|
10,033 |
|
|
|
9,696 |
|
|
|
337 |
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
|
|
9,622 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
118 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Consolidated financial information |
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted for the perimeter impact and for the years average inflation, costs only rose 1%, reflecting the positive effect of the three-year efficiency and productivity plan launched at the end of 2013, which is
enabling us to make the higher investments commented on previously, and maintain real growth in costs of close to zero. |
|
|
|
Of note was the fall in real terms in Brazil (-6% on a like-for-like basis), Spain and Portugal (-1% in both). |
The efficiency ratio was 47.6% (47.0% in 2014), due to the evolution of gains on financial transactions, as without this the ratio was stable.
Loan-loss provisions
Loan-loss provisions fell 4% to
10,108 million, with significant reductions in the UK (-71%), Spain (-43%), Portugal (-42%) and Real Estate Activity Spain (-26%). They were also lower in Poland and Santander Consumer Finance but higher in Chile (+4%), Brazil (+5%),
Mexico (+15%) and the US (+16%), in all of which volumes increased significantly. All these changes are excluding the exchange rate.
|
|
|
The lower provisions, coupled with higher lending, continued to improve the Groups cost of credit, which dropped from 1.43% in 2014 to 1.25% in 2015. Excluding Santander Consumer USA, which because of the nature
of its business has a high level of provisions, the cost of credit fell from 1.15% to 0.90%. |
|
|
|
All the Groups units improved their cost of credit, except for the US. Of note were Spain, Portugal, UK and Brazil. This evolution was due to the improvement in the quality of their portfolios, thanks to active
risk management combined with the better macroeconomic environment in some countries. |
Net operating income after provisions
Net operating income after provisions increased 13% (+12% excluding the forex impact), spurred by double-digit growth in most units.
Other income and provisions
Other income and provisions
was 2,654 million negative compared to 2,292 million also negative in 2014. These amounts included provisions of different nature, as well as capital gains, capital losses and impairment of financial assets. The increase over
2014 is very diluted by concepts, countries and businesses.
n Operating expenses
Million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
Variation amount |
|
|
% |
|
|
2013 |
|
Personnel expenses |
|
|
11,107 |
|
|
|
10,213 |
|
|
|
894 |
|
|
|
8.8 |
|
|
|
10,276 |
|
General expenses |
|
|
8,045 |
|
|
|
7,568 |
|
|
|
477 |
|
|
|
6.3 |
|
|
|
7,482 |
|
Information technology |
|
|
1,039 |
|
|
|
936 |
|
|
|
102 |
|
|
|
10.9 |
|
|
|
985 |
|
Communications |
|
|
587 |
|
|
|
489 |
|
|
|
99 |
|
|
|
20.2 |
|
|
|
540 |
|
Advertising |
|
|
705 |
|
|
|
654 |
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
7.6 |
|
|
|
637 |
|
Buildings and premises |
|
|
1,786 |
|
|
|
1,775 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
1,815 |
|
Printed and office material |
|
|
157 |
|
|
|
155 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
169 |
|
Taxes (other than profit tax) |
|
|
529 |
|
|
|
460 |
|
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
14.9 |
|
|
|
458 |
|
Other expenses |
|
|
3,243 |
|
|
|
3,098 |
|
|
|
144 |
|
|
|
4.7 |
|
|
|
2,879 |
|
Personnel and general expenses |
|
|
19,152 |
|
|
|
17,781 |
|
|
|
1,371 |
|
|
|
7.7 |
|
|
|
17,758 |
|
Depreciation and amortisation |
|
|
2,419 |
|
|
|
2,257 |
|
|
|
161 |
|
|
|
7.1 |
|
|
|
2,400 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
21,571 |
|
|
|
20,038 |
|
|
|
1,532 |
|
|
|
7.6 |
|
|
|
20,158 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
119 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Consolidated financial information |
|
|
n Net loan-loss provisions
Million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
amount |
|
|
% |
|
|
2013 |
|
Non performing loans |
|
|
11,484 |
|
|
|
11,922 |
|
|
|
(438 |
) |
|
|
(3.7 |
) |
|
|
13,405 |
|
Country-risk |
|
|
(0 |
) |
|
|
(24 |
) |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
(98.8 |
) |
|
|
2 |
|
Recovery of written-off assets |
|
|
(1,375 |
) |
|
|
(1,336 |
) |
|
|
(39 |
) |
|
|
2.9 |
|
|
|
(1,068 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
10,108 |
|
|
|
10,562 |
|
|
|
(454 |
) |
|
|
(4.3 |
) |
|
|
12,340 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying profit
Underlying profit before tax, which reflects the business evolution, rose 13% in current euros (+10% in constant euros).
Taxes increased to a greater extent because of the increased tax pressure in some units, particularly Portugal, Santander Consumer Finance, Mexico, Chile and
the US.
Minority interests increased 6%, as the rises in the US (from the better results of Santander Consumer USA) and Santander Consumer Finance
(materialization of the agreements with PSA) were partly offset by the repurchase of the stake in Santander Brazil in the fourth quarter of 2014.
Underlying attributable profit was 6,566 million, up 13% (+10% in constant euros). The largest rises were in Portugal (+63%), Brazil (+33%, partly
due to the repurchase of minority interests), SCF (+18%, partly due to the perimeter), Spain (+18%) and the UK (+14%). In all cases, these increases are in the currencies used to manage business.
On the other hand, falls in Poland (mainly because of lower interest rates and the extraordinary charge for the deposit guarantee fund), Chile (reduced UF
inflation, whose impact could not be fully offset by the increase in business volumes and higher gains on financial transactions, to which is added a higher tax rate) and the US (where the establishment of the Intermediate Holding Company (IHC), the
improvement in the Santander Bank franchise and the
discontinuation of personal credits in order to focus more on auto finance is having a temporary impact on
revenues and costs).
The underlying RoTE was 11.0% and underlying earnings per share 0.45, 7% lower than in 2014 as it was affected by the increase
in the number of shares (Januarys 2015 capital increase and Santander Dividendo Elección scrip programmes), as well as by the higher financial cost due to the new AT1 issues made.
|
|
|
|
|
120 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Consolidated financial information |
|
|
The cost of these issues, in accordance with accounting rules, is not recorded in the income statement, but
against shareholders equity, but it is taken into account for calculating earnings per share.
Attributable profit to the Group
As indicated at the beginning, non-recurring capital gains and provisions were recorded in 2015, as follows:
|
|
On the one hand, non-recurring positive items of 1,118 million, which correspond to the net result of the reversal of tax iabilities in Brazil (835 million) recorded in the second quarter and the
generation of 283 million of badwill, as a result of the acquisition of assets and liabilities of Banco Internacional do Funchal (Banif) in Portugal in the fourth quarter. |
|
|
On the other, the following charges, all of them in the fourth quarter: 600 million set aside in the UK to cover possible claims
|
related to payment protection insurance (PPI); 683 million for the impairment of
intangible assets and 435 million for goodwill and other items. The total amount of these charges was 1,718 million.
In 2014,
1,589 million of capital gains were recorded by the Altamira operation, the flotation of Santander Consumer USA and changes in UK pension commitments. At the same time, a fund was established for restructuring costs and impairment of
intangible assets and other provisions of a similar amount. The net impact of these amounts was zero on the years profit
After incorporating
non-recurring net capital gains and provisions, the Groups attributable profit was 5,966 million (+3%).
The RoTE was 10.0% and earnings
per share 0.40, a decline of 16% in the year.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
121 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Consolidated financial information |
|
|
n
Balance sheet
Million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
Variation amount |
|
|
% |
|
|
2013 |
|
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash on hand and deposits at central banks |
|
|
81,329 |
|
|
|
69,428 |
|
|
|
11,901 |
|
|
|
17.1 |
|
|
|
77,103 |
|
Trading portfolio |
|
|
147,287 |
|
|
|
148,888 |
|
|
|
(1,601 |
) |
|
|
(1.1 |
) |
|
|
115,309 |
|
Debt securities |
|
|
43,964 |
|
|
|
54,374 |
|
|
|
(10,410 |
) |
|
|
(19.1 |
) |
|
|
40,841 |
|
Customer loans |
|
|
6,081 |
|
|
|
2,921 |
|
|
|
3,160 |
|
|
|
108.2 |
|
|
|
5,079 |
|
Equities |
|
|
18,225 |
|
|
|
12,920 |
|
|
|
5,305 |
|
|
|
41.1 |
|
|
|
4,967 |
|
Trading derivatives |
|
|
76,724 |
|
|
|
76,858 |
|
|
|
(134 |
) |
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
|
58,920 |
|
Deposits from credit institutions |
|
|
2,293 |
|
|
|
1,815 |
|
|
|
478 |
|
|
|
26.4 |
|
|
|
5,503 |
|
Other financial assets at fair value |
|
|
45,043 |
|
|
|
42,673 |
|
|
|
2,370 |
|
|
|
5.6 |
|
|
|
31,441 |
|
Customer loans |
|
|
14,293 |
|
|
|
8,971 |
|
|
|
5,322 |
|
|
|
59.3 |
|
|
|
13,255 |
|
Other (deposits at credit institutions, debt securities and equities) |
|
|
30,750 |
|
|
|
33,702 |
|
|
|
(2,952 |
) |
|
|
(8.8 |
) |
|
|
18,185 |
|
Available-for-sale financial assets |
|
|
122,036 |
|
|
|
115,251 |
|
|
|
6,785 |
|
|
|
5.9 |
|
|
|
83,799 |
|
Debt securities |
|
|
117,187 |
|
|
|
110,249 |
|
|
|
6,938 |
|
|
|
6.3 |
|
|
|
79,844 |
|
Equities |
|
|
4,849 |
|
|
|
5,001 |
|
|
|
(152 |
) |
|
|
(3.0 |
) |
|
|
3,955 |
|
Loans |
|
|
831,637 |
|
|
|
781,635 |
|
|
|
50,002 |
|
|
|
6.4 |
|
|
|
731,420 |
|
Deposits at credit institutions |
|
|
50,256 |
|
|
|
51,306 |
|
|
|
(1,050 |
) |
|
|
(2.0 |
) |
|
|
57,178 |
|
Customer loans |
|
|
770,474 |
|
|
|
722,819 |
|
|
|
47,655 |
|
|
|
6.6 |
|
|
|
666,356 |
|
Debt securities |
|
|
10,907 |
|
|
|
7,510 |
|
|
|
3,397 |
|
|
|
45.2 |
|
|
|
7,886 |
|
Held-to-maturity investments |
|
|
4,355 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,355 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments |
|
|
3,251 |
|
|
|
3,471 |
|
|
|
(220 |
) |
|
|
(6.3 |
) |
|
|
3,377 |
|
Intangible assets and property and equipment |
|
|
27,790 |
|
|
|
26,109 |
|
|
|
1,681 |
|
|
|
6.4 |
|
|
|
18,137 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
26,960 |
|
|
|
27,548 |
|
|
|
(588 |
) |
|
|
(2.1 |
) |
|
|
24,263 |
|
Other |
|
|
50,572 |
|
|
|
51,293 |
|
|
|
(721 |
) |
|
|
(1.4 |
) |
|
|
49,279 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
|
1,340,260 |
|
|
|
1,266,296 |
|
|
|
73,964 |
|
|
|
5.8 |
|
|
|
1,134,128 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and shareholders equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trading portfolio |
|
|
105,218 |
|
|
|
109,792 |
|
|
|
(4,574 |
) |
|
|
(4.2 |
) |
|
|
94,695 |
|
Customer deposits |
|
|
9,187 |
|
|
|
5,544 |
|
|
|
3,643 |
|
|
|
65.7 |
|
|
|
8,500 |
|
Marketable debt securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Trading derivatives |
|
|
76,414 |
|
|
|
79,048 |
|
|
|
(2,634 |
) |
|
|
(3.3 |
) |
|
|
58,910 |
|
Other |
|
|
19,617 |
|
|
|
25,200 |
|
|
|
(5,583 |
) |
|
|
(22.2 |
) |
|
|
27,285 |
|
Other financial liabilities at fair value |
|
|
54,768 |
|
|
|
62,318 |
|
|
|
(7,550 |
) |
|
|
(12.1 |
) |
|
|
42,311 |
|
Customer deposits |
|
|
26,357 |
|
|
|
33,127 |
|
|
|
(6,770 |
) |
|
|
(20.4 |
) |
|
|
26,484 |
|
Marketable debt securities |
|
|
3,373 |
|
|
|
3,830 |
|
|
|
(457 |
) |
|
|
(11.9 |
) |
|
|
4,086 |
|
Due to central banks and credit institutions |
|
|
25,038 |
|
|
|
25,360 |
|
|
|
(322 |
) |
|
|
(1.3 |
) |
|
|
11,741 |
|
Financial liabilities at amortized cost |
|
|
1,039,343 |
|
|
|
961,053 |
|
|
|
78,290 |
|
|
|
8.1 |
|
|
|
880,115 |
|
Due to central banks and credit institutions |
|
|
148,079 |
|
|
|
122,437 |
|
|
|
25,642 |
|
|
|
20.9 |
|
|
|
92,390 |
|
Customer deposits |
|
|
647,578 |
|
|
|
608,956 |
|
|
|
38,622 |
|
|
|
6.3 |
|
|
|
572,853 |
|
Marketable debt securities |
|
|
201,656 |
|
|
|
193,059 |
|
|
|
8,597 |
|
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
182,234 |
|
Subordinated debt |
|
|
21,153 |
|
|
|
17,132 |
|
|
|
4,021 |
|
|
|
23.5 |
|
|
|
16,139 |
|
Other financial liabilities |
|
|
20,877 |
|
|
|
19,468 |
|
|
|
1,409 |
|
|
|
7.2 |
|
|
|
16,499 |
|
Insurance liabilities |
|
|
627 |
|
|
|
713 |
|
|
|
(86 |
) |
|
|
(12.0 |
) |
|
|
1,430 |
|
Provisions |
|
|
14,494 |
|
|
|
15,376 |
|
|
|
(882 |
) |
|
|
(5.7 |
) |
|
|
14,599 |
|
Other liability accounts |
|
|
27,057 |
|
|
|
27,331 |
|
|
|
(274 |
) |
|
|
(1.0 |
) |
|
|
20,680 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
1,241,507 |
|
|
|
1,176,581 |
|
|
|
64,926 |
|
|
|
5.5 |
|
|
|
1,053,830 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity |
|
|
102,402 |
|
|
|
91,664 |
|
|
|
10,738 |
|
|
|
11.7 |
|
|
|
84,479 |
|
Capital stock |
|
|
7,217 |
|
|
|
6,292 |
|
|
|
925 |
|
|
|
14.7 |
|
|
|
5,667 |
|
Reserves |
|
|
90,765 |
|
|
|
80,026 |
|
|
|
10,739 |
|
|
|
13.4 |
|
|
|
75,044 |
|
Attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
5,966 |
|
|
|
5,816 |
|
|
|
150 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
4,175 |
|
Less: dividends |
|
|
(1,546 |
) |
|
|
(471 |
) |
|
|
(1,075 |
) |
|
|
228.4 |
|
|
|
(406 |
) |
Equity adjustments by valuation |
|
|
(14,362 |
) |
|
|
(10,858 |
) |
|
|
(3,504 |
) |
|
|
32.3 |
|
|
|
(14,153 |
) |
Minority interests |
|
|
10,713 |
|
|
|
8,909 |
|
|
|
1,804 |
|
|
|
20.3 |
|
|
|
9,972 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity |
|
|
98,753 |
|
|
|
89,714 |
|
|
|
9,039 |
|
|
|
10.1 |
|
|
|
80,298 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and equity |
|
|
1,340,260 |
|
|
|
1,266,296 |
|
|
|
73,964 |
|
|
|
5.8 |
|
|
|
1,134,128 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
122 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Consolidated financial information |
|
|
Grupo Santander. Balance sheet
|
|
|
Growth in loans (+6%) and customer funds (7%) driven by business activity and greater customer loyalty. |
|
|
|
Loans increased in nine of the ten core countries, both to individual customers and companies. |
|
|
|
Funds rose in all countries, backed by the strategy to grow demand deposits and mutual funds. |
|
|
|
In capital, surplus at the end of the year of 280 b.p. in CET1 over the minimum required by the European Central Bank for 2016. |
|
|
|
The fully-loaded CET1 was 10.05%, the goal foreseen by the end of 2015. |
|
|
|
The fully-loaded leverage ratio was 4.7%. |
Total managed and marketed funds at the end of 2015 amounted to 1,506,520 million, of which
1,340,260 million were on-balance sheet and the rest mutual and pension funds and managed portfolios.
In the Group as a whole, the impact of
exchange rates on the evolution of loans was zero, and just one negative percentage point on customer funds. However, the impact was more significant by units: US (+13 p.p.), UK (+6 p.p.), Chile (-5 p.p.), Mexico (-6 p.p.), Brazil (-28 p.p.) and
Argentina (-42 p.p.).
There was a slight positive perimeter effect on loans in year-on-year terms, in the consumer credit area (mainly due to the
agreement with Banque PSA Finance) and the incorporation in the last part of December, the assets and liabilities acquired from Banco Internacional do Funchal (Banif) in Portugal.
Gross customer lending (excluding repos)
The Groups gross lending (excluding repos) increased 6% eliminating the exchange rate impact. Detailed by country and in constant euros:
|
|
|
The main rises were at Santander Consumer Finance (+21%, aided by the change in perimeter), Latin America (Brazil: +9%; Mexico: +19%; Chile: +11%) and Poland (+11%). Growth in Portugal was 26% (-1% on a like-for-like
basis). |
|
|
|
The rise in the US was 7%, with growth at both Santander Bank and Santander Consumer USA, and in the UK (+5%). Of note in the latter was the good evolution of companies, where we grew at a faster rate than the market,
and the increase in mortgages. |
n Customer loans
Million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
amount |
|
|
% |
|
|
2013 |
|
Spanish Public sector |
|
|
13,993 |
|
|
|
17,465 |
|
|
|
(3,472 |
) |
|
|
(19.9 |
) |
|
|
13,374 |
|
Other residents |
|
|
153,863 |
|
|
|
154,905 |
|
|
|
(1,042 |
) |
|
|
(0.7 |
) |
|
|
160,478 |
|
Commercial bills |
|
|
9,037 |
|
|
|
7,293 |
|
|
|
1,744 |
|
|
|
23.9 |
|
|
|
7,301 |
|
Secured loans |
|
|
92,478 |
|
|
|
96,426 |
|
|
|
(3,947 |
) |
|
|
(4.1 |
) |
|
|
96,420 |
|
Other loans |
|
|
52,348 |
|
|
|
51,187 |
|
|
|
1,161 |
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
56,757 |
|
Non-resident sector |
|
|
649,509 |
|
|
|
589,557 |
|
|
|
59,952 |
|
|
|
10.2 |
|
|
|
537,587 |
|
Secured loans |
|
|
409,136 |
|
|
|
369,266 |
|
|
|
39,870 |
|
|
|
10.8 |
|
|
|
320,629 |
|
Other loans |
|
|
240,373 |
|
|
|
220,291 |
|
|
|
20,082 |
|
|
|
9.1 |
|
|
|
216,958 |
|
Gross customer loans |
|
|
817,366 |
|
|
|
761,928 |
|
|
|
55,438 |
|
|
|
7.3 |
|
|
|
711,439 |
|
Loan-loss allowances |
|
|
26,517 |
|
|
|
27,217 |
|
|
|
(700 |
) |
|
|
(2.6 |
) |
|
|
26,749 |
|
Net customer loans |
|
|
790,848 |
|
|
|
734,711 |
|
|
|
56,137 |
|
|
|
7.6 |
|
|
|
684,690 |
|
Pro memoria: Doubtful loans |
|
|
36,133 |
|
|
|
40,424 |
|
|
|
(4,292 |
) |
|
|
(10.6 |
) |
|
|
41,088 |
|
Public sector |
|
|
145 |
|
|
|
167 |
|
|
|
(22 |
) |
|
|
(13.2 |
) |
|
|
99 |
|
Other residents |
|
|
16,301 |
|
|
|
19,951 |
|
|
|
(3,650 |
) |
|
|
(18.3 |
) |
|
|
21,763 |
|
Non-resident sector |
|
|
19,686 |
|
|
|
20,306 |
|
|
|
(620 |
) |
|
|
(3.1 |
) |
|
|
19,226 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Consolidated financial information |
|
|
|
|
|
Spain declined 3% in an environment of strong competition in prices and where the double-digit growth in new lending was still below the pace of maturities. SMEs and companies rose 1%. |
|
|
|
As for Real Estate Activity in Spain, net lending was down 33%, as a result of continuing the deleveraging strategy of recent years. |
Credit risk
Net NPL entries in 2015 amounted to
7,705 million after eliminating the perimeter and exchange-rate effects (-20% year-on-year), mainly due to Spain.
Non-performing loans ended
the year at 37,094 million, 11% lower (-9% excluding the forex impact). This balance brought the Groups NPL ratio to 4.36%, 83 b.p. lower than in 2014 and on a downward path every quarter of 2015.
Loan-loss allowances amounted to EUR 27,121 million, which provided coverage of 73% (+6 p.p.). In order to properly view this figure, one has to take
into account that the UK and Spain ratios are
affected by the weight of mortgage balances, which require fewer provisions as these loans have guarantees.
The improved credit quality is reflected in the reduction in loan-loss provisions (-4% over 2014) and in the consequent improvement of the cost of credit,
which dropped from 1.43% at the end of 2014 to 1.25%. Excluding Santander Consumer USA, which because of the nature of its business has a high level of provisions and recoveries, the cost of credit was below 1% at the end of 2015 (0.90% compared to
1.15% in 2014).
Credit quality ratios performed well in almost all countries and reflected the appropriate risk management policy, which we are
strengthening with the launch of the Advanced Risk Management (ARM) programme and boosting the risk culture throughout the Group under a common identity, risk-pro.
More information on credit risk, the control and monitoring systems and the internal risk models for calculating provisions can be found in the specific
section of the Risk Management Report in this Annual Report.
n Credit risk management*
Million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
amount |
|
|
% |
|
|
2013 |
|
Non-performing loans |
|
|
37,094 |
|
|
|
41,709 |
|
|
|
(4,615 |
) |
|
|
(11.1 |
) |
|
|
42,420 |
|
NPL ratio (%) |
|
|
4.36 |
|
|
|
5.19 |
|
|
|
(0.83 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.61 |
|
Loan-loss allowances |
|
|
27,121 |
|
|
|
28,046 |
|
|
|
(925 |
) |
|
|
(3.3 |
) |
|
|
27,526 |
|
Specific |
|
|
17,707 |
|
|
|
21,784 |
|
|
|
(4,077 |
) |
|
|
(18.7 |
) |
|
|
22,433 |
|
Collective |
|
|
9,414 |
|
|
|
6,262 |
|
|
|
3,152 |
|
|
|
50.3 |
|
|
|
5,093 |
|
Coverage ratio (%) |
|
|
73.1 |
|
|
|
67.2 |
|
|
|
5.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64.9 |
|
Cost of credit (%) ** |
|
|
1.25 |
|
|
|
1.43 |
|
|
|
(0.18 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.69 |
|
(*) |
Excluding country-risk |
(**) |
12 months net loan-loss provisions / average lending |
Note: NPL ratio: Non-performing loans / computable assets
|
|
|
|
|
124 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Consolidated financial information |
|
|
Managed and marketed customer funds
Total managed funds (deposits excluding repos and mutual funds) rose 6%. At constant exchange rates, customer deposits without repos increased 6% and mutual
funds 14%. The combined increase was 7%.
All countries were the Group is present, increased their balance in customer funds, excluding the forex impact,
as follows:
|
|
|
Growth of 12% in Brazil, of or around 10% in the US, Mexico and Chile, while the UK rose 6%, Portugal 5% (excluding the perimeter impact) and Poland 4%. |
|
|
|
Spain increased 1%, more in line with the lending growth rates already mentioned. |
The strategy to grow in
demand deposits and mutual funds, with almost all countries increasing in both items, and reduce time deposits continued.
n Managed and marketed customer funds
Million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
amount |
|
|
% |
|
|
2013 |
|
Resident public sector |
|
|
11,737 |
|
|
|
9,349 |
|
|
|
2,388 |
|
|
|
25.5 |
|
|
|
7,745 |
|
Other residents |
|
|
157,611 |
|
|
|
163,340 |
|
|
|
(5,729 |
) |
|
|
(3.5 |
) |
|
|
161,649 |
|
Demand deposits |
|
|
108,410 |
|
|
|
88,312 |
|
|
|
20,098 |
|
|
|
22.8 |
|
|
|
74,969 |
|
Time deposits |
|
|
47,297 |
|
|
|
67,495 |
|
|
|
(20,198 |
) |
|
|
(29.9 |
) |
|
|
80,146 |
|
Other |
|
|
1,904 |
|
|
|
7,532 |
|
|
|
(5,629 |
) |
|
|
(74.7 |
) |
|
|
6,535 |
|
Non-resident sector |
|
|
513,775 |
|
|
|
474,939 |
|
|
|
38,836 |
|
|
|
8.2 |
|
|
|
438,442 |
|
Demand deposits |
|
|
313,175 |
|
|
|
273,889 |
|
|
|
39,286 |
|
|
|
14.3 |
|
|
|
230,715 |
|
Time deposits |
|
|
146,317 |
|
|
|
151,113 |
|
|
|
(4,796 |
) |
|
|
(3.2 |
) |
|
|
161,300 |
|
Other |
|
|
54,283 |
|
|
|
49,937 |
|
|
|
4,346 |
|
|
|
8.7 |
|
|
|
46,427 |
|
Customer deposits |
|
|
683,122 |
|
|
|
647,628 |
|
|
|
35,495 |
|
|
|
5.5 |
|
|
|
607,836 |
|
Debt securities |
|
|
205,029 |
|
|
|
196,890 |
|
|
|
8,139 |
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
|
186,321 |
|
Subordinated debt |
|
|
21,153 |
|
|
|
17,132 |
|
|
|
4,021 |
|
|
|
23.5 |
|
|
|
16,139 |
|
On-balance-sheet customer funds |
|
|
909,304 |
|
|
|
861,649 |
|
|
|
47,655 |
|
|
|
5.5 |
|
|
|
810,296 |
|
Mutual funds |
|
|
129,077 |
|
|
|
124,708 |
|
|
|
4,369 |
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
|
|
103,967 |
|
Pension funds |
|
|
11,376 |
|
|
|
11,481 |
|
|
|
(105 |
) |
|
|
(0.9 |
) |
|
|
10,879 |
|
Managed portfolios |
|
|
25,808 |
|
|
|
25,599 |
|
|
|
209 |
|
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
|
21,068 |
|
Other managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
166,260 |
|
|
|
161,788 |
|
|
|
4,473 |
|
|
|
2.8 |
|
|
|
135,914 |
|
Managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
1,075,565 |
|
|
|
1,023,437 |
|
|
|
52,128 |
|
|
|
5.1 |
|
|
|
946,210 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Consolidated financial information |
|
|
As well capturing customer deposits, Grupo Santander, for strategic reasons, maintains a selective policy of
issuing securities in the international fixed income markets and strives to adapt the frequency and volume of its market operations to the structural liquidity needs of each unit, as well as to the receptiveness of each market.
In 2015, various Group units carried out:
|
|
|
Medium and long-term senior debt issues amounting to 36,986 million, subordinated debt issue of 4,217 million and covered bonds of 3,657 million. |
|
|
|
Securitizations placed in the market (14,379 million). |
Maturities of medium and long-term debt amounted
to 36,462 million.
The loan-to-deposit ratio was 116% and the ratio of deposits plus medium- and long-term funding to the Groups loans was
114%, underscoring the comfortable funding structure.
Other items of the balance sheet
The balance of financial assets available for sale stood at 122,036 million at the end of 2015, 6,785 million more than in 2014 (+6%),
due mainly to Spain, US and Mexico.
Held-to-maturity investments was 4,355 million, all of which was generated in 2015 due to the revision of
those portfolios included in financial assets available for sale whose economic logic recommended their re-classification to held-to-maturity investments.
Total goodwill was 26,960 million, 588 million less than in 2014, as the increase due to
the change in perimeter was fully offset by the evolution of the Brazilian real against the euro.
Lastly, tangible and intangible assets amounted to
27,790 million, 1,681 million more than December 2014. Increase mainly in the US due to the exchange rate and to assets associated with leasing business.
|
|
|
|
|
126 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Consolidated financial information |
|
|
Shareholders equity and solvency ratios
Total shareholders funds amounted to 88,040 million (+9%). The rise was due to Januarys 7,500 million capital increase and
retained earnings, which was partly reduced by the negative evolution of equity valuation adjustments.
n
Eligible capital (Phase-in)
Million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
CET1 |
|
|
73,478 |
|
|
|
71,598 |
|
Basic capital |
|
|
73,478 |
|
|
|
71,598 |
|
Eligible capital |
|
|
84,346 |
|
|
|
77,854 |
|
Risk-weighted assets |
|
|
585,609 |
|
|
|
585,243 |
|
CET1 capital ratio |
|
|
12.55 |
|
|
|
12.23 |
|
T1 capital ratio |
|
|
12.55 |
|
|
|
12.23 |
|
BIS ratio |
|
|
14.40 |
|
|
|
13.30 |
|
In regulatory terms, phase-in eligible equity was 84,346 million, which gave a total capital ratio of
14.40% and a common equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio of 12.55%. This ratio was 280 b.p. above the 9.75% minimum that the European Central Bank (under its Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process) established for Grupo Santander in 2016 on a consolidated
basis (including the 0.25% derived from being a global systemically important bank).
n Eligible capital (fully loaded)*
Million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
Variation amount |
|
|
% |
|
Capital stock and reserves |
|
|
98,193 |
|
|
|
93,748 |
|
|
|
4,445 |
|
|
|
4.7 |
|
Attributable profit |
|
|
5,966 |
|
|
|
5,816 |
|
|
|
150 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
Dividends |
|
|
(2,268 |
) |
|
|
(1,014 |
) |
|
|
(1,254 |
) |
|
|
123.7 |
|
Other retained earnings |
|
|
(15,448 |
) |
|
|
(11,468 |
) |
|
|
(3,980 |
) |
|
|
34.7 |
|
Minority interests |
|
|
6,148 |
|
|
|
4,131 |
|
|
|
2,017 |
|
|
|
48.8 |
|
Goodwill and intangible assets |
|
|
(28,254 |
) |
|
|
(29,164 |
) |
|
|
910 |
|
|
|
(3.1 |
) |
Treasury stock and other deductions |
|
|
(5,633 |
) |
|
|
(5,767 |
) |
|
|
134 |
|
|
|
(2.3 |
) |
Core CET1 |
|
|
58,705 |
|
|
|
56,282 |
|
|
|
2,423 |
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
Preferred shares and other eligibles T1 |
|
|
5,504 |
|
|
|
4,728 |
|
|
|
776 |
|
|
|
16.4 |
|
Tier 1 |
|
|
64,209 |
|
|
|
61,010 |
|
|
|
3,199 |
|
|
|
5.2 |
|
Generic funds and eligible T2 instruments |
|
|
11,996 |
|
|
|
7,561 |
|
|
|
4,435 |
|
|
|
58.7 |
|
Eligible capital |
|
|
76,205 |
|
|
|
68,571 |
|
|
|
7,634 |
|
|
|
11.1 |
|
Risk-weighted assets |
|
|
583,893 |
|
|
|
583,366 |
|
|
|
527 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
CET1 capital ratio |
|
|
10.05 |
|
|
|
9.65 |
|
|
|
0.40 |
|
|
|
|
|
T1 capital ratio |
|
|
11.00 |
|
|
|
10.46 |
|
|
|
0.54 |
|
|
|
|
|
BIS ratio |
|
|
13.05 |
|
|
|
11.75 |
|
|
|
1.30 |
|
|
|
|
|
(*).- |
In 2014, pro-forma data taking into account the January 2015 capital increase |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
127 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Consolidated financial information |
|
|
In fully-loaded terms, the CET1 at the end of 2015 was 10.05%, the goal set at the start of the year and an
increase of 40 b.p. in the year (excluding the capital increase). The rise was 50 b.p. before non-recurring net capital gains and provisions.
The
fully-loaded total capital ratio was 13.05% (+130 b.p. in the year), as to the rise in the CET1 was added the favourable impact from the eligibility of the hybrid issues made.
Qualitatively speaking, the Group has solid and appropriate ratios for its business model, balance sheet structure and risk profile.
The fully-loaded leverage ratio (as established by regulation 2015/621) was 4.7%.
Rating agencies
The Groups access to the wholesale funding markets, as well as the cost of issues, depends to some extent
on the ratings of rating agencies.
Rating agencies regularly review the Groups ratings. The rating depends on a series of internal (solvency,
business model, capacity to generate results) and external factors related to the general economic environment, the banking sectors situation and the sovereign risk of the countries in which the Bank operates.
During 2015:
|
|
|
Moodys upgraded its rating of Santanders long-term senior debt from Baa1 to A3, and changed the outlook from stable to positive. |
|
|
|
Standard & Poors upgraded its rating of long-term senior debt from BBB+ to A-.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long term |
|
|
Short term |
|
|
Outlook |
|
DBRS |
|
|
A |
|
|
|
R1 (low) |
|
|
|
Stable |
|
Fitch Ratings |
|
|
A- |
|
|
|
F2 |
|
|
|
Stable |
|
GBB Rating |
|
|
AA- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stable |
|
Moodys |
|
|
A3 |
|
|
|
P-2 |
|
|
|
Positive |
|
Standard & Poor´s |
|
|
A- |
|
|
|
A-2 |
|
|
|
Stable |
|
Scope |
|
|
A+ |
|
|
|
S-1 |
|
|
|
Stable |
|
|
|
|
Scope also upgraded its rating of long-term senior debt from A to A+. |
|
|
|
GBB upgraded its rating from A+ to AA- with stable outlook. |
|
|
|
DBRS confirmed its ratings with stable outlook. |
|
|
|
|
|
128 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Information by business |
|
|
Description of the business
Some changes were made in the third quarter of 2015 to the criteria applied and to the composition of some
units, in order to enhance the Groups transparency, facilitate the analysis of some business units and place value on the activity developed by the Corporation. The criteria changes are:
|
|
|
In Spain, internal transfer rates (ITR) individualised by transaction were applied to calculate the financial margin, so that the balance sheet was matched in terms of interest rate risk. The counterpart of these
results was the Corporate Centre. Following this change, Spain is homogenised with the rest of the Groups countries and units, and all the results of financial management of the balance sheet, including the aforementioned interest rate risk,
are reported in this unit. |
|
|
|
The cost of AT1 issued by Brazil and Mexico to replace CET1 was assumed by the Corporate Centre as they were operations to optimise capital in these units. This cost is now recorded by each country. |
|
|
|
The scope of costs charged to units from the Corporate Centre is widened, in accordance with the new structure. |
In addition, the Spain Real Estate Activity unit is created, which groups together the former unit of Run-off Real Estate Activity in Spain and other real
estate assets, such as the stake in Metrovacesa and those of the former real estate fund previously included in the Corporate Centre.
The Latin America
and the US areas were also changed. The units of Banco Santander International and the New York branch, which were in the Latin America area, are now included in the US.
The results of 2014 and those of the first half of 2015 of the business units and of the Corporate Centre have been re-stated in accordance with the new
criteria. This mainly affects net interest income, gains on financial transactions and operating expenses.
All these changes do not affect the figures of the consolidated Group, which were unchanged.
The financial statements of each business segment have been drawn up by aggregating the Groups basic operating units. The information relates to both
the accounting data of the units integrated in each segment, as well as that provided by the management information systems. In all cases, the same general principles as those used in the Group are applied.
The operating business areas are structured into two levels
Geographic businesses. The activity of the Groups operating units is segmented by geographic areas. This coincides with the Groups first level of
management and reflects Santanders positioning in the worlds three main currency areas (euro, sterling and dollar). The segments reported on are:
|
|
|
Continental Europe. This covers all businesses in the area. Detailed financial information is provided on Spain, Portugal, Poland and Santander Consumer Finance (which incorporates all the regions business,
including the three countries mentioned herewith). |
|
|
|
United Kingdom. This includes the businesses developed by the various units and branches in the country. |
|
|
|
Latin America. This embraces all the Groups financial activities conducted via its banks and subsidiaries in the region. The individual financial statements of Brazil, Mexico and Chile are provided.
|
|
|
|
United States Includes the holding (SHUSA), the businesses of Santander Bank, Santander Consumer USA and Banco Santander Puerto Rico, the specialised unit of Banco Santander International and the New York branch.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
129 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Information by business |
|
|
Global businesses. The activity of the operating units is distributed by type of business among Retail Banking,
Santander Global Corporate Banking and Spain Real Estate Activity unit.
|
|
|
Retail Banking. This covers all customer banking businesses, including those of consumer, but not those of corporate banking which are managed via Santander Global Corporate Banking. The results of the hedging
positions in each country are also included, conducted within the sphere of each ones Assets and Liabilities Committee. |
|
|
|
Santander Global Corporate Banking (SGCB). This business reflects the revenues from global corporate banking, investment banking and markets worldwide including all treasuries managed globally (always after the
appropriate distribution with Retail Banking customers), as well as equities business. |
As well as these operating units, which report by
geographic area and by businesses, the Group continues to maintain the area of
Corporate Centre. This area incorporates the centralised activities relating to equity stakes in
financial companies, financial management of the structural exchange rate position, assumed within the sphere of the Groups Assets and Liabilities Committee, as well as management of liquidity and of shareholders equity through issues.
As the Groups holding entity, this area manages all capital and reserves and allocations of capital and liquidity with the rest of businesses. It
also incorporates amortisation of goodwill but not the costs related to the Groups central services (charged to the areas), except for corporate and institutional expenses related to the Groups functioning.
The figures of the Groups various units have been drawn up in accordance with these criteria, and so do not coincide individually with those published
by each unit.
|
|
|
|
|
130 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
n Net operating income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Million |
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
amount |
|
|
% |
|
|
% w/o FX |
|
Continental Europe |
|
|
6,093 |
|
|
|
6,059 |
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
o/w: Spain |
|
|
2,646 |
|
|
|
3,140 |
|
|
|
(493 |
) |
|
|
(15.7 |
) |
|
|
(15.7 |
) |
Santander Consumer Finance |
|
|
2,192 |
|
|
|
1,756 |
|
|
|
436 |
|
|
|
24.8 |
|
|
|
24.8 |
|
Poland |
|
|
683 |
|
|
|
791 |
|
|
|
(108 |
) |
|
|
(13.7 |
) |
|
|
(13.7 |
) |
Portugal |
|
|
522 |
|
|
|
459 |
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
13.7 |
|
|
|
13.7 |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
3,025 |
|
|
|
2,622 |
|
|
|
403 |
|
|
|
15.4 |
|
|
|
3.9 |
|
Latin America |
|
|
10,851 |
|
|
|
10,706 |
|
|
|
144 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
|
|
10.6 |
|
o/w: Brazil |
|
|
6,689 |
|
|
|
6,937 |
|
|
|
(248 |
) |
|
|
(3.6 |
) |
|
|
12.7 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
1,947 |
|
|
|
1,736 |
|
|
|
211 |
|
|
|
12.2 |
|
|
|
11.7 |
|
Chile |
|
|
1,332 |
|
|
|
1,327 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
(4.0 |
) |
USA |
|
|
4,774 |
|
|
|
3,740 |
|
|
|
1,035 |
|
|
|
27.7 |
|
|
|
6.7 |
|
Operating areas |
|
|
24,744 |
|
|
|
23,128 |
|
|
|
1,616 |
|
|
|
7.0 |
|
|
|
6.4 |
|
Corporate Centre |
|
|
(1,042 |
) |
|
|
(554 |
) |
|
|
(488 |
) |
|
|
88.2 |
|
|
|
88.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Group |
|
|
23,702 |
|
|
|
22,574 |
|
|
|
1,128 |
|
|
|
5.0 |
|
|
|
4.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
n Attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Million |
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
amount |
|
|
% |
|
|
% w/o FX |
|
Continental Europe |
|
|
2,218 |
|
|
|
1,648 |
|
|
|
570 |
|
|
|
34.6 |
|
|
|
34.1 |
|
o/w: Spain |
|
|
977 |
|
|
|
827 |
|
|
|
150 |
|
|
|
18.2 |
|
|
|
18.2 |
|
Santander Consumer Finance |
|
|
938 |
|
|
|
795 |
|
|
|
143 |
|
|
|
18.0 |
|
|
|
18.0 |
|
Poland |
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
355 |
|
|
|
(55 |
) |
|
|
(15.4 |
) |
|
|
(15.4 |
) |
Portugal |
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
184 |
|
|
|
116 |
|
|
|
62.8 |
|
|
|
62.8 |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
1,971 |
|
|
|
1,556 |
|
|
|
415 |
|
|
|
26.6 |
|
|
|
14.0 |
|
Latin America |
|
|
3,193 |
|
|
|
2,902 |
|
|
|
291 |
|
|
|
10.0 |
|
|
|
16.6 |
|
o/w: Brazil |
|
|
1,631 |
|
|
|
1,437 |
|
|
|
194 |
|
|
|
13.5 |
|
|
|
32.7 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
629 |
|
|
|
606 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
Chile |
|
|
455 |
|
|
|
498 |
|
|
|
(43 |
) |
|
|
(8.6 |
) |
|
|
(12.5 |
) |
USA |
|
|
678 |
|
|
|
861 |
|
|
|
(183 |
) |
|
|
(21.3 |
) |
|
|
(34.2 |
) |
Operating areas |
|
|
8,059 |
|
|
|
6,967 |
|
|
|
1,093 |
|
|
|
15.7 |
|
|
|
12.7 |
|
Corporate Centre* |
|
|
(1,493 |
) |
|
|
(1,151 |
) |
|
|
(342 |
) |
|
|
29.8 |
|
|
|
29.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Group |
|
|
6,566 |
|
|
|
5,816 |
|
|
|
750 |
|
|
|
12.9 |
|
|
|
10.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net capital gains and provisions |
|
|
(600 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(600 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Group |
|
|
5,966 |
|
|
|
5,816 |
|
|
|
150 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(*).- Excluding net capital gains and provisions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
n Customer loans excluding repos |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Million |
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
amount |
|
|
% |
|
|
% w/o FX |
|
Continental Europe |
|
|
298,719 |
|
|
|
283,687 |
|
|
|
15,032 |
|
|
|
5.3 |
|
|
|
5.3 |
|
o/w: Spain |
|
|
157,161 |
|
|
|
162,377 |
|
|
|
(5,215 |
) |
|
|
(3.2 |
) |
|
|
(3.2 |
) |
Santander Consumer Finance |
|
|
76,561 |
|
|
|
63,509 |
|
|
|
13,051 |
|
|
|
20.6 |
|
|
|
21.7 |
|
Poland |
|
|
19,805 |
|
|
|
17,807 |
|
|
|
1,998 |
|
|
|
11.2 |
|
|
|
11.0 |
|
Portugal |
|
|
30,564 |
|
|
|
24,342 |
|
|
|
6,222 |
|
|
|
25.6 |
|
|
|
25.6 |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
277,718 |
|
|
|
250,094 |
|
|
|
27,624 |
|
|
|
11.0 |
|
|
|
4.6 |
|
Latin America |
|
|
137,331 |
|
|
|
145,863 |
|
|
|
(8,533 |
) |
|
|
(5.8 |
) |
|
|
13.3 |
|
o/w: Brazil |
|
|
63,636 |
|
|
|
78,471 |
|
|
|
(14,835 |
) |
|
|
(18.9 |
) |
|
|
8.6 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
29,739 |
|
|
|
26,509 |
|
|
|
3,229 |
|
|
|
12.2 |
|
|
|
18.8 |
|
Chile |
|
|
33,309 |
|
|
|
31,505 |
|
|
|
1,804 |
|
|
|
5.7 |
|
|
|
11.0 |
|
USA |
|
|
88,412 |
|
|
|
73,867 |
|
|
|
14,545 |
|
|
|
19.7 |
|
|
|
7.3 |
|
Operating areas |
|
|
802,181 |
|
|
|
753,512 |
|
|
|
48,669 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
|
6.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Group |
|
|
805,395 |
|
|
|
757,934 |
|
|
|
47,461 |
|
|
|
6.3 |
|
|
|
6.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
n Funds (deposits excluding repos + mutual funds) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Million |
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
amount |
|
|
% |
|
|
% w/o FX |
|
Continental Europe |
|
|
312,482 |
|
|
|
300,434 |
|
|
|
12,047 |
|
|
|
4.0 |
|
|
|
4.0 |
|
o/w: Spain |
|
|
219,263 |
|
|
|
217,113 |
|
|
|
2,150 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
Santander Consumer Finance |
|
|
32,597 |
|
|
|
30,849 |
|
|
|
1,748 |
|
|
|
5.7 |
|
|
|
6.2 |
|
Poland |
|
|
24,421 |
|
|
|
23,537 |
|
|
|
884 |
|
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
Portugal |
|
|
30,684 |
|
|
|
25,292 |
|
|
|
5,393 |
|
|
|
21.3 |
|
|
|
21.3 |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
231,960 |
|
|
|
206,025 |
|
|
|
25,935 |
|
|
|
12.6 |
|
|
|
6.1 |
|
Latin America |
|
|
158,322 |
|
|
|
168,991 |
|
|
|
(10,669 |
) |
|
|
(6.3 |
) |
|
|
13.2 |
|
o/w: Brazil |
|
|
76,751 |
|
|
|
91,713 |
|
|
|
(14,962 |
) |
|
|
(16.3 |
) |
|
|
12.0 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
37,499 |
|
|
|
36,292 |
|
|
|
1,207 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
|
9.4 |
|
Chile |
|
|
29,680 |
|
|
|
28,695 |
|
|
|
984 |
|
|
|
3.4 |
|
|
|
8.5 |
|
USA |
|
|
66,870 |
|
|
|
54,632 |
|
|
|
12,238 |
|
|
|
22.4 |
|
|
|
9.8 |
|
Operating areas |
|
|
769,634 |
|
|
|
730,083 |
|
|
|
39,551 |
|
|
|
5.4 |
|
|
|
6.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Group |
|
|
774,819 |
|
|
|
730,918 |
|
|
|
43,902 |
|
|
|
6.0 |
|
|
|
7.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
131 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
n
Continental Europe
Million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
amount |
|
|
% |
|
|
% w/o FX |
|
Income statement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income |
|
|
8,006 |
|
|
|
7,517 |
|
|
|
489 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
|
6.6 |
|
Net fee income |
|
|
3,417 |
|
|
|
3,500 |
|
|
|
(83 |
) |
|
|
(2.4 |
) |
|
|
(2.7 |
) |
Gains (losses) on financial transactions |
|
|
1,186 |
|
|
|
1,220 |
|
|
|
(34 |
) |
|
|
(2.8 |
) |
|
|
(2.8 |
) |
Other operating income* |
|
|
220 |
|
|
|
267 |
|
|
|
(46 |
) |
|
|
(17.3 |
) |
|
|
(17.7 |
) |
Gross income |
|
|
12,830 |
|
|
|
12,504 |
|
|
|
326 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
2.5 |
|
Operating expenses |
|
|
(6,736 |
) |
|
|
(6,444 |
) |
|
|
(292 |
) |
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
4.4 |
|
General administrative expenses |
|
|
(6,274 |
) |
|
|
(5,972 |
) |
|
|
(302 |
) |
|
|
5.1 |
|
|
|
4.9 |
|
Personnel |
|
|
(3,223 |
) |
|
|
(3,113 |
) |
|
|
(110 |
) |
|
|
3.5 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
Other general administrative expenses |
|
|
(3,051 |
) |
|
|
(2,859 |
) |
|
|
(192 |
) |
|
|
6.7 |
|
|
|
6.7 |
|
Depreciation and amortisation |
|
|
(463 |
) |
|
|
(472 |
) |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
(2.0 |
) |
|
|
(2.1 |
) |
Net operating income |
|
|
6,093 |
|
|
|
6,059 |
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
Net loan-loss provisions |
|
|
(1,975 |
) |
|
|
(2,880 |
) |
|
|
905 |
|
|
|
(31.4 |
) |
|
|
(31.3 |
) |
Other income |
|
|
(753 |
) |
|
|
(693 |
) |
|
|
(59 |
) |
|
|
8.6 |
|
|
|
8.5 |
|
Profit before taxes |
|
|
3,366 |
|
|
|
2,486 |
|
|
|
880 |
|
|
|
35.4 |
|
|
|
35.0 |
|
Tax on profit |
|
|
(887 |
) |
|
|
(639 |
) |
|
|
(248 |
) |
|
|
38.9 |
|
|
|
38.8 |
|
Profit from continuing operations |
|
|
2,479 |
|
|
|
1,847 |
|
|
|
631 |
|
|
|
34.2 |
|
|
|
33.7 |
|
Net profit from discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(26 |
) |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
(100.0 |
) |
|
|
(100.0 |
) |
Consolidated profit |
|
|
2,479 |
|
|
|
1,821 |
|
|
|
658 |
|
|
|
36.1 |
|
|
|
35.6 |
|
Minority interests |
|
|
261 |
|
|
|
173 |
|
|
|
87 |
|
|
|
50.4 |
|
|
|
50.3 |
|
Attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
2,218 |
|
|
|
1,648 |
|
|
|
570 |
|
|
|
34.6 |
|
|
|
34.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance sheet |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer loans** |
|
|
287,252 |
|
|
|
268,735 |
|
|
|
18,517 |
|
|
|
6.9 |
|
|
|
6.9 |
|
Trading portfolio (w/o loans) |
|
|
60,151 |
|
|
|
65,863 |
|
|
|
(5,712 |
) |
|
|
(8.7 |
) |
|
|
(8.7 |
) |
Available-for-sale financial assets |
|
|
60,913 |
|
|
|
56,845 |
|
|
|
4,068 |
|
|
|
7.2 |
|
|
|
7.1 |
|
Due from credit institutions** |
|
|
81,867 |
|
|
|
66,602 |
|
|
|
15,265 |
|
|
|
22.9 |
|
|
|
22.5 |
|
Intangible assets and property and equipment |
|
|
11,798 |
|
|
|
11,796 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
(0.6 |
) |
Other assets |
|
|
36,664 |
|
|
|
26,757 |
|
|
|
9,906 |
|
|
|
37.0 |
|
|
|
36.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets/liabilities & shareholders equity |
|
|
538,645 |
|
|
|
496,598 |
|
|
|
42,047 |
|
|
|
8.5 |
|
|
|
8.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer deposits** |
|
|
263,462 |
|
|
|
256,909 |
|
|
|
6,552 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
2.5 |
|
Marketable debt securities** |
|
|
50,934 |
|
|
|
54,431 |
|
|
|
(3,497 |
) |
|
|
(6.4 |
) |
|
|
(6.1 |
) |
Subordinated debt** |
|
|
170 |
|
|
|
409 |
|
|
|
(240 |
) |
|
|
(58.5 |
) |
|
|
(58.6 |
) |
Insurance liabilities |
|
|
626 |
|
|
|
713 |
|
|
|
(87 |
) |
|
|
(12.2 |
) |
|
|
(12.2 |
) |
Due to credit institutions** |
|
|
132,688 |
|
|
|
90,305 |
|
|
|
42,382 |
|
|
|
46.9 |
|
|
|
46.4 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
58,251 |
|
|
|
64,304 |
|
|
|
(6,053 |
) |
|
|
(9.4 |
) |
|
|
(9.4 |
) |
Stockholders equity *** |
|
|
32,515 |
|
|
|
29,526 |
|
|
|
2,989 |
|
|
|
10.1 |
|
|
|
9.6 |
|
Other managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
71,389 |
|
|
|
66,825 |
|
|
|
4,563 |
|
|
|
6.8 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
Mutual and pension funds |
|
|
62,669 |
|
|
|
58,417 |
|
|
|
4,252 |
|
|
|
7.3 |
|
|
|
7.3 |
|
Managed portfolios |
|
|
8,720 |
|
|
|
8,408 |
|
|
|
312 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
Managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
385,954 |
|
|
|
378,575 |
|
|
|
7,379 |
|
|
|
1.9 |
|
|
|
1.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratios (%) and operating means |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ROE |
|
|
7.13 |
|
|
|
5.82 |
|
|
|
1.31 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Efficiency ratio (with amortisations) |
|
|
52.5 |
|
|
|
51.5 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NPL ratio |
|
|
7.27 |
|
|
|
8.88 |
|
|
|
(1.61 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Coverage ratio |
|
|
64.2 |
|
|
|
57.2 |
|
|
|
7.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of employees |
|
|
58,049 |
|
|
|
56,645 |
|
|
|
1,404 |
|
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
Number of branches |
|
|
5,548 |
|
|
|
5,482 |
|
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
1.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(*).- |
Including dividends. income from equity-accounted method and other operating income/expenses |
(**).- |
Including all on-balance sheet balances for this item |
(***).- |
Capital + reserves + profit + valuation adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
132 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
Continental Europe
2015 Highlights
|
|
|
Growth gathered pace during the year, although it was still moderate and varied from country to country. |
|
|
|
Santanders activity grew in all countries where it operates due to the strategy of greater customer loyalty, supporting companies and the transactions of Santander Consumer Finance and Portugal.
|
|
|
|
Attributable profit rose 34%, spurred by Santander Consumer Finance, Spain and Portugal. |
Economic environment
Euro zone growth as a whole accelerated, but varied from country to country. Spain was one of the countries that expanded the most.
Inflation was around 0% in the zone, resulting in the European Central Bank continuing its expansive monetary policy: interest rates at historic lows and
quantitative easing.
Activity
Business continued to
be moderate, with some countries still deleveraging. There were some signs, however, of greater activity, particularly in new lending.
Of note was the
agreement between Santander Consumer Finance and PSA Finance for joint ventures in some countries, as well as the acquisition of Banco Internacional do Funchal (Banif) in Portugal, which positioned us as the second largest private sector bank in the
country.
Under the Groups strategic focus, loyal and digital customers continued to increase, spurred in many cases by the 1|2|3 World for
individuals, as well as the launch of Advance for companies.
Lending increased 5% and funds 4% (+10% in demand deposits and mutual funds).
Results
Attributable profit was 34% higher at
2,218 million, driven by Santander Consumer Finance, Spain and Portugal.
This improvement was largely due to the 31% drop in loan-loss
provisions, something seen in all units and which reflects the improvement in NPL ratios and the cost of credit.
Strict control of costs (-0.4% on a
like-for-like basis) was another positive factor.
Lastly, moderate growth in gross income (+3%) in an environment of tough competition that impacted
credit spreads, interest rates at historic lows and higher charges related to deposit guarantee fund and resolution fund.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
133 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
n
Spain
Million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
amount |
|
|
% |
|
Income statement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income |
|
|
3,430 |
|
|
|
3,627 |
|
|
|
(197 |
) |
|
|
(5.4 |
) |
Net fee income |
|
|
1,688 |
|
|
|
1,793 |
|
|
|
(105 |
) |
|
|
(5.9 |
) |
Gains (losses) on financial transactions |
|
|
784 |
|
|
|
1,034 |
|
|
|
(250 |
) |
|
|
(24.2 |
) |
Other operating income* |
|
|
178 |
|
|
|
182 |
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
(1.9 |
) |
Gross income |
|
|
6,080 |
|
|
|
6,636 |
|
|
|
(556 |
) |
|
|
(8.4 |
) |
Operating expenses |
|
|
(3,434 |
) |
|
|
(3,496 |
) |
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
(1.8 |
) |
General administrative expenses |
|
|
(3,244 |
) |
|
|
(3,319 |
) |
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
(2.3 |
) |
Personnel |
|
|
(1,670 |
) |
|
|
(1,761 |
) |
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
(5.1 |
) |
Other general administrative expenses |
|
|
(1,573 |
) |
|
|
(1,558 |
) |
|
|
(15 |
) |
|
|
1.0 |
|
Depreciation and amortisation |
|
|
(190 |
) |
|
|
(177 |
) |
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
7.1 |
|
Net operating income |
|
|
2,646 |
|
|
|
3,140 |
|
|
|
(493 |
) |
|
|
(15.7 |
) |
Net loan-loss provisions |
|
|
(992 |
) |
|
|
(1,745 |
) |
|
|
754 |
|
|
|
(43.2 |
) |
Other income |
|
|
(263 |
) |
|
|
(212 |
) |
|
|
(51 |
) |
|
|
24.0 |
|
Profit before taxes |
|
|
1,392 |
|
|
|
1,183 |
|
|
|
209 |
|
|
|
17.7 |
|
Tax on profit |
|
|
(393 |
) |
|
|
(350 |
) |
|
|
(44 |
) |
|
|
12.5 |
|
Profit from continuing operations |
|
|
999 |
|
|
|
833 |
|
|
|
166 |
|
|
|
19.9 |
|
Net profit from discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated profit |
|
|
999 |
|
|
|
833 |
|
|
|
166 |
|
|
|
19.9 |
|
Minority interests |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
244.3 |
|
Attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
977 |
|
|
|
827 |
|
|
|
150 |
|
|
|
18.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance sheet |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer loans** |
|
|
155,204 |
|
|
|
157,047 |
|
|
|
(1,843 |
) |
|
|
(1.2 |
) |
Trading portfolio (w/o loans) |
|
|
57,401 |
|
|
|
62,470 |
|
|
|
(5,069 |
) |
|
|
(8.1 |
) |
Available-for-sale financial assets |
|
|
44,057 |
|
|
|
42,337 |
|
|
|
1,719 |
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
Due from credit institutions** |
|
|
56,680 |
|
|
|
48,838 |
|
|
|
7,842 |
|
|
|
16.1 |
|
Intangible assets and property and equipment |
|
|
2,874 |
|
|
|
3,423 |
|
|
|
(549 |
) |
|
|
(16.0 |
) |
Other assets |
|
|
10,822 |
|
|
|
9,541 |
|
|
|
1,281 |
|
|
|
13.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets/liabilities & shareholders equity |
|
|
327,039 |
|
|
|
323,657 |
|
|
|
3,381 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer deposits** |
|
|
174,828 |
|
|
|
178,446 |
|
|
|
(3,618 |
) |
|
|
(2.0 |
) |
Marketable debt securities** |
|
|
22,265 |
|
|
|
35,700 |
|
|
|
(13,435 |
) |
|
|
(37.6 |
) |
Subordinated debt** |
|
|
(0 |
) |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Insurance liabilities |
|
|
536 |
|
|
|
539 |
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(0.5 |
) |
Due to credit institutions** |
|
|
68,995 |
|
|
|
42,585 |
|
|
|
26,409 |
|
|
|
62.0 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
47,502 |
|
|
|
54,911 |
|
|
|
(7,409 |
) |
|
|
(13.5 |
) |
Stockholders equity *** |
|
|
12,913 |
|
|
|
11,470 |
|
|
|
1,442 |
|
|
|
12.6 |
|
Other managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
63,931 |
|
|
|
58,554 |
|
|
|
5,377 |
|
|
|
9.2 |
|
Mutual and pension funds |
|
|
57,017 |
|
|
|
52,605 |
|
|
|
4,412 |
|
|
|
8.4 |
|
Managed portfolios |
|
|
6,914 |
|
|
|
5,949 |
|
|
|
965 |
|
|
|
16.2 |
|
Managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
261,024 |
|
|
|
272,706 |
|
|
|
(11,683 |
) |
|
|
(4.3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Ratios (%) and operating means |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ROE |
|
|
8.14 |
|
|
|
7.41 |
|
|
|
0.74 |
|
|
|
|
|
Efficiency ratio (with amortisations) |
|
|
56.5 |
|
|
|
52.7 |
|
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
NPL ratio |
|
|
6.53 |
|
|
|
7.38 |
|
|
|
(0.85 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Coverage ratio |
|
|
48.1 |
|
|
|
45.5 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
Number of employees |
|
|
24,216 |
|
|
|
24,840 |
|
|
|
(624 |
) |
|
|
(2.5 |
) |
Number of branches |
|
|
3,467 |
|
|
|
3,511 |
|
|
|
(44 |
) |
|
|
(1.3 |
) |
(*).- |
Including dividends. income from equity-accounted method and other operating income/expenses |
(**).- |
Including all on-balance sheet balances for this item |
(***).- |
Capital + reserves + profit + valuation adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
134 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
Spain
2015 Highlights
|
|
|
Long-term customer loyalty strategy via the 1/2/3 Account: 860,000 accounts opened since it was launched. |
|
|
|
Substantial improvement in customer satisfaction, according to an independent report. |
|
|
|
We continued to support the financing of companies and individuals (+9% and +27%, respectively, in loans). |
|
|
|
Attributable profit of 977 million, 18% more than in 2014, spurred by a significant improvement in provisions and the good performance in costs. |
Economic environment
The economy grew 3.2%, higher than the euro zone average.
The
main engine of growth was domestic demand, but exports also played a key role and partially offset the rise in imports. The unemployment rate came down to around 21%.
This cycle is showing some features that point to sustained growth: on the one hand, the jobless rate is falling while the current account surplus is
improving and, on the other, the gains in competitiveness persist. The budget deficit is lower and the public debt/GDP ratio has almost stabilized.
Strategy
In this environment, Santander Spain is well
positioned to accelerate its growth and build long-term relations with customers, as well as foster business with SMEs and companies, and maintain leadership in large companies.
Santander Spain wants to lead a new way of doing banking, based on a strategy of five pillars:
1. Build long term relationships with our customers.
|
|
|
We launched the 1|2|3 Account, a new concept that rewards loyalty and intensifies the relationship with the Bank, where customers can became shareholders. |
|
|
|
At the end of the year, there were more than 860,000 individual and SME accounts, 237,000 of whom were switchers, and increased loyalty. We also focused on the value-added segments (Select and private banking), taking
advantage of our specialised model and retail network density. |
2. Be the reference bank for companies. We continued to support the
financing of companies (+9% growth in loans). Some steps taken during 2015 were:
|
|
|
Creation of a segmented management model, divided into SMEs, large companies, institutions and global corporate banking (GCB), which enables us to adjust the value proposition to customers needs.
|
|
|
|
Launch of the 1|2|3 Account for SMEs and businesses in order to lead this market. |
|
|
|
Our retail network became more specialised in this segment and we improved the range of high value-added products (international business, factoring, confirming, brokerage, leasing and renting). |
|
|
|
We remained the leader in global corporate banking (market share of more than 20%), participating in almost all the stock market listings in 2015.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
135 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. Achieving excellence in the quality of service.
|
|
|
According to the independent Stiga report, there was a substantial improvement in customer satisfaction and all the customer-focused processes are being reviewed. |
|
|
|
We began to transform the branch network into a new model and boost the digital transformation, a key area of our strategy. Of note was the launch of an app for the Apple Watch, the app for digitalizing ID cards
and the marketing of more than 25% of consumer loans by remote channels. The number of digital customers increased 24% in the year. |
4.
Develop an advanced risk management system to improve the integral vision of risk based on the customer.
5. Generate sustainable profitability
based on stable results thanks to the model of payment by valueand the monetization of our long-term strategy with customers.
The
corporate governance model was also strengthened in 2015, with the creation of the Santander Spain Board whose governance structure is the same as that of the subsidiaries in the rest of the Groups countries.
Activity
Lending to SMEs and micro companies amounted to
13,148 million (+18%) and the pace of growth of new loans to individuals (+27%) was maintained, while that to large companies was virtually stable. This was still not reflected in the stock (-3% over 2014) because of
lower loans to institutions and maturity of mortgages. SMEs, on the other hand, rose 1%.
Funds increased 1%, with demand deposits up 9% and mutual funds 11% and time deposits down 20%.
The cost of deposits was 0.59% in 2015, down from 1.02% a year ago, following the launch of the 1|2|3 Account, and remained constant for the last few
quarters.
Results
Attributable profit was 18%
higher at 977 million, backed by the good performance of provisions and operational excellence.
|
|
|
Gross income declined 8% in an environment of interest rates at historic lows and strong competition in loans, a regulatory environment that hit fee income. Also, reduced revenue from financial activity and higher
charges for the Deposit Guarantee Fund and resolution fund. |
|
|
|
Operating expenses declined 2%, thanks to the synergies achieved in the optimization plans. |
|
|
|
Loan-loss provisions were 43% lower than in 2014, as the process of normalization in a more favourable economic cycle continued. The NPL ratio was 6.53% (-85 b.p.). The coverage ratio was 3 p.p. higher at 48%.
|
|
|
|
The cost of credit fell from 1.06% in 2014 to 0.62%, keeping up its good trend. |
Strategy in 2016
|
|
|
Continue the strategy of forging long-term customer relations, with the goal of 2 million 1|2|3 accounts by the end of the year. |
|
|
|
Improve customer satisfaction and be one of the Top 3 in this sphere. |
|
|
|
Increase our market share in SMEs and companies via the 1|2|3 SMEs Account and enhance the range of value-added products. |
|
|
|
Continue to reduce the cost of credit. |
|
|
|
Make further progress in the digital transformation process. |
|
|
|
|
|
136 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
n
Santander Consumer Finance
Million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
amount |
|
|
% |
|
Income statement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income |
|
|
3,096 |
|
|
|
2,368 |
|
|
|
728 |
|
|
|
30.7 |
|
Net fee income |
|
|
876 |
|
|
|
841 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
Gains (losses) on financial transactions |
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
(14 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Other operating income* |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
(69.4 |
) |
Gross income |
|
|
3,965 |
|
|
|
3,224 |
|
|
|
742 |
|
|
|
23.0 |
|
Operating expenses |
|
|
(1,774 |
) |
|
|
(1,468 |
) |
|
|
(306 |
) |
|
|
20.8 |
|
General administrative expenses |
|
|
(1,602 |
) |
|
|
(1,293 |
) |
|
|
(309 |
) |
|
|
23.9 |
|
Personnel |
|
|
(746 |
) |
|
|
(588 |
) |
|
|
(158 |
) |
|
|
26.9 |
|
Other general administrative expenses |
|
|
(855 |
) |
|
|
(705 |
) |
|
|
(151 |
) |
|
|
21.4 |
|
Depreciation and amortisation |
|
|
(172 |
) |
|
|
(175 |
) |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
(1.6 |
) |
Net operating income |
|
|
2,192 |
|
|
|
1,756 |
|
|
|
436 |
|
|
|
24.8 |
|
Net loan-loss provisions |
|
|
(537 |
) |
|
|
(544 |
) |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
(1.2 |
) |
Other income |
|
|
(152 |
) |
|
|
(37 |
) |
|
|
(115 |
) |
|
|
312.7 |
|
Profit before taxes |
|
|
1,502 |
|
|
|
1,175 |
|
|
|
327 |
|
|
|
27.8 |
|
Tax on profit |
|
|
(426 |
) |
|
|
(315 |
) |
|
|
(111 |
) |
|
|
35.2 |
|
Profit from continuing operations |
|
|
1,076 |
|
|
|
860 |
|
|
|
216 |
|
|
|
25.1 |
|
Net profit from discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(26 |
) |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
(100.0 |
) |
Consolidated profit |
|
|
1,076 |
|
|
|
834 |
|
|
|
242 |
|
|
|
29.0 |
|
Minority interests |
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
99 |
|
|
|
254.4 |
|
Attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
938 |
|
|
|
795 |
|
|
|
143 |
|
|
|
18.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance sheet |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer loans** |
|
|
73,709 |
|
|
|
60,448 |
|
|
|
13,261 |
|
|
|
21.9 |
|
Trading portfolio (w/o loans) |
|
|
94 |
|
|
|
87 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
8.2 |
|
Available-for-sale financial assets |
|
|
3,654 |
|
|
|
988 |
|
|
|
2,666 |
|
|
|
269.8 |
|
Due from credit institutions** |
|
|
4,252 |
|
|
|
5,476 |
|
|
|
(1,225 |
) |
|
|
(22.4 |
) |
Intangible assets and property and equipment |
|
|
692 |
|
|
|
786 |
|
|
|
(94 |
) |
|
|
(12.0 |
) |
Other assets |
|
|
6,133 |
|
|
|
3,734 |
|
|
|
2,399 |
|
|
|
64.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets/liabilities & shareholders equity |
|
|
88,534 |
|
|
|
71,520 |
|
|
|
17,014 |
|
|
|
23.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer deposits** |
|
|
32,595 |
|
|
|
30,847 |
|
|
|
1,748 |
|
|
|
5.7 |
|
Marketable debt securities** |
|
|
23,277 |
|
|
|
15,646 |
|
|
|
7,632 |
|
|
|
48.8 |
|
Subordinated debt** |
|
|
70 |
|
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
5.5 |
|
Insurance liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due to credit institutions** |
|
|
20,314 |
|
|
|
14,266 |
|
|
|
6,048 |
|
|
|
42.4 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
4,325 |
|
|
|
3,343 |
|
|
|
982 |
|
|
|
29.4 |
|
Stockholders equity *** |
|
|
7,953 |
|
|
|
7,351 |
|
|
|
602 |
|
|
|
8.2 |
|
Other managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
Mutual and pension funds |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
Managed portfolios |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
55,950 |
|
|
|
46,566 |
|
|
|
9,383 |
|
|
|
20.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratios (%) and operating means |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ROE |
|
|
12.03 |
|
|
|
11.05 |
|
|
|
0.99 |
|
|
|
|
|
Efficiency ratio (with amortisations) |
|
|
44.7 |
|
|
|
45.5 |
|
|
|
(0.8 |
) |
|
|
|
|
NPL ratio |
|
|
3.42 |
|
|
|
4.82 |
|
|
|
(1.40 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Coverage ratio |
|
|
109.1 |
|
|
|
100.1 |
|
|
|
9.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
Number of employees |
|
|
14,533 |
|
|
|
13,138 |
|
|
|
1,395 |
|
|
|
10.6 |
|
Number of branches |
|
|
588 |
|
|
|
579 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
(*).- |
Including dividends. income from equity-accounted method and other operating income/expenses |
(**).- |
Including all on-balance sheet balances for this item |
(***).- |
Capital + reserves + profit + valuation adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
Santander Consumer Finance
2015 Highlights
|
|
|
The agreement with PSA Finance and the integrations in Nordic countries strengthened SCFs position in its markets and improved business diversification. It also increased the potential for future growth.
|
|
|
|
Higher new lending in the core countries: Spain, Germany and Nordic countries. |
|
|
|
Attributable profit of 938 million, 18% more than in 2014. |
|
|
|
Profit growth due to higher revenues as well as improved efficiency and cost of credit. |
Economic environment
The main European markets where business is conducted grew at between 1.7% and 3.5% in 2015.
Santander Consumer Finances units in continental Europe carried out their business in an environment of fledgling recovery in both consumer business and
new car sales (+9% year-on-year in the countries where we operate).
Strategy
SCF offers financing and services via 130,000 associated points of sales (car dealers and shops). It also has a significant number of agreements with car and
motorcycle manufacturers and retail distribution groups.
In 2015, SCF continued to gain market share, backed by a business model that was strengthened
during the crisis thanks to high geographic and product diversification, with leadership positions and critical mass in core markets, better efficiency than our competitors and a common risk control and recoveries system that keeps credit quality
high.
The management focus centred on:
|
|
|
Integrating the businesses of GE Nordics acquired in the second half of 2014. |
|
|
|
Developing agreements with Banque PSA Finance. |
|
|
|
Fostering new loans and cross-selling in accordance with the situation of each market and backed by brand agreements. |
|
|
|
Exploiting competitive advantages in the European consumer finance market. |
The integration of GE Nordics was
done in an optimum way and enabled us to increase the areas weight of direct business, strengthening profitable and diversified growth.
The
agreement with Banque PSA Finance began to be developed in 2015 and will consolidate our auto finance leadership. At the end of the year, transactions had been carried out in Spain, Portugal, UK, France and Switzerland. The latter two are new
markets where SCF
|
|
|
|
|
138 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
had no presence. These incorporations contributed around 11,500 million of loans, plus 3,700 million
in the UK. The rest of countries (Germany, Italy, Holland, Belgium, Poland and Austria) will be integrated in 2016.
SCF also focused in 2015 on consumer
business via pan European agreements and increased its presence in digital channels.
Activity
New lending increased 27% in 2015 favoured by the larger perimeter and strongly backed by direct credit and cards (+20%) and auto finance (+35%). Of note
in the peripheral countries was the growth in new business in Spain (+32%) and the Nordic countries (+30% in constant currency). Germany grew 7%.
Of
note on the funding side were stable customer deposits (around 32.000 million, mostly in Germany), something that distinguishes us from our competitors. The area is also increasing its recourse to wholesale funding in order to optimize
its funding structure (9,522 million issued in 2015, via senior issues and securitizations).
Deposits plus medium and long-term issues and
securitisations placed in the market covered 70% of net lending.
Results
Attributable
profit was 938 million, 18% more than in 2014 (+143 million).
This growth benefited from the impact of incorporated units, which is
reflected in gross income growing faster than costs and provisions.
Gross income rose 23% (net interest income up 31%), higher than costs (+21%), as a
result of which the efficiency ratio improved to 44.7%, 0.8 percentage points less than in 2014.
Loan-loss provisions declined 1%, thanks to the
exceptional performance of credit quality. The cost of credit dropped to 0.77% from 0.90% in 2014. The NPL ratio was 3.42% (-140 b.p.) and coverage 109% (+9 p.p.).
In short, an excellent performance of all the credit quality ratios.
The three largest profit makers were Germany (393 million), Nordic countries (234 million) and Spain (169 million).
Strategy in 2016
|
|
|
Complete the integration of the Banque PSA Finance agreement, which covers 11 countries and a portfolio of more than 20,000 million. |
|
|
|
Increase and maximize auto finance business through brand agreements, with greater penetration of markets and customer loyalty. |
|
|
|
Step up consumer finance business, extending the agreements with the main dealers and strengthening the presence in digital channels. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
139 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
n
Poland
Million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
amount |
|
|
% |
|
|
% w/o FX |
|
Income statement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income |
|
|
782 |
|
|
|
834 |
|
|
|
(52 |
) |
|
|
(6.2 |
) |
|
|
(6.3 |
) |
Net fee income |
|
|
422 |
|
|
|
435 |
|
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
(3.0 |
) |
|
|
(3.0 |
) |
Gains (losses) on financial transactions |
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
79 |
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
41.9 |
|
|
|
41.8 |
|
Other operating income* |
|
|
(40 |
) |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
(67 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross income |
|
|
1,276 |
|
|
|
1,376 |
|
|
|
(99 |
) |
|
|
(7.2 |
) |
|
|
(7.3 |
) |
Operating expenses |
|
|
(594 |
) |
|
|
(585 |
) |
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
General administrative expenses |
|
|
(550 |
) |
|
|
(537 |
) |
|
|
(12 |
) |
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
Personnel |
|
|
(324 |
) |
|
|
(310 |
) |
|
|
(14 |
) |
|
|
4.4 |
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
Other general administrative expenses |
|
|
(226 |
) |
|
|
(227 |
) |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
(0.6 |
) |
|
|
(0.6 |
) |
Depreciation and amortisation |
|
|
(44 |
) |
|
|
(48 |
) |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
(7.1 |
) |
|
|
(7.1 |
) |
Net operating income |
|
|
683 |
|
|
|
791 |
|
|
|
(108 |
) |
|
|
(13.7 |
) |
|
|
(13.7 |
) |
Net loan-loss provisions |
|
|
(167 |
) |
|
|
(186 |
) |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
(9.7 |
) |
|
|
(9.8 |
) |
Other income |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
(15 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit before taxes |
|
|
511 |
|
|
|
616 |
|
|
|
(105 |
) |
|
|
(17.0 |
) |
|
|
(17.1 |
) |
Tax on profit |
|
|
(101 |
) |
|
|
(134 |
) |
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
(24.6 |
) |
|
|
(24.6 |
) |
Profit from continuing operations |
|
|
410 |
|
|
|
482 |
|
|
|
(72 |
) |
|
|
(14.9 |
) |
|
|
(14.9 |
) |
Net profit from discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated profit |
|
|
410 |
|
|
|
482 |
|
|
|
(72 |
) |
|
|
(14.9 |
) |
|
|
(14.9 |
) |
Minority interests |
|
|
110 |
|
|
|
127 |
|
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
(13.5 |
) |
|
|
(13.6 |
) |
Attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
355 |
|
|
|
(55 |
) |
|
|
(15.4 |
) |
|
|
(15.4 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance sheet |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer loans** |
|
|
18,977 |
|
|
|
16,976 |
|
|
|
2,002 |
|
|
|
11.8 |
|
|
|
11.5 |
|
Trading portfolio (w/o loans) |
|
|
894 |
|
|
|
1,166 |
|
|
|
(272 |
) |
|
|
(23.3 |
) |
|
|
(23.5 |
) |
Available-for-sale financial assets |
|
|
5,305 |
|
|
|
5,816 |
|
|
|
(510 |
) |
|
|
(8.8 |
) |
|
|
(9.0 |
) |
Due from credit institutions** |
|
|
1,247 |
|
|
|
1,061 |
|
|
|
186 |
|
|
|
17.5 |
|
|
|
17.3 |
|
Intangible assets and property and equipment |
|
|
260 |
|
|
|
236 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
10.1 |
|
|
|
9.9 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
2,429 |
|
|
|
2,540 |
|
|
|
(111 |
) |
|
|
(4.4 |
) |
|
|
(4.6 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets/liabilities & shareholders equity |
|
|
29,112 |
|
|
|
27,794 |
|
|
|
1,318 |
|
|
|
4.7 |
|
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer deposits** |
|
|
21,460 |
|
|
|
20,144 |
|
|
|
1,316 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
|
6.3 |
|
Marketable debt securities** |
|
|
398 |
|
|
|
230 |
|
|
|
168 |
|
|
|
73.1 |
|
|
|
72.7 |
|
Subordinated debt** |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
337 |
|
|
|
(237 |
) |
|
|
(70.3 |
) |
|
|
(70.4 |
) |
Insurance liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
(77 |
) |
|
|
(100.0 |
) |
|
|
(100.0 |
) |
Due to credit institutions** |
|
|
1,152 |
|
|
|
1,264 |
|
|
|
(113 |
) |
|
|
(8.9 |
) |
|
|
(9.1 |
) |
Other liabilities |
|
|
3,515 |
|
|
|
3,467 |
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
1.4 |
|
|
|
1.2 |
|
Stockholders equity *** |
|
|
2,487 |
|
|
|
2,274 |
|
|
|
213 |
|
|
|
9.4 |
|
|
|
9.1 |
|
Other managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
3,209 |
|
|
|
3,515 |
|
|
|
(305 |
) |
|
|
(8.7 |
) |
|
|
(8.9 |
) |
Mutual and pension funds |
|
|
3,106 |
|
|
|
3,430 |
|
|
|
(323 |
) |
|
|
(9.4 |
) |
|
|
(9.6 |
) |
Managed portfolios |
|
|
103 |
|
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
21.1 |
|
|
|
20.8 |
|
Managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
25,168 |
|
|
|
24,226 |
|
|
|
942 |
|
|
|
3.9 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratios (%) and operating means |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ROE |
|
|
12.53 |
|
|
|
16.04 |
|
|
|
(3.51 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Efficiency ratio (with amortisations) |
|
|
46.5 |
|
|
|
42.5 |
|
|
|
4.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NPL ratio |
|
|
6.30 |
|
|
|
7.42 |
|
|
|
(1.12 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Coverage ratio |
|
|
64.0 |
|
|
|
60.3 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of employees |
|
|
11,474 |
|
|
|
12,010 |
|
|
|
(536 |
) |
|
|
(4.5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Number of branches |
|
|
723 |
|
|
|
788 |
|
|
|
(65 |
) |
|
|
(8.2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
(*).- |
Including dividends. income from equity-accounted method and other operating income/expenses |
(**).- |
Including all on-balance sheet balances for this item |
(***).- |
Capital + reserves + profit + valuation adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
140 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
Poland (changes in local currency)
2015 Highlights
|
|
|
Santander continued to be the leader in cards, mobile and online banking. The strategy was focused on mortgages, SMEs, leasing and corporates. |
|
|
|
In deposits, the strategy centred on managing spreads following the policy of strong growth in 2014. |
|
|
|
Attributable profit of 300 million, 15% lower than in 2014, affected by lower interest rates and the extraordinary contribution to the Deposit Guarantee Fund. |
|
|
|
These impacts were partly offset by the strategy of hedging interest rates, control of costs and improving the cost of credit. |
Economic environment
The economy grew a little faster in 2015 (3.6% in 2015 compared to 3.4% for 2014). Activity was fuelled by domestic demand (private consumption and fixed
investment) as well as exports.
The most positive element was the significant improvement in the labour market, with the fall in the unemployment rate to
7.1% in the third quarter (the lowest level since 2008).
Inflation was negative throughout the year (-1% on average in the first 11 months) although the
underlying rate remained slightly positive. The very low inflation rate (far from the Bank of Polands central target of 2.5%) led the monetary policy committee to lower the benchmark rate in March to 1.5%.
The zloty ended the year against the euro at almost the same position as at the start. In the first part of 2015 the currency appreciated to PLN 4/ and
in the second it depreciated. Against the dollar, the zloty depreciated by 10%, pulled down by the euro depreciation against the dollar.
Strategy
Santander (BZ WBK) is Polands third largest bank by loans and deposits (market shares of 9.8% and 10.0%, respectively).
The bank won Euromoneys Best Bank in Poland prize in the magazines awards for excellence. It continued the strategic Next
Generation Bank programme to develop at all levels. The main objective is to be the bank of first choice
for customers.
We remain leaders in cards, mobile and online banking, marketing various products and initiatives that make us a reference in
innovation and electronic security.
In September, we launched a payment card with HCE technology. The in-cloud card is available via the mobile
app BZWBK24. This app is one of the best in Europe and has won various prizes in international rankings: first prize from Global Finance in the 2015 Worlds Best Digital Bank Awards and second prize from Forrester Research. In Poland, it
won first prize in the prestigious Newsweek ranking. More than 1.8 million customers use the BZWBK mobile app.
2015 was a good year for growth in
retail bank loans. Of note was the evolution of mortgages and cash loans, and a record was set in new lending.
In companies, the focus remained on the
SMEs segment, leasing and factoring. Various promotion campaigns were launched to facilitate credit and provide alternative forms of financing businesses development, including a strong focus on Polish exporters.
In Global Corporate Banking, which provides financial services to BZ WBKs main customers and offers services to Santanders global customers, the
number of companies increased by close to 170, including 40 large groups with Polish capital.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
141 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
Activity
Net loans at
the end of 2015 amounted to 18,977 million and customer deposits 21,460 million. The solid funding structure was underscored by a net loan-to-deposit ratio of 88%. Gross lending grew 11% and deposits 6%.
New mortgages increased 48% and total mortgages 11%. New cash loans surpassed 7,200 million (+17%). Meanwhile, the BZWBK24 line is gaining
increasing importance (+14% in sales, compared to +10% in 2014).
The number of credit cards rose by 15,000 (+2%), while outstanding balances increased
19% and spending 17%.
Of note in companies were loans in factoring (+26% in balances) and decline in new lending (-13%), placing us with the third
highest market share (13%). The performance in leasing was similar (+20% in balances and +25% in new business), improving the positioning in the market to the Top 3 Polish leasing companies.
Results
The attributable profit did not reflect the good
business performance, largely due to the fall of interest rates and the
extraordinary contribution to the deposit guarantee fund. Attributable profit was 15% lower than in 2014, at 300
million.
Gross income fell 7% because of the net effect of the following impacts:
|
|
|
Fall in net interest income and in fee income. The first was due to lower interest rates that particularly affected consumer business rates because of the maximum limit, set by the Lombard rate. The second was due to
greater regulation that mainly affected card business. |
|
|
|
Also impacted by the one-off charge to the Deposit Guarantee Fund, due to the collapse of SK Wolomin Bank. |
This fall was partly offset by control of costs and provisions that were 10% lower (lending was higher). This was reflected in the NPL ratio of 6.30% (-112
b.p. over 2014).
Our Bank in Poland, on the basis of the latest available published figures, continued to have better quality results than its peers,
backed by the success of the commercial strategy and the increase in productivity.
Strategy in 2016
|
|
|
Global objective to gain market share, improve credit quality and be the leader in profitability terms. |
|
|
|
Continue the strategy to boost the loyalty of retail customers, with positive impact on revenues. |
|
|
|
Keep on growing in companies through a renewed value proposition and enhancement of the quality of service, while improving the mix of risks in this segment. |
|
|
|
Digital transformation throughout the distribution network in order to remain the leaders in digital channels. |
|
|
|
|
|
142 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
n
Portugal
Million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
amount |
|
|
% |
|
Income statement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income |
|
|
555 |
|
|
|
546 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
Net fee income |
|
|
263 |
|
|
|
280 |
|
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
(6.0 |
) |
Gains (losses) on financial transactions |
|
|
164 |
|
|
|
88 |
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
87.4 |
|
Other operating income* |
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
(22.3 |
) |
Gross income |
|
|
1,016 |
|
|
|
956 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
6.2 |
|
Operating expenses |
|
|
(494 |
) |
|
|
(498 |
) |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
(0.7 |
) |
General administrative expenses |
|
|
(458 |
) |
|
|
(447 |
) |
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
2.5 |
|
Personnel |
|
|
(291 |
) |
|
|
(290 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
0.4 |
|
Other general administrative expenses |
|
|
(167 |
) |
|
|
(158 |
) |
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
|
6.3 |
|
Depreciation and amortisation |
|
|
(36 |
) |
|
|
(50 |
) |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
(28.6 |
) |
Net operating income |
|
|
522 |
|
|
|
459 |
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
13.7 |
|
Net loan-loss provisions |
|
|
(72 |
) |
|
|
(124 |
) |
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
(42.1 |
) |
Other income |
|
|
(31 |
) |
|
|
(99 |
) |
|
|
68 |
|
|
|
(68.4 |
) |
Profit before taxes |
|
|
419 |
|
|
|
236 |
|
|
|
182 |
|
|
|
77.3 |
|
Tax on profit |
|
|
(118 |
) |
|
|
(56 |
) |
|
|
(62 |
) |
|
|
111.6 |
|
Profit from continuing operations |
|
|
301 |
|
|
|
181 |
|
|
|
120 |
|
|
|
66.7 |
|
Net profit from discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated profit |
|
|
301 |
|
|
|
181 |
|
|
|
120 |
|
|
|
66.7 |
|
Minority interests |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
Attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
184 |
|
|
|
116 |
|
|
|
62.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance sheet |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer loans** |
|
|
28,221 |
|
|
|
23,180 |
|
|
|
5,041 |
|
|
|
21.7 |
|
Trading portfolio (w/o loans) |
|
|
1,678 |
|
|
|
2,082 |
|
|
|
(404 |
) |
|
|
(19.4 |
) |
Available-for-sale financial assets |
|
|
6,799 |
|
|
|
7,011 |
|
|
|
(212 |
) |
|
|
(3.0 |
) |
Due from credit institutions** |
|
|
2,465 |
|
|
|
2,163 |
|
|
|
302 |
|
|
|
14.0 |
|
Intangible assets and property and equipment |
|
|
720 |
|
|
|
729 |
|
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
(1.2 |
) |
Other assets |
|
|
9,684 |
|
|
|
6,450 |
|
|
|
3,234 |
|
|
|
50.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets/liabilities & shareholders equity |
|
|
49,568 |
|
|
|
41,616 |
|
|
|
7,952 |
|
|
|
19.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer deposits** |
|
|
29,173 |
|
|
|
24,016 |
|
|
|
5,157 |
|
|
|
21.5 |
|
Marketable debt securities** |
|
|
4,994 |
|
|
|
2,855 |
|
|
|
2,138 |
|
|
|
74.9 |
|
Subordinated debt** |
|
|
(0 |
) |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
(0 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Insurance liabilities |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
(28.6 |
) |
Due to credit institutions** |
|
|
11,307 |
|
|
|
11,543 |
|
|
|
(235 |
) |
|
|
(2.0 |
) |
Other liabilities |
|
|
1,351 |
|
|
|
787 |
|
|
|
564 |
|
|
|
71.7 |
|
Stockholders equity *** |
|
|
2,724 |
|
|
|
2,388 |
|
|
|
336 |
|
|
|
14.1 |
|
Other managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
2,842 |
|
|
|
2,501 |
|
|
|
341 |
|
|
|
13.7 |
|
Mutual and pension funds |
|
|
2,426 |
|
|
|
2,187 |
|
|
|
239 |
|
|
|
11.0 |
|
Managed portfolios |
|
|
416 |
|
|
|
314 |
|
|
|
102 |
|
|
|
32.5 |
|
Managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
37,009 |
|
|
|
29,372 |
|
|
|
7,636 |
|
|
|
26.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratios (%) and operating means |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ROE |
|
|
12.37 |
|
|
|
7.91 |
|
|
|
4.46 |
|
|
|
|
|
Efficiency ratio (with amortisations) |
|
|
48.7 |
|
|
|
52.0 |
|
|
|
(3.4 |
) |
|
|
|
|
NPL ratio |
|
|
7.46 |
|
|
|
8.89 |
|
|
|
(1.43 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Coverage ratio |
|
|
99.0 |
|
|
|
51.8 |
|
|
|
47.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
Number of employees |
|
|
6,568 |
|
|
|
5,448 |
|
|
|
1,120 |
|
|
|
20.6 |
|
Number of branches |
|
|
752 |
|
|
|
594 |
|
|
|
158 |
|
|
|
26.6 |
|
(*).- |
Including dividends. income from equity-accounted method and other operating income/expenses |
(**).- |
Including all on-balance sheet balances for this item |
(***).- |
Capital + reserves + profit + valuation adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
143 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
Portugal
2015 Highlights
|
|
|
Commercial actions to capture individual and corporate customers, reflected in the gain in market share. |
|
|
|
Attributable profit rose 63% due to higher revenues, control of costs and reduced needs for provisions. |
|
|
|
The acquisition of the assets and liabilities of Banco Internacional do Funchal (Banif) at the end of the year, strengthened the presence in the country and made Santander Totta the second largest private sector bank
in Portugal. |
Economic environment
The economy continued to recover in 2015. GDP growth accelerated from 0.9% in 2014 to an estimated 1.4%. The upturn benefited from the European Central
Banks expansive monetary policy and its positive impact on spreads and the euros exchange rate. Economic fundamentals further improved, the unemployment rate has fallen over the last three years and the current account remained in
surplus.
Domestic demand remained positive, with faster growth in consumption and investment. Exports also grew more strongly, maintaining the good
performance of the last few years. But the rise in imports, due to the increase in domestic demand, made the contribution of net external demand to GDP growth negative.
Inflation was no longer negative in 2015 (average rate estimated at 0.3%).
Strategy
The strategy was very focused on managing
interest rates for loans and deposits, gaining market share, particularly in companies, controlling non-performing loans and improving efficiency.
Among the main commercial actions was the launch of the 1|2|3 World in order to grow in the medium
segment. Since its launch on 2 March, the number of 1|2|3 accounts reached more than 110,000, and it has played an important role in attracting and engaging customers.
The Bank uses Santanders Advance programme, which has become a key tool, to attract new corporate customers. Since its launch at the end of 2014,
shops and SMEs have opened some 12,000 accounts.
This strategy increased the number of loyal customers (+14% companies and +4% individuals). Digital
customers grew 20% in the year.
As well as organic growth, on 21 December Banco de Portugal awarded most of the assets and liabilities of Banco
Internacional de Funchal (Banif) to Santander Totta for 150 million. This operation underscored Santanders commitment to development of the Portuguese economy and made us the second largest private sector bank in the country (market
share gain of about 2.5 percentage points), with market shares of around 14% in loans and deposits.
The operation had virtually no impact on Grupo
Santanders capital and is slightly positive on profits as of the first year.
|
|
|
|
|
144 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
Activity (excluding perimeter impact)
Excluding the entry of Banif, the pace of decline in total lending slowed in 2015 (-1% compared to -5% in 2014) and growth in loans to companies rose
(+5%) compared to a fall in the market. Of note were the market shares in new lending to companies (15.3%) and in mortgages (17.9%).
Funds
increased 5%, under the strategy of boosting demand deposits (+37%) and mutual funds (+18%), while time deposits fell 7%. The result was a further improvement in the cost of deposits.
The acquisition of Banifs assets and liabilities boosted these increases in business (+6,613 million in loans and +4,430 million in
deposits). A significant part of the loans acquired are in the segment of companies, where Santander Totta has a special interest.
Results
Attributable profit was 300 million, 63% more than in 2014, due to the good performance of the main income statement lines.
Gross income grew 6% (rise in net interest income and improved cost of funding) and gains on financial transactions increased (sale of public debt and of the
stake in Banca Caixa Geral Totta Angola).
Operating expenses fell 1% due to the optimisation of the commercial network in accordance with the business
environment.
Loan-loss provisions declined 42% because of reduced net NPL entries and the cost of credit improved from 0.50% in 2014 to 0.29% in 2015.
The NPL ratio was 7.46% and coverage 99% (8.89% and 52%, respectively, in 2014). In local criteria, the NPL and coverage ratios continued to be better
than the systems averages.
Strategy in 2016
|
|
|
Manage the integration of customers from Banif. |
|
|
|
Continue to increase the number of loyal and digital customers. |
|
|
|
Maintain the normalisation process of the cost of funding and the cost of credit. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
145 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
n
United Kingdom
Million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
amount |
|
|
% |
|
|
% w/o FX |
|
Income statement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income |
|
|
4,942 |
|
|
|
4,234 |
|
|
|
708 |
|
|
|
16.7 |
|
|
|
5.1 |
|
Net fee income |
|
|
1,091 |
|
|
|
1,028 |
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
6.2 |
|
|
|
(4.4 |
) |
Gains (losses) on financial transactions |
|
|
302 |
|
|
|
241 |
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
25.2 |
|
|
|
12.7 |
|
Other operating income* |
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
24.3 |
|
|
|
11.9 |
|
Gross income |
|
|
6,382 |
|
|
|
5,541 |
|
|
|
841 |
|
|
|
15.2 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
Operating expenses |
|
|
(3,356 |
) |
|
|
(2,918 |
) |
|
|
(438 |
) |
|
|
15.0 |
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
General administrative expenses |
|
|
(3,009 |
) |
|
|
(2,595 |
) |
|
|
(414 |
) |
|
|
16.0 |
|
|
|
4.4 |
|
Personnel |
|
|
(1,592 |
) |
|
|
(1,558 |
) |
|
|
(35 |
) |
|
|
2.2 |
|
|
|
(8.0 |
) |
Other general administrative expenses |
|
|
(1,417 |
) |
|
|
(1,037 |
) |
|
|
(379 |
) |
|
|
36.6 |
|
|
|
23.0 |
|
Depreciation and amortisation |
|
|
(347 |
) |
|
|
(323 |
) |
|
|
(24 |
) |
|
|
7.4 |
|
|
|
(3.3 |
) |
Net operating income |
|
|
3,025 |
|
|
|
2,622 |
|
|
|
403 |
|
|
|
15.4 |
|
|
|
3.9 |
|
Net loan-loss provisions |
|
|
(107 |
) |
|
|
(332 |
) |
|
|
225 |
|
|
|
(67.7 |
) |
|
|
(70.9 |
) |
Other income |
|
|
(354 |
) |
|
|
(318 |
) |
|
|
(36 |
) |
|
|
11.3 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
Profit before taxes |
|
|
2,564 |
|
|
|
1,973 |
|
|
|
592 |
|
|
|
30.0 |
|
|
|
17.0 |
|
Tax on profit |
|
|
(556 |
) |
|
|
(416 |
) |
|
|
(140 |
) |
|
|
33.5 |
|
|
|
20.2 |
|
Profit from continuing operations |
|
|
2,008 |
|
|
|
1,556 |
|
|
|
452 |
|
|
|
29.1 |
|
|
|
16.2 |
|
Net profit from discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated profit |
|
|
2,008 |
|
|
|
1,556 |
|
|
|
452 |
|
|
|
29.1 |
|
|
|
16.2 |
|
Minority interests |
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
1,971 |
|
|
|
1,556 |
|
|
|
415 |
|
|
|
26.6 |
|
|
|
14.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance sheet |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer loans** |
|
|
282,673 |
|
|
|
251,191 |
|
|
|
31,482 |
|
|
|
12.5 |
|
|
|
6.0 |
|
Trading portfolio (w/o loans) |
|
|
40,138 |
|
|
|
39,360 |
|
|
|
778 |
|
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
|
(3.9 |
) |
Available-for-sale financial assets |
|
|
12,279 |
|
|
|
11,197 |
|
|
|
1,082 |
|
|
|
9.7 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
Due from credit institutions** |
|
|
15,459 |
|
|
|
14,093 |
|
|
|
1,366 |
|
|
|
9.7 |
|
|
|
3.4 |
|
Intangible assets and property and equipment |
|
|
3,025 |
|
|
|
2,700 |
|
|
|
325 |
|
|
|
12.1 |
|
|
|
5.6 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
29,581 |
|
|
|
35,695 |
|
|
|
(6,113 |
) |
|
|
(17.1 |
) |
|
|
(21.9 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets/liabilities & shareholders equity |
|
|
383,155 |
|
|
|
354,235 |
|
|
|
28,920 |
|
|
|
8.2 |
|
|
|
1.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer deposits** |
|
|
231,947 |
|
|
|
202,328 |
|
|
|
29,619 |
|
|
|
14.6 |
|
|
|
8.0 |
|
Marketable debt securities** |
|
|
70,133 |
|
|
|
69,581 |
|
|
|
552 |
|
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
|
(5.0 |
) |
Subordinated debt** |
|
|
4,127 |
|
|
|
5,376 |
|
|
|
(1,250 |
) |
|
|
(23.2 |
) |
|
|
(27.7 |
) |
Insurance liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due to credit institutions** |
|
|
23,610 |
|
|
|
26,720 |
|
|
|
(3,110 |
) |
|
|
(11.6 |
) |
|
|
(16.7 |
) |
Other liabilities |
|
|
36,162 |
|
|
|
34,887 |
|
|
|
1,276 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
(2.3 |
) |
Stockholders equity *** |
|
|
17,176 |
|
|
|
15,342 |
|
|
|
1,834 |
|
|
|
12.0 |
|
|
|
5.5 |
|
Other managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
9,703 |
|
|
|
9,667 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
(5.4 |
) |
Mutual and pension funds |
|
|
9,564 |
|
|
|
9,524 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
(5.4 |
) |
Managed portfolios |
|
|
139 |
|
|
|
143 |
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(2.8 |
) |
|
|
(8.4 |
) |
Managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
315,910 |
|
|
|
286,953 |
|
|
|
28,957 |
|
|
|
10.1 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratios (%) and operating means |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ROE |
|
|
11.50 |
|
|
|
11.07 |
|
|
|
0.43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Efficiency ratio (with amortisations) |
|
|
52.6 |
|
|
|
52.7 |
|
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NPL ratio |
|
|
1.52 |
|
|
|
1.79 |
|
|
|
(0.27 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Coverage ratio |
|
|
38.2 |
|
|
|
41.9 |
|
|
|
(3.7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of employees |
|
|
25,866 |
|
|
|
25,678 |
|
|
|
188 |
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
Number of branches |
|
|
858 |
|
|
|
929 |
|
|
|
(71 |
) |
|
|
(7.6 |
) |
|
|
|
|
(*).- |
Including dividends. income from equity-accounted method and other operating income/expenses |
(**).- |
Including all on-balance sheet balances for this item |
(***).- |
Capital + reserves + profit + valuation adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
146 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
United Kingdom (changes in sterling)
2015 Highlights
|
|
|
The 1I2I3 World customers continued to grow, transforming customer loyalty, activity levels and risk profile. |
|
|
|
Strong flows in both retail and corporates, with growth in current accounts and mortgages as well as corporate lending. |
|
|
|
Ongoing investment in business growth and in digital channels. |
|
|
|
Attributable profit rose 14%, backed by higher net interest income and lower loan loss provisions. |
Economic environment
The UK economy continued to grow at 2.2%, registering another year of steady growth. The main driver was domestic demand (particularly private consumption,
robust labour market, improved consumer confidence and favourable financial conditions) and a recovery in investment.
The unemployment rate fell in the
year to 5.2%, in part due to a large increase in self-employment. This pushed the number of people in employment to a record high.
Inflation was around
0%, mainly due to lower oil and commodity prices and the consolidation of sterlings appreciation registered since mid-2013. Based on this, the Bank of England kept interest rates unchanged in 2015.
Strategy
There have been significant changes recently,
in terms of regulation, tax and public policy as well as a significant advance in the use of technology in banking, especially mobile. The new entrants and existing competitors who have renewed focus on the UK market opportunities.
We continued to drive an evolution of our strategy to advance and extend the customer franchise. The strategic direction has been fine-tuned, to align with
the economic, regulatory and market environment changes.
We are expanding the focus of our drive for increased customer loyalty and deeper relationships with retail as
well as corporate businesses. 1I2I3 World customers increased to 4.6 million, up more than one million in the last 12 months and 96% of 1I2I3 current account customers having their primary bank account with us. Santander UK remained
first choice for current account switchers since September 2013. One-in-four UK current accounts have moved to us since the introduction of the current account switch service.
In corporate business, 2015 saw the end of the investment in renewed capacity (opening of regional centres and increase in relationship managers). This
addition, coupled with unique platforms and services such as Breakthrough, Santander Passport, Santander Trade and Santander Connect, will grow further loyalty of these customers in the future.
We have introduced a new strategic priority to focus on driving operational and digital excellence. In 2015 we launched several digital solutions that were
well received by the market, such as Apple Pay, KiTTi, Spendlytics and the Go Smart programme. Focus was given to continue to attract digital customers, already at 3.7 million, +22% versus 2014.
We will continue to digitally transform the business through simplification to improve customer service and efficiency gains. Operation and technological
advances will support the delivery of leading customer experience.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
147 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All these measures have enabled significant improvement in customer satisfaction, both retail and corporate,
placing Santander among the top of its peers on a 12M rolling basis.
We have also maintained focus on profitability and balance sheet strength and are
well advanced in establishing a target ring-fencing structure to meet the distinct needs of the different segments of our retail, corporate and institutional customer base.
Activity
The success of the developed strategies was
reflected in faster volume growth than in 2014. Lending increased 5% compared to December 2014, largely due to corporate lending (+10%), mortgages (+2%) and unsecured consumer and vehicle finance lending (+42%), which was impacted by the PSA
Finance UK limited joint venture commencement in February 2015.
Support for UK businesses continued despite a contracting market for the majority of
2015, with lending to corporates up 10%. This performance is backed by the broader product suite and extended footprint now in place.
New gross mortgage
lending was £26,500 million, including £4,500 million to first time buyers.
On the liabilities side, strong growth in customer deposits (+7% year-on-year) was driven by increased Retail
Banking current account balances which have grown 29% over December 2014. Corporate customer deposits also rose by 18%.
Results
Attributable profit in the year of £1,430 million (+14%), was supported by strong business flows, net interest income growth and lower loan loss
provisions.
Net interest income rose 5%, mainly driven by higher volumes. Net interest income / average customer assets (Banking NIM) remained broadly
flat at 1.83% in 2015.
Operating expenses were tightly managed, despite investment in business growth, higher regulatory costs and the continued
enhancements to our digital channels. These strategic investments underpin future efficiency improvements.
Loan-loss provisions fell 71%, with improved
credit quality across the loan portfolios, conservative loan-to-value criteria, and supported by a benign economic environment.
Strategy in 2016
|
|
|
On the assets side, commercial lending above the market and mortgage lending in line with market growth |
|
|
|
On the liabilities side, continue to increase primacy through a differentiated proposition, leading technology and analytics, and a full service offering for UK companies. |
|
|
|
Improvement in operational efficiency by optimising our simplified and innovative product range, digitalisation benefits, and the broader footprint that we now have in place. |
|
|
|
Sustained good credit quality across all portfolios and a relentless focus on maintaining capital and balance sheet strength. |
|
|
|
|
|
148 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
n
Latin America
Million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
amount |
|
|
% |
|
|
% w/o FX |
|
Income statement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income |
|
|
13,752 |
|
|
|
13,620 |
|
|
|
132 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
10.3 |
|
Net fee income |
|
|
4,452 |
|
|
|
4,372 |
|
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
1.8 |
|
|
|
11.2 |
|
Gains (losses) on financial transactions |
|
|
517 |
|
|
|
484 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
6.7 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
Other operating income* |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
(46 |
) |
|
|
(56.2 |
) |
|
|
(45.0 |
) |
Gross income |
|
|
18,757 |
|
|
|
18,557 |
|
|
|
200 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
10.2 |
|
Operating expenses |
|
|
(7,906 |
) |
|
|
(7,851 |
) |
|
|
(55 |
) |
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
9.6 |
|
General administrative expenses |
|
|
(7,230 |
) |
|
|
(7,130 |
) |
|
|
(100 |
) |
|
|
1.4 |
|
|
|
10.2 |
|
Personnel |
|
|
(3,955 |
) |
|
|
(3,798 |
) |
|
|
(158 |
) |
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
|
13.1 |
|
Other general administrative expenses |
|
|
(3,274 |
) |
|
|
(3,332 |
) |
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
(1.7 |
) |
|
|
6.9 |
|
Depreciation and amortisation |
|
|
(676 |
) |
|
|
(720 |
) |
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
(6.2 |
) |
|
|
3.5 |
|
Net operating income |
|
|
10,851 |
|
|
|
10,706 |
|
|
|
144 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
|
|
10.6 |
|
Net loan-loss provisions |
|
|
(4,950 |
) |
|
|
(5,119 |
) |
|
|
170 |
|
|
|
(3.3 |
) |
|
|
7.1 |
|
Other income |
|
|
(893 |
) |
|
|
(842 |
) |
|
|
(51 |
) |
|
|
6.0 |
|
|
|
22.7 |
|
Profit before taxes |
|
|
5,008 |
|
|
|
4,745 |
|
|
|
263 |
|
|
|
5.5 |
|
|
|
12.3 |
|
Tax on profit |
|
|
(1,219 |
) |
|
|
(1,053 |
) |
|
|
(166 |
) |
|
|
15.8 |
|
|
|
25.4 |
|
Profit from continuing operations |
|
|
3,789 |
|
|
|
3,692 |
|
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
8.7 |
|
Net profit from discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated profit |
|
|
3,789 |
|
|
|
3,692 |
|
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
8.7 |
|
Minority interests |
|
|
596 |
|
|
|
790 |
|
|
|
(194 |
) |
|
|
(24.5 |
) |
|
|
(20.3 |
) |
Attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
3,193 |
|
|
|
2,902 |
|
|
|
291 |
|
|
|
10.0 |
|
|
|
16.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance sheet |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer loans** |
|
|
133,138 |
|
|
|
139,955 |
|
|
|
(6,817 |
) |
|
|
(4.9 |
) |
|
|
14.3 |
|
Trading portfolio (w/o loans) |
|
|
33,670 |
|
|
|
31,766 |
|
|
|
1,904 |
|
|
|
6.0 |
|
|
|
27.6 |
|
Available-for-sale financial assets |
|
|
25,926 |
|
|
|
31,174 |
|
|
|
(5,248 |
) |
|
|
(16.8 |
) |
|
|
5.1 |
|
Due from credit institutions** |
|
|
21,923 |
|
|
|
22,104 |
|
|
|
(180 |
) |
|
|
(0.8 |
) |
|
|
16.5 |
|
Intangible assets and property and equipment |
|
|
3,522 |
|
|
|
3,912 |
|
|
|
(390 |
) |
|
|
(10.0 |
) |
|
|
14.4 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
49,706 |
|
|
|
39,577 |
|
|
|
10,128 |
|
|
|
25.6 |
|
|
|
58.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets/liabilities & shareholders equity |
|
|
267,885 |
|
|
|
268,487 |
|
|
|
(603 |
) |
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
|
21.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer deposits** |
|
|
122,413 |
|
|
|
131,826 |
|
|
|
(9,413 |
) |
|
|
(7.1 |
) |
|
|
11.8 |
|
Marketable debt securities** |
|
|
33,172 |
|
|
|
31,920 |
|
|
|
1,252 |
|
|
|
3.9 |
|
|
|
28.3 |
|
Subordinated debt** |
|
|
6,355 |
|
|
|
6,443 |
|
|
|
(87 |
) |
|
|
(1.4 |
) |
|
|
21.5 |
|
Insurance liabilities |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due to credit institutions** |
|
|
42,393 |
|
|
|
35,978 |
|
|
|
6,415 |
|
|
|
17.8 |
|
|
|
45.3 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
43,872 |
|
|
|
39,945 |
|
|
|
3,928 |
|
|
|
9.8 |
|
|
|
34.2 |
|
Stockholders equity *** |
|
|
19,678 |
|
|
|
22,376 |
|
|
|
(2,698 |
) |
|
|
(12.1 |
) |
|
|
7.3 |
|
Other managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
65,690 |
|
|
|
69,567 |
|
|
|
(3,876 |
) |
|
|
(5.6 |
) |
|
|
17.9 |
|
Mutual and pension funds |
|
|
61,096 |
|
|
|
64,627 |
|
|
|
(3,530 |
) |
|
|
(5.5 |
) |
|
|
18.2 |
|
Managed portfolios |
|
|
4,594 |
|
|
|
4,940 |
|
|
|
(346 |
) |
|
|
(7.0 |
) |
|
|
13.8 |
|
Managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
227,631 |
|
|
|
239,755 |
|
|
|
(12,125 |
) |
|
|
(5.1 |
) |
|
|
15.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratios (%) and operating means |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ROE |
|
|
14.70 |
|
|
|
14.33 |
|
|
|
0.37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Efficiency ratio (with amortisations) |
|
|
42.1 |
|
|
|
42.3 |
|
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NPL ratio |
|
|
4.96 |
|
|
|
4.79 |
|
|
|
0.17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Coverage ratio |
|
|
79.0 |
|
|
|
84.5 |
|
|
|
(5.5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of employees |
|
|
89,819 |
|
|
|
84,336 |
|
|
|
5,483 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
Number of branches |
|
|
5,841 |
|
|
|
5,729 |
|
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
(*).- |
Including dividends. income from equity-accounted method and other operating income/expenses |
(**).- |
Including all on-balance sheet balances for this item |
(***).- |
Capital + reserves + profit + valuation adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
149 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
Latin America (changes in constant currency)
2015 Highlights
|
|
|
The regions GDP shrank 0.4% in a complex international environment for emerging markets. |
|
|
|
Santander continued to grow volumes in all markets and attain gains in market share in target products and segments. |
|
|
|
Attributable profit, excluding the exchange-rate impact, was 17% higher and fuelled by Brazils good performance. |
Economic environment
In a complex international environment, the economy was affected in 2015 by various external factors such as the outlook for US interest rate rises, the price
of commodities and the slowing of the Chinese economy.
In general, the environment was not propitious for business, mainly due to the widespread
depreciation of currencies and Brazils recession.
Activity
In this environment, the Group kept significant business growth rates. Lending and deposits rose 13%, with the focus on strategic segments for the Group.
The main focus was still on deepening customer relations, improving their experience and enhancing satisfaction.
The 1|2|3 World was launched in the core countries to capture and engage individual customers, as well as Advance to strengthen our positioning
with companies.
All countries registered growth in customers. The regions main countries grew 11% in loyal customers and
16% in digital ones.
Results
Attributable profit
was 3,193 million, affected by exchange rates (+17% in constant euros and +10% in current euros).
Gross income increased 10% (without the
forex impact), spurred by the strength of business which fed through to net interest income and fee income.
Operating expenses rose 10% due to salary
agreements, in an environment of high inflation in countries such as Brazil, Argentina and Uruguay, dollar-indexed expenses and investments in the development of the retail network and digital channels. Growth was moderate when measured in real
terms.
In 2015, we continued to change the mix of lending toward low risk premium products. As a result, provisions increased by only 7% (a slower pace
of growth than lending).
|
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
|
|
|
|
150 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
n Brazil
Million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
amount |
|
|
% |
|
|
% w/o FX |
|
Income statement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income |
|
|
8,320 |
|
|
|
8,849 |
|
|
|
(530 |
) |
|
|
(6.0 |
) |
|
|
9.9 |
|
Net fee income |
|
|
2,643 |
|
|
|
2,831 |
|
|
|
(188 |
) |
|
|
(6.6 |
) |
|
|
9.1 |
|
Gains (losses) on financial transactions |
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
(40 |
) |
|
|
(48.7 |
) |
|
|
(40.1 |
) |
Other operating income* |
|
|
135 |
|
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
15.8 |
|
|
|
35.4 |
|
Gross income |
|
|
11,140 |
|
|
|
11,879 |
|
|
|
(739 |
) |
|
|
(6.2 |
) |
|
|
9.6 |
|
Operating expenses |
|
|
(4,452 |
) |
|
|
(4,942 |
) |
|
|
491 |
|
|
|
(9.9 |
) |
|
|
5.3 |
|
General administrative expenses |
|
|
(4,040 |
) |
|
|
(4,437 |
) |
|
|
397 |
|
|
|
(8.9 |
) |
|
|
6.4 |
|
Personnel |
|
|
(2,205 |
) |
|
|
(2,353 |
) |
|
|
148 |
|
|
|
(6.3 |
) |
|
|
9.5 |
|
Other general administrative expenses |
|
|
(1,835 |
) |
|
|
(2,084 |
) |
|
|
249 |
|
|
|
(11.9 |
) |
|
|
2.9 |
|
Depreciation and amortisation |
|
|
(411 |
) |
|
|
(505 |
) |
|
|
94 |
|
|
|
(18.5 |
) |
|
|
(4.8 |
) |
Net operating income |
|
|
6,689 |
|
|
|
6,937 |
|
|
|
(248 |
) |
|
|
(3.6 |
) |
|
|
12.7 |
|
Net loan-loss provisions |
|
|
(3,297 |
) |
|
|
(3,682 |
) |
|
|
385 |
|
|
|
(10.5 |
) |
|
|
4.7 |
|
Other income |
|
|
(878 |
) |
|
|
(805 |
) |
|
|
(73 |
) |
|
|
9.1 |
|
|
|
27.5 |
|
Profit before taxes |
|
|
2,513 |
|
|
|
2,449 |
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
19.9 |
|
Tax on profit |
|
|
(689 |
) |
|
|
(644 |
) |
|
|
(45 |
) |
|
|
7.0 |
|
|
|
25.0 |
|
Profit from continuing operations |
|
|
1,824 |
|
|
|
1,806 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
18.1 |
|
Net profit from discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated profit |
|
|
1,824 |
|
|
|
1,806 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
18.1 |
|
Minority interests |
|
|
193 |
|
|
|
368 |
|
|
|
(175 |
) |
|
|
(47.5 |
) |
|
|
(38.7 |
) |
Attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
1,631 |
|
|
|
1,437 |
|
|
|
194 |
|
|
|
13.5 |
|
|
|
32.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance sheet |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer loans** |
|
|
60,238 |
|
|
|
74,373 |
|
|
|
(14,135 |
) |
|
|
(19.0 |
) |
|
|
8.4 |
|
Trading portfolio (w/o loans) |
|
|
13,360 |
|
|
|
18,256 |
|
|
|
(4,896 |
) |
|
|
(26.8 |
) |
|
|
(2.0 |
) |
Available-for-sale financial assets |
|
|
15,814 |
|
|
|
22,939 |
|
|
|
(7,125 |
) |
|
|
(31.1 |
) |
|
|
(7.7 |
) |
Due from credit institutions** |
|
|
10,592 |
|
|
|
10,276 |
|
|
|
316 |
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
|
38.0 |
|
Intangible assets and property and equipment |
|
|
2,280 |
|
|
|
2,640 |
|
|
|
(359 |
) |
|
|
(13.6 |
) |
|
|
15.7 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
36,250 |
|
|
|
27,803 |
|
|
|
8,447 |
|
|
|
30.4 |
|
|
|
74.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets/liabilities & shareholders equity |
|
|
138,534 |
|
|
|
156,287 |
|
|
|
(17,753 |
) |
|
|
(11.4 |
) |
|
|
18.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer deposits** |
|
|
56,636 |
|
|
|
68,539 |
|
|
|
(11,903 |
) |
|
|
(17.4 |
) |
|
|
10.6 |
|
Marketable debt securities** |
|
|
21,984 |
|
|
|
21,903 |
|
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
34.4 |
|
Subordinated debt** |
|
|
4,188 |
|
|
|
4,368 |
|
|
|
(180 |
) |
|
|
(4.1 |
) |
|
|
28.4 |
|
Insurance liabilities |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due to credit institutions** |
|
|
21,600 |
|
|
|
24,108 |
|
|
|
(2,507 |
) |
|
|
(10.4 |
) |
|
|
20.0 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
24,085 |
|
|
|
24,386 |
|
|
|
(301 |
) |
|
|
(1.2 |
) |
|
|
32.2 |
|
Stockholders equity *** |
|
|
10,040 |
|
|
|
12,983 |
|
|
|
(2,943 |
) |
|
|
(22.7 |
) |
|
|
3.5 |
|
Other managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
45,607 |
|
|
|
49,806 |
|
|
|
(4,199 |
) |
|
|
(8.4 |
) |
|
|
22.6 |
|
Mutual and pension funds |
|
|
42,961 |
|
|
|
46,559 |
|
|
|
(3,597 |
) |
|
|
(7.7 |
) |
|
|
23.5 |
|
Managed portfolios |
|
|
2,646 |
|
|
|
3,248 |
|
|
|
(602 |
) |
|
|
(18.5 |
) |
|
|
9.1 |
|
Managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
128,414 |
|
|
|
144,616 |
|
|
|
(16,202 |
) |
|
|
(11.2 |
) |
|
|
18.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratios (%) and operating means |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ROE |
|
|
13.64 |
|
|
|
12.32 |
|
|
|
1.33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Efficiency ratio (with amortisations) |
|
|
40.0 |
|
|
|
41.6 |
|
|
|
(1.6 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NPL ratio |
|
|
5.98 |
|
|
|
5.05 |
|
|
|
0.93 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Coverage ratio |
|
|
83.7 |
|
|
|
95.4 |
|
|
|
(11.7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of employees |
|
|
49,520 |
|
|
|
46,532 |
|
|
|
2,988 |
|
|
|
6.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
Number of branches |
|
|
3,443 |
|
|
|
3,411 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
(*).- |
Including dividends. income from equity-accounted method and other operating income/expenses |
(**).- |
Including all on-balance sheet balances for this item |
(***).- |
Capital + reserves + profit + valuation adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
151 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
Brazil (changes in local currency)
2015 Highlights
|
|
|
Develop a more sustainable business model, via greater customer loyalty, higher revenue recurrence and lower risk profile. |
|
|
|
Positive trend in revenues, mainly commercial ones, which rose in every quarter of 2015. |
|
|
|
Profit up 33% due to higher gross income, control of costs, lower cost of credit and reduced minority interests. |
Economic environment
Brazil went into recession in 2015 when GDP shrank to an estimated 3.8% after growth of 0.1% in 2014. This was due to weak domestic demand, with falls in
consumption and investment, while external demand made a positive contribution to growth.
Inflation rose to 10.7% in December 2015, reflecting the rise
in public tariffs after several years of no increases and the impact of the reals depreciation. The expectations are for moderation in 2016. In order to strengthen control of inflation and promote a convergence of expectations toward its goal,
the central bank raised its key rate by 250 b.p. to 14.25%.
The real depreciated 33% against the dollar and 25% against the euro, although in the fourth
quarter the currency was more stable, appreciating 1% against the dollar and 4% against the euro.
Strategy
In this difficult environment, Santander performed well, with more loyal and digital customers, larger volumes, increased commercial revenues, improved
efficiency and better credit quality than that of the other private sector banks in Brazil.
This was possible thanks to the strength which comes from
being the countrys third largest private sector bank and the only international bank with a significant presence in Brazil, and from the strategy developed over the last few years to boost the efficiency and productivity of our commercial
network, the quality of service and moving toward a lower credit risk model and more recurring revenues.
Under this strategy, the Bank progressed in its transformation process in order to simplify, modernise and
improve the customer experience, while reaching agreements to increase the most transactional part of our revenues.
The main actions taken within the
transformation process included:
|
|
|
Installing the CERTO model to increase productivity and allow more time for contact with customers. |
|
|
|
Simplify the capturing and activation of new customers (account opening, delivery of cards and PIN the same day). |
|
|
|
Big campaign to digitalise customers (Vale a Pena Ser Digital) together with the offer of new, simpler and more accessible digital channels. The new mobile banking for individual customers, with a more intuitive
visual and simplified access, produced a 59% rise in use of it. |
|
|
|
Launch of the new segment Santander Negócios e Empresas in order to create a closer relationship aimed at developing SMEs. Improvements were also made to online banking for companies and cash management.
|
In addition, and as part of the most commercial actions:
|
|
|
The Van Gogh segment (mass affluent) was relaunched, with specialised products, services and attention via remote managers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
152 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
|
|
|
Launch of Autocompara, a platform that enables the insurance policies of different companies to be quoted at the same time. |
|
|
|
Strengthen acquiring activity via the operation with Getnet. |
|
|
|
Promote payroll business following the association with Banco Bonsucesso. |
|
|
|
Increase business after the acquisition of Super, a digital platform that offers an electronic banking account, a prepaid card and access to simplified financial services. |
These strategies increased the number of digital customers by 15% to 4.4 million, and loyal companies rose 12%. The better service made customers more
satisfied (39% fall in complaints).
Activity
Lending rose 9% in local currency terms, partly due to the forex impact on dollar portfolios, to which is added the entry of Bonsucesso. The change of the
business mix toward lower risk products continued in 2015.
The increase was mainly in lending to companies and large companies (+11%, partly reflecting
the impact of balances in dollars) and mortgages for individuals (+21%). Loans to SMEs rose 4%. Although moderate this growth marked a change of trend over 2014 and reflected the success of the aforementioned initiatives.
Funds grew 12%, where mutual funds registered the best performance (+24%), as deposits remained virtually unchanged.
Results
Attributable
profit was 1,631 million (+33%). The results confirmed the progress, particularly in net interest income and fee income.
Gross income
increased 10%. Net interest income (+10%) rose for the fifth consecutive quarter and fee income increased 9%. Of note was income from cards, foreign trade, cash and insurance. Gains on financial transactions were lower because of more volatile
markets.
Operating expenses were up 5% (half of inflation of more than 10%). In real terms and on a like-for-like basis, they fell 6%, reflecting the
efforts made in previous years to improve efficiency and productivity.
Credit quality variables performed well against a backdrop of a rise in NPLs. The
change of business mix over the last two years to less profitable but lower risk products was reflected in:
|
|
|
NPLs performed better than private sector banks as a whole. The rise in NPLs was mainly in companies, as the ratio among. |
|
|
|
Loan-loss provisions increased 5%, which resulted in the reduction of the cost of credit by 41 b.p. |
Profit
also reflected reduced minority interests.
Strategy in 2016
|
|
|
Continue to increase our base of loyal customers, with greater focus on digital customers, backed by a simple offer of products and services via our multi channel platform. |
|
|
|
Further streamlining of processes, improving the quality and relationship with customers. |
|
|
|
Keep on strictly managing the whole risk cycle, from admission to recovery. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
153 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
n
Mexico
Million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
amount |
|
|
% |
|
|
% w/o FX |
|
Income statement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income |
|
|
2,451 |
|
|
|
2,138 |
|
|
|
313 |
|
|
|
14.6 |
|
|
|
14.1 |
|
Net fee income |
|
|
800 |
|
|
|
764 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
4.7 |
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
Gains (losses) on financial transactions |
|
|
138 |
|
|
|
160 |
|
|
|
(22 |
) |
|
|
(13.9 |
) |
|
|
(14.3 |
) |
Other operating income* |
|
|
(72 |
) |
|
|
(45 |
) |
|
|
(28 |
) |
|
|
61.9 |
|
|
|
61.2 |
|
Gross income |
|
|
3,317 |
|
|
|
3,019 |
|
|
|
298 |
|
|
|
9.9 |
|
|
|
9.4 |
|
Operating expenses |
|
|
(1,370 |
) |
|
|
(1,282 |
) |
|
|
(87 |
) |
|
|
6.8 |
|
|
|
6.3 |
|
General administrative expenses |
|
|
(1,257 |
) |
|
|
(1,180 |
) |
|
|
(77 |
) |
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
|
6.1 |
|
Personnel |
|
|
(662 |
) |
|
|
(593 |
) |
|
|
(69 |
) |
|
|
11.6 |
|
|
|
11.1 |
|
Other general administrative expenses |
|
|
(595 |
) |
|
|
(587 |
) |
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
1.4 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
Depreciation and amortisation |
|
|
(113 |
) |
|
|
(103 |
) |
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
|
9.9 |
|
|
|
9.5 |
|
Net operating income |
|
|
1,947 |
|
|
|
1,736 |
|
|
|
211 |
|
|
|
12.2 |
|
|
|
11.7 |
|
Net loan-loss provisions |
|
|
(877 |
) |
|
|
(756 |
) |
|
|
(120 |
) |
|
|
15.9 |
|
|
|
15.4 |
|
Other income |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit before taxes |
|
|
1,067 |
|
|
|
982 |
|
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
8.7 |
|
|
|
8.2 |
|
Tax on profit |
|
|
(236 |
) |
|
|
(184 |
) |
|
|
(51 |
) |
|
|
27.8 |
|
|
|
27.3 |
|
Profit from continuing operations |
|
|
831 |
|
|
|
797 |
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
|
|
3.8 |
|
Net profit from discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated profit |
|
|
831 |
|
|
|
797 |
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
|
|
3.8 |
|
Minority interests |
|
|
202 |
|
|
|
191 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
6.0 |
|
|
|
5.5 |
|
Attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
629 |
|
|
|
606 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance sheet |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer loans** |
|
|
30,158 |
|
|
|
25,873 |
|
|
|
4,286 |
|
|
|
16.6 |
|
|
|
23.4 |
|
Trading portfolio (w/o loans) |
|
|
16,949 |
|
|
|
10,185 |
|
|
|
6,764 |
|
|
|
66.4 |
|
|
|
76.2 |
|
Available-for-sale financial assets |
|
|
5,972 |
|
|
|
4,624 |
|
|
|
1,348 |
|
|
|
29.1 |
|
|
|
36.7 |
|
Due from credit institutions** |
|
|
5,467 |
|
|
|
7,058 |
|
|
|
(1,591 |
) |
|
|
(22.5 |
) |
|
|
(18.0 |
) |
Intangible assets and property and equipment |
|
|
396 |
|
|
|
440 |
|
|
|
(44 |
) |
|
|
(10.1 |
) |
|
|
(4.8 |
) |
Other assets |
|
|
5,785 |
|
|
|
5,545 |
|
|
|
240 |
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
|
10.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets/liabilities & shareholders equity |
|
|
64,728 |
|
|
|
53,726 |
|
|
|
11,002 |
|
|
|
20.5 |
|
|
|
27.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer deposits** |
|
|
28,274 |
|
|
|
28,627 |
|
|
|
(352 |
) |
|
|
(1.2 |
) |
|
|
4.6 |
|
Marketable debt securities** |
|
|
4,578 |
|
|
|
3,266 |
|
|
|
1,313 |
|
|
|
40.2 |
|
|
|
48.4 |
|
Subordinated debt** |
|
|
1,205 |
|
|
|
1,088 |
|
|
|
116 |
|
|
|
10.7 |
|
|
|
17.2 |
|
Insurance liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due to credit institutions** |
|
|
12,884 |
|
|
|
6,206 |
|
|
|
6,678 |
|
|
|
107.6 |
|
|
|
119.8 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
12,829 |
|
|
|
9,796 |
|
|
|
3,033 |
|
|
|
31.0 |
|
|
|
38.6 |
|
Stockholders equity *** |
|
|
4,957 |
|
|
|
4,744 |
|
|
|
213 |
|
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
10.6 |
|
Other managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
11,477 |
|
|
|
11,523 |
|
|
|
(46 |
) |
|
|
(0.4 |
) |
|
|
5.4 |
|
Mutual and pension funds |
|
|
11,477 |
|
|
|
11,523 |
|
|
|
(46 |
) |
|
|
(0.4 |
) |
|
|
5.4 |
|
Managed portfolios |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
45,535 |
|
|
|
44,504 |
|
|
|
1,031 |
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
8.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratios (%) and operating means |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ROE |
|
|
12.88 |
|
|
|
13.16 |
|
|
|
(0.28 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Efficiency ratio (with amortisations) |
|
|
41.3 |
|
|
|
42.5 |
|
|
|
(1.2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NPL ratio |
|
|
3.38 |
|
|
|
3.84 |
|
|
|
(0.46 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Coverage ratio |
|
|
90.6 |
|
|
|
86.1 |
|
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of employees |
|
|
17,847 |
|
|
|
16,956 |
|
|
|
891 |
|
|
|
5.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
Number of branches |
|
|
1,377 |
|
|
|
1,347 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(*).- |
Including dividends. income from equity-accounted method and other operating income/expenses |
(**).- |
Including all on-balance sheet balances for this item |
(***).- |
Capital + reserves + profit + valuation adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
154 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
Mexico (changes in local currency)
2015 Highlights
|
|
|
Strategy centred on being the bank of first choice for customers, increasing long-term transaction engagement. |
|
|
|
Focus on consolidating our positioning in the most profitable segments (Select, SMEs, Companies) and on quality of service. |
|
|
|
The commercial strategy was reflected in double-digit growth in business volumes and market share gains. |
|
|
|
Pre-tax profit rose 8%, mainly due to commercial revenues. |
Economic environment
The economy registered an improved trend throughout 2015, fuelled by the recovery of domestic demand and exports. Growth was estimated at 2.5% for the whole
year (2.2% in 2014). The strong growth in private consumption and exports, particularly automoviles, offset the negative impact of lower oil prices. Industrial construction was also reactivated during the year.
Inflation fell to an historic low of 2.1% in December, thanks to the reduction in telecommunication and energy prices, following the implementation of
structural reforms. Despite the low inflation, the central bank raised its key rate in December, in response to the Feds rise in order to anticipate possible bouts of volatility given the strong links with the US.
The peso depreciated 15% against the dollar and 6% against the euro, although in the fourth quarter its evolution was more stable (2.5% depreciation against
the dollar but 0.3% appreciation against the euro).
Strategy
The Group maintained its objective of being the leader in profitability and growth in the market, via the capturing of new customers and stronger loyalty of
current ones, while promoting multi channels and transforming its operational model with
enhanced technology and infrastructure, talent, quality, processes and innovation.
The main actions were:
|
|
|
The branch expansion plan was completed in 2015 (200 branches were opened in three years). The increased in the installed capacity, combined with improvements in customer segmentation and in sales platforms.
|
|
|
|
Multi channels continued to be expanded (461 new ATMs in 2015; mobile and online banking initiatives) and consolidating strategic alliances with correspondent banks, enabling us to expand our basic banking services via
a network of more than 17,000 shops. |
|
|
|
Further strengthening of the most profitable businesses of individual customers. Consumer credit, cards and mortgages grew at faster rates than the markets. We continued to work to improve the customer experience,
incorporating personalised risk models to the credit offers. In means of payment, we consolidated the payback alliance to keep on propelling the loyalty of our customers. In the high-income segment, strategies were centred on making optimum use of
the portfolio of funds. |
|
|
|
In SMEs, simple credit offers were launched and campaigns to replace lines to spur placement and in companies and institutions new commercial initiatives continued to be worked on whose focus is the attraction and
penetration of the car sector and the confirming product. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
155 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
All these actions produced a 14% rise in the number of loyal customers and digital ones exceed 850,000 (+36%).
Activity
Loans rose 19% and deposits excluding repos
11%. Growth benefited from the greater installed capacity, combined with improvements in customer segmentation and sales platforms.
Lending to companies
rose over 18%, (SMEs: +22%). Loans to individuals increased 16%, as follows: mortgages rose 13%, consumer credit 31% and credit cards 13%, within a market that is not growing, after accelerating in previous quarters. We continued to consolidate our
leadership in mortgages for medium and high-income clients.
In short, these strategies were reflected in all segments.
In deposits we combined growth with improved composition. Demand deposits from individuals grew 18%, within a policy of lowering their cost, and mutual funds
increased 5%.
Results
Pre-tax
profit was 8% higher and attributable profit 3% more at 629 million, after deducting a tax charge that was higher at 22% (+19% in 2014) and minority interests.
Profit growth was fuelled by gross income (+9%), mainly net interest income (+14%), due to the growth in loans. Fee income rose 4%, particularly from
transaction banking, insurance and investment banking.
Operating expenses were 6% higher due to the greater installed capacity and new commercial
projects to increase attraction and penetration in the customer base.
Loan-loss provisions increased 15%, mainly due to greater lending. The cost of
credit was 7 b.p. lower than in 2014.
The NPL ratio was 3.38% (-46 b.p.) and coverage 91%.
Strategy in 2016
|
|
|
Attract high potential customers, increasing the number of loyal and digital customers. |
|
|
|
Transform us into the bank of first choice for our customers, increasing their loyalty, reducing the number of switchers and generating long-term transaction engagement. |
|
|
|
Consolidate our positioning in key markets: SMEs, companies and mortgages. |
|
|
|
Drive innovation and multi channels, through development of digital platforms. |
|
|
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
n
Chile
Million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
amount |
|
|
% |
|
|
% w/o FX |
|
Income statement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income |
|
|
1,791 |
|
|
|
1,734 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
|
(1.2 |
) |
Net fee income |
|
|
360 |
|
|
|
328 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
9.8 |
|
|
|
5.0 |
|
Gains (losses) on financial transactions |
|
|
173 |
|
|
|
115 |
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
51.0 |
|
|
|
44.5 |
|
Other operating income* |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
(33.6 |
) |
|
|
(36.5 |
) |
Gross income |
|
|
2,336 |
|
|
|
2,194 |
|
|
|
142 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
|
1.9 |
|
Operating expenses |
|
|
(1,004 |
) |
|
|
(866 |
) |
|
|
(137 |
) |
|
|
15.8 |
|
|
|
10.8 |
|
General administrative expenses |
|
|
(926 |
) |
|
|
(804 |
) |
|
|
(123 |
) |
|
|
15.2 |
|
|
|
10.3 |
|
Personnel |
|
|
(568 |
) |
|
|
(477 |
) |
|
|
(91 |
) |
|
|
19.1 |
|
|
|
14.0 |
|
Other general administrative expenses |
|
|
(358 |
) |
|
|
(327 |
) |
|
|
(31 |
) |
|
|
9.6 |
|
|
|
4.9 |
|
Depreciation and amortisation |
|
|
(77 |
) |
|
|
(63 |
) |
|
|
(15 |
) |
|
|
23.4 |
|
|
|
18.1 |
|
Net operating income |
|
|
1,332 |
|
|
|
1,327 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
(4.0 |
) |
Net loan-loss provisions |
|
|
(567 |
) |
|
|
(521 |
) |
|
|
(46 |
) |
|
|
8.9 |
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
Other income |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
(24 |
) |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit before taxes |
|
|
768 |
|
|
|
783 |
|
|
|
(14 |
) |
|
|
(1.8 |
) |
|
|
(6.1 |
) |
Tax on profit |
|
|
(114 |
) |
|
|
(54 |
) |
|
|
(59 |
) |
|
|
109.0 |
|
|
|
99.9 |
|
Profit from continuing operations |
|
|
655 |
|
|
|
728 |
|
|
|
(74 |
) |
|
|
(10.1 |
) |
|
|
(14.0 |
) |
Net profit from discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated profit |
|
|
655 |
|
|
|
728 |
|
|
|
(74 |
) |
|
|
(10.1 |
) |
|
|
(14.0 |
) |
Minority interests |
|
|
199 |
|
|
|
230 |
|
|
|
(31 |
) |
|
|
(13.4 |
) |
|
|
(17.1 |
) |
Attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
455 |
|
|
|
498 |
|
|
|
(43 |
) |
|
|
(8.6 |
) |
|
|
(12.5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance sheet |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer loans** |
|
|
32,338 |
|
|
|
30,550 |
|
|
|
1,788 |
|
|
|
5.9 |
|
|
|
11.1 |
|
Trading portfolio (w/o loans) |
|
|
3,144 |
|
|
|
3,075 |
|
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
|
|
7.3 |
|
Available-for-sale financial assets |
|
|
2,668 |
|
|
|
2,274 |
|
|
|
394 |
|
|
|
17.3 |
|
|
|
23.1 |
|
Due from credit institutions** |
|
|
4,579 |
|
|
|
3,837 |
|
|
|
742 |
|
|
|
19.3 |
|
|
|
25.2 |
|
Intangible assets and property and equipment |
|
|
355 |
|
|
|
347 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
7.5 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
2,876 |
|
|
|
2,680 |
|
|
|
196 |
|
|
|
7.3 |
|
|
|
12.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets/liabilities & shareholders equity |
|
|
45,960 |
|
|
|
42,763 |
|
|
|
3,197 |
|
|
|
7.5 |
|
|
|
12.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer deposits** |
|
|
24,347 |
|
|
|
23,352 |
|
|
|
995 |
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
|
9.4 |
|
Marketable debt securities** |
|
|
6,504 |
|
|
|
6,650 |
|
|
|
(146 |
) |
|
|
(2.2 |
) |
|
|
2.6 |
|
Subordinated debt** |
|
|
963 |
|
|
|
985 |
|
|
|
(22 |
) |
|
|
(2.2 |
) |
|
|
2.6 |
|
Insurance liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due to credit institutions** |
|
|
5,886 |
|
|
|
4,393 |
|
|
|
1,493 |
|
|
|
34.0 |
|
|
|
40.6 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
5,280 |
|
|
|
4,437 |
|
|
|
843 |
|
|
|
19.0 |
|
|
|
24.9 |
|
Stockholders equity *** |
|
|
2,980 |
|
|
|
2,946 |
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
6.1 |
|
Other managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
7,370 |
|
|
|
7,256 |
|
|
|
114 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
|
6.6 |
|
Mutual and pension funds |
|
|
5,422 |
|
|
|
5,564 |
|
|
|
(142 |
) |
|
|
(2.5 |
) |
|
|
2.3 |
|
Managed portfolios |
|
|
1,948 |
|
|
|
1,693 |
|
|
|
256 |
|
|
|
15.1 |
|
|
|
20.8 |
|
Managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
39,184 |
|
|
|
38,242 |
|
|
|
942 |
|
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
|
7.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratios (%) and operating means |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ROE |
|
|
15.32 |
|
|
|
19.50 |
|
|
|
(4.19 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Efficiency ratio (with amortisations) |
|
|
43.0 |
|
|
|
39.5 |
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NPL ratio |
|
|
5.62 |
|
|
|
5.97 |
|
|
|
(0.35 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Coverage ratio |
|
|
53.9 |
|
|
|
52.4 |
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of employees |
|
|
12,454 |
|
|
|
12,123 |
|
|
|
331 |
|
|
|
2.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
Number of branches |
|
|
472 |
|
|
|
475 |
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
(0.6 |
) |
|
|
|
|
(*).- |
Including dividends. income from equity-accounted method and other operating income/expenses |
(**).- |
Including all on-balance sheet balances for this item |
(***).- |
Capital + reserves + profit + valuation adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
157 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
Chile (changes in local currency)
2015 Highlights
|
|
|
The commercial transformation is reflected in greater activity in the target segments of loans and funds. |
|
|
|
Sharp rise in the number of loyal companies and digital clients, with improved customer service quality. |
|
|
|
Attributable profit of 455 million. Of note the positive evolution of revenues (excluding UF inflation impact) and the lower cost of credit. |
Economic environment
The economy grew 2% in 2015, spurred by private consumption and investment.
Inflation was 4.4%, above the central banks target range (2%-4%), impacted by the pesos depreciation, which was partly offset by lower oil prices.
The peso depreciated 15% against the dollar and 5% against the euro. The currency was more stable in the fourth quarter, depreciating 1% against the
dollar and appreciating by a similar amount against the euro.
In order to strengthen the convergence of inflation expectations, the central bank began to
normalise its monetary policy, with two rises of 25 b.p. in the fourth quarter, which brought the key rate to 3.50%.
Strategy
The Group maintained its strategy of improving long-term profitability against a backdrop of reduced spreads and greater regulation. Management was focused on
improving the quality of customer service and experience, transforming retail banking business, particularly for high and medium-high clients and SMEs, and strengthening business with large and medium sized companies.
In the segment of individual customers, NEO CRM supported this strategy and better and new capacities
were installed in remote and digital attention channels (VOX and Internet). Of note in the latter was the recent launch of Neo CLICK, which converts the NEO CRM platform from one focused solely on customer relations to one centred on
transactions as well, enabling executives to offer, formalise and manage the Banks products online and notably reduce management time.
More
branches were opened and exclusive Select spaces (high income, which rose 23%). Also, branches and Advance spaces for SMEs (18 overall), while the traditional network was refurbished into the new model of branches.
The Advance strategy was launched for the SMEs segment. This is a methodology of work that seeks to manage customers integrally, accompanying them in
the different phases of their life cycle, be close to them and improve the quality of service responding to their particular needs. Neo Advance, the CRM of SMEs, supports it.
Banca de Empresas e Instituciones advanced in its objective of becoming the best bank for companies. The new corporate centres generated greater
proximity with clients, particularly in the regions, which increased the market share of the segment in loans and deposits.
|
|
|
|
|
158 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
The quality of customer attention and satisfaction continued to improve, closing gaps with competitors significantly.
These achievements were reflected in many recognitions in 2015, including Bank of the Year by The Banker magazine, while the Sanodelucas programme
received the award for the best financial education initiative in Latin America in the IDBs Beyond Banking awards. Also, for the third year running the bank received the best private bank award from Euromoney.
Activity
The total number of clients grew 2% (high
income: +8%). Loyal customers also rose (companies: +11% and high income individuals: +10%). Digital customers increased to more than 900,000.
Lending
grew 11%, with advances in the target segments. Of note was 17% growth in high income and 9% in companies.
Deposits rose 10% (demand deposits: +12%).
Results
Attributable profit was 13% lower at
455 million, mainly due to lower inflation-indexed UF, some regulatory impact, higher technology costs and higher tax pressure.
|
|
|
Gross income increased 2%, which should be viewed positively as 2014 was a year when it was exceptionally high because of the favourable impact of the high inflation-indexed UF. |
The rise came from fee income (+5%) and higher gains on financial transactions. Net interest income was down by only 1%, as lending was
higher and the cost of funding was lower, the impact of the lower UF rate (4.1% compared to 5.7% in 2014) and the regulation on maximum rates.
|
|
|
Operating expenses increased 11% due to rises in inflation-indexed rentals and salaries, the impact of the exchange rate on technology service contracts indexed to the dollar and the euro, as well as the higher
investment in technological developments. |
|
|
|
The cost of credit dropped from 1.75% to 1.65% as the rise in provisions (+4%) was well below the growth in lending. This was reflected in better credit quality ratios; the NPL ratio was 35 b.p. lower at 5.62%.
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax profit fell 6%. Attributable profit was down 13% because of the higher tax charge resulting from the 2014 tax reform.
|
Strategy in 2016
|
|
|
Increase the number of loyal customers (individuals, SMEs and companies), focusing on those using digital channels. |
|
|
|
Continue improving the quality of customer service and satisfaction. |
|
|
|
Promote the new culture centred on the customer and the Simple, Personal and Fair style. |
|
|
|
Adequate business profitability, underpinned by proactive risk management. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
159 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
Argentina (changes in local currency)
2015 Highlights
|
|
|
The strategy focused on increasing our market penetration through expanding the branch network, moving to a more digital bank and increasing the loyalty of high income and SMEs clients. |
|
|
|
Attributable profit was 22% higher at 378 million, driven by higher revenues and a lower cost of credit. |
|
|
|
Commercial revenues grew due to more business and transactions (collections, means of payment, etc). |
Economic environment
The economy was still weak in 2015 and inflation was one of the highest in the region. The new government announced in the middle of December the
liberalisation of capital movements and the Argentine peso began to float freely.
The peso depreciated 52% against the dollar in 2015 and 37% against the
euro. Before the liberalisation, the central bank announced an interest rate rise, via an increase in the rates of the securities issued to drain liquidity. The aim was to send a signal that monetary policy will be restrictive so that the impact of
the depreciation on inflation and inflation expectations is limited.
Strategy
The Groups strategy centred on increasing our penetration in the market through expanding the branch network, moving to a more digital bank focused on
efficiency and customer experience and increasing the loyalty of high income and SMEs clients.
A total of 40 new branches were opened in 2015 and 157
were totally transformed (about 40% of the network).
As the leading digital bank in Argentina, we inaugurated the first completely digital office,
focused on self-management, speedy operations and immediate access to products.
The Santander Río mobile app is used by 346,000 customers,
85% more than in 2014 and 16% of active customers.
The Bank was recognised as the countrys best digital bank and having the best mobile banking app in Latin
America (Global Finance magazine). Also awarded best bank in Argentina by The Banker and Euromoney.
The Select products were strengthened for the
high-income segment and new specialised spaces and corners were opened. Santander Río Advance was launched for SMEs, which offers international protection for their businesses, among other services.
Activity
The strategic measures are reflected in strong
rises in lending and funds. Loans increased 52%, with similar growth rates in companies and consumer business. Deposits rose 58%, spurred by time deposits that jumped 86%. Mutual funds grew 73%.
Results
Attributable profit was 378 million
(+22%). The commercial strategy helped to push up gross income by 27% (net interest income: +29% and fee income: +39%).
Operating expenses rose 43%
because of the opening of new branches, the transformation and technology projects and the review of the salary agreement. Loan-loss provisions increased 16%, below the growth in lending. Credit quality remained among the best in the market: the
cost of credit was 2.15%, the NPL ratio was 1.15% and coverage 194%, all of which were better than in 2014.
Strategy in 2016
|
|
Grow in intermediation volumes, with companies and households that have low debt levels. |
|
|
Continue to open more branches and reach 500 in 2018, and capture the benefits of greater bankarisation. |
|
|
Develop digital banking, offering new and better solutions for customers, increasing the number of loyal and digital clients and global satisfaction. |
|
|
|
|
|
160 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
Uruguay (changes in local currency)
2015 Highlights
|
|
|
Acquisition in July of Créditos de la Casa, the fourth largest finance company, consolidating our market share of this segment at 28% and 25% of the consumer credit of the private financial system.
|
|
|
|
Double-digit growth in lending and deposits, ranking first in the customer satisfaction. |
|
|
|
Attributable profit rose 38%. On a like-for-like basis, growth was 28% due to gross income (mainly commercial revenues). |
Economic environment
The economy grew by around 1.2% in 2015 (3.5% in 2014). GDP growth in the third quarter was 0.6% year-on-year after shrinking 0.3% in the second quarter.
Inflation was 9.4%, well above the central banks target of (+3%-7%). The key rate remained high in order to converge toward this goal. The Uruguayan
peso depreciated 20% against the dollar and 10% against the euro.
Strategy
The Group continued to be the countrys leading private sector bank, focusing on growing in retail banking and improving efficiency and the quality of
service.
Value-added products and services were launched in 2015 and other measures taken to contribute to the countrys development:
|
|
|
Launch of the Advance programme for SMEs. |
|
|
|
Initiatives were also launched to reduce waiting times in branches (a new version of the app with an innovative information service on the nearest branch and occupancy levels) and deadlines for resolving complaints.
|
All of this was reflected in the evolution of the number of customers: individual loyal customers almost doubled, following the acquisition
of Créditos de la Casa (+22% excluding it) and companies increased 10%. The number of digital clients rose 32%. Of note was being placed first in the customer satisfaction survey, up from fourth place in 2014.
Activity
Lending rose 21%, particularly consumer finance, cards (+18%); SMEs: (+34%) and deposits 32%.
Santanders credit cards are classified as the best in the market, according to quality surveys. The EMV chip was launched in 2015 to improve security.
In line with the enhancement of value added products and to contribute to the countrys development, the following actions were implemented in 2015:
|
|
|
Structuring and issuance of the bond to finance the first project to be developed in Uruguay under the private public participation law. We also structured the first thermosolar project in Uruguay. |
|
|
|
Santander was the placement agent for issuing $1.2 billion of Uruguays sovereign bonds. |
Results
Attributable profit was 38% higher at 70 million, fuelled by net operating income (+49%) benefiting from the efficiency plan measures.
Loan-loss provisions increased 46%, albeit from a low base, and credit quality remained excellent (NPL ratio at 1.27% and coverage 205%).
Excluding the incorporation of Créditos de la Casa (5 million profit), attributable profit was 28%.
|
|
|
|
|
Strategy in 2016
Continue to grow in retail business, keeping excellent levels of quality of service.
Attain leadership
in the segments for individuals and SMEs, as well as in products such as consumer credit, means of payment and liabilities in pesos.
Continue to improve the efficiency ratio. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
161 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
Peru (changes in local currency)
2015 Highlights
|
|
|
Both lending and deposits continued to grow strongly. |
|
|
|
Pre-tax profit increased 52%, mainly due to gross income and improved efficiency. |
|
|
|
Strategy focused on the corporate and large companies segment, as well as infrastructure businesses. |
Economic environment
Growth slowed in 2015 to 2.7%, a similar growth rate to that of domestic demand. Inflation was 4.4% and the central bank reduced the cash reserve requirements
and raised the key rate from 3.25% to 3.75%.
Public debt was 21% of GDP, one of the lowest in the region and the country has $61 billion of international
reserves (more than 30% of GDP). The Peruvian nuevo sol depreciated 12% against the dollar.
Strategy
In this environment, business focused on corporate banking and the Groups global customers.
A closer relationship with customers and quality of service were priorities, taking advantage of synergies with other Group units. Our specialised auto
finance company, created with an international partner with long experience in Latin America, participated in infrastructure projects as adviser and financial structurer and continued to consolidate its activity.
Activity
Lending rose 24% and deposits 18%, complemented by stable medium-term growth in funding.
Results
Pre-tax profit was 43 million (+52%),
spurred by net operating income (+56%), which, in turn, was due to the improvement in efficiency (gross income: +46%; costs: +27%).
Loan-loss provisions
increased 25%, with cost of credit of 0.69%.
The NPL ratio was 0.52% and coverage very high at 402%.
The rise in pre-tax profit did not fully feed through to attributable profit (+37%) due to higher taxes.
|
|
|
|
|
Strategy in 2016
Continue to increase lending to the corporate segment, global customers and large companies.
Promote investment banking,
offering advice for public infrastructure works via public and private sector link ups. |
Colombia
|
|
|
Banco Santander de Negocios Colombia began to operate in January 2014. The new bank has capital of $100 million and specializes in the corporate and business market, with a special emphasis on global customers, clients
of the Groups International Desk and those local clients becoming more international. |
|
|
|
Its products are focused on investment banking and capital markets, transaction banking, treasury and risk coverage, foreign trade financing and working capital financing products in local currency, such as confirming.
|
|
|
|
The Bank reached a point of equilibrium in 2015. |
|
|
|
|
|
162 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
n
United States
Million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
amount |
|
|
% |
|
|
% w/o FX |
|
Income statement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income |
|
|
6,116 |
|
|
|
4,789 |
|
|
|
1,327 |
|
|
|
27.7 |
|
|
|
6.8 |
|
Net fee income |
|
|
1,086 |
|
|
|
830 |
|
|
|
256 |
|
|
|
30.9 |
|
|
|
9.4 |
|
Gains (losses) on financial transactions |
|
|
231 |
|
|
|
205 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
12.6 |
|
|
|
(5.9 |
) |
Other operating income* |
|
|
367 |
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
|
211 |
|
|
|
135.6 |
|
|
|
97.0 |
|
Gross income |
|
|
7,799 |
|
|
|
5,979 |
|
|
|
1,820 |
|
|
|
30.4 |
|
|
|
9.0 |
|
Operating expenses |
|
|
(3,025 |
) |
|
|
(2,239 |
) |
|
|
(785 |
) |
|
|
35.1 |
|
|
|
12.9 |
|
General administrative expenses |
|
|
(2,761 |
) |
|
|
(2,040 |
) |
|
|
(722 |
) |
|
|
35.4 |
|
|
|
13.2 |
|
Personnel |
|
|
(1,543 |
) |
|
|
(1,141 |
) |
|
|
(401 |
) |
|
|
35.1 |
|
|
|
13.0 |
|
Other general administrative expenses |
|
|
(1,219 |
) |
|
|
(898 |
) |
|
|
(320 |
) |
|
|
35.7 |
|
|
|
13.4 |
|
Depreciation and amortisation |
|
|
(264 |
) |
|
|
(200 |
) |
|
|
(64 |
) |
|
|
32.0 |
|
|
|
10.3 |
|
Net operating income |
|
|
4,774 |
|
|
|
3,740 |
|
|
|
1,035 |
|
|
|
27.7 |
|
|
|
6.7 |
|
Net loan-loss provisions |
|
|
(3,103 |
) |
|
|
(2,233 |
) |
|
|
(870 |
) |
|
|
39.0 |
|
|
|
16.2 |
|
Other income |
|
|
(148 |
) |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
(161 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit before taxes |
|
|
1,523 |
|
|
|
1,520 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
(16.2 |
) |
Tax on profit |
|
|
(516 |
) |
|
|
(440 |
) |
|
|
(77 |
) |
|
|
17.4 |
|
|
|
(1.8 |
) |
Profit from continuing operations |
|
|
1,007 |
|
|
|
1,081 |
|
|
|
(73 |
) |
|
|
(6.8 |
) |
|
|
(22.1 |
) |
Net profit from discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated profit |
|
|
1,007 |
|
|
|
1,081 |
|
|
|
(73 |
) |
|
|
(6.8 |
) |
|
|
(22.1 |
) |
Minority interests |
|
|
329 |
|
|
|
219 |
|
|
|
110 |
|
|
|
50.1 |
|
|
|
25.5 |
|
Attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
678 |
|
|
|
861 |
|
|
|
(183 |
) |
|
|
(21.3 |
) |
|
|
(34.2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance sheet |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer loans** |
|
|
84,190 |
|
|
|
70,420 |
|
|
|
13,771 |
|
|
|
19.6 |
|
|
|
7.2 |
|
Trading portfolio (w/o loans) |
|
|
2,299 |
|
|
|
5,043 |
|
|
|
(2,743 |
) |
|
|
(54.4 |
) |
|
|
(59.1 |
) |
Available-for-sale financial assets |
|
|
19,145 |
|
|
|
12,737 |
|
|
|
6,408 |
|
|
|
50.3 |
|
|
|
34.8 |
|
Due from credit institutions** |
|
|
3,901 |
|
|
|
3,460 |
|
|
|
441 |
|
|
|
12.7 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
Intangible assets and property and equipment |
|
|
9,156 |
|
|
|
6,905 |
|
|
|
2,251 |
|
|
|
32.6 |
|
|
|
18.9 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
11,892 |
|
|
|
9,469 |
|
|
|
2,423 |
|
|
|
25.6 |
|
|
|
12.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets/liabilities & shareholders equity |
|
|
130,584 |
|
|
|
108,034 |
|
|
|
22,551 |
|
|
|
20.9 |
|
|
|
8.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer deposits** |
|
|
60,115 |
|
|
|
51,304 |
|
|
|
8,811 |
|
|
|
17.2 |
|
|
|
5.1 |
|
Marketable debt securities** |
|
|
23,000 |
|
|
|
16,000 |
|
|
|
7,000 |
|
|
|
43.8 |
|
|
|
28.9 |
|
Subordinated debt** |
|
|
906 |
|
|
|
796 |
|
|
|
109 |
|
|
|
13.7 |
|
|
|
2.0 |
|
Insurance liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due to credit institutions** |
|
|
26,169 |
|
|
|
17,760 |
|
|
|
8,410 |
|
|
|
47.4 |
|
|
|
32.1 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
9,073 |
|
|
|
10,543 |
|
|
|
(1,469 |
) |
|
|
(13.9 |
) |
|
|
(22.8 |
) |
Stockholders equity *** |
|
|
11,321 |
|
|
|
11,632 |
|
|
|
(310 |
) |
|
|
(2.7 |
) |
|
|
(12.7 |
) |
Other managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
19,478 |
|
|
|
15,729 |
|
|
|
3,750 |
|
|
|
23.8 |
|
|
|
11.0 |
|
Mutual and pension funds |
|
|
7,123 |
|
|
|
3,621 |
|
|
|
3,502 |
|
|
|
96.7 |
|
|
|
76.4 |
|
Managed portfolios |
|
|
12,355 |
|
|
|
12,107 |
|
|
|
248 |
|
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
|
(8.5 |
) |
Managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
103,499 |
|
|
|
83,828 |
|
|
|
19,670 |
|
|
|
23.5 |
|
|
|
10.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratios (%) and operating means |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ROE |
|
|
6.05 |
|
|
|
7.82 |
|
|
|
(1.77 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Efficiency ratio (with amortisations) |
|
|
38.8 |
|
|
|
37.5 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NPL ratio |
|
|
2.13 |
|
|
|
2.42 |
|
|
|
(0.29 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Coverage ratio |
|
|
225.0 |
|
|
|
193.6 |
|
|
|
31.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of employees |
|
|
18,123 |
|
|
|
16,687 |
|
|
|
1,436 |
|
|
|
8.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
Number of branches |
|
|
783 |
|
|
|
811 |
|
|
|
(28 |
) |
|
|
(3.5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
(*).- |
Including dividends. income from equity-accounted method and other operating income/expenses |
(**).- |
Including all on-balance sheet balances for this item |
(***).- |
Capital + reserves + profit + valuation adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
163 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
United States (changes in dollars)
2015 Highlights
|
|
|
Continued investment to improve commercial activity and comply with regulatory requirements. |
|
|
|
Creating Intermediate Holding Company (IHC) and strengthening risk, capital and liquidity management. |
|
|
|
Santander Consumer USA kept up a strong pace in new lending and servicing. Focus will be in auto finance. |
|
|
|
All these actions have a temporary effect on revenues and costs, and largely justify the lower profit (-34%; -21% in euros). |
|
|
|
Good performance of loans, funds and revenues. |
Economic environment
The US economy grew a modest but solid pace (2.5%). Thanks to the improving economy, the unemployment rate fell on a sustained basis to 5% at the end of the
year, a level regarded as full employment.
Inflation, however, remained low (1.3%) and at some distance from the Federal Reserves target (set
in terms of the underlying deflator of private consumption), which is 2%.
In this context, the Fed raised its interest rates at the end of the year,
accompanied by a message indicating the interest rate profile outlook would be moderate.
Strategy
Santander in the US includes the holding company (SHUSA), Santander Bank, Banco Santander Puerto Rico, Santander Consumer USA, Banco Santander International
(BSI), Santander Investment Securities (SIS) and the Spanish Branch of Santander in New York.
Santander US continues to focus on several strategic
priorities aimed at improving the Groups position and diversification in the US, including:
|
|
|
A multiannual project to comply with regulatory requirements. |
|
|
|
Improve the governance structure, including the creation of Intermediate Holding Company (IHC). |
|
|
|
Create a local executive team with wide experience in managing financial institutions in the US. |
|
|
|
Improve the profitability of Santander Bank NA. |
|
|
|
Optimise the auto finance business of Santander Consumer USA. |
During 2015 Santander US continued to
strengthen its governance structure and executive teams and improve the risk management and control systems. This is part of the multiannual project to improve the bank and meet the regulatory requirements, including management of capital and stress
tests in the US.
Santander Bank has focused on improving customer experience in order to boost number of clients and cross selling. Additionally, it
launched initiatives in checking accounts and enhanced its digital capabilities, which led to 12% year-on-year in digital customers.
Note. The annual growth includes a change
in the loyal customers measurement methodology
|
|
|
|
|
164 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
Santander Consumer USA was among the five largest retail auto finance companies. Its strategy centred on
optimising the mix of assets retained versus sold, increasing servicing to third parties as a way to lift revenues through fee income, while materialising the value of the relationship with Chrysler.
The strategy in Puerto Rico focused on the customer relationship, with initiatives to digitise, simplify and personalise.
Activity
Santander Banks lending rose 6% and its
deposits 7%.
Most of the growth in lending came from credit to companies, both in the commercial and industrial segment, as well as in global corporate
banking.
Funds growth was driven by core deposits, which is reflected in the cost of funding. Mutual funds rose 9%.
Santander Consumers loans rose 11% and new lending 10%.
Results
Revenues performed well, with gross income up 9% due to Santander Consumer USA, as a result of a larger volume of new lending, which fuelled net interest
income, as well as fee income from servicing. Santander Banks net interest income was under pressure from lower than expected interest rates, which was offset by gains on financial transactions.
This performance, however, did not feed through to profits which were 34% lower at $752 million.
The fall was due to higher operating expenses derived from the growth of the servicing platform, regulatory requirements and one-off restructuring charges.
Loan-loss provisions also increased, mainly due to greater lending and loan retentions in Santander Consumer USA, which accounts for more than 95% of the
countrys provisions.
Lastly, the higher tax charge also dragged down profits.
Strategy in 2016
|
|
|
Improve the customer experience and loyalty with knowledgeable and effective salesforce at Santander Bank through an easy to use product suite and multchannel capability. |
|
|
|
Santander Consumer USA focuses on auto finance activity to optimise the mix between retained and sold assetsand serviced for others, as well as realising the full value of the Chrysler Capital relatiionship.
|
|
|
|
Continue to strengthen risk, capital and liquidity risk management in meeting regulatory requirements. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
165 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
Million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
amount |
|
|
% |
|
Income statement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income |
|
|
(627 |
) |
|
|
(612 |
) |
|
|
(15 |
) |
|
|
2.5 |
|
Net fee income |
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
(33 |
) |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
(60.2 |
) |
Gains (losses) on financial transactions |
|
|
150 |
|
|
|
700 |
|
|
|
(549 |
) |
|
|
(78.5 |
) |
Other operating income |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
(22 |
) |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
(78.0 |
) |
Dividends |
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
138.7 |
|
Income from equity-accounted method |
|
|
(43 |
) |
|
|
(28 |
) |
|
|
(15 |
) |
|
|
55.2 |
|
Other operating income/expenses |
|
|
(34 |
) |
|
|
(25 |
) |
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
38.2 |
|
Gross income |
|
|
(495 |
) |
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
(527 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses |
|
|
(547 |
) |
|
|
(586 |
) |
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
(6.6 |
) |
Net operating income |
|
|
(1,042 |
) |
|
|
(554 |
) |
|
|
(488 |
) |
|
|
88.2 |
|
Net loan-loss provisions |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other income |
|
|
(507 |
) |
|
|
(453 |
) |
|
|
(55 |
) |
|
|
12.1 |
|
Underlying profit before taxes |
|
|
(1,523 |
) |
|
|
(1,004 |
) |
|
|
(518 |
) |
|
|
51.6 |
|
Tax on profit |
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
(148 |
) |
|
|
207 |
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying profit from continuing operations |
|
|
(1,464 |
) |
|
|
(1,152 |
) |
|
|
(312 |
) |
|
|
27.0 |
|
Net profit from discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying consolidated profit |
|
|
(1,464 |
) |
|
|
(1,152 |
) |
|
|
(312 |
) |
|
|
27.0 |
|
Minority interests |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
(1,493 |
) |
|
|
(1,151 |
) |
|
|
(342 |
) |
|
|
29.8 |
|
Net capital gains and provisions |
|
|
(600 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(600 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
(2,093 |
) |
|
|
(1,151 |
) |
|
|
(942 |
) |
|
|
81.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trading portfolio (w/o loans) |
|
|
2,656 |
|
|
|
2,916 |
|
|
|
(260 |
) |
|
|
(8.9 |
) |
Available-for-sale financial assets |
|
|
3,773 |
|
|
|
3,299 |
|
|
|
475 |
|
|
|
14.4 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
26,960 |
|
|
|
27,547 |
|
|
|
(587 |
) |
|
|
(2.1 |
) |
Capital assigned to Group areas |
|
|
77,163 |
|
|
|
75,030 |
|
|
|
2,133 |
|
|
|
2.8 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
37,583 |
|
|
|
32,585 |
|
|
|
4,998 |
|
|
|
15.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets/liabilities & shareholders equity |
|
|
148,136 |
|
|
|
141,377 |
|
|
|
6,759 |
|
|
|
4.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer deposits* |
|
|
5,185 |
|
|
|
5,261 |
|
|
|
(75 |
) |
|
|
(1.4 |
) |
Marketable debt securities* |
|
|
27,791 |
|
|
|
24,958 |
|
|
|
2,833 |
|
|
|
11.4 |
|
Subordinated debt* |
|
|
9,596 |
|
|
|
4,107 |
|
|
|
5,489 |
|
|
|
133.6 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
21,049 |
|
|
|
30,091 |
|
|
|
(9,041 |
) |
|
|
(30.0 |
) |
Stockholders equity ** |
|
|
84,515 |
|
|
|
76,961 |
|
|
|
7,554 |
|
|
|
9.8 |
|
Other managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mutual and pension funds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Managed portfolios |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Managed and marketed customer funds |
|
|
42,572 |
|
|
|
34,325 |
|
|
|
8,246 |
|
|
|
24.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating means |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of employees |
|
|
2,006 |
|
|
|
2,059 |
|
|
|
(53 |
) |
|
|
(2.6 |
) |
(*). |
Including all on-balance sheet balances for this item |
(**).- |
Capital + reserves + profit + valuation adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
166 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Business information by geography |
|
|
Corporate Centre
2015 Highlights
|
|
|
We have a Corporate Centre whose objective is to improve efficiency and contribute value-added for the operating units. It also carries out functions related to financial and capital management. |
|
|
|
In year-on-year terms, higher losses because of lower revenues from centralized management of the various risks (mainly interest rate risk). |
|
|
|
It includes the impact of the net of non-recurring positive and negative results of 600 million. |
Strategy and functions
Banco Santander subsidiaries model is complemented by a corporate centre that has support and control units which carry out funtions for the Group in
matters of risk, auditing, technology, human resources, legal affairs, communication and marketing, among others.
This centre contributes value to the
Group in various ways:
|
|
|
It makes the Groups governance more solid, through frameworks of control and global supervision, and taking strategic decisions. |
|
|
|
It makes the Groups units more efficient, fostering the exchange of best practices in management of costs and economies of scale. This enables us to be among the most effiicent in the sector. |
|
|
|
By sharing best commercial practices, launching global commercial initiatives and driving digitization, the centre contributes to the Groups revenue growth. |
It also develops functions related to financial and capital management:
|
|
|
Functions developed by Financial Management: |
|
|
|
Structural management of liquidity risk associated with funding the Groups recurring activity, stakes of a financial nature and management of net liquidity related to the needs of some business units.
|
|
|
|
This activity is carried out through diversifying the various sources of funding (issues and others), always maintaining an adequate profile (volumes, maturities and costs). The price at which these operations are
conducted with other units of the Group is the market rate (euribor or swap) plus the premium which, in concept of liquidity, the Group supports by immobilizing funds during the term of the operation. |
|
|
|
Also active management of interest rate risk to soften the impact of interest rate changes on net interest income, conducted via derivatives of high quality, high liquidity and low consumption of capital.
|
|
|
|
Strategic management of the exposure to exchange rates on equity and dynamic on the countervalue of the units results in euros for the next 12 months. Net investments in equity are currently covered by
20,349 million (mainly Brazil, UK, Mexico, Chile, US, Poland and Norway) with different instruments (spot, fx, forwards). |
|
|
|
Total management of capital and reserves: assigning capital to each of the units. |
Lastly, and marginally, the
corporate centre reflects the stakes of a financial nature that the Group makes under its policy of optimizing investments.
Results
We reformulated the centres role in the Group, in order to improve the transparency and visibility of both the centres accounts and the
Groups, as well as the responsibility of the operating units. The centre generated 23% of the Groups profits in 2015, close to our target of 25%.
In year-on-year terms:
|
|
|
Lower revenues due to reduced results from centralized management of the different risks (mainly interest rate risk). |
|
|
|
Costs were 7% lower, and were due to the streamlining of the corporation. |
|
|
|
Other results and provisions recorded losses of 507 million, up from 437 million in 2014. These amounts included provisions of different nature, as well as capital gains, capital losses and
impairment of financial assets. |
|
|
|
The losses in 2015 were 1,493 million compared to 1,151 million in 2014. After including the impact of the net of non-recurring positive and negative results of 600 million, the total
loss was 2,093 million. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
167 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Information by global business |
|
|
Retail Banking
2015 Highlights
|
|
|
The retail banking model continued to be transformed into an increasingly Simple, Personal and Fair model. |
|
|
|
Customer vision, developing specialised models, range of simple products and global offers. |
|
|
|
Further development of the multi-channel model, centred on digital channels. |
|
|
|
Progress in achieving our goals: 13.8 loyal customers and 16.6 digital customers. |
Strategy and activity
Santander continued to make significant progress during 2015 in its programme to transform its retail banking model. The main elements are to improve
the knowledge of our customers and their relations with the Bank, specialised management of each segment, develop more efficient distribution models, focused on digital channels, and capture the opportunities provided by the Groups
international positioning. All of this under a Simple, Personal and Fair culture of service, aimed at excellence in customer satisfaction.
In order to
deepen customer knowledge, we improved our analytical capacities. A new commercial front was developed in order to enhance business productivity and customer satisfaction. This tool, based on a best practice in Chile, was installed in Uruguay
in 2015 and continued to be developed in the US with a mobility project
Million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
amount |
|
|
% |
|
|
% w/o FX |
|
Income statement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income |
|
|
30,029 |
|
|
|
27,699 |
|
|
|
2,330 |
|
|
|
8.4 |
|
|
|
7.2 |
|
Net fee income |
|
|
8,620 |
|
|
|
8,337 |
|
|
|
283 |
|
|
|
3.4 |
|
|
|
4.4 |
|
Gains (losses) on financial transactions |
|
|
1,345 |
|
|
|
1,395 |
|
|
|
(50 |
) |
|
|
(3.6 |
) |
|
|
(6.2 |
) |
Other operating income* |
|
|
365 |
|
|
|
258 |
|
|
|
107 |
|
|
|
41.5 |
|
|
|
31.5 |
|
Gross income |
|
|
40,359 |
|
|
|
37,689 |
|
|
|
2,670 |
|
|
|
7.1 |
|
|
|
6.2 |
|
Operating expenses |
|
|
(18,730 |
) |
|
|
(17,382 |
) |
|
|
(1,348 |
) |
|
|
7.8 |
|
|
|
7.1 |
|
Net operating income |
|
|
21,629 |
|
|
|
20,307 |
|
|
|
1,322 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
|
5.5 |
|
Net loan-loss provisions |
|
|
(9,249 |
) |
|
|
(9,740 |
) |
|
|
490 |
|
|
|
(5.0 |
) |
|
|
(4.9 |
) |
Other income |
|
|
(1,751 |
) |
|
|
(1,386 |
) |
|
|
(365 |
) |
|
|
26.3 |
|
|
|
34.3 |
|
Profit before taxes |
|
|
10,629 |
|
|
|
9,181 |
|
|
|
1,448 |
|
|
|
15.8 |
|
|
|
12.2 |
|
Tax on profit |
|
|
(2,663 |
) |
|
|
(2,129 |
) |
|
|
(534 |
) |
|
|
25.1 |
|
|
|
21.1 |
|
Profit from continuing operations |
|
|
7,966 |
|
|
|
7,052 |
|
|
|
914 |
|
|
|
13.0 |
|
|
|
9.6 |
|
Net profit from discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(26 |
) |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
(100.0 |
) |
|
|
(100.0 |
) |
Consolidated profit |
|
|
7,966 |
|
|
|
7,026 |
|
|
|
940 |
|
|
|
13.4 |
|
|
|
10.0 |
|
Minority interests |
|
|
1,112 |
|
|
|
1,032 |
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
|
7.7 |
|
|
|
6.9 |
|
Attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
6,854 |
|
|
|
5,994 |
|
|
|
860 |
|
|
|
14.4 |
|
|
|
10.5 |
|
(*).- |
Including dividends. income from equity-accounted method and other operating income/expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
168 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Information by global business |
|
|
(tablet and transactional business), in Chile with the launch of Neo Inversiones and commercial planner,
and in Brazil, with new functionalities offering continuous improvement. The tool will gradually be extended to other units during 2016.
In order to
improve customer loyalty and long-term relations, different value propositions were launched and consolidated, among which were:
|
|
|
The 1|2|3 World: following the success of the initiative in the UK, similar propositions were launched in 2015 in other countries and well received, such as in Portugal and Spain, which
already has more than 800,000 accounts. |
|
|
|
Integral offers launched in Chile with propositions such as Planes Santander LANPASS, which rewards transactions and improves the benefits for customers, or in Brazil, the Contas Combinadas,
which offer new solutions that simplify the value offer for individual customers and make choosing accounts easier: |
|
|
|
Expansion of the Select model for high-income clients. It is now installed in all countries and provides service to more than two million customers. The value propositions were
improved and increased during 2015. |
|
|
|
Strengthening private banking business, with the Euromoney award for best private banking in 2015 in Argentina, Chile and Portugal, best private bank in Spain, Mexico and Portugal (Global Finance) and best
private bank in Latin America and Portugal (The Banker).
|
|
|
|
Rolling out of the programme for SMEs to make us the reference partner, combining a very attractive financial offer with non-financial solutions (connectivity, internationalisation, training, etc). The programme
was extended to Uruguay, Argentina, Brazil and Chile in 2015, bringing the number of countries to eight. |
We continued to advance in
developing our distribution models focused on digital channels, which produced significant improvements in various channels. Some examples:
|
|
|
New app for mobile phones in Spain (aimed at SMEs and companies), Portugal, Uruguay and Poland (chosen by Forrester as the countrys best app and the second in Europe). |
|
|
|
New developments and functionalities for mobile phones in the UK such as Cash KiTTi (which lets people create and manage collective pots of money) and Spendlytics (which gives customers better control over
their card expenses). |
|
|
|
Deposit Capture in the US, which enables cheques to be easily and safely processed by mobile phone. |
|
|
|
Santander Watch in Spain, which lets customers consult their accounts and cards from smart watches. |
|
|
|
Santander UK among the first group of banks participating in Apple Pay in the UK. |
|
|
|
Simplification of credentials in Mexico, which allows access to various digital channels from a single password. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
169 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Information by global business |
|
|
|
|
|
New office model in Spain and Brazil, which offers simpler processes, more intuitive technology and differentiated spaces. |
In recognition of our digital channel proposal, the magazine Global Finance awarded our bank in Chile the prize for the best Latin American website for
financial products and payment of accounts, while Santander Rio was awarded the prize for the best online bank in Argentina.
We continued to support the
internationalisation of our corporate customers, taking advantage of the Groups synergies and international capacities, via a coordinated plan of initiatives focused on two elements:
1. |
Ensuring a consistent and homogenous relationship with our customers via all our local units: |
|
|
|
International Desk, now in 12 countries and with more than 8,000 registered customers, which provides services to companies that want to enter markets where we operate. |
|
|
|
Santander Passport, specialised attention model for companies with multinational activity, which offers global management and the same attention in all the countries where the Group operates. It already has more
than 6,000 registered customers and is installed in eight countries. |
2. |
Connecting up our customers and capturing international commercial flows:
|
|
|
|
Santander Trade Portal, which provides information, tools and resources to help companies grow their business abroad. It is already available in 12 countries and has registered more than 35,000 exporter and
importer users. |
|
|
|
Santander Trade Club, innovative platform that lets customers from different countries get in touch with one another and start commercial relations. There are already more than 10,000 members. |
Lastly, we continued to improve the customer experience, focusing on the most common processes when relating to the Bank. Of note were the improvements in
Onboarding (opening and activating accounts): in Brazil and the UK, with immediate activation in electronic channels, in Portugal, with the incorporation of the digital signature and in Poland, with the complete process of opening done
remotely.
Results (in constant euros)
Ordinary
attributable profit was 6,854 million (+10%).
This evolution was spurred by the good performance of gross income (+6% year-on-year, driven by
net interest income). Operating expenses were 7% higher (+1% excluding perimeter and in real terms) and loan-loss provisions were 5% lower.
Strategy in 2016
|
|
|
Continue to improve processes and the customer experience and satisfaction. |
|
|
|
Develop more efficient distribution models: digital banking, new branch model, remote manager. |
|
|
|
Consolidate specialised attention to each type of customer. |
|
|
|
Place value on our connectivity. |
|
|
|
Expand our culture of service: Simple|Personal|Fair. |
|
|
|
|
|
170 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Information by global business |
|
|
Global Corporate Banking
2015 Highlights
|
|
|
Customer-focused strategy, underpinned by the divisions global capacities and its interconnection with local units. |
|
|
|
Reference positions in export finance, corporate loans, project finance and issues, among others, in Europe and Latin America. |
|
|
|
Attributable profit of 1,625 million, 2% more in constant euros. |
|
|
|
Positive evolution in revenues and higher provisions and costs due to investments to develop the franchise. |
Strategy
SGCB maintained in 2015 the key pillars of its business model, focused on the customer, the divisions global capacities and its interconnection with
local units, while actively managing risk, capital and liquidity.
The main lines of action were:
|
|
|
In optimisation of capital, SGCB has well-defined objectives in capital and return on capital at the division level, and by countries, products and clients. The return on capital is one of the main criteria for
approving operations. In addition, improvements were made during the year to the capital models and the quality of data of operations was reviewed.
|
|
|
|
The creation of a new area to promote the model of origination for distribution. Asset Rotation and Capital Optimisation (ARCO) is a global structure that provides service to various countries in order to improve the
profitability of our business through optimisation of capital and rotation of the balance sheet, thereby strengthening a model lighter in capital. |
|
|
|
The strengthening of our leadership position in Latin America, mainly in equity capital markets, debt capital markets, cash management and Latin American currencies. |
|
|
|
Greater cooperation with Retail Banking, developing a wide range of products adapted to the needs of various segments and facilitating greater connectivity between its clients and the Groups banks (participation
in chain of supply operations, financing suppliers, payroll, etc). |
n |
Global Corporate Banking |
Million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
amount |
|
|
% |
|
|
% w/o FX |
|
Income statement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income |
|
|
2,830 |
|
|
|
2,481 |
|
|
|
348 |
|
|
|
14.0 |
|
|
|
17.1 |
|
Net fee income |
|
|
1,425 |
|
|
|
1,392 |
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
2.5 |
|
Gains (losses) on financial transactions |
|
|
739 |
|
|
|
747 |
|
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
(1.2 |
) |
|
|
(4.9 |
) |
Other operating income* |
|
|
277 |
|
|
|
302 |
|
|
|
(25 |
) |
|
|
(8.3 |
) |
|
|
(8.2 |
) |
Gross income |
|
|
5,271 |
|
|
|
4,923 |
|
|
|
348 |
|
|
|
7.1 |
|
|
|
7.9 |
|
Operating expenses |
|
|
(2,058 |
) |
|
|
(1,841 |
) |
|
|
(218 |
) |
|
|
11.8 |
|
|
|
10.0 |
|
Net operating income |
|
|
3,212 |
|
|
|
3,082 |
|
|
|
130 |
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
Net loan-loss provisions |
|
|
(679 |
) |
|
|
(543 |
) |
|
|
(136 |
) |
|
|
25.0 |
|
|
|
28.8 |
|
Other income |
|
|
(93 |
) |
|
|
(102 |
) |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
(9.2 |
) |
|
|
(10.0 |
) |
Profit before taxes |
|
|
2,441 |
|
|
|
2,437 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
Tax on profit |
|
|
(695 |
) |
|
|
(667 |
) |
|
|
(29 |
) |
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
|
7.2 |
|
Profit from continuing operations |
|
|
1,746 |
|
|
|
1,771 |
|
|
|
(25 |
) |
|
|
(1.4 |
) |
|
|
0.5 |
|
Net profit from discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated profit |
|
|
1,746 |
|
|
|
1,771 |
|
|
|
(25 |
) |
|
|
(1.4 |
) |
|
|
0.5 |
|
Minority interests |
|
|
121 |
|
|
|
146 |
|
|
|
(25 |
) |
|
|
(17.1 |
) |
|
|
(12.8 |
) |
Attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
1,625 |
|
|
|
1,625 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
1.7 |
|
(*).- |
Including dividends. income from equity-accounted method and other operating income/expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
171 |
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Information by global business |
|
|
Activity
Of note, among others, were:
|
|
|
In trade finance, substantial progress in export finance which positioned Santander as the second best bank in the business, with strong growth in the last few years both in our main countries as well as in new
markets. |
Strong positioning and growth in trade business, as confirmed by specialised media (Best Trade Finance Bank in
Latin America, Best Trade Finance in Spain, Portugal, Chile and Mexico).
|
|
|
Cash management business continued to increase in all countries and particularly in Latin America, where Santander is the reference bank. |
|
|
|
In syndicated corporate loans, we maintained a reference position in Europe and Latin America, accompanying our clients in the development of their businesses and expansion plans. |
Of particular note was Santanders participation in the acquisition of SAB Miller by AB Inveb, the largest such operation in corporate
history ($107,000 million).
|
|
|
In corporate finance, strong rise in activity in Spain and Portugal in equity capital markets, including Santanders participation in the listing of AENA and Ferrari and the capital increases of
Telefónica in Brazil, Vesta in Mexico, Compañía Sudamericana de Vapores in Chile and Credit Suisse. |
|
|
|
In debt capital markets, Santander is the leader in Latin America with the fullest range of products and covering both local and cross-border needs.
|
In Europe, success in liability management and hybrid capital transactions, Santanders
key role in Iberdrola (global coordinator and tender agent) and in LafargeHolcim (largest operation of European issuers with $2,250 million).
Of note in hybrid capital was participation in transactions of RBS, Barclays and HSBC, among others.
|
|
|
In project finance, Santander was at the top of the world league tables in both the number of transactions as well as in volumes of financing, financial advisory services and issues of project bonds. It led
transactions such as Line 2 of the Lima Metro, which was the largest placement of debt in the international markets to finance a project in Peru ($1,155 million). Santander was the financial advisor to the consortium, global coordinator and
financial advisor for the placement of the project bonds. |
|
|
|
Asset & capital structuring continued to support its clients in developing their international projects in asset finance operations for ships and aircraft in various countries: Spain, Asia and the Middle
East. Of note was the operating lease of aircraft for Singapore Airlines and All Nippon Airways, as well as financial leasing operations of ships for clients such as Tristar, Shell Singapore, Elcano and Voestalpine. |
|
|
|
As regards markets activity, good results with positive evolution of income from sales business, especially in the corporate segment with strong growth in the Americas, particularly Brazil, and the UK.
Lower contribution, on the other hand, from management of books. |
|
|
|
|
|
172 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial review |
|
|
|
Information by global business |
|
|
Results (in constant euros)
SGCBs results were fuelled by the strength and diversification of customer revenues (88% of the total).
The area accounted for 12% of gross income and 19% of the attributable profit of the Groups operating areas.
Gross income grew 8% in 2015, with growth in all products. Global Transaction Banking increased 5% against a backdrop of
containment of spreads and low interest rates, financing solutions and advisory 9%, reflecting the soundness of
the various businesses, and global markets 1% (good performance in the Americas, Spain and Portugal).
Operating expenses rose due to the investments in
high potential markets, particularly the UK and Poland, and loan-loss provisions increased, mainly in Brazil.
n Ranking in 2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Activity |
|
Area |
|
Country / region |
|
Source |
Award |
|
Equity Follow-On of the Year: Telefonica Brazil BRL16,1 bn |
|
CIB |
|
America |
|
Latin Finance |
Award |
|
European Infrastructure Deal of the Year: Thames Tideway |
|
FS&A |
|
Europe |
|
PFI |
Award |
|
Europe Loan: Imperial Tobacco |
|
FS&A |
|
Europe |
|
The Banker |
Award |
|
Americas Deal of the Year: Lima metro Line 2 |
|
FS&A |
|
America |
|
PFI |
Award |
|
Corporate High Yield Bond: Cemex |
|
FS&A |
|
America |
|
Latin Finance |
Award |
|
Best Infrastructure Bank in Mexico |
|
FS&A |
|
Mexico |
|
Latin Finance |
Award |
|
Best Overall Trade Bank in Latam |
|
GTB |
|
Latam |
|
Trade Finance |
Award |
|
Best Export Finance Arranger in Latam |
|
GTB |
|
Latam |
|
Trade Finance |
Award |
|
Best Commodity Finance Bank in Latam |
|
GTB |
|
Latam |
|
Trade Finance |
Award |
|
Best Supply Chain Finance Bank in Latam |
|
GTB |
|
Latam |
|
Trade Finance |
Award |
|
Best Trade Advisor in Latam |
|
GTB |
|
Latam |
|
Trade Finance |
Award |
|
Best Trade Bank in Latam |
|
GTB |
|
Latam |
|
TFR |
Award |
|
Best Trade Bank in Latam |
|
GTB |
|
Latam |
|
GTR |
Award |
|
Best Bank for Emerging Latam |
|
Global Markets |
|
Latam |
|
FX Week |
Award |
|
Top quartile for Pan-European product |
|
Global Markets |
|
Europe |
|
Institut, Investor survey |
N1. |
|
Best Broker Spain and Portugal: Sales. Research. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trading & Execution. Company & Expert Meetings |
|
Global Markets |
|
Iberia |
|
Extel Survey |
N1. |
|
Equity House of Equity Derivatives in Spain |
|
Global Markets |
|
Spain |
|
Risk |
(*).- Ranking according to survey selection criteria
|
|
|
(GTB) |
|
Global Transaction Banking: includes the business of cash management. trade finance. basic financing and custody. |
|
|
(FS&A) |
|
Financing Solutions & Advisory: includes the units of origination and distribution of corporate loans and structured financings. bond and securitisation origination teams. corporate finance units (mergers and
acquisitions. primary markets of equities. investment solutions for corporate clients via derivatives). and asset & capital structuring. |
|
|
(GM) |
|
Global Markets: includes the sale and distribution of fixed income and equity derivatives. interest rates and inflation; the trading and hedging of exchange rates. and short-term money markets for the Group»s wholesale
and retail clients; management of books associated with distribution; and brokerage of equities. and derivatives for investment and hedging solutions. |
Strategy in 2016
|
|
|
In 2016, SGCB will keep on focusing its strategy on the six pillars of its value proposal: maintain its capacity of origination, structuring and credit distribution; leadership in aquisition finance, structured credit
and project finance; be the reference bank in access to capital markets in euros and sterling: maintain its presence as international trade finance bank; knowledge of Latin American markets and contribute solutions and product distribution for
Retail Banking. |
|
|
|
Efficient use of capital will continue to be one of the key elements of business, both from the standpoint of optimisation initiatives as well as the gradual change toward a business model lighter in capital.
|
|
|
|
Promote accompanying our clients in their international expansion, in cooperation with the commercial banking division (Connectivity Project). This project includes various initiatives to improve our strength as an
international bank with a large network of local banks. |
|
|
|
Innovation to adapt to the needs of our customers and face the new non-banking players who are seeking to position themselves in part of the value chain. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
173 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Executive summary |
|
|
Executive summary
|
|
|
Pillars of the risk function |
|
pages 180 to 181 |
Grupo Santander is focused on building the future through forward-looking management of all risks, protecting the present
through a robust control environment.
|
|
|
Integration of the risks culture and involvement of senior management in risk decisions and management. |
|
|
|
Management of all risks with a forward-looking and comprehensive vision at all levels of the organisation. |
|
|
|
Separation of risk functions from business functions. |
|
|
|
Formulation and monitoring of the risk appetite, use of scenario analysis with advanced models and metrics, establishing a control, reporting and escalation framework for identifying risks. |
|
|
|
Best in class for processes and infrastructure. |
|
|
|
|
|
On-going improvement in credit risk profile |
|
|
pages 199 to 229 |
|
|
|
|
Over 80% of risk relates to retail banking. |
|
|
|
Significant geographic and sector diversification. |
|
|
|
Continuing improvement in main credit quality indicators, which at December 2015 stood at: |
|
|
|
Group NPL ratio 4.36%, down 83 b.p. on the previous year, with noteworthy reductions in Spain, Poland, SCF and Brazil. |
|
|
|
Coverage ratio of 73%, up 6 p.p. on year-end 2014. |
|
|
|
Provisions of EUR 10,108 million, with main reductions in the UK, Spain, Portugal and Poland. |
|
|
|
Falling cost of credit, down to 1.25%. A fall of 41 b.p in Brazil to 4.50%, supported by the strategy of changing the mix and launch of the Defence Plan.
|
Main figures
1. |
Cost of credit = loan-loss provisions twelve months / average lending. |
|
|
|
|
|
176 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Executive summary |
|
|
|
|
|
Trading market risk and structural risks |
|
pages 230 to 249 |
|
|
|
The average VaR on SGCB trading activity remained low, due to our focus on customer service and geographic diversification. |
|
|
|
An appropriate balance sheet structure ensures that the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income and equity value are contained. |
|
|
|
Coverage levels for the core capital ratio stand at around 100% for changes in interest rates.
|
|
|
|
Liquidity risk and funding |
|
pages 250 to 260 |
|
|
|
Santander has a comfortable liquidity position, based on its commercial strength and model of autonomous subsidiaries, and substantial customer deposits. |
|
|
|
Compliance with regulatory requirements (LCR 146%) ahead of schedule, with a further increase in the Groups liquidity reserve to EUR 258,000 million. |
|
|
|
The loan-to-deposit ratio remains at very comfortable levels (116%). |
|
|
|
More favourable market scenario, with abundant liquidity at lower costs and increased recourse to medium and long-term wholesale finance in 2015: 18 issuing units in 15 countries and 14 currencies.
|
|
|
|
Non-financial risks |
|
pages 261 to 276 |
Operational risk
|
|
|
Transformation project for the advanced measurement approach to risk. |
|
|
|
Fostering measures against cyber-risk (Santander Cyber-Security Program) and fraud and to bolster information security. |
|
|
|
Fostering awareness and knowledge of operational risk at all levels of the organisation. |
Compliance and
conduct risk
|
|
|
Increasing supervisory pressure, particularly for conduct. |
|
|
|
New scope for the definition of conduct, and new implications in the context of stress testing. |
|
|
|
New customer protection supervisors in various countries. |
|
|
|
Updating social and environmental policies, laying out the principles and criteria for action in financing to certain customer segments in the Group
|
|
|
|
Regulatory capital |
|
pages 281 to 289 |
* |
The 2014 proforma figure includes January 2015 capital increase. |
|
|
|
The CET1 ratio stands at 10.05%, in line with the Group´s outlook for organic growth, and above the ECBs required level for 2016 of 9.75%.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
177 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Navigation map |
|
|
This report contains extensive information on the risks faced by the Group, how it manages and controls these,
and the way they affect its activity and results. The report also provides details of the actions taken by the entity to minimise the occurrence of such risks and mitigate their severity.
Following best practice in the market, the following navigation map helps to follow the main issues dealt with in this risk management report through the
various documents the Group publishes:
the annual report, the audit report, the annual financial statements and the prudential relevance report (PRI or
Pillar III). To further foster transparency, the PRI also includes a glossary of the basic risk terminology used in this section and the PRI itself.
The
appendix at the end of the risk report includes a table detailing the location of the EDTF recommendations (EnhancedDisclosure Task Force, promoted by the Financial Stability Board) in the information published by Grupo Santander.
|
|
|
|
|
178 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Navigation map |
|
|
Map for navigating Grupo Santaders documents
with risk management and control information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Block |
|
Points |
|
Annual Report |
|
Audit Report & Annual accounts |
|
IPR (Pillar III) |
Risk function pillars |
|
Risk function pillars |
|
Page 180 |
|
Note 54.a |
|
Section 5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Map of risks |
|
Page 182 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk governance |
|
Page 183 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lines of defence |
|
Page 183 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk committees structure |
|
Page 183 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Structural organisation of the risk function |
|
Page 184 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Groups relationship with subsidiaries in risk management |
|
Page 185 |
|
|
|
|
Risk control and management model |
|
Management processes and tools |
|
Page 185 |
|
Note 54.b |
|
Section 5 |
|
|
Risk appetite and structure of limits |
|
Page 186 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk Identification Assessment (RIA) |
|
Page 188 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analysis of scenarios |
|
Page 189 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recovery and resolution plans |
|
Page 190 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk Data Agreggation and Risk Reporting Framework (RDA & RRF) |
|
Page 191 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk culture |
|
Page 192 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Background and upcoming challenges |
|
Background and upcoming challenges |
|
Page 194 |
|
|
|
Sections 2 and 5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Introduction to the treatment of credit risk |
|
Page 199 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Main magnitudes and evolution (risk map, evolution, conciliation, geographic distribution and segmentation, management metrics) |
|
Page 200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Detail of main markets: UK, Spain, Brazil |
|
Page 208 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other risk credit risk optics (credit risk by activities in financial markets, concentration risk, country risk, sovereign risk and social and environmental risk) |
|
Page 216 |
|
Note 54.c and other notes |
|
|
Credit risk |
|
Credit risk cycle (pre-sale, sale and post sale) |
|
Page 224 |
|
and related |
|
Section 6 |
|
|
Risk study and process of credit rating, and planning and setting of limits (analysis of scenarios) |
|
Page 224 |
|
information |
|
|
|
|
Decision on operations (mitigation techniques of credit risk) |
|
Page 226 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Monitoring, measurement and control |
|
Page 227 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recovery management |
|
Page 228 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Activities subject to market risk and types of market risk |
|
Page 230 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trading market risks |
|
Page 232 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Main magnitudes and evolution |
|
Page 232 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Methodologies |
|
Page 241 |
|
Note 54.d |
|
|
Trading market risk |
|
System for controlling limits |
|
Page 243 |
|
and other notes |
|
Section 8 |
and structural risk |
|
Structural risk balance sheet |
|
Page 244 |
|
and related |
|
|
|
|
Main magnitudes and evolution |
|
Page 244 |
|
information |
|
|
|
|
Methodologies |
|
Page 247 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
System of control of limits |
|
Page 248 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension and actuarial risks |
|
Page 248 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Introduction to the treatment of liquidity and funding risk |
|
Page 250 |
|
|
|
|
Liquidity risk and funding |
|
Liquidity management (organisational model and governance, balance sheet analysis and measurement of liquidity risk, Management adapted to business needs) |
|
Page 250 |
|
Note 54.e and other notes and related |
|
Section 9 |
|
|
Financing strategy and evolution of liquidity in 2015 |
|
Page 254 |
|
information |
|
|
|
|
Funding outlook for 2016 |
|
Page 260 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Definition and objectives. |
|
Page 261 |
|
|
|
|
Operational risk |
|
Risk management model and control of operational risk (management cycle, identification model, measurement and risk assessment, implementation of the model, reporting system) |
|
Page 261 |
|
Note 54.f and other notes and related |
|
Section 10 |
|
|
Evolution of the main metrics. Mitigation measures. Business continuity plan |
|
Page 265 |
|
information |
|
|
|
|
Other aspects of control and monitoring of operational risk |
|
Page 268 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mission, scope, definitions and purpose |
|
Page 270 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compliance risk control and supervision |
|
Page 270 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Governance and the organisational model |
|
Page 271 |
|
Note 54.g |
|
|
Compliance and |
|
Regulatory compliance |
|
Page 272 |
|
and other notes |
|
Section 11 |
conduct risk |
|
Governance of products and consumer protection |
|
Page 274 |
|
and related |
|
|
|
|
Anti-money laundering and terrorist financing |
|
Page 275 |
|
information |
|
|
|
|
Reputational risk |
|
Page 275 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Regulatory risk assessment model and risk appetite and exercise |
|
Page 276 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Model risk |
|
Model risk |
|
Page 277 |
|
Note 54.h |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Strategic risk |
|
Strategic risk |
|
Page 280 |
|
Note 54.i |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Regulatory framework |
|
Page 282 |
|
Note 54.j |
|
|
Capital risk |
|
Regulatory capital |
|
Page 283 |
|
and other notes |
|
Section 4 |
|
|
Economic capital |
|
Page 286 |
|
and related |
|
|
|
|
Planning of capital and stress test exercices |
|
Page 287 |
|
information |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Appendix: EDTF
transparency |
|
EDTF table of recommendations |
|
Page 290 |
|
|
|
Section 3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
179 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Pillars of the risk function |
|
|
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
A. PILLARS OF THE RISK FUNCTION
B. RISK CONTROL AND
MANAGEMENT MODEL - Advanced Risk Management
C. BACKGROUND AND UPCOMING CHALLENGES
D. RISK PROFILE
APPENDIX: EDTF TRANSPARENCY
A. Pillars of the risk function
Grupo Santander has set itself the target of achieving excellence in risk management. Throughout its 150 year
history, risk management has always been a priority for the Group. In 2015, major progress has been made to anticipate and to meet the big challenges faced against a constantly shifting economic, social and regulatory background.
This means that the risk function is now more crucial than ever for Grupo Santander, as it enables it to be a solid, secure and sustainable bank.
Grupo Santander is focused on building the future through a forward-looking management of all risks, while safeguarding the present through a robust control
environment. Thus, its policy is that the risks function is based on the following pillars, which are aligned
with the Santander Groups strategy and business model, that take on board the recommendations of
supervisory bodies, regulators and best market practices:
1. The business strategy is defined by the risk appetite. The board of Grupo Santander
determines the quantity and type of risk it considers reasonable to assume in the execution of its business strategy and to create targets that are objective, comparable and consistent with the risk appetite for each key activity.
2. All risks have to be managed by the units which generate them using advanced models and tools and integrated in the different businesses. Grupo
Santander is promoting advanced
|
|
|
|
|
180 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Pillars of the risk function |
|
|
risk management using models and innovative metrics, and also a control, reporting and escalation framework in
order to pinpoint and manage risks from different standpoints.
3. The forward-looking approach for all risk types must be part of the risk
identification, assessment and management processes.
4. The independence of the risk function encompasses all risks and provides an appropriate
separation between the risk generating units and units responsible for controlling these risks. It implies that the risk function should also have sufficient authority and direct access to management and governance bodies which are responsible
for establishing and overseeing risk strategy and policies.
5. Risk management has to have the best processes and infrastructures. Grupo Santander aims to be a
benchmark model in developing risk management support infrastructure and processes.
6. A risk culture which is integrated throughout the organisation,
composed of a series of attitudes, values, skills and guidelines for action to cope with all risks. Grupo Santander believes that advanced risk management cannot be achieved without a strong and steadfast risk culture which is found in each and
every one of its activities.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
181 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk control and management model - Advanced Risk Management > Map of risks |
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
A. PILLARS OF THE RISK FUNCTION
B. RISK CONTROL
AND MANAGEMENT MODEL - Advanced Risk Management
1. Map of risks
2. Risk governance
3.
Management processes and tools
4. Risk culture - Risk Pro
C. BACKGROUND AND UPCOMING CHALLENGES
D. RISK PROFILE
APPENDIX: EDTF TRANSPARENCY
B. Risk
control and management model - Advanced Risk Management
The model of managing and controlling risks ensures the risk profile is maintained within the levels set by the
risk appetite and the other limits. It also incorporates the adoption of the necessary corrective and mitigation measures to maintain risk levels in line with the defined objectives.
In 2014, the Group launched the Advanced Risk Management (ARM) programme, which is mainly aimed at helping to the Groups shift towards advanced
management, laying down the foundations to have the best enterprise wide risk management model in the financial industry.
Through the roll-out of ARM in 2015 in all the Group units, progress has been made in strategic projects already
under way such as the Risk Data Aggregation/Risk Reporting Framework (RDA/RRF), evolving the risk appetite, bolstering the control environment through governance of the risk function, and in developing new initiatives such as model risk management
or Advanced Operational Risk Management (AORM), inter alia. The programme is also helping to reinforce the risk culture which is still one of the Groups hallmarks.
The elements enabling adequate management and control of all these risks derived from Grupo Santanders activity are set out below.
B.1. Map of risks
Identifying and evaluating all risks is a corner stone for controlling and managing risks. The risks map covers
the main risk categories in which Grupo Santander has its most significant exposures, current and/or potential, facilitating this identification.
The first level includes the following risks
Financial risks
|
|
|
Credit risk: risk of loss derived from non-compliance with contractual obligations agreed in financial transactions. |
|
|
|
Market risk: that incurred as a result of the possibility of changes in market factors that affect the value of positions in the trading book. |
|
|
|
Liquidity risk: risk of not complying with payment obligations on time or doing so with an excessive cost. |
|
|
|
Structural and capital risks: risk occasioned in the management of the various balance sheet items, including those concerning sufficient equity levels and those resulting from insurance and pension activities.
|
|
|
|
|
|
182 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk control and management model - Advanced Risk Management > Risk governance |
Non-financial risks
|
|
|
Operational risk: risk of losses resulting from inadequate or failed processes, people and internal systems, or from external events. |
|
|
|
Conduct risk: risk caused by inadequate practices in the Banks relationships with its customers, the treatment and products offered and their adequacy for each specific customer. |
|
|
|
Compliance and legal risk: risk owing to the breach of the legal framework, norms or regulators and supervisors requirements. |
Transversal risks
|
|
|
Model risk: consists of losses arising from decisions mainly based on results of models, due to errors in the design, application or usage of such models. |
|
|
|
Reputational risk: risk of damages to the way the bank is perceived by public opinion, but its clients, investors or any other interested party. |
|
|
|
Strategic risk: risk that results are significantly removed from the entitys strategy or business plan due to changes in the general rules of business and risks associated to strategic decisions. It
includes the risk of badly implementing decisions or the lack of response capacity to changes in the business environment. |
All risk should
be referenced to the basic risk categories established in the Risk Map, in order to organise its management, control and related information.
B.2. Risk governance
In 2015, governance of the risk function was updated and reinforced, by including the best international
practices, in order to strengthen the Groups corporate governance. The responsibilities of the different committees have been defined more clearly, separating risk decision-making and management units which take part in business functions from
those responsible for risk control.
The governance of the risk function should safeguard adequate and efficient decision-taking and the effective control
of risks, and ensure that they are managed in accordance with the risk appetite defined by the Groups Top Management and by the units, if applicable.
For this purpose, the following principles are established:
|
|
|
Segregation between risk decision-taking and control. |
|
|
|
Stepping up the responsibility of risk generating functions in the decision making process. |
|
|
|
Ensuring that all risks decisions have a formal approval process. |
|
|
|
Ensuring an aggregate overview of all risk types. |
|
|
|
Bolstering the risk control committees. |
|
|
|
Maintaining a simple committees structure. |
B.2.1. Lines of defence
Banco Santanders management and control model is based on three lines of defence.
The business functions or activities that create exposure to a risk are the first line of defence. The acceptance or generation of risk in the first
line of defence should be adjusted to appetite and the limits defined. In order to tend to this function, the first
line of defence must have the resources to identify, measure, manage and report the risks assumed.
The second line of defence consists of the risk control and oversight function and by the compliance function. This line vouches for effective control
of the risks and ensures they are managed in accordance with the level of risk appetite defined.
Internal audit is the third line of defence and
as the last layer of control in the Group regularly assesses the policies, methods and procedures to ensure they are adequate and are being implemented effectively.
There is a sufficient degree of segregation between the risk control function, the compliance function and the internal audit function, and also between them
and other functions which control or supervise them, to ensure that their functions are performed and that they have access to the board of directors and/or its committees through their heads.
B.2.2. Risk committees structure
Ultimately, the board of directors is responsible for risk control and
management, and, in particularly, for setting the risk appetite for the Group, and it can delegate its powers to committees. The board uses the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee (Board Risk Committee, BRC), as an independent risk
control and oversight committee. The executive committee of the Group also pays special attention to managing the Groups risks.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
183 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk control and management model - Advanced Risk Management > Risk governance |
The following bodies form the highest level of risk governance.
Bodies for independent control Board Risk Committee:
The
purpose of this committee is to assist the board in the sphere of risk supervision and control, define the Groups risk policies, relations with the supervisory authorities and matters of regulation and compliance, sustainability and corporate
governance.
It is made up of external non-executive directors (mostly independent ones) and is chaired by an independent director.
The functions of the board risk committee are:
|
|
|
Support and advise the board in defining and assessing the risk policies that affect the Group and in determining the risk propensity and risk strategy. |
|
|
|
Provide assistance to the board for overseeing implementation of the risk strategy and its alignment with strategic commercial plans. |
|
|
|
Systematically review the exposures with the main clients, economic sectors, geographic areas and types of risk. |
|
|
|
Know about and assess management tools, ideas for improvement, the progress in projects and any other relevant activity relating to risk control over the course of time, including the internal risk model policy and its
internal validation. |
|
|
|
Support and advise the board as regards supervisors and regulators in the various countries where the Group operates. |
|
|
|
Oversee compliance with the general code of conduct, of the anti-money laundering and combating terrorism financing manuals and procedures, and, in general, for the rules of governance and the Companys compliance
programme, and make proposals necessary for improvement. In particular, it is the committees responsibility to receive information and, where necessary, issue reports on the disciplinary measures for senior management. |
|
|
|
Supervise the Groups policy and rules of governance and compliance and, in particular, adopt the actions and measures that results from the reports or the inspection measures of the administrative authorities of
supervision and control. |
|
|
|
Monitor and assess the proposed regulations and regulatory developments that result from their implementation and the possible consequences for the Group. |
Risk control committee (RCC):
This collegiate body is
responsible for the effective control of risks, ensuring they are managed in accordance with the level of risk appetite approved by the board, permanently adopting an all-inclusive overview of all the risks included in the general risk framework.
This duty implies identifying and tracking both current and emerging risks, and gauging their impact on the Groups risk profile.
This committee is
chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer (GCRO) of the Group and is made up of Bank senior management. The risk function, which chairs the committee, and the compliance, financial accounting and control and risk control are represented, at least. The
CROs of local entities will take part in the committee meetings on a regular basis in order to report on the
risk profile of the different interiorised, as well as other tasks.
The risk control committee reports to the board risk committee and assists it in its
function of supporting the board.
Decision making bodies Executive risk committee (ERC):
This collegiate body is responsible for risk management, due to the powers assigned to it by the board of directors, and, within its field of action and
decision making, it addresses all matters relating to risks.
It takes part in risk decision making at the highest level, ensuring that risk decisions are
within the limits set out in the Groups risk appetite, and it reports its activity to the board or its committees whenever it is required to do so.
This committee is chaired by an executive vice president of the board, and includes the chief executive officer, executive directors, and other directors of
the entity. The risk function, financial function and compliance function, inter alia, are represented. The CRO of the Group has a right to veto the decisions taken by this committee.
B.2.3. Structural organisation of the risk function
The Group Chief Risk Officer (GCRO) is responsible for the risk
function and reports to the Banks executive vice-chairman, who is a member of the board of directors and chairman of the executive risk committee.
The GCRO advises and challenges the executive line and also reports independently in the risk, regulatory and compliance committee and to the board.
Advanced risk management has a holistic and forward-looking approach to risks, based on intensive use of models, designed to build up a solid control
environment while also complying with the regulators and supervisors requirements.
The risk management and control model is structured
on the following pillars:
|
|
|
Coordination of the relationship between the local units and the Corporation, assessing the effective deployment of the risk management and control framework in each unit and ensuring they are aligned to achieve
strategic risk targets. |
|
|
|
Enterprise Wide Risk Management (EWRM) provides a consolidated oversight of all risks to the senior management and the Groups governance bodies, and the development of the risk appetite and the risk identification
and assessment exercise. It also develops risks relations with supervisors and regulators. |
|
|
|
Control of financial, non-financial and transversal risks (see the map of risks in section B.1. Map of risks), verifying that management and exposure by type of risk is in line with what senior management establishes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
184 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk control and management model - Advanced Risk Management > Management processes and tools |
|
|
|
Development within the scope of risk of the policy, methodologies, scenario analyses, stress tests and data infrastructure, and robust risk governance. |
B.2.4. The Groups relationship with subsidiaries in risk management
Regarding the alignment of units with the
corporation
The management and control model shares, in all the Groups units, basic principles via corporate frameworks. These frameworks are
established by the Group, and the local units adhere to them through their respective boards of directors, shaping the relations between the subsidiaries and the Group, including the role played by the latter in taking important decisions by
validating them.
Over and above these principles and basics, each unit adapts its risk management to its local reality, in accordance with corporate
frameworks and reference documents provided by the Corporation, so creating a recognisable risk management model in Grupo Santander.
One of the strengths
of this model is the adoption of the best practices developed in each of the units and markets in which the Group operates. The corporate risk divisions act as centralisers and conveyors of these practices.
Furthermore, the Santander Group-Subsidiary Governance Model and good governance practices establishes regular interaction and functional reporting by each
local CRO to the GCRO, and
also stipulates that the Group must take part in the process of appointing, setting targets, assessment and
remuneration of those local CRO, all in order to ensure risks are adequately managed in the Group.
Regarding the structure of committees
The Group-Subsidiaries Governance Model and good governance practices for subsidiaries recommends that each subsidiary should have a statutory risk committee
and also an executive risk committee, chaired by the CEO, in keeping with the best corporate governance practices, and homogeneous to those already in place in the Group.
The governance bodies of the subsidiary entities are structured in accordance with the local regulatory and legal requirements and the dimension and
complexity of each subsidiary, being coherent with those of the parent company, as established in the internal governance framework, thereby facilitating communication, reporting and effective control.
The administration bodies of the subsidiaries, in accordance with the internal governance framework established in the Group, will define their own model of
risk powers (quantitative and qualitative). These local models of assigning powers must follow the principles contained in the reference models and frameworks developed at the corporate level.
Given its capacity of comprehensive (enterprise wide) and aggregated vision of all risks, the Corporation will exercise a role of validation and questioning
of the operations and management policies in the various units, insofar as they affect the Groups risk profile.
B.3. Management processes and tools
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk appetite |
|
|
|
Risk identification and Assessment (RIA) |
|
|
|
Recovery and resolution
plans |
|
|
|
Significant improvement in metrics with the
greatest granularity and inclusion of new capital, liquidity, and structural and operational risk metrics
Significant extension of the risk appetite culture and
governance |
|
More robust and systematic risk
profile assessment
Approach based on:
risk
performance
assessment of the control environment
identification of
potential risks |
|
Adaptation to new international
guidelines
New crisis management model |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk Data Aggregation
& Risk Reporting
Framework (RDA/RRF) |
|
|
|
Analysis of scenarios |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compliance with the principles of
BCBS239* for effective risk data aggregation and risk reporting
Structural and operational improvements to enhance reporting
of all risks at all levels |
|
Make strategic planning more robust by
challenging the model
Draw up improvement plans for processes and procedures,
backed by self-assessment exercises |
|
|
|
|
* |
Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
185 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk control and management model - Advanced Risk Management > Management processes and tools |
B.3.1. Risk appetite and structure of limits
Santander defines risk appetite as the amount and type of risks considered
reasonable to assume for implementing its business strategy, so that the Group can maintain its ordinary activity in the event of unexpected circumstances. Severe scenarios are taken into account that could have a negative impact on the levels of
capital, liquidity, profitability and/or the share price.
The board is responsible for annually setting and updating the risk appetite, monitoring the
Banks risk profile and ensuring consistency between both of them. The risk appetite is set for the whole of the Group as well as for each of the main business units in accordance with a corporate methodology adapted to the circumstances of
each unit/market. At the local level, the boards of the subsidiaries are responsible for approving the respective risk appetite proposals once they have been validated by the Group.
In the 2015 year, the risk appetite local implementation process was completed, and it was bolstered by all units signing up to the corporate risk appetite
Framework. This framework sets out common requirements across the entire organisation in processes, metrics, governance bodies, controls and corporate standards for integration in risk appetite management, and it is also cascaded down in an
effective and traceable way to management policies and limits.
In 2015, the Group also moved ahead in aligning strategic planning with risk appetite. The
business plans for the next three years were approved while also analysing their consistency with local appetites and the Group appetite in all units. Likewise, crisis management plans in 2015 were directly linked to risk appetite metrics and
limits.
The scope of the metrics has also been broadened, improving coverage of operational, liquidity and structural risk, and with a greater focus on
losses and capital stress metrics.
In 2016, the Group will make further efforts towards ongoing improvement and deeper analysis of risk appetite within
the Advanced Risk Management (ARM) programme. It will seek to reinforce the treatment of non-financial risks, defining specific plans for management and treatment of risk appetite, inter alia.
Banking business model and fundamentals of the risk appetite
The definition and establishment of the risk appetite in Grupo Santander is consistent with its risk culture and banking business model from the risk
perspective. The main elements that define this business model and which are behind the risk appetite are:
|
|
|
A general medium-low and predictable risk profile based on a diversified business model, focused on retail and commercial banking and with an internationally diversified presence and with important market shares, and a
wholesale banking business model that gives priority to relations with clients in the Groups main markets. |
|
|
|
A stable and regular earnings and shareholder remuneration policy, underpinned by a sound base of capital and liquidity and an effective diversification strategy in terms of sources and terms.
|
|
|
|
An organisational structure based on subsidiaries that are autonomous and self-sufficient in capital and liquidity, minimising the use of non-operational or shell companies, and ensuring that no subsidiary has a risk
profile that jeopardises the Groups solvency. |
|
|
|
An independent risk function with very active involvement of senior management that guarantees a strong risk culture focused on protecting and ensuring an adequate return on capital. |
|
|
|
A management model that ensures a global and inter-related view of all risks, through an environment of control and robust monitoring of risks, with global scope responsibilities: all risk, all businesses, all
countries. |
|
|
|
Focus in the business model on those products that the Group knows sufficiently well and has the management capacity (systems, processes and resources). |
|
|
|
The development of its activity on the basis of a conduct model that oversees the interests of clients and shareholders. |
|
|
|
Adequate and sufficient availability of staff, systems and the tools that guarantee maintaining a risk profile compatible with the established risk appetite, both at the global and local levels. |
|
|
|
A remuneration policy that has the necessary incentives to ensure that the individual interests of employees and executives are aligned with the corporate framework of risk appetite and that these are consistent with
the evolution of the Banks long-term results. |
Corporate risk appetite principles
The following principles govern Grupo Santanders risk appetite in all its units:
|
|
|
Responsibility of the board and of senior management. The board is the maximum body responsible for setting the risk appetite and supporting regulations, as well as supervising compliance.
|
|
|
|
Enterprise Wide Risk, backtesting and questioning risk profile. The risk appetite must consider all significant risks to which the Bank is exposed, facilitating an aggregate vision of the risk profile
through the use of quantitative metrics and qualitative indicators. This enables the board and senior management to question and assimilate the current risk profile and that envisaged in business and strategic plans and its coherence with the
maximum risk limits. |
|
|
|
Forward-looking view. The risk appetite must consider the desirable risk profile for the current moment as well as in the medium term, taking into account both the most probable circumstances as well as stress
scenarios. |
|
|
|
Linkage with strategic and business plans, and integration in management. The risk appetite is a benchmark in strategic and business planning and is integrated into management through a bottom-up and
top-down focus: |
|
|
|
|
|
186 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk control and management model - Advanced Risk Management > Management processes and tools |
|
|
|
top-down vision: the board must lead the setting of the risk appetite, vouching for the disaggregation, distribution and transfer of the aggregated limits to the management limits set at the portfolio level, unit or
business line. |
|
|
|
bottom-up vision: the risk appetite must emanate from the boards effective interaction with senior management, the risk function and those responsible for the business lines and units. The risk profile contrasted
with the risk appetite limits will be determined by aggregation of the measurements at the portfolio, unit and business line level. |
|
|
|
Coherence in the risk appetite of the various units and common risk language throughout the organisation. The risk appetite of each unit of the Group must be coherent with that defined in the remaining
units and that defined for the Group as a whole. |
|
|
|
Regular review, continuous backtesting and adapting to the best practices and regulatory requirements. Assessing the risk profile and backtesting it against the limits set for the risk appetite must be an
iterative process. Adequate mechanisms must be established for monitoring and control that ensure the risk profile is maintained within the levels set, as well as taking corrective and mitigating measures that are necessary in the event of
non-compliance. |
Limits structure, monitoring and control
The risk appetite is formulated every year and includes a series of metrics and limits on these metric (statements) which express in quantitative and
qualitative terms the maximum risk exposure that each unit of the Group or the Group as a whole is prepared to assume.
Fulfilling the risk appetite
limits is continuously monitored. The specialised control functions report at least every quarter to the board and its risk committee on the adequacy of the risk profile with the risk appetite authorised.
The excesses and non-compliance with the risk appetite are reported by the risk control function to the relevant governance bodies. The presentation is
accompanied by an analysis of the causes that provoke it, an estimation of the time they will remain this way as well as the proposed actions to correct the excess when the corresponding governance body deems it opportune.
Linkage of the risk appetite limits with the limits used to manage the business units and portfolios is a key
element for making the risk appetite an effective risk management tool.
The management policies and structure of the limits used to manage the different
types and categories of risk, which are described in greater detail in sections D.1.5.2. Planning (Strategic Commercial Plan), D.2.2.3. and D.2.3.3. Systems for controlling limits in this Report, have a direct and traceable relation with the
principles and limits defined in the risk appetite.
In this way, the changes in the risk appetite are transferred to changes in the limits and controls
used in Santanders risk management and each one of the business and risk areas is responsible for verifying that the limits and controls used in their daily management are set in such a way that they cannot fail to comply with the risk
appetite limits. The risk control and supervision function will then validate this assessment, ensuring the adequacy of the management limits to the risk appetite.
Pillars of the risk appetite
The risk appetite is
expressed via limits on quantitative metrics and qualitative indicators that measure the exposure or risk profile by type of risk, portfolio, segment and business line, both in current and stressed conditions. These metrics and risk appetite limits
are articulated in five large areas that define the positioning that Santanders senior management wants to adopt or maintain in the development of its business model:
|
|
|
The volatility in the income statement that the Group is willing to accept. |
|
|
|
The solvency position that the Group wants to maintain. |
|
|
|
The minimum liquidity position that the Group wants to have. |
|
|
|
The maximum levels of concentration that the Group considers reasonable to admit. |
|
|
|
Qualitative aspects and supplementary metrics. |
n Core areas of appetite and key metrics
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Volatility
of results |
|
Solvency |
|
Liquidity |
|
Concentration |
|
Complementary
aspects |
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum loss the Group is prepared to accept under a scenario of acute tension
Maximum technological and
operational risk (RTO)
Sensitivity of net interest margin to changes in interest rates |
|
The minimum capital position the Group is prepared to accept under a scenario of
acute tension Impact in
CET1 ratios in specific tension exercises for its main types of risks |
|
Minimum structural liquidity position
Minimum liquidity horizon
position that the Group is prepared to accept under a scenario of acute tension |
|
Concentration by individual customer
Concentration by top-N
Concentration in non-investment grade counterparties
Sector concentration
Concentration in
high-volatility portfolios |
|
Qualitative operational risk indicators:
Fraud
Technological
Cyber risk and security
Litigation
Other...
Qualitative restrictions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
187 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk control and management model - Advanced Risk Management > Management processes and tools |
Volatility of results
Its object is to limit the potential negative volatility of the results projected in the strategic and business plan in the event of stress conditions.
This axis contains metrics which measure the behaviour and evolution of real or potential losses in the business.
Stress tests included at this level measure the maximum level in the fall in results, under adverse conditions, in the main types of risk to which the Bank is
exposed, with a feasible probability of occurring and similar by risk type (so that they can be aggregated).
Solvency
The object of this axis is to ensure that risk appetite adequately considers the maintenance and upkeep of the entitys equity, keeping capital higher
than the levels marked by regulatory requirements and market demand.
Its purpose is to determine the minimum level of capital which the entity considers
it needs to maintain to cope with potential losses under both normal and stressed conditions and arising from its activity and from its business and strategic plans.
This capital focus included in the risk appetite framework is supplementary and consistent with the Groups capital objective approved within the capital
planning process implemented in the Group and which extends to a period of three years (further details are provided in chapter D.8 Capital risk of this report and the Prudential Relevance Report -Pillar III-).
Liquidity position
Grupo Santander has developed a
funding model based on autonomous subsidiaries that are responsible for covering their own liquidity needs. On this basis, liquidity management is conducted by each subsidiary within a corporate framework of management that develops its basic
principles (decentralisation, equilibrium in the medium and long term of sources-applications, high weight of customer deposits, diversification of wholesale sources, reduced recourse to short-term funds, sufficient reserve of liquidity) and
revolves around three main pillars (governance model, balance sheet analysis and measurement of liquidity risk, with management adapted to business needs). D.3 Liquidity risk and funding of this Report has more information on the corporate framework
Liquidity risk and funding of this Report.
Santanders liquidity risk appetite establishes demanding objectives of position and time frames for
systemic stress scenarios (local and global) and idiosyncratic. In addition, a limit is set on a structural funding ratio that relates customer deposits, equity and medium and long term issues to structural funding needs.
Concentration
Santander wants to maintain a widely
diversified risk profile from the standpoint of its exposure to large risks, certain markets and specific products. In the first instance, this is achieved by virtue of Santanders retail and commercial banking focus with a high degree of
international diversification.
This level includes individual maximum exposure limits with customers, aggregated maximum exposure with major
counterparties, maximum exposure by activity sectors, in Commercial Real Estate and in portfolios with a high risk profile. Customers with an internal rating lower than investment grade or equivalent or which are in excess of a certain degree of
exposure are also monitored.
Qualitative aspects and other complementary metrics
This seeks to delimit risk exposures in a complementary way to the previous pillars.
Risk limits expressed both qualitatively (for example, the ban on operating with complex market products) as well as expressed in other quantitative metrics
(for example, operational risk indicators) are studied so that relevant risks not considered in the other categories can be controlled. A qualitative indicator on the state of management is incorporated in operational risk, based on the results of
indicators on other issues including governance and management, budgetary compliance, quality of the data bases of events, and corporate self-assessment questionnaires on the control environment. An indicator of compliance and reputational risk is
also incorporated from an assessment matrix created for the purpose.
B.3.2. Risk identification and assessment (RIA)
Banco Santander, as part of its routine management, identifies and
assesses the risks to which it is exposed in the countries in which it operates, and which are inherent in its activity.
In late 2014 the Group
launched a corporate Risk identification & assessment exercise with the aim of making the Groups risk profile assessment more robust and systematic. In 2015, the risk profile of the Group, its units and the most
important risk types have been assessed, and a high degree of correlation was obtained between the sensitivity to risk factor results in the Risk identification and assessment (RIA) exercise and the corporate ICAAP stress scenarios.
The Group has also made headway in the methodological development of the corporate Risk Identification and Assessment exercise, underlining the importance of
the identification and assessment of potential risk factors for the Group, greater stringency in assessing the control environment, extending the scope of the exercise and a more robust link with generating idiosyncratic scenarios in capital
planning.
Risk identification & assessment is one of the initiatives which form part of the ARM (Advanced Risk Management) programme
which pursues the goal of advanced risk management in order to ensure Santander is a solid and sustainable bank in the long term.
It also
complies with regulatory requirements concerning a more in-depth understanding of the Groups risk profile and the importance attached to pinpointing, assessing and evaluating the entitys top risks, the associated control
environment and any potential factors which could jeopardise the success of the Groups strategic plan.
|
|
|
|
|
188 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk control and management model - Advanced Risk Management > Management processes and tools |
According to the methodology used in the RIA exercise, three factors are taken into account in determining the
Groups risk profile:
|
|
|
Risk performance, indicating the profile by risk type and business activity. |
|
|
|
Control environment to objectively establish a self-assessment regarding the effectiveness of risk management and control in accordance with pre-established targets and a defined control model. |
|
|
|
Top Risks to identify the material risks which could jeopardise strategic and business targets, and setting up action plans, which are then monitored. |
One of the most important points for the RIA exercise is to develop a methodology to identify current material risks which senior management considers
to be an area of attention. Such risks are considered to be risks which could alone, or in combination with other risks, have a significant impact on the Banks results, on its financial position and its capacity to maintain appropriate capital
levels.
It is also used to identify what are known as emerging risks, in other words risks which could potentially have an adverse impact on the
Groups future performance, although their result and horizontal time frame are uncertain and difficult to predict (for further details see section Emerging risks from chapter C. Background and upcoming challenges).
Looking towards 2016, the Group has its sights set on reinforcing the identification and assessment exercise, including all risks and extending the
scope to all entities in which the Group has a presence.
B.3.3. Analysis of scenarios
Banco Santander conducts advanced management of risks by analysing the impact that different
scenarios could provoke on the environment in which the Bank operates. These scenarios are expressed both in terms of macroeconomic variables as well as other variables that affect management.
Analysis of scenarios is a very useful tool for senior management as it enables the Banks resistance to
stressed environments or scenarios to be tested, as well as put into effect measures to reduce the Banks risk profile to these scenarios. The objective is to maximise the stability of the income statement and the levels of capital and
liquidity.
This forward looking vision has helped Santander to remain among the select group of international banks that throughout the crisis generated
profits and maintained its dividend policy.
The robustness and consistency of the exercises of scenario analysis are based on three pillars:
|
|
|
Developing mathematical models that estimate the future evolution of metrics (for example, credit losses), based on both historic information (internal of the Bank and external of the market), as well as simulation
models. |
|
|
|
Including the expert judgement and know-how of portfolios, questioning and backtesting the result of the models. |
|
|
|
The backtesting of the result of the models against the observed data, ensuring that the results are adequate. |
Uses of analysis of scenarios
|
|
|
Regulatory uses: scenario stress tests are performed using the guidelines set by the European regulator or each one of the national regulators who oversee the Banks activity. |
|
|
|
Internal exercises of self-assessment of capital (ICAAP) or liquidity (ILAAP) in which while the regulator can impose certain requirements, the Bank develops its own methodology to assess its capital and
liquidity levels in the face of different stress scenarios. These tools enable capital and liquidity management to be planned. |
|
|
|
Risk appetite. Contains stressed metrics on which maximum levels of losses (or minimum of liquidity) are established that the Bank does not want to exceed. These exercises are related to capital and
liquidity exercises, although they have different frequencies and present different granularity levels. The Bank continues to work to improve the use of analysis of scenarios in risk appetite and ensure an adequate relation of these metrics with
those used in daily risk management. For more detail see sections B.3.1. Risk appetite and structure of limits and D.3. Liquidity risk and funding of this Report. |
|
|
|
Daily risk management. Analysis of scenarios is used in processes for budgeting processes and strategic planning, in the generation of commercial policies of risk admission, in the global analysis of risks
by senior management or in specific analysis on the profile of activities or portfolios. Further details are provided in the sections on credit risk (section D.1.5.2. Planning (Strategic commercial plan), market risk (D.2.2.1.6. and D.2.2.2.3.
Analysis of scenarios) and liquidity risk (D.3.2.2. Balance sheet analysis and measurement of liquidity risk). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
189 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk control and management model - Advanced Risk Management > Management processes and tools |
Scenario analysis project in the Advanced Risk Management programme
The scenario analysis project has been added to the other initiatives which form part of the Advanced Risk Management (ARM) programme, with the aim of
improving management through metrics and advanced models. This project is divided into four core areas:
|
|
Tool for analysing scenarios: installation of an advanced tool for estimating losses with greater soundness and computerisation of information handling, with the capacity to aggregate various types of risk
and with an environment of multi user execution. |
|
|
Governance: review of the framework of governance of the exercises of scenario analysis in order to adjust to their growing importance, greater regulatory pressure and best market practices. |
|
|
Methodology: preparing plans to develop statistical stress models which have sufficient precision and granularity to meet requirements, not only of current regulation and supervision, but also to improve
predictive risk capacity in accordance with advanced management. |
|
|
Processes and procedures: continuous self-assessment exercises and improvement plans to evolve processes in the context of advanced scenario analysis management. |
B.3.4. Recovery and resolution plans
In 2015, the Bank prepared the sixth version of its corporate recovery plan, the most
important part of which envisages the measures available to emerge on its own from a very severe crisis. This plan was initially prepared at the behest of the European Central Bank, which has become the main supervisor of Grupo Santander (mandate
assigned under the Single Supervisory Mechanism, which came into force on 4 November, 2014), on the basis of regulations applicable in the European Union1. The Plan also considers the
non-binding recommendations made in this area by international bodies such as the Financial Stability BoardFSB2).
As with the previous versions from 2010 to 2014, the Group presented the plan to the relevant authorities (for the first time, to the ECB in December, unlike
in other years when it was submitted to the Bank of Spain) for it to be assessed in the first half of 2016.
This plan comprises of the corporate plan
(covering to Banco Santander) and the individual plans for the main local units (United Kingdom, Brazil, Mexico, US, Germany, Argentina, Chile, Poland and Portugal), thereby meeting the commitment made by the Bank with the authorities in 2010. It is
important to note the cases of the countries referred to above belonging to the European Union, where, apart from the fact that they are mandatory as the form part of the
corporate plan, they also need to be completely developed due to regulatory initiatives arising from the
transposition of Directive 2014/59/EU (European Union Crisis Management Directive) to their local legislations.
During 2015, the Group has adapted
the plan structure and content to the new international guidelines, taking advantage to introduce improvements concerning potential crisis situation in the governance chapters (these improvements largely concern the indicators structure and the
general crisis situation governance) and in strategic analysis.
The Groups senior management is fully involved in preparing and regularly
monitoring the content of the plans, through specific committees of a technical nature, as well as monitoring at the institutional level which guarantee that the content and structure of the documents are adapted to local and international
regulations in crisis management, which have been in continuous development for the last years.
The board of directors is responsible for approving the
corporate plan, once the plans content and data have been previously submitted and discussed in the banks main management and control committees (executive committee, board risk committee, executive risk committee, capital committee).
The individual plans are approved by the local bodies and always in coordination with the Group, as these plans must be part of the corporate plan.
During 2016, the Group will continue to introduce improvements in the recovery plans, seeking to adopt developments in this domain which are observed in the
market, as well as those necessary to fully adapt the local plans structure to the new European corporate framework, taking into account any restrictions arising from local authorities.
Regarding resolution plans, the authorities which take part in the Crisis Management Group (CMG) have adopted a common approach on the strategy to follow for
the Groups resolution plan that, given the legal and business structure with which Santander operates, corresponds to the so called multiple point of entry (MPE); they have signed the cooperation agreement on resolution (COAG); and have
developed the first resolution plans. The corporate plan was analysed in a meeting of the Crisis Management Group held on 3 December. The Group continues to cooperate with the competent authorities in the preparation of resolution plans, providing
all the information that the authorities might require.
As a case apart, in the US resolution plans are the responsibility of the banks themselves. The
Group has presented the third version of the local resolution plans (one for all of the Groups activities in the US, in line with the Federal Reserves regulations, and the other only covering Santander Bank, as the deposit-taking
institution subject to the regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).
1. |
Fundamentally, Directive 2014/59/UE (the European Union Crisis Management Directive); recovery regulatory implementations by the EBA in force (EBA/RTS/2014/11; EBA/GL/2014/06; EBA/GL/2015/02); EBA technical
recommendation to the Commission regarding the identification of core business lines and critical functions (EBA/ op/2015/05); EBA regulatory developments pending approval (EBA/CP/2015/01 on ITS resolution item templates); EBA regulatory
developments which do not directly concern recovery but with important implications (EBA/GL/2015/03 on early warning triggers); local regulation of Spain: Credit entities and investment service firms recovery and resolution Act 11/2015.
|
2. |
FSB Key Attributes of Effective Resolution Regimes for Financial Institutions (15 October 2014, following the update of the first publication in October 2011). |
|
|
|
|
|
190 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk control and management model - Advanced Risk Management > Management processes and tools |
B.3.5. Risk Data Aggregation & Risk Reporting Framework (RDA/RRF)
In recent years, the Group has developed
and implemented the necessary structural and operating improvements to reinforce and consolidate enterprise wide risk, based on complete, precise and regular data. This allows the Groups senior management to assess risk and act accordingly.
Against this background, Santander believes that regulatory requirements are aligned with the strategic risk transformation plan, and hence at the
current date the Group complies with the standards set forth in the BCBS 239 regulation. The core aim of this project, which was launched in early 2015 and which has been successfully completed in 2015, was to ensure that the risk data reported to
senior management will include the basic principles of Risk Data Aggregation (RDA).
Risks reports contain appropriate balance between data, analysis
and qualitative comments, include forward-looking measures, risk appetite data, limits and emerging risks, and are distributed in due time and form to the senior management.
In the field of governance, the risk data and information quality committee was set up, and will be responsible for applying measures decided by the
board in this area; a common data management methodology was also implemented using the pertinent models, procedures and guidelines.
The Group is
equipped with a common reporting taxonomy which covers all the significant risk areas within the organisation, and which is in keeping with the Groups size, risk profile and activity.
The senior management receives the following reports to ensure adequate risk management and decision making:
|
|
|
Market and structural risks. |
|
|
|
Commercialisation compliance. |
|
|
|
Anti-money laundering (AML). |
|
|
|
Non-prudential risk (SAC). |
|
|
|
Risk units of each unit |
Important technological developments have been implemented, allowing the
Group to improve data aggregation capacities in a complete, exact, reliable and traceable way. The data throughout the Group (enterprise wide) is limited to a defined data taxonomy which is registered in a single data dictionary which is accessed by
authorised bank risks personnel.
One of Grupo Santanders commitments is to introduce new technologies to enhance data use, management and
analysis. All these questions are addressed in pluri-annual plans adapted to the real situation of the Corporation and the geographies in which we operate.
B.3.6. Control environment
The risk management model has a
control environment that guarantees adequate control of all the risks, contributing a comprehensive vision of them. This control is carried out in all the Groups units and for each type of risk in order to ensure that the
Groups exposures and risk profile are within the mandates established by both the board as well as regulators.
The main functions that
ensure effective control are:
1. |
Clearly assigning responsibilities in risk generating units through decision making and control of their activities. |
2. |
Specialised control of each risk factor. |
3. |
Supervision and aggregated consolidation of all risks. |
4. |
Assessment of control mechanisms. |
5. |
Independent assessment by internal audit. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
191 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk control and management model - Advanced Risk Management > Risk culture - Risk Pro |
B.4. Risk culture - Risk Pro
Our internal culture (The Santander Way) includes a Santander way of managing risks; a Santander risk culture which we call risk pro, which is one
of our main competitive advantages on the market.
Grupo Santanders robust risk culture is one of the key reasons why it has been able to cope with
changes in economic cycles, customers new demands, increased competition, and to be considered as an entity which earns the trust of its employees, customers, shareholders and its communities.
Against a background of constant changes, with new types of risks and greater requirements by regulators, Grupo Santander wishes to maintain an excellent
level of risk management in order to achieve sustainable growth.
Excellence in risk management is thus one of the strategic priorities that has most
shaped the Groups development. This involves consolidating a strong risk culture in the Group, a risk culture which all Grupo Santander employees are familiar with and which they apply.
This risk culture is defined through five principles which must necessarily form part of all the Groups employees day-to-day activities:
Accountability, because all units and employees (no matter what function they perform) should know of and understand the risks incurred in their daily
management and be responsible for identifying, assessing, managing and reporting.
Resilience, which is a combination of prudence and flexibility.
All employees have to be prudent and steer clear of any risks they are not familiar with or which are in excess of the established risk appetite. They must also be flexible, because risk management has to quickly adapt to new environments and
unexpected scenarios.
Challenge, because ongoing debate is encouraged throughout the Group. We always ask ourselves how to manage risks in a
proactive, positive and open way, giving us an overview which allows us to anticipate future challenges.
Simplicity, because universal risk
management needs clear processes and decisions which are documented and easily understood by employees and customers.
And, of course, customer
focus. All risks actions are focused on the customer, on his or her long term interests. Our aim at Grupo Santander is to be the best retail and commercial bank that earns the lasting loyalty of our people, customers, shareholders and
communities. We can achieve this goal by making a proactive contribution to help our customers prosper with excellent risk management.
The risk pro risk culture is being reinforced in all Grupo Santander units through three drivers:
|
|
|
Development of a model for the Advanced Risk Management (ARM) programme. This is a solid and integrated programme which is designed to build towards the future using a forward-looking management and
overview of all risks, which also safeguards our present with a strong control environment. For Grupo Santander, advanced risk management is a priority in its long-term objective of continuing to be a solid and sustainable bank. |
|
|
|
In the first phase of ARM, all the Groups banks have been aligned with regulatory guidelines and have established the milestones for the roll-out of the programmes initiatives. One of most important points
is to have solid corporate governance of the risk function. |
|
|
|
Developing capacities and attitudes to achieve advanced risk management. A far-reaching plan has been set in motion for all Group units and employees to know about the risk culture, clearly understand its
implications and for them to think carefully about how to improve their risk management attitudes and behaviour. This plan will continue its deployment in the coming years. |
|
|
|
Setting up and monitoring measures to determine the risk culture status throughout the Group. The Bank is collecting evidence, using systematic monitoring, of the culture initiatives which have been set in
motion, to gauge the degree of knowledge of the risk culture and to be able to continuously identify areas for improvement and action plans.
|
|
|
|
|
|
192 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk control and management model - Advanced Risk Management > Risk culture - Risk Pro |
Training activities
Training is one of the ways in which the Group builds upon the risk culture. Through the corporate risk school, Santander guarantees that all its risk
professionals are trained and developed with uniform criteria. The corporate risk school has now been functional for ten years, since 2005. During these ten years, it has worked side by side with the 10 local schools to enhance Santanders
leadership in this sphere, continuously strengthening the skills of executives and employees.
In 2015, 24,499 hours of training hours were taught by
6.271 Group employees. The corporate risk school trains professionals from other business areas, particularly retail and commercial banking, so as to align the demanding risk management criteria to business goals.
In 2016, the goal is to extend this training to the entire Group, through launching new training activities and with the
help of new digital technologies in order to achieve more effective and innovative training.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
193 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Background and upcoming challenges |
|
|
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
A. PILLARS OF THE RISK FUNCTION
B. RISK CONTROL AND
MANAGEMENT MODEL - Advanced Risk Management
C. BACKGROUND AND UPCOMING CHALLENGES
D. RISK PROFILE
APPENDIX: EDTF TRANSPARENCY
C. Background and upcoming challenges
Growth in the global economy slowed in 2015 because the steady resurgence in developed countries, which has been
more vigorous in the US and the United Kingdom but also in the Eurozone, was significantly offset by the downturn in emerging markets.
Growth has been
lower than was expected at the start of the year. In developed economies, this has been the case due to specific circumstances which dragged on the US economy in early 2015, even though by December this did not stop the FED from implementing a
slight rise in interest rates. In the Eurozone, the year saw moderate improvement until Greeces third bail-out and the point at which the ECB began to apply a more active policy (quantitative earing). Emerging countries have been impacted by
the slowdown in China (and the change in Chinas growth mix), the fall in commodity prices, geopolitical problems and some measure of decline in financing conditions (lower capital outflows, rise in risk premiums, stock market falls).
Against this background, Banco Santander has a medium-low risk profile, with improved credit quality as evidenced by its core ratios: NPL ratio of 4.36% (- 83
b.p. vs. December 2014), cost of credit 1.25% (-18 b.p. vs. December 2014 ) and a coverage ratio of 73% (+6 p.p higher than in December 2014).
During
2015, the regulatory background has once again been shaped by highly demanding prudential requirements. These are some of the highlights which have happened this year:
|
|
|
The BCBSs review of the initial proposals for credit, market and operational risk prudential frameworks. |
|
|
|
Regulatory progress concerning loss absorption mechanisms in the event of resolution situations (MREL and TLAC).
|
|
|
|
Publication by the European Banking Authority (EBA) of the results of the transparency exercise, a preliminary step before the stress tests to be held in 2016. |
|
|
|
Entities progress in projects designed to address regulatory changes regarding provisions, to come into force from 2018 on according to the IFRS 9 standard [refer to details in Table 1]. |
Regulatory compliance is a priority for Grupo Santander, and as such the Group constantly keeps track of new regulatory developments. Particularly worthy of
note in 2015 were the steps forward taken in developments designed to satisfy the requirements of the Volcker rule (further details in section 3. Market regulations, section D.5.4. Regulatory compliance) and international standards on risk data
aggregation (RDA) (further details in section B.3.5. Risk Data Aggregation & Risk Reporting Framework).
From the supervisory standpoint,
2015 marks one year since the coming into force of the Single Supervisory Mechanism (SSM). Supervisory activity by Eurozone banking entities has been conducted through the joint supervisory teams (JST) and through common ongoing supervision which
includes the methodology known as the Supervisory Review and Evaluation Procedure (SREP3). This methodology is based on four key areas:
a. |
Analysis of business model; |
b. |
Assessment of internal governance and global controls; |
c. |
Assessment of capital risks; and |
d. |
Assessment of liquidity risks. |
3. |
According to the document published by the European Banking Authority (EBA): Guidelines on common procedures and methodologies for the supervisory review and evaluation process (SREP) |
|
|
|
|
|
194 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Background and upcoming challenges |
|
|
Regular supervision based on the SREP methodology is complemented with customised inspections by the supervisor,
either jointly by several supervisory entities (in which case it is called a thematic review), or through individualised analysis of a particular topic within an entity (in situ inspection).
Emerging Risks
The banking sector currently has to face
new a plethora of new risk of different nature and sizes. By identifying and monitoring these emerging risks, the Group can adopt a forward-looking approach to risk management, enabling the senior management to deploy action plans to address
detected threats and also to adapt the Groups risk appetite accordingly. The Group uses the Risk Identification and Assessment (RIA) exercise, referred to above, to pinpoint and assess these risks. The most important risks are as follows:
Macroeconomic environment: the main sources of macroeconomic uncertainty which could impact Banco Santanders business activity in the coming year
are as follows:
|
|
|
The sustained low interest rate environment in Europe. |
|
|
|
The impact which divergent monetary policies could have on the different economies, with potential implications regarding exchange rates and financial stability due to: |
|
|
|
The increase in interest rates in the United States and how quickly the increases are applied (flight to quality). |
|
|
|
Extensions of the quantitative easing programme by the ECB, and |
|
|
|
Monetary expansion in China and Japan. |
|
|
|
Possible liquidity stresses on markets. |
|
|
|
The adjustment in the Chinese economy and its productive model. |
|
|
|
Changes in commodity prices and their impact on both emerging markets and developed economies. |
|
|
|
The decline in Brazils economic and fiscal situation |
Banco Santanders business model,
based on geographic diversification and a customer-focused bank, leads to more stable results even in periods of macroeconomic uncertainty, ensuring a medium-low profile.
Competitive setting: the financial industry faces the challenge of adapting the way it does business to customers new needs. Digital
transformation is a key factor for the future of the financial sector. New competitors have sprung up through this transformation: financial start-ups, large technological companies, etc., which are making inroads into different segments of the
financial sector, Banco Santander has identified and assessed this risk in its business and so has managed to turn this threat into an opportunity. Innovation and digital transformation are one of the cornerstones of our business model: A number of
different initiatives have been launched: investments through Santander InnoVentures in start-ups such as MyCheck, iZettle, Cyanogen, etc., alliances with business schools, progress in use of big date techniques, etc.
Another factor to be considered is that part of financial activity, and thus also its risks, has been shifted
towards entities which are subject to less regulation: what is known as shadow banking. Supervision and regulation of this type of banking has to be reinforced in order to safeguard the solvency of the financial system and to allay possible knock-on
effects to the rest of the sector, thereby ensuring a competitive environment with a level playing field.
Regulatory environment: the financial
crisis is the root cause of the speedy action taken by authorities to implement regulatory proposals in recent years. Entities have had to cope with substantial implementation and compliance costs due to this shifting background and the increasingly
more demanding requirements, and as a result ROE has been considerably reduced.
2016 is expected to be an important year in which the Basel Committee on
Banking Supervision will complete its tasks aimed at creating a more simple, comparable and risk-sensitive prudential framework. Having already completed the treatment of market risks, we expect to have finished reviewing credit risk, operational
risks and IRB models by the end of the year. A hybrid approach - in which internal models can be used, but with limitations - is expected.
In Europe, the
final agreement regarding the structural reform proposal (segregation of wholesale and retail activities) is still to be resolved, due to a lack of consensus about the supervisors role and the degree of discretionality/automatism in applying
this measure. In the area of retail financial services, the European Commission wants to analyse what restrictions are in place that would impede the development of a single common market. In 2016, we also expect to make progress in national
transpositions of the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MIFID II) and the Payment Accounts Directive.
For the financial industry, it is crucial
to have a stable and enduring regulatory framework, allowing banks to make valid mid-term strategies, and to constantly as the global impact of that framework so as to ensure a healthy balance between financial stability and economic growth. The
regulatory proposals described above, together with recent proposals for new banking taxes (in the UK and Poland), some of which are still being discussed, such as the European Financial Transaction Tax, are causing further uncertainty.
Geopolitical backdrop: instability in international relationships, which a priori affects the volatility of financial variables and which can affect
the real economy, gives rise to geopolitical risk. Evidently, the main sources of instability as we look towards the future are the debate in the UK on whether to remain in the EU (Brexit), the economic cycle in Spain, the Russia-Ukraine crisis,
conflicts in the Middle East, the refugee crisis and international terrorism. Yet again, balanced geographical diversification between developed and emerging allays the possible impact of the stresses triggered by this kind of risk.
Lastly, concerning non-financial risks, the number of cybersecurity incidents which affect all sectors, including the financial sector, is
steadily on the rise. In view of the importance and possible impact of this type of risk, the Bank continues to apply preventive measures so as to be ready to deal with any kinds of incidents of this nature. These types of measures are outlined in
section D.4.4. Mitigation measures of Operational risk.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
195 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Background and upcoming challenges |
|
|
Table 1: New financial instruments classification
and assessment model (IFRS 9)
1. Introduction
In July 2014, the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) approved International Financial Reporting Standard 9 - Financial Instruments (IFRS 9), to
replace IAS39 Financial instruments: recognition and assessment, in accordance with the guidelines which were prepared during the G-20 meeting in April 2009.
IFRS sets out the requirements for recognition and measurement of both financial instruments and certain types of contracts for the sale of non-financial
items. It will be applicable from 1 January 2018 on, and will have to be previously approved by the European Union.
2. Model proposed by IFRS 9
The main new developments of the standard are as follows:
2.a Classification of financial instruments
The
criterion for classifying financial assets will depend both on their business management model and the features of the contractual flows. Consequently, the asset will be measured at amortised cost, at fair value with changes in equity, or at fair
value with changes in profit/loss for the period. IFRS 9 also establishes the option of designating an instrument at fair value with changes in P/L under certain conditions.
2.b Credit risk impairment model
The most important new
development compared with the current model is that the new accounting standard introduces the concept of expected loss, whereas the current model (IAS 39) is based on incurred loss.
Scope of application
The IFRS 9 asset impairment model
is applicable to financial assets valued at amortised cost, to debt instruments valued at fair value through other comprehensive income, to leasing receivables, and to contingent risks and commitments not valued at fair value.
Classification of financial instruments by phases
The
financial instruments portfolio for impairment purposes will be divided into three categories, depending on the phase each instrument has with regard to its credit risk:
|
|
Phase 1: a financial instrument is in phase 1 when there has been no significant increase in its risk since it was initially
|
|
registered. If applicable, the valuation correction for losses will amount to the possible credit expected losses arising from possible defaults with ta period of 12 months following the
reporting date. |
|
|
Phase 2: if there has been a significant increase in risk since the date in which the instrument was initially registered, but the impairment has not actually materialised, then the financial instrument will be included
in this phase. In this case, the amount of the valuation correction for losses will be the expected losses owing to defaults throughout the residual life of the financial instrument. |
|
|
Phase 3: a financial instrument will be included in this phase when it is considered to be effectively impaired. In this case, the amount of the valuation correction for losses will be the expected losses for credit
risk throughout the residual life of the financial instrument. |
Impairment estimation methodology
In these three phases of financial instruments, the value correction for losses indicated must be an amount equivalent to the expected loss for default within
a period of 12 months following the reporting date, except for those cases in which there has been a significant increase in risk since the initial registration date. In the latter case, the valuation correction will be the same amount of the
expected loss for credit events during the rest of the expected life of the financial instrument.
The required methodology for calculating expected loss
for credit events will based on an unbiased consideration weighted for the probable occurrence of a range of future scenarios which could affect the receipt of the contractual cash flows, always taking into account the temporary value of money, and
all the available and relevant information about past occurrences, current conditions and predictions regarding changes in macroeconomic factors which are proven to be important for the purpose of estimating this amount.
For financial assets, a credit loss is the current value of the difference between the contractual cash flows owed to the entity according to the contract and
the cash flows which the entity expects to receive.
|
|
|
|
|
196 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Background and upcoming challenges |
|
|
For undrawn loan commitments, a credit loss is the current value of the difference between the contractual cash
flows owed to the entity if the holder of the loan commitment draws the loan and the cash flows which the entity expects to receive if the loan is drawn.
Expected loss is measured using the following factors:
|
|
|
Exposure at Default (EAD): the amount of the transaction exposed to credit risk referring to the period in which the likelihood of the counterparty defaulting is considered. This amount will be estimated in cases in
which the transaction repayment schedule may be modified, subject to the standard. |
|
|
|
Probability of Default (PD): is the likelihood that a counterparty will fail to meet its obligation to pay principal or interest. For the purposes of IFRS 9, this will consider both PD-12 months, which is the
probability of the financial instrument entering default within the next 12 months, and also lifetime PD, which is the probability of the transaction entering into default between the reporting date and the transactions residual maturity date.
Future information of relevance is considered to be needed to estimate these parameters, according to the standard. |
|
|
|
Loss Given Default (LGD): this reflects the percentage of exposure that could not be recovered in the event of a default. It depends mainly on the ability to demand additional collateral and the future cash flows that
are expected to be recovered. According to the standard, future information will have to be taken into account to estimate it. |
|
|
|
Discount rate: the rate applied to the future cash flows estimated during the expected life of the asset, and which is equal to the net present value of the financial instrument at its carrying value. When calculating
the discount rate, expected losses for default when estimating future cash flows are not generally taken into account, except in cases in which the asset is considered to be impaired, in which case the interest rate applied will take into account
such losses, and it will be known as the effective interest rate adjusted for credit risk.
|
Impairment registration
The main new development as against the current standard concerns assets measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income, where the part of
the changes in fair value due to expected credit losses in the profit and loss account will be registered in the year in which the change occurs, and the rest will be entered in another comprehensive income.
2.c Accounting of hedges
IFRS 9 includes new hedge
accounting requirements which have a twofold objective: to simplify current requirements, and to bring hedge accounting in line with risk management, so allowing there to be a greater variety of derivative financial instruments which may be
considered to be hedging instruments.
Furthermore, additional breakdowns are required providing useful information regarding the effect which hedge
accounting has on financial statements and also on the entitys risk management strategy.
3. IFRS 9 implementation strategy
The Group has established a workstream with the aim of adapting its processes to the new classification standards for financial instruments, accounting of
hedges and estimating credit risk impairment, so that such processes are applicable in a uniform way for all Group units, and, at the same time, can be adapted to each units individual features.
Accordingly, the Group is working towards defining an objective internal model and analysing all the changes which are needed to adapt accounting
classifications and credit risk impairment estimation models in force in each unit to the previous definitions.
In principle, the governance structure
currently implemented at both corporate level and in each one of the units, complies with the requirements set out in the new standards.
The Group has
set up a regular committee to manage the project governance structure, and a task force which is responsible for its tasks, and also assuring that the pertinent responsible teams take part.
Risks, Financial Accounting & Control and Technology and Operations are the main divisions involved in the project at the highest level, and which
are thus represented in the project governance bodies indicated above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
197 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Background and upcoming challenges |
|
|
The projects main phases and milestones are as follows:
|
|
|
Analysis / Diagnosis (2015 and first half of 2016): this phase consists mainly of analysing the standards and their impact on the Groups processes. |
|
|
|
Design and development (2015 and 2016) this phase consists of the definition of functional requirements and transposition of requirements to the technological field, selection and development of necessary
systems, identification of necessary data inputs, and construction of the new operational model to comply with regulatory requirements. |
|
|
|
Implementation (2016-2017): this phase consists of the model stabilisation, creation of stable and validated reports and the optimisation of execution times, in order to ensure that the model is
effectively implemented. |
|
|
|
Parallel Execution (2017): this phase consists mainly of the transition to the new operational model by testing the models effective operation, simulation calculations, and generating comparable
information and reporting in parallel with the current model, so as to verify the consistency of the models and the reporting systems, and to help management to understand the assumptions and sensitivities involved. |
|
|
|
Entry in force of standard: 1 January 2018. |
4. Guidelines and complementary rules
In addition to the standards issued by IASB, a number of regulatory and supervisory bodies have issued further considerations both in regard to the
impairment model for financial instruments in IFRS 9, and items directly relating to it. These include the following documents and initiatives:
|
|
|
Basel Committee on Banking Supervision - Guidelines concerning credit risk and accounting of expected credit losses (December 2015, definitive status): using 11 supervision principles and guidelines, the
document issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision provides a guide to good credit risk practices associated with the implementation and ongoing application of accounting frameworks for calculation of expected credit losses, and, in
particular, for IFRS 9. |
|
|
|
European Banking Authority (EBA) The EBA 2016 Annual Work Programme (September 2015): establishes a work plan which includes, inter alia: a quantitative and qualitative analysis of IFRS 9 as a
result of the technical standards and guidelines which the European Banking Authority will develop to provide advise in accounting and auditing. |
|
|
|
European Banking Authority (EBA) Draft Guidelines in the application of definition of default under article 178 of EU Regulation no. 575/2013 (September 2015, consultation status): the object of the
document is to give the sector guidelines which can be used to harmonise the default definition used in internal models towards those existing for regulatory purposes. |
|
|
|
Enhanced Disclosure Task Force EDTF Impact of expected loss models in breakdowns of risk (November 2015, definitive status): The EDTF, which the Group has been a member of since it was set up, is a
task force made up of financial entities, fund managers, auditors and rating agencies which was promoted by the Financial Stability Board in 2012 with the main object of improving the quality, comparability and transparency in the disclosure of
financial reporting. In 2015, the task force has reviewed the original principle and recommendations to include information for a provisions model based on expected credit losses (ECL). The publication of the recommended information is temporarily
adapted to the provisional implementation schedule for the new standards, and includes transitional recommendations for the implementation phase, and other permanent recommendations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
198 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
A. PILLARS OF THE RISK FUNCTION
B. RISK CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT
MODEL - Advanced Risk Management
C. BACKGROUND AND UPCOMING CHALLENGES
D. D. RISK PROFILE
1. Credit risk
2. Trading market risk and structural risks
3. Liquidity risk and funding
4. Operational risk
5.
Compliance and conduct risk
6. Model risk
7. Strategic risk
8.
Capital risk
APPENDIX: EDTF TRANSPARENCY
D. Risk profile
D.1. Credit risk
Organisation of this section
After an introduction to the concept of credit risk and the segmentation that the Group
uses for its treatment, the key figures of 2015 and change over time are presented [pag. 200-207].
This is followed by a look at the main
geographies, setting out the main features from the credit risk standpoint [pag. 208-215].
The qualitative and quantitative aspects of other
credit risk matters are then presented, including information on financial markets, risk concentration, country risk, sovereign risk and environmental risk [pag. 216-224].
Lastly, there is a description of the Groups credit risk cycle, with a detailed explanation of the various stages that form part of the phases of
pre-sale, sale, and post-sale, as well as the main credit risk metrics [pag. 224-229].
D.1.1. Introduction to credit risk treatment
Credit risk arises from the possibility of losses stemming from the failure of
clients or counterparties to meet their financial obligations with the Group.
The Groups risks function is organised on the basis of three types of
customers:
|
|
|
The segment of individuals includes all physical persons, except those with a business activity. This segment, in turn, is divided into sub segments by income levels, which enables risk management adjusted to the
type of client. |
|
|
|
The segment of SMEs, companies and institutions includes companies and physical persons with business activity. It also includes public sector activities in general and non-profit making private sector entities.
|
|
|
|
The segment of Santander Global Corporate Banking SGCB consists of corporate clients, financial institutions and sovereigns, who comprise a closed list revised annually. This list is determined on
the basis of a full analysis of the company (business, countries where it operates, types of product used, volume of revenues it represents for the bank, length of relation with the client, etc.). |
The following chart shows the distribution of credit risk on the basis of the management model.
The Groups profile is mainly retail, accounting for 84% of total risk generated by the retail banking business.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
199 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
D.1.2. Key figures and change over time
D.1.2.1. Global map of credit risk, 2015
The table below sets out the global credit risk exposure map in nominal amounts (except for derivatives and repos exposure which is expressed in credit risk
equivalent) for the Group at 31 December 2015.
n |
Gross credit risk exposure classified by legal entity |
Million euros. Data at
31 December 2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivatives |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer loans |
|
|
Loans to entities2 |
|
|
Fixed income33 |
|
|
and Repos |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Drawn1 |
|
|
Undrawn |
|
|
Drawn |
|
|
Undrawn |
|
|
Sovereign |
|
|
Private |
|
|
CRE4 |
|
|
Total |
|
Continental Europe |
|
|
327,556 |
|
|
|
77,739 |
|
|
|
30,890 |
|
|
|
288 |
|
|
|
55,387 |
|
|
|
12,772 |
|
|
|
24,397 |
|
|
|
529,030 |
|
Spain |
|
|
208,341 |
|
|
|
63,381 |
|
|
|
21,432 |
|
|
|
125 |
|
|
|
42,694 |
|
|
|
7,263 |
|
|
|
21,836 |
|
|
|
365,071 |
|
Germany |
|
|
31,488 |
|
|
|
830 |
|
|
|
2,396 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
348 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
35,069 |
|
Portugal |
|
|
32,792 |
|
|
|
4,591 |
|
|
|
3,489 |
|
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
6,803 |
|
|
|
3,771 |
|
|
|
2,073 |
|
|
|
53,622 |
|
Others |
|
|
54,936 |
|
|
|
8,938 |
|
|
|
3,574 |
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
5,891 |
|
|
|
1,390 |
|
|
|
480 |
|
|
|
75,267 |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
277,225 |
|
|
|
48,144 |
|
|
|
23,625 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,153 |
|
|
|
8,248 |
|
|
|
18,971 |
|
|
|
382,366 |
|
Latin America |
|
|
149,039 |
|
|
|
35,139 |
|
|
|
24,273 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
25,460 |
|
|
|
6,108 |
|
|
|
8,260 |
|
|
|
248,292 |
|
Brazil |
|
|
69,182 |
|
|
|
21,316 |
|
|
|
14,820 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
16,226 |
|
|
|
4,826 |
|
|
|
5,291 |
|
|
|
131,673 |
|
Chile |
|
|
34,836 |
|
|
|
8,363 |
|
|
|
1,725 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1,665 |
|
|
|
976 |
|
|
|
1,469 |
|
|
|
49,034 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
30,566 |
|
|
|
5,165 |
|
|
|
3,164 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,046 |
|
|
|
274 |
|
|
|
1,466 |
|
|
|
46,681 |
|
Others |
|
|
14,455 |
|
|
|
297 |
|
|
|
4,565 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,523 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
20,905 |
|
United States |
|
|
85,548 |
|
|
|
33,667 |
|
|
|
10,151 |
|
|
|
333 |
|
|
|
8,685 |
|
|
|
10,746 |
|
|
|
478 |
|
|
|
149,609 |
|
Rest of world |
|
|
596 |
|
|
|
191 |
|
|
|
108 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
896 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Group |
|
|
839,964 |
|
|
|
194,881 |
|
|
|
89,048 |
|
|
|
634 |
|
|
|
95,685 |
|
|
|
37,875 |
|
|
|
52,106 |
|
|
|
1,310,192 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of total |
|
|
64.1 |
% |
|
|
14.9 |
% |
|
|
6.8 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
7.3 |
% |
|
|
2.9 |
% |
|
|
4.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
% change/Dec 14 |
|
|
6.4 |
% |
|
|
8.0 |
% |
|
|
15.2 |
% |
|
|
-74.0 |
% |
|
|
12.2 |
% |
|
|
13.9 |
% |
|
|
4.2 |
% |
|
|
7.5 |
% |
n |
Gross credit risk exposure: change over time |
Million euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
2013 |
|
|
Change on 14 |
|
|
Change on 13 |
|
Continental Europe |
|
|
529,030 |
|
|
|
480,551 |
|
|
|
473,267 |
|
|
|
10.1 |
% |
|
|
11.8 |
% |
Spain |
|
|
365,071 |
|
|
|
333,227 |
|
|
|
327,900 |
|
|
|
9.6 |
% |
|
|
11.3 |
% |
Germany |
|
|
35,069 |
|
|
|
32,929 |
|
|
|
33,481 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
% |
|
|
4.7 |
% |
Portugal |
|
|
53,622 |
|
|
|
43,754 |
|
|
|
41,013 |
|
|
|
22.6 |
% |
|
|
30.7 |
% |
Others |
|
|
75,267 |
|
|
|
70,641 |
|
|
|
70,872 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
% |
|
|
6.2 |
% |
United Kingdom |
|
|
382,366 |
|
|
|
349,169 |
|
|
|
320,571 |
|
|
|
9.5 |
% |
|
|
19.3 |
% |
Latin America |
|
|
248,292 |
|
|
|
264,459 |
|
|
|
241,592 |
|
|
|
-6.1 |
% |
|
|
2.8 |
% |
Brazil |
|
|
131,673 |
|
|
|
160,532 |
|
|
|
141,119 |
|
|
|
-18.0 |
% |
|
|
-6.7 |
% |
Chile |
|
|
49,034 |
|
|
|
46,084 |
|
|
|
44,147 |
|
|
|
6.4 |
% |
|
|
11.1 |
% |
Mexico |
|
|
46,681 |
|
|
|
43,639 |
|
|
|
39,066 |
|
|
|
7.0 |
% |
|
|
19.5 |
% |
Others |
|
|
20,905 |
|
|
|
14,204 |
|
|
|
17,260 |
|
|
|
47.2 |
% |
|
|
21.1 |
% |
United States |
|
|
149,609 |
|
|
|
123,758 |
|
|
|
73,945 |
|
|
|
20.9 |
% |
|
|
102.3 |
% |
Rest of world |
|
|
896 |
|
|
|
450 |
|
|
|
265 |
|
|
|
98.8 |
% |
|
|
237.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Group |
|
|
1,310,192 |
|
|
|
1,218,387 |
|
|
|
1,109,640 |
|
|
|
7.5 |
% |
|
|
18.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
Balances drawn down by customers include contingent liabilities (see the auditors report and note 35 to the annual consolidated accounts) and exclude repos (EUR 6,272 million) and other customer credit financial
assets (EUR 4,673 million). |
2. |
Balances with credit entities and central banks include contingent liabilities and exclude repos, the trading portfolio and other financial assets. |
3. |
Total fixed income excludes the trading portfolio. |
4. |
CRE (credit risk equivalent): net replacement value plus the maximum potential value. Includes mitigants). |
|
|
|
Gross exposure (lending to customers, entities, fixed income, derivative and repos) to credit risk in 2015 amounts to 1,310,192 million
euros. The highest proportion, accounting for 86% of the total, is credit to customers and credit entities.
Risk is diversified among the main regions where the Group operates: Continental Europe (41%), United Kingdom (29%), Latin America (19%) and the US
(11%). |
|
Credit risk exposure rose 7.5% in 2015, largely due to the combined impact of the increase in lending in the United Kingdom, the US, Spain and Portugal. |
|
|
|
|
|
200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
Changes in scope
In 2015, there were a number of different changes in the Groups scope of gross credit exposure. The main programmes were:
Santander Consumer Finance
Agreement with PSA (50/50%
Joint Venture between Banque PSA Finance and Santander Consumer Finance), in the consumer finance business. The main goal of this alliance is to finance vehicle acquisitions of the Peugeot, Citroën and DS brands by end customers, and secondhand
vehicle transactions in auto dealers of these three brands. This agreement adds approximately EUR 15,000 million of exposure in 2015.
Through this
alliance, SCF has been able to strengthen its position on the market, stepping up its presence in countries where it already has exposure such as Spain, the United Kingdom and Portugal, and moving into new markets such as France and Switzerland, in
so doing increasing its scope in 2015.
The new portfolio has an NPL ratio of approximately 2.4% at year end,
and thus helps in the efforts made to bring down the SCF NPL ratio overall in 2015. The new portfolio has a
coverage ratio of 110%, similar to SCF. In 2016, an additional EUR 6,000 million is expected to be added in six European countries, continuing the strategy aimed at increasing the scope with similar risk profiles.
Other important transactions were the acquisitions of Retop, which consolidates the consumer finance business in Uruguay, and of Carfinco, allowing the auto
finance business in Canada to be included in the scope of Santander Consumer Finance.
In December 2015, Santander Totta bought most of the assets and
liabilities of Banco Internacional do Funchal (Banif) were acquired by Santander Totta in Portugal, further increasing market share in that country.
D.1.2.2. Performance of magnitudes in 2015
The table
below sets out the main items related to credit risk derived from our activity with customers:
n |
Key figures of credit risk arising from activity with customers |
Data at
31 December 2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit risk with customers2 (million euros) |
|
|
Non-performing loans (million euros) |
|
|
NPL ratio (%) |
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
2013 |
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
2013 |
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
2013 |
|
Continental Europe |
|
|
321,395 |
|
|
|
310,008 |
|
|
|
312,167 |
|
|
|
23,355 |
|
|
|
27,526 |
|
|
|
28,496 |
|
|
|
7.27 |
|
|
|
8.88 |
|
|
|
9.13 |
|
Spain |
|
|
173,032 |
|
|
|
182,974 |
|
|
|
189,783 |
|
|
|
11,293 |
|
|
|
13,512 |
|
|
|
14,223 |
|
|
|
6.53 |
|
|
|
7.38 |
|
|
|
7.49 |
|
Santander Consumer Finance1 |
|
|
76,688 |
|
|
|
63,654 |
|
|
|
58,628 |
|
|
|
2,625 |
|
|
|
3,067 |
|
|
|
2,351 |
|
|
|
3.42 |
|
|
|
4.82 |
|
|
|
4.01 |
|
Portugal |
|
|
31,922 |
|
|
|
25,588 |
|
|
|
26,810 |
|
|
|
2,380 |
|
|
|
2,275 |
|
|
|
2,177 |
|
|
|
7.46 |
|
|
|
8.89 |
|
|
|
8.12 |
|
Poland |
|
|
20,951 |
|
|
|
18,920 |
|
|
|
18,101 |
|
|
|
1,319 |
|
|
|
1,405 |
|
|
|
1,419 |
|
|
|
6.30 |
|
|
|
7.42 |
|
|
|
7.84 |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
282,182 |
|
|
|
256,337 |
|
|
|
235,627 |
|
|
|
4,292 |
|
|
|
4,590 |
|
|
|
4,663 |
|
|
|
1.52 |
|
|
|
1.79 |
|
|
|
1.98 |
|
Latin America |
|
|
151,302 |
|
|
|
161,974 |
|
|
|
146,956 |
|
|
|
7,512 |
|
|
|
7,767 |
|
|
|
7,342 |
|
|
|
4.96 |
|
|
|
4.79 |
|
|
|
5.00 |
|
Brazil |
|
|
72,173 |
|
|
|
90,572 |
|
|
|
79,216 |
|
|
|
4,319 |
|
|
|
4,572 |
|
|
|
4,469 |
|
|
|
5.98 |
|
|
|
5.05 |
|
|
|
5.64 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
32,463 |
|
|
|
27,893 |
|
|
|
24,024 |
|
|
|
1,096 |
|
|
|
1,071 |
|
|
|
878 |
|
|
|
3.38 |
|
|
|
3.84 |
|
|
|
3.66 |
|
Chile |
|
|
35,213 |
|
|
|
33,514 |
|
|
|
31,645 |
|
|
|
1,980 |
|
|
|
1,999 |
|
|
|
1,872 |
|
|
|
5.62 |
|
|
|
5.97 |
|
|
|
5.91 |
|
Argentina |
|
|
6,328 |
|
|
|
5,703 |
|
|
|
5,283 |
|
|
|
73 |
|
|
|
92 |
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
1.15 |
|
|
|
1.61 |
|
|
|
1.42 |
|
United States |
|
|
90,727 |
|
|
|
76,014 |
|
|
|
44,372 |
|
|
|
1,935 |
|
|
|
1,838 |
|
|
|
1,151 |
|
|
|
2.13 |
|
|
|
2.42 |
|
|
|
2.60 |
|
Puerto Rico |
|
|
3,924 |
|
|
|
3,871 |
|
|
|
4,023 |
|
|
|
273 |
|
|
|
288 |
|
|
|
253 |
|
|
|
6.96 |
|
|
|
7.45 |
|
|
|
6.29 |
|
Santander Bank |
|
|
54,089 |
|
|
|
45,817 |
|
|
|
40,349 |
|
|
|
627 |
|
|
|
647 |
|
|
|
898 |
|
|
|
1.16 |
|
|
|
1.41 |
|
|
|
2.23 |
|
SC USA |
|
|
28,280 |
|
|
|
22,782 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,034 |
|
|
|
903 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.66 |
|
|
|
3.97 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Group |
|
|
850,909 |
|
|
|
804,084 |
|
|
|
738,558 |
|
|
|
37,094 |
|
|
|
41,709 |
|
|
|
41,652 |
|
|
|
4.36 |
|
|
|
5.19 |
|
|
|
5.64 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Coverage ratio (%) |
|
|
Spec. provs. net of recovered write-offs3 (million euros) |
|
|
Credit cost (% of risk)4 |
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
2013 |
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
2013 |
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
2013 |
|
Continental Europe |
|
|
64.2 |
|
|
|
57.2 |
|
|
|
57.3 |
|
|
|
1,975 |
|
|
|
2,880 |
|
|
|
3,603 |
|
|
|
0.68 |
|
|
|
1.01 |
|
|
|
1.23 |
|
Spain |
|
|
48.1 |
|
|
|
45.5 |
|
|
|
44.0 |
|
|
|
992 |
|
|
|
1,745 |
|
|
|
2,411 |
|
|
|
0.62 |
|
|
|
1.06 |
|
|
|
1.38 |
|
Santander Consumer Finance1 |
|
|
109.1 |
|
|
|
100.1 |
|
|
|
105.3 |
|
|
|
537 |
|
|
|
544 |
|
|
|
565 |
|
|
|
0.77 |
|
|
|
0.90 |
|
|
|
0.96 |
|
Portugal |
|
|
99.0 |
|
|
|
51.8 |
|
|
|
50.0 |
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
124 |
|
|
|
192 |
|
|
|
0.29 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.73 |
|
Poland |
|
|
64.0 |
|
|
|
60.3 |
|
|
|
61.8 |
|
|
|
167 |
|
|
|
186 |
|
|
|
167 |
|
|
|
0.87 |
|
|
|
1.04 |
|
|
|
1.01 |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
38.2 |
|
|
|
41.9 |
|
|
|
41.6 |
|
|
|
107 |
|
|
|
332 |
|
|
|
580 |
|
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
|
0.14 |
|
|
|
0.24 |
|
Latin America |
|
|
79.0 |
|
|
|
84.5 |
|
|
|
85.4 |
|
|
|
4,950 |
|
|
|
5,119 |
|
|
|
6,435 |
|
|
|
3.36 |
|
|
|
3.70 |
|
|
|
4.43 |
|
Brazil |
|
|
83.7 |
|
|
|
95.4 |
|
|
|
95.1 |
|
|
|
3,297 |
|
|
|
3,682 |
|
|
|
4,894 |
|
|
|
4.50 |
|
|
|
4.91 |
|
|
|
6.34 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
90.6 |
|
|
|
86.1 |
|
|
|
97.5 |
|
|
|
877 |
|
|
|
756 |
|
|
|
801 |
|
|
|
2.91 |
|
|
|
2.98 |
|
|
|
3.47 |
|
Chile |
|
|
53.9 |
|
|
|
52.4 |
|
|
|
51.1 |
|
|
|
567 |
|
|
|
521 |
|
|
|
597 |
|
|
|
1.65 |
|
|
|
1.75 |
|
|
|
1.92 |
|
Argentina |
|
|
194.2 |
|
|
|
143.3 |
|
|
|
140.4 |
|
|
|
148 |
|
|
|
121 |
|
|
|
119 |
|
|
|
2.15 |
|
|
|
2.54 |
|
|
|
2.12 |
|
United States |
|
|
225.0 |
|
|
|
193.6 |
|
|
|
86.6 |
|
|
|
3,103 |
|
|
|
2,233 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
3.66 |
|
|
|
3.31 |
|
|
|
(0.00 |
) |
Puerto Rico |
|
|
48.5 |
|
|
|
55.6 |
|
|
|
61.6 |
|
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
2.12 |
|
|
|
1.43 |
|
|
|
1.13 |
|
Santander Bank |
|
|
114.5 |
|
|
|
109.4 |
|
|
|
93.6 |
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
0.13 |
|
|
|
0.06 |
|
|
|
(0.01 |
) |
SC USA |
|
|
337.1 |
|
|
|
296.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,954 |
|
|
|
2,152 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.97 |
|
|
|
10.76 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Group |
|
|
73.1 |
|
|
|
67.2 |
|
|
|
61.7 |
|
|
|
10,108 |
|
|
|
10,562 |
|
|
|
10,863 |
|
|
|
1.25 |
|
|
|
1.43 |
|
|
|
1.53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
SCF includes PSA in the 2015 figures. |
2. |
Includes gross lending to customers, guarantees and documentary credits. |
3. |
Recovered Written-Off Assets (EUR 1,375 million). |
4. |
Cost of credit = loan-loss provisions twelve months / average lending. |
NB: 2014 data have been reformulated
due to the transfer of Banco Santander International units and the New York branch to the US.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
201 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
At the end of 2015, credit risk with customers was 6% higher. Growth in local currency is across the board
except for Spain (although customer lending in isolation actually increased slightly). The lower lending in Brazil in euros is due to the BRLs depreciation over the course of the year.
These levels of lending, together with lower non-performing loans (NPLs) of EUR 37,094 million (-11% vs. 2014) reduced the Groups NPL ratio to
4.36% (-83 b.p. against 2014).
For coverage of these NPLs, the Group recorded net credit losses of EUR 10,108 million (-4% vs. 2014), after
deducting write-off recoveries. This fall is materialised in a fall in the cost of credit to 1.25% (18 b.p. less than in 2014).
Total loan-loss provisions were EUR 27,121 million, bringing the Groups coverage ratio to 73%. It is
important to bear in mind that this ratio is affected downwards by the weight of mortgage portfolios (particularly in the United Kingdom and Spain), which require fewer provisions as they have collateral.
Conciliation of the main magnitudes
The consolidated
financial report details the portfolio of customer loans, both gross and net of funds. Credit risk also includes off-balance sheet risk and derivatives. The following chart shows the relation between the concepts that comprise these magnitudes.
|
|
|
|
|
202 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
Geographic distribution and segmentation
On the basis of the aforementioned segmentation, the geographic distribution and situation of the portfolio is shown in the following charts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
203 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
The structure of the main magnitudes by geographic area:
|
|
|
In Spain4, the NPL ratio amounted to 6.53% (-85 b.p. vs. 2014), despite the reduction in the denominator and due to the favourable evolution of NPLs, mainly at
companies. The coverage ratio rose to 48% (+3 p.p. in the year). |
|
|
|
Portugal closed the year with a fall in the NPL ratio to 7.46%, (-143 b.p. in 2015), and an increase in the coverage ratio to 99% (+47 p.p. during the year). This performance is due to the lower with PNL in most
segments and the addition of Banif. |
|
|
|
In Poland the downturn in the NPL ratio continued to 6.3% (-112 b.p. vs. 2014). The coverage ratio rose to 64%. |
|
|
|
Santander Consumers NPL ratio, after the increase in the perimeter, was 3.42% (-140 b.p. in 2015), with a good general performance of portfolios in all countries. The coverage ratio increased to
109%. |
|
|
|
The United Kingdom5 reduced its NPL ratio to 1.52% (-27 b.p.), due to the good performance in all segments, particularly retail and especially the mortgage
portfolio. The coverage ratio was 38%. |
|
|
|
Brazil6, against an adverse macroeconomic background, the NPL ratio was contained to 5.98% (+93 b.p. in the year) using proactive risk management. The coverage
ratio was 84%. |
|
|
|
Chile has reduced its NPL ratio to 5.62 % (-35 b.p. in the year), thanks to the good performance in non-performance loans across most segments. The coverage ratio was 54%. |
|
|
|
In Mexico the NPL ratio was down to 3.38% (-46 b.p. in the year), with increase in credit risk much higher than growth in the NPL portfolio. The coverage ratio was 91%. |
|
|
|
The United States NPL ratio declined to 2.13% (-29 b.p.) and the coverage ratio rose to 225% (+31 p.p. since 2014). |
|
|
|
The NPL ratio at Santander Bank was 1.16% (-25 b.p.), as a result of the good performance of the portfolios, while the coverage ratio was higher at 115%. |
|
|
|
In SCUSA, the high rotation of the portfolio and the units active credit management brought the NPL ratio to 3.66% and the coverage ratio increased to 337%. |
|
|
|
Puerto Ricos NPL ratio fell to 6.96% and the coverage ratio dropped to 49%.
|
Portfolio with normal status: amounts past due
The amounts past due of three months or less represented 0.30% of total credit risk with customers. The following table shows the structure at 31 December
2015, classified on the basis of the age of the first maturity:
n |
Matured amounts pending |
Million euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than 1 month |
|
|
1-2 months |
|
|
2-3 months |
|
Deposits in credit entities |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer loans |
|
|
1,654 |
|
|
|
553 |
|
|
|
407 |
|
Public administrations |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Other private sectors |
|
|
1,650 |
|
|
|
553 |
|
|
|
407 |
|
Securities representing debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
1,659 |
|
|
|
553 |
|
|
|
407 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Doubtful portfolio and provisions: change over time and mix Doubtful assets are divided into:
|
|
|
Assets classified as doubtful due to counterparty arrears: |
Debt instruments, no
matter what their holder or collateral might be, which have an amount in arrears for over 90 days, are allocated provisions in an individualised way, taking into account how long the unpaid amounts are outstanding, the collaterals offered and the
economic situation of the counterparty and the guarantors.
|
|
|
Assets classified as doubtful for reasons other than counterparty arrears: |
Debt
instruments which cannot be classified as doubtful due to arrears but for which there are reasonable doubts as to the borrowers ability to pay in accordance with the contractual terms are assessed individually, and an allowance is recognised
equal to the difference between the carrying amount of the assets and the present value of their estimated future cash flows.
The table below shows the
change over time in doubtful loans by constituent items:
4. |
Does not include real estate activity. Further details in section D.1.3.2. Spain. |
5. |
Further details in section D.1.3.1. United Kingdom. |
6. |
Further details in section D.1.3.3. Brazil. |
|
|
|
|
|
204 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
Million euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
2015 |
|
NPLs (start of he period) |
|
|
36,061 |
|
|
|
41,652 |
|
|
|
41,709 |
|
Entries |
|
|
17,596 |
|
|
|
9,652 |
|
|
|
7,705 |
|
Perimeter |
|
|
743 |
|
|
|
497 |
|
|
|
106 |
|
Exchange rate and other |
|
|
(2,122 |
) |
|
|
1,734 |
|
|
|
(65 |
) |
Write-offs |
|
|
(10,626 |
) |
|
|
(11,827 |
) |
|
|
(12,361 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NPLs (end of period) |
|
|
41,652 |
|
|
|
41,709 |
|
|
|
37,094 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Million euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
2015 |
|
Funds (start of period) |
|
|
26,111 |
|
|
|
25,681 |
|
|
|
28,046 |
|
From impaired assets |
|
|
19,431 |
|
|
|
19,118 |
|
|
|
19,786 |
|
From other assets |
|
|
6,681 |
|
|
|
6,563 |
|
|
|
8,260 |
|
Gross provision for impairedassets and loan losses |
|
|
11,881 |
|
|
|
11,766 |
|
|
|
10,670 |
|
Allocation |
|
|
11,686 |
|
|
|
11,766 |
|
|
|
10,670 |
|
Writedowns |
|
|
195 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for other assets |
|
|
242 |
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
|
814 |
|
Exchange rate and other |
|
|
(1,928 |
) |
|
|
2,271 |
|
|
|
(48 |
) |
Write-offs |
|
|
(10,626 |
) |
|
|
(11,827 |
) |
|
|
(12,361 |
) |
Funds (end of period) |
|
|
25,681 |
|
|
|
28,046 |
|
|
|
27,121 |
|
Forbearance portfolio
The term forbearance portfolio refers for the purposes of the Groups risk management to operations in which the customer has shown, or is expected to
show, financial difficulties which could have a material impact on its payment obligations in the prevailing contractual terms and, for this reason, steps have been taken to modify, cancel or even formalise a new transaction.
Grupo Santander has a detailed corporate policy for forbearance which acts as a reference in the various local
transpositions of all the financial institutions that form part of the Group, and share the general principles established in Bank of Spain circular 6/2012 and the technical criteria published in 2014 by the European Banking Authority, developing
them in a more granular way on the basis of the level of deterioration of clients.
This corporate policy sets rigorous criteria of prudence for assessing
these risks:
|
|
|
There must be restrictive use of restructuring, avoiding actions that delay recognising deterioration. |
|
|
|
The main aim must be to recover all the amounts owed, which entails recognising as soon as possible the amounts that it is estimated cannot be recovered. |
|
|
|
The restructuring must always envisage maintaining the existing guarantees and, if possible, improving them. Effective guarantees not only serve to mitigate the severity, but also can reduce the probability of default.
|
|
|
|
This practice must not involve granting additional financing to the client, serve to refinance the debt of other banks, or be used as an instrument of cross-selling. |
|
|
|
It is necessary to assess all the forbearance alternatives and their effects, ensuring that the results would be better than those likely to be achieved in the event of not doing it. |
|
|
|
More severe criteria are applied for the classification of forbearance operations which prudently ensure the reestablishment of the clients payment capacity from the moment of forbearance and for an adequate
period of time. |
|
|
|
In addition, in the case of clients assigned a risk analyst, individualised analysis of each case is particularly important, both for their correct identification as well as subsequent classification, monitoring and
adequate provisions. |
The policy also establishes various criteria related to determining the perimeter of operations considered as
forbearance, through defining a detailed series of objective indicators to help identify financial distress situations which could have a material impact on the customers meeting of its payment obligations.
In this way, operations not classified as doubtful at the date of forbearance are generally considered as being in financial difficulties if at this date
non-payment exceeds a month. If there is no non-payment or if this does not exceed the month of maturity, other indicators to be assessed are taken into account including:
|
|
Operations of clients who already have problems with other transactions. |
|
|
When the modification is made necessary prematurely, without there yet existing a previous and satisfactory experience with the client.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
205 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
|
|
|
In the event that the necessary modifications involve granting special conditions such as the need to have to establish a temporary grace period in the payment or, when these new conditions are regarded as more
favourable for the client than those granted in an ordinary admission. |
|
|
|
Request for successive modifications over an unreasonable period of time. |
|
|
|
In any case, once the modification is made, if any irregularity arises in the payment during an established period of observation, even if there are no other symptoms, the operation will be considered within the
perimeter of forbearance (backtesting). |
As soon as it is determined that the reasons giving rise to the modification are due to financial
difficulties, two types of forbearance are distinguished for management purposes on the basis of the management situation of these operations in origin: ex ante forbearance when the original operation is considered a doubtful risk and ex post
forbearance when arising from a doubtful situation.
In addition, within ex post forbearance treatments applicable for cases of advanced deterioration are
distinguished, whose requirements and classification criteria are even more severe than for the rest of forbearance.
Once the forbearance is done, those
operations that remain classified as doubtful risk for not meeting at the time of forbearance the requirements for their reclassification to another category, must fulfil a schedule of prudent payments in order to ensure with reasonable certainty
that the client has recovered his payment capacity.
If there is any irregularity (non-technical) in payments during this period, the observation period
is begun again.
Once this period is over, conditioned by the customers situation and by the operations features (maturity and guarantees
granted), the operation is no longer considered doubtful, although it remains subject to a test period with special monitoring.
This tracking is
maintained as long as a series of requirements are not met, including: a minimum period of observation, amortisation of a substantial percentage of the amounts pending and having met the unpaid amounts at the time of forbearance.
The forbearance of a doubtful operation, regardless of whether, as a result of it, the transaction remains
current in payment, the original non-payment dates are considered for all purpose, including the determination of provisions.
Total forbearance volume at
31 December 2015 amounts to 55,362 million euros, with the following details7:
Million euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-doubtful |
|
|
Doubtful |
|
|
Total risk |
|
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
% spec. cov. |
|
Total forebearance |
|
|
34,189 |
|
|
|
21,173 |
|
|
|
55,362 |
|
|
|
20 |
% |
The Groups forbearance volume fell 2.4% (- EUR 1,341 million), continuing the downturn begun in 2013 (-14.1% total fall
over the last three years, considering an unchanged scope). Its proportion as part of the total credit risk with Group customers has also diminished (currently 6.5% vs. 7% in the previous year).
The credit quality of the portfolio has improved, with 62% in non-doubtful status (58% in 2014). Of note is the high level of guarantees (77% with real
guarantees) and adequate coverage through specific provisions (20% of the total forbearance portfolio and 52% of the doubtful portfolio).
Management
metrics8
Credit risk management uses other metrics to those already commented on, particularly
management of non-performing loans variation plus net write-offs (known in Spanish as VMG) and expected loss. Both enable risk managers to form a complete idea of the portfolios evolution and future prospects.
Unlike non-performing loans, the VMG refers to the total portfolio deteriorated over a period of time, regardless of the situation in which it finds
itself (doubtful loans and write-offs). This makes the metric a main driver when it comes to establishing measures to manage the portfolio.
7. |
Non-doubtful portfolio figures include the portfolio classified as normal and substandard in Circular 4/2004 of the Bank of Spain. For more detail on the real estate portfolio consult note 54 of the auditors
report and the annual financial statements. |
8. |
For further details of these metrics refer to section D.1.5.6. Measurement and control in this same chapter. |
|
|
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
The VMG is frequently considered in relation to the average loan that generated them, giving rise to what is
known as the risk premium, whose change over time can be seen below.
In 2015, the downturn in the Groups risk premium continued, despite the increase in Brazil.
Unlike the loss incurred, used by the Group to estimate loan-loss provisions, the expected loss is the estimate of the economic loss which will occur
during the following year in the existing portfolio at a given moment. Its forward-looking component complements the view provided by the VMG when analysing the portfolio and its evolution.
The expected loss reflects the portfolios features as regards the exposure at default (EaD), the probability of default (PD) and the severity or
recovery once the default occurs (loss given default, LGD).
The table below sets out the distribution by segments in terms of EAD, PD and LGD. For example, it can be seen
how the consideration of the LGD in the metrics makes the portfolios with mortgage guarantee generally produce a lower expected loss, fruit of the recovery that occurs in the event of a default via the mortgaged property.
The expected loss with clients of the portfolio in normal situation is 1.00% (virtually unchanged vs. 2014 in which it was 1.01%) and 0.79% for the whole of
the Groups credit exposure (0.82% in 2014), maintaining the medium-low risk profile.
n Credit risk exposure: segmentation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment |
|
EAD1 |
|
|
% |
|
|
Average PD |
|
|
Average LGD |
|
|
Expected loss |
|
Sovereign debt |
|
|
180,192 |
|
|
|
15.9 |
% |
|
|
0.13 |
% |
|
|
18.67 |
% |
|
|
0.02 |
% |
Banks and other fin. instit. |
|
|
71,704 |
|
|
|
6.3 |
% |
|
|
0.29 |
% |
|
|
38.49 |
% |
|
|
0.11 |
% |
Public sector |
|
|
3,794 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
% |
|
|
1.66 |
% |
|
|
21.25 |
% |
|
|
0.35 |
% |
Corporate |
|
|
160,498 |
|
|
|
14.2 |
% |
|
|
0.65 |
% |
|
|
31.46 |
% |
|
|
0.21 |
% |
SMEs |
|
|
161,934 |
|
|
|
14.3 |
% |
|
|
2.77 |
% |
|
|
40.12 |
% |
|
|
1.11 |
% |
Individual mortgages |
|
|
343,213 |
|
|
|
30.4 |
% |
|
|
2.56 |
% |
|
|
7.38 |
% |
|
|
0.19 |
% |
Consumer credit (individuals) |
|
|
145,001 |
|
|
|
12.8 |
% |
|
|
6.89 |
% |
|
|
48.13 |
% |
|
|
3.32 |
% |
Credit cards (individuals) |
|
|
46,229 |
|
|
|
4.1 |
% |
|
|
3.25 |
% |
|
|
64.54 |
% |
|
|
2.10 |
% |
Other assets |
|
|
17,209 |
|
|
|
1.5 |
% |
|
|
2.48 |
% |
|
|
41.30 |
% |
|
|
1.03 |
% |
Memorandum item2 |
|
|
860,669 |
|
|
|
76.2 |
% |
|
|
3.01 |
% |
|
|
33.11 |
% |
|
|
1.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
1,129,773 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
2.37 |
% |
|
|
33.15 |
% |
|
|
0.79 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Data at December 2015.
1. |
Excludes doubtful loans. |
2. |
Excludes sovereign debt, banks and other financial institutions and other assets. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
207 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
D.1.3. Details of main geographies
The portfolios of the geographies where Grupo Santander has the highest risk
concentrations are set out below, based on the data in sections D.1.2.2 Performance in magnitudes in 2015.
D.1.3.1. United Kingdom
D.1.3.1.1. Overview of the portfolio
Credit risk with
customers in the United Kingdom amounts to EUR 282,182 million at the close of December 2015, accounting for 33% of the Group total.
The Santander
UK portfolio is divided into the following segments:
D.1.3.1.2. Mortgage portfolio
Because of its importance not just for Santander UK but for all of the Groups outstanding, it is worth highlighting the mortgage portfolio, which stood
at EUR 207,309 million at the end of December 2015.
This portfolio consists of mortgages for acquisition or reforming homes, granted to new as well
as existing clients and always constituting the first mortgage. There are no operations that entail second or successive charges on mortgaged properties.
The mortgaged property must always be located within United Kingdom territory, regardless of the destiny of the financing except in the case of some one-off
operations in the Isle of Man. Mortgages can be granted for properties outside the United Kingdom, but the collateral for such mortgages must consists of a property in the United Kingdom.
Most of the credit exposure is in the south east of the United Kingdom, and particularly in the metropolitan area of London, where housing prices have risen
over the last year.
All the properties are valued independently before each new operation is approved, in accordance with the Groups risk
management principles.
Mortgages that have already been granted are subject to a quarterly updating of the value of the property in guarantee, by an
independent agency, using an automatic valuation system in accordance with the markets usual practices and in compliance with prevailing legislation.
The distribution of the portfolio by type of borrowers is shown in the chart below:
1. |
First-Time Buyers: customers who purchase a home for the first time. |
2. |
Home Movers: customers who change houses, with or without changing the bank granting the loan. |
3. |
Re-mortgages: customers who switch the mortgage from another financial entity. |
4. |
Buy to Let: houses bought for renting out. |
There are many different types of products with different
risk profiles, all of them subject to the limits inherent in the policies of a prime lender such as Santander UK. The features of some of them (in brackets the percentage of the portfolio of United Kingdom mortgages they represent):
|
|
|
|
|
208 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile Credit risk |
|
|
|
|
|
Interest only loans (38.8%)9: the customer pays every month the interest and amortises the capital at maturity. An appropriate repayment vehicle such as a pension plan, mutual funds, etc is needed. This is a
regular product in the United Kingdom market for which Santander UK applies restrictive policies in order to mitigate the risks inherent in it. For example, maximum LTV of 50%, higher cut-off in the admission score or the evaluation of the payment
capacity simulating the amortization of capital and interest payments instead of just interest. |
|
|
|
Flexible loans (12.9%): This type of loan contractually enables the customer to modify the monthly payments or make additional provision of funds up to a pre-established limit, as well as having disbursements
from previously paid amounts above that limit. |
|
|
|
Buy to Let (3.4%): Buy to let mortgages (purchase of a property to then rent it out) account for a small percentage of the total portfolio. Admission was halted between 2009 and 2013 when it was reactivated
following the improvement in market conditions and approval with strict rick policies. In 2015, these mortgages represented around 10% of the total admission. |
The evolution of the mortgage portfolio over the last three years is shown below:
* |
Real growth, discounting exchange rate effect, is 2%. |
There was slight growth of 2.0% (discounting the
exchange rate impact) at December 2015, accompanied by a favourable environment for the property market with rising prices.
In 2015, as can be seen in
the chart below, the NPL ratio dropped from 1.64% in 2014 to 1.44% at December 2015, slightly above that of the United Kingdom banking industry as a whole, according to the Council of Mortgage Lenders (CML).
1. |
Santander UK data according to amount of cases. |
2 |
CML data according to volume of cases. |
The decline in the NPL ratio was sustained by the evolution of non-
performing loans, which improved significantly thanks to a more favourable economic environment, as well as the increased NPL exits due to the improvements in the efficiency of the recovery teams. The amount of non-performing loans thus dropped by
10.2%, following the trend seen in 2014.
It is also necessary to point out the more conservative focus adopted in Santander UKs definition of a
NPL, in line with the criteria set by the Bank of Spain and Grupo Santander, with regard to the standard applied in the United Kingdom market. This focus includes the classification as doubtful of the following operations:
|
|
|
Customers with payment delays of between 30 and 90 days and who have been declared publicly insolvent (via bankruptcy process) in the previous two years. |
|
|
|
Operations in which once the maturity date is reached there is still capital of the loan pending payment with a maturity of more than 90 days, although the client remains up to date with the monthly payments.
|
|
|
|
Forbearance operations which, in accordance with the corporate policy, are considered as payment agreements and thus classified as doubtful. |
Excluding these concepts, which are not included for calculating the NPL ratio in the United Kingdom market, and under which EUR 445 million were
classified as NPLs at the end of 2015, the ratio of the mortgage portfolio was 1.22%, well below the aforementioned 1.44% and close to that published by the Council of Mortgage Lenders.
The strict credit policies limit the maximum loan-to-value (LTV) to 90% for those loans that amortise interest payments and capital, and to 50% for those that
amortize interest regularly and the capital at maturity. These policies were applied, bringing the simple arithmetic average LTV of the portfolio to 45.3% and the average weighted LTV to 41.1%. The proportion of the portfolio with a LTV of more than
100% was reduced to 1.7% from 2.4% in 2014.
9. |
Percentage calculated for loans with the total or an interest only component. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
209 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
The following charts show the LTV structure for the stock of residential mortgages and the distribution in terms
of the income multiple of new loans in 2015:
1. |
Loan to value: relation between the amount of the loan and the appraised value of the property. Based on indicess. |
2. |
Income multiple: Income multiple: relation between the total original amount of the mortgage and the customers annual gross income declared in the loan request. |
Credit risk policies currently used explicitly forbid loans regarded as high risk (subprime mortgages) and establish demanding requirements for credit
quality, both for operations and for clients. For example, as of 2009 mortgages with a loan-to-value of more than 100% have not been allowed.
An
additional indicator of the portfolios good performance is the reduced volume of foreclosed properties, which in December 2015 amounted to EUR 62 million, less than 0.03% of the total mortgage exposure. Efficient management of these cases
and the existence of a dynamic market for this type of housing enables sales to take place in a short period of time (around 18 weeks on average), contributing to the good results.
D.1.3.1.3. SMEs and companies
As shown in the chart on
the segmentation of the portfolio at the beginning of this section, lending to SMEs and Companies (EUR 52,576 million) represented 12% of the total at Santander UK.
The following sub-segments are included in these portfolios:
SMEs: this segment includes those small firms belonging to the business lines of small business banking
and regional business centres. Total lending at December 2014 was EUR 20,036 million, with a NPL ratio of 3.8% (4.2% at the start of the year).
Companies: This includes companies who have a risk analyst assigned. It also includes portfolios considered as not strategic (legacy and non-core).
Total lending at December was EUR 9,119 million, with a NPL ratio of 2% (2.2% at the start of the year).
SGCB: includes companies under the
Santander Global Corporate Banking risk management model. Lending at December amounts to EUR 13,072 mn with an NPL ratio of 0.001%.
Social
housing: this includes lending to companies that build, sell and rent social housing. This segment is supported by local governments and the central government and has no NPLs. Outstanding stood at EUR 10,349 million at the end of December.
In line with the objective of becoming the reference bank for SMEs and companies, the most representative portfolios of this segment had grown by around
3.6% at December 2015 in net terms.
D.1.3.2. Spain
D.1.3.2.1. Overview of the portfolio
Total credit risk
(including guarantees and documentary credits) in Spain (excluding the real estate unit, commented on later) amounted to EUR 173,032 million (20% of the Group), with an adequate level of diversification by both product and customer segment.
Growth in new lending in main individual and business segment portfolios was consolidated in 2015, underpinned by the improved economic situation and the
various strategies implemented by the Bank. In annual terms, total credit risk dropped 5% due mainly to lower lending to public authorities and the pace of repayment still being much higher than the growth of new lending in the other segments.
Million euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Var |
|
|
Var |
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
2013 |
|
|
15/14 |
|
|
14/13 |
|
Total credit risk* |
|
|
173,032 |
|
|
|
182,974 |
|
|
|
189,783 |
|
|
|
-5 |
% |
|
|
-4 |
% |
Home mortgages |
|
|
47,924 |
|
|
|
49,894 |
|
|
|
52,016 |
|
|
|
-4 |
% |
|
|
-4 |
% |
Rest of loans to individuals |
|
|
16,729 |
|
|
|
17,072 |
|
|
|
17,445 |
|
|
|
-2 |
% |
|
|
-2 |
% |
Companies |
|
|
92,789 |
|
|
|
96,884 |
|
|
|
106,042 |
|
|
|
-4 |
% |
|
|
-9 |
% |
Public administrations |
|
|
15,590 |
|
|
|
19,124 |
|
|
|
13,996 |
|
|
|
-18 |
% |
|
|
37 |
% |
* |
Including guarantees and documentary credits. |
|
|
|
|
|
210 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
The NPL ratio for the total portfolio was 6.53%, 85 b.p less than in 2014. The fall in lending (which increased
the NPL ratio by 42 b.p.) was offset by the better NPL figure (which reduced the ratio by 127 b.p.). This improvement was mainly due to the gross NPL entries, 22% lower than 2014, and, to a lower degree, to the normalisation of several restructured
positions and portfolio sales.
The coverage ratio rose 3 p.p. to levels of 48%, continuing with the increase reported in 2014.
Below are the main portfolios.
D.1.3.2.2. Home mortgages
Lending to households to
acquire a home in Spain amounted to EUR 48,404 million at the end of 2015 (28% of total credit). 99% of those homes have a mortgage guarantee.
n |
Lending to households to acquire homes* |
Million euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
2013 |
|
Gross amount |
|
|
48,404 |
|
|
|
50,388 |
|
|
|
52,879 |
|
Without mortgage guarantee |
|
|
480 |
|
|
|
493 |
|
|
|
863 |
|
With mortgage guarantee |
|
|
47,924 |
|
|
|
49,894 |
|
|
|
52,016 |
|
Of which doubtful |
|
|
2,477 |
|
|
|
2,964 |
|
|
|
3,956 |
|
Without mortgage guarantee |
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
461 |
|
With mortgage guarantee |
|
|
2,437 |
|
|
|
2,903 |
|
|
|
3,495 |
|
* |
Not including the Santander Consumer España mortgage portfolio (EUR 2,382 million in 2015, with EUR 90 million of doubtful loans). |
The NPL ratio of mortgages to households to acquire a home was 5.09%, 73 b.p.less than in 2014, supported by steadily falling gross NPL entries.
The portfolio of mortgages for homes in Spain kept its medium-low profile and with limited expectations of a further
deterioration:
|
|
|
All mortgages pay principle right from the start. |
|
|
|
Early amortization is usual and so the average life of the operation is well below that in the contract. |
|
|
|
The borrower responds with all his assets and not just the home. |
|
|
|
High quality of collateral concentrated almost exclusively in financing the first home. |
|
|
|
The average affordability rate was maintained at 28%. |
|
|
|
Some 69% of the portfolio has a loan-to-value of less than 80% (total risk/latest available valuation of the home). |
Loan to value: percentage indicating the total risk/latest available valuation of the home.
Affordability ratio: relation between the annual instalments and the customers net income.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
211 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
In 2015, the vintages performance remained strong, underpinned by the quality measures deployed in 2008 since
2008 and also a shift in demand towards better profiles, which is shown in falling NPL entries.
D.1.3.2.3. Companies portfolio
Credit risk assumed directly with SMEs and companies (EUR 92,889 million) is the main segment in lending in Spain (54% of the total).
Most of the portfolio (94%) corresponds to clients who have been assigned a analyst who monitors the borrower continuously throughout the risk cycle. In
2014, as part of the Santander Advanced project, the criteria of clients with an individual analyst was changed and the number of clients with continuous monitoring increased.
It is a highly diversified portfolio, with over 191,290 active customers and without significant concentrations in any one particular business segment.
The NPL ratio of this portfolio was 7,64%, 127 b.p. lower than 2014, with gross entries in default 30% lower than the
previous year.
D.1.3.2.4. Property activity in Spain
The Group manages, in a separate unit, run-off real estate activity in Spain10, which includes loans to
clients mainly for real estate promotion, and has a specialised management model, stakes in real estate companies11 and foreclosed assets.
The Groups strategy in the last few years has been to reduce the volume of these loans which at the end of 2015 stood at EUR 6,991 million in net
terms (around 2% of loans in Spain and less than 1% of the Groups loans). The portfolios composition is as follows:
|
|
|
Net loans are EUR 2,596 million, EUR 1,191 million less than in December 2014 and with a coverage of 56%. |
|
|
|
Net foreclosed assets at year end were EUR 3,707 million, with coverage of 55%. |
|
|
|
The value of the stakes in real estate companies was EUR 688 million. |
The gross exposure in loans and
foreclosures continued the downward trend of previous years and fell 59% between 2008 and 2015.
10. |
For more detail on the real estate portfolio see note 54 of the Audit Report and the Annual Financial Statements. |
11. |
As of December 2014, the stake in Metrovacesa was consolidated by global integration. |
|
|
|
|
|
212 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
The changes over time and the classification of the credit and foreclosed assets portfolios are shown in the
table below:
n Credits and foreclosed assets portfolio
Million euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
|
Gross balance |
|
|
% coverage |
|
|
Net balance |
|
|
Gross balance |
|
|
% coverage |
|
|
Net balance |
|
1. Credit |
|
|
5,959 |
|
|
|
56 |
% |
|
|
2,596 |
|
|
|
8,276 |
|
|
|
54 |
% |
|
|
3,787 |
|
a. Normal |
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
102 |
|
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
102 |
|
b. Substandard |
|
|
387 |
|
|
|
30 |
% |
|
|
270 |
|
|
|
1,209 |
|
|
|
35 |
% |
|
|
784 |
|
c. Doubtful |
|
|
5,524 |
|
|
|
59 |
% |
|
|
2,278 |
|
|
|
6,965 |
|
|
|
58 |
% |
|
|
2,901 |
|
2. Foreclosed |
|
|
8,253 |
|
|
|
55 |
% |
|
|
3,707 |
|
|
|
7,904 |
|
|
|
55 |
% |
|
|
3,533 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL 1+2 |
|
|
14,212 |
|
|
|
56 |
% |
|
|
6,303 |
|
|
|
16,180 |
|
|
|
55 |
% |
|
|
7,320 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under the perimeter of management of the real estate unit, net exposure was reduced by 14% in 2015.
By type of real estate that guarantees the loans and foreclosed assets, the coverage levels are as follows:
n Coverage by guarantee type
Million euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Real estate loans |
|
|
Foreclosed assets |
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
Exposure |
|
|
Coverage |
|
|
Exposure |
|
|
Coverage |
|
|
Exposure |
|
|
Coverage |
|
Completed buildings |
|
|
2,735 |
|
|
|
43 |
% |
|
|
2,292 |
|
|
|
46 |
% |
|
|
5,027 |
|
|
|
44 |
% |
Promotions under construction |
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
43 |
% |
|
|
832 |
|
|
|
49 |
% |
|
|
969 |
|
|
|
48 |
% |
Land |
|
|
2,302 |
|
|
|
67 |
% |
|
|
5,081 |
|
|
|
60 |
% |
|
|
7,383 |
|
|
|
62 |
% |
Other guarantees |
|
|
785 |
|
|
|
75 |
% |
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
60 |
% |
|
|
833 |
|
|
|
74 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL |
|
|
5,959 |
|
|
|
56 |
% |
|
|
8,253 |
|
|
|
55 |
% |
|
|
14,212 |
|
|
|
56 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D.1.3.3. Brazil
Credit risk in Brazil amounts to EUR 72,173 million, down 20.3% against 2014 and largely due to the depreciation of the Brazilian currency. Santander
Brasil thus accounts for 8.5% of all Grupo Santanders lending. It is adequately diversified and with a mainly retail profile (46.4% to individuals, consumer finance and SMEs).
* |
Santander Financiamentos: unit specialised in consumer finance (mainly auto finance). |
At the close of 2015,
this unit reported 5.70% growth at an unchanged exchange rate, in line with the average growth rate for private banks in the country.
The strategy
focused on the change of mix used in recent years was continued during 2015. Stronger growth was obtained in the segments with a more conservative profile, leading to greater weight in higher credit quality products. In the individuals
segment, growth in particularly strong in the mortgage portfolio and in the payroll discount (consignado credit) loans portfolio created through the joint-venture between Santander Brasil and Banco Bonsucesso. Unsecured products such as
special cheque and cards have fallen in both individuals and in SMEs. In companies (legal entities), the strongest growth was to be found in the business and corporate banking portfolios, with significant positions in dollars in both cases, thus
benefiting from the BRLs depreciation against the dollar.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
213 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
Below are the levels of lending and growth of the
main segments at a constant exchange rate.
n Lending: segmentation
Million euros. Fixed exchange rate at 31 December, 2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
2013 |
|
|
15 / 14 |
|
|
14 / 13 |
|
Individuals |
|
|
18,964 |
|
|
|
18,399 |
|
|
|
17,549 |
|
|
|
3 |
% |
|
|
5 |
% |
Mortgages |
|
|
6,107 |
|
|
|
5,168 |
|
|
|
3,823 |
|
|
|
18 |
% |
|
|
35 |
% |
Consumer |
|
|
7,009 |
|
|
|
7,847 |
|
|
|
8,820 |
|
|
|
-11 |
% |
|
|
-11 |
% |
Cards |
|
|
4,403 |
|
|
|
4,265 |
|
|
|
3,993 |
|
|
|
3 |
% |
|
|
7 |
% |
Others |
|
|
1,445 |
|
|
|
1,120 |
|
|
|
912 |
|
|
|
29 |
% |
|
|
23 |
% |
Santander Financiamentos |
|
|
6,040 |
|
|
|
6,529 |
|
|
|
6,781 |
|
|
|
-7 |
% |
|
|
-4 |
% |
SMEs and large companies |
|
|
44,840 |
|
|
|
40,740 |
|
|
|
34,038 |
|
|
|
10 |
% |
|
|
20 |
% |
SMEs |
|
|
8,440 |
|
|
|
7,976 |
|
|
|
8,413 |
|
|
|
6 |
% |
|
|
-5 |
% |
Companies |
|
|
11,959 |
|
|
|
10,766 |
|
|
|
9,020 |
|
|
|
11 |
% |
|
|
19 |
% |
Corporate |
|
|
24,441 |
|
|
|
21,998 |
|
|
|
16,605 |
|
|
|
11 |
% |
|
|
32 |
% |
The leading indicators on the credit profile of new loans (vintages), which are continuously tracked, are shown
below. These are transactions over 30 days in arrears at three and six months respectively from their origination date, in order to anticipate any possible impairment in portfolios. These allow the Entity to define corrective measures if deviations
against the expected scenarios are detected. As we can see, these vintages were kept at comfortable levels through proactive risk management.
|
|
|
|
|
214 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
At the close of 2015, the NPL ratio stood at 5.98% (93 b.p. against the previous year). This increase was the
result of the following factors: the countrys economic recession and additional problems in industries with the highest sensitivity to commodity prices, particularly in the energy and oil sectors. Consequently, NPL entries in the Business and
Santander Global Corporate Banking segments have increased.
Faced with this situation, Santander Brazil has deployed a set of measures designed to
reinforce risk management. These measures are geared towards improving the quality of new lending, and also allaying the effects of this challenging economic situation on the portfolio. This set of measures, which is known as the Defence
Plan, is based on preventive management of arrears, thus enabling the Bank to anticipate possible further customer impairments. The defensive measures set out in this Plan include the following:
|
|
|
Reduction of limits in products/medium-high risk clients. |
|
|
|
Implementing limits on maximum debt. |
|
|
|
Migration of revolving towards fixed instalment products. |
|
|
|
Higher collateralisation of portfolio. |
|
|
|
Improvements in admission models, which have to be more precise and predictive, and in collection channels.
|
|
|
|
More individualised treatment in SMEs of a certain size (non-standardised model). |
|
|
|
Management of risk appetite by sectors and restriction of powers in critical sectors. |
Santander Brazil is
using this proactive risk management, based on the knowledge of our customers, to strengthen its position during the current economic cycle. This is shown by the change in the impairment rate (over 90 rate) of the loan portfolio, which stood at
3.24% at the close of 2015, and which was consistently lower than the average for Brazilian private banks in 2015 (4.20%).
The cost of credit fell during
the year from 4.9% in 2014 to 4.5% in 2015 due to growth in provisions being lower than the growth in lending, and also through the strategy of changing the product mix.
The NPL coverage rate stood at 83.7% at 2015 year-end, indicating an 11.7 pp decrease on the previous year-end. This fall is the result of the previously
mentioned NPL rate increase, and the change in the portfolio mix, where there was an increase in the weight of mortgage lending, which requires lower provisions since it is secured by collateral.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
215 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
D.1.4. Other credit risk optics
D.1.4.1. Credit risk by activity in the financial markets
This section covers credit risk generated in treasury activities with clients, mainly with credit institutions. This is developed through financing products in
the money market with different financial institutions, as well as derivatives to provide service to Group clients.
According to chapter six of the CRR
(EU regulation 575/2013), the credit risk of the counterparty is the risk that the client in an operation could enter into non-payment before the definitive settlement of the cash flows of this operation. It includes the following types of
operations: derivative instruments, operations with repurchase commitment, stock lending commodities, operations with deferred settlement and financing of guarantees.
There are two methodologies for measuring the exposure, one is with the Mark to Market (MtM) methodology (replacement value of derivatives or drawn amount in
committed credit lines) and the other, introduced in mid 2014 for some countries and products, which incorporates the calculation of the exposure by Monte Carlo simulation. The capital at risk or unexpected loss is also calculated, i.e. the loss
which, once the expected loss has been subtracted, constitutes the economic capital, net of guarantees and recovery.
After markets close, exposures are
re-calculated by adjusting all operations to their new time frame, adjusting the potential future exposure and applying mitigation measures (netting, collateral, etc), so that the exposures can be controlled directly against the limits approved by
senior management. Risk control is done through an integrated system and in real time, enabling the exposure limit available with any counterparty, product and maturity and in any Group unit to be known at each moment.
Exposures in counterparty risk: over the counter (OTC) operations and organised markets
The total exposure at the end of 2015 on the basis of management criteria in terms of positive market value after applying netting agreements and
collateral by counterparty risk activities was EUR 18,761 million (net exposure of EUR 52,148 million) and was concentrated in high credit quality counterparties (78.3% of risk with counterparties has a rating equal to or more than A-).
In addition, at September 2015 credit valuation adjustments (CVA) of EUR 850.9 million were registered
(+8.3% % vs. 2014 due mainly to the general decline in credit quality of the main Brazilian counterparties) and debt valuation adjustments (DVA) of EUR 530.8 million (+133%, largely due to the increase in spread of Banco Santander and to a
lesser degree, as a result of changes in the corporate DVA calculation methodology)12.
Around 93% of
the counterparty risk operations in nominal terms was with financial institutions and central counterparty institutions (CCP in English) with whom we operate almost entirely under netting and collateral agreements. The rest of operations with
customers who are not financial institutions are, in general, operations whose purpose is hedging. Occasionally, operations are conducted for purposes other than hedging, always with specialised clients.
n Distribution of counterparty risk by customer rating (in terms of
nominals)*
|
|
|
|
|
AAA |
|
|
1.06 |
% |
AA |
|
|
2.52 |
% |
A |
|
|
74.74 |
% |
BBB |
|
|
18.69 |
% |
BB |
|
|
2.95 |
% |
B |
|
|
0.04 |
% |
REST |
|
|
0.01 |
% |
* |
Ratings based on equivalences between internal ratings and credit agency ratings. |
12. |
The definition and methodology for calculating the CVA and DVA are set out in D.2.2.2.6. Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) and Debt Valuation Adjustment (DVA) of this Report. |
|
|
|
|
|
216 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
n
Counterparty risk: distribution by nominal risk and gross market value*
Million euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
2013 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market value |
|
|
|
|
|
Market value |
|
|
|
|
|
Market value |
|
|
|
Nominal |
|
|
Positive |
|
|
Negative |
|
|
Nominal |
|
|
Positive |
|
|
Negative |
|
|
Nominal |
|
|
Positive |
|
|
Negative |
|
CDS protection bought** |
|
|
32,350 |
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
|
529 |
|
|
|
38,094 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
769 |
|
|
|
45,968 |
|
|
|
86 |
|
|
|
887 |
|
CDS protection sold |
|
|
26,195 |
|
|
|
428 |
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
31,565 |
|
|
|
658 |
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
38,675 |
|
|
|
763 |
|
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total credit derivatives |
|
|
58,545 |
|
|
|
508 |
|
|
|
581 |
|
|
|
69,659 |
|
|
|
717 |
|
|
|
817 |
|
|
|
84,642 |
|
|
|
849 |
|
|
|
976 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity forwards |
|
|
980 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
1,055 |
|
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
2,125 |
|
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
Equity options |
|
|
23,564 |
|
|
|
959 |
|
|
|
1,383 |
|
|
|
36,616 |
|
|
|
1,403 |
|
|
|
2,192 |
|
|
|
58,964 |
|
|
|
1,686 |
|
|
|
2,420 |
|
Equity spot |
|
|
20,643 |
|
|
|
794 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,947 |
|
|
|
421 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,041 |
|
|
|
1,103 |
|
|
|
|
|
Equity swaps |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,210 |
|
|
|
472 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
701 |
|
|
|
685 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
265 |
|
Equities-organised markets |
|
|
6,480 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,616 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,117 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity derivatives |
|
|
51,695 |
|
|
|
1,758 |
|
|
|
2,598 |
|
|
|
66,705 |
|
|
|
1,941 |
|
|
|
2,910 |
|
|
|
80,931 |
|
|
|
2,865 |
|
|
|
2,705 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed-income forwards |
|
|
11,340 |
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
3,905 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
124 |
|
|
|
3,089 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Fixed-income options |
|
|
789 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
423 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed-income spot |
|
|
3,351 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,055 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,906 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed income-organised markets |
|
|
831 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,636 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,091 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total fixed income derivatives |
|
|
16,311 |
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
11,018 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
124 |
|
|
|
7,086 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forward and spot rates |
|
|
148,537 |
|
|
|
5,520 |
|
|
|
3,315 |
|
|
|
151,172 |
|
|
|
3,633 |
|
|
|
2,828 |
|
|
|
101,216 |
|
|
|
2,594 |
|
|
|
1,504 |
|
Exchange-rate options |
|
|
32,421 |
|
|
|
403 |
|
|
|
644 |
|
|
|
44,105 |
|
|
|
530 |
|
|
|
790 |
|
|
|
46,290 |
|
|
|
604 |
|
|
|
345 |
|
Other exchange rate derivatives |
|
|
189 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
354 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
125 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Exchange-rate swaps |
|
|
522,287 |
|
|
|
20,096 |
|
|
|
21,753 |
|
|
|
458,555 |
|
|
|
14,771 |
|
|
|
15,549 |
|
|
|
411,603 |
|
|
|
9,738 |
|
|
|
8,530 |
|
Exchange rate -organised markets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total exchange rate derivatives |
|
|
703,434 |
|
|
|
26,019 |
|
|
|
25,716 |
|
|
|
654,187 |
|
|
|
18,936 |
|
|
|
19,173 |
|
|
|
559,233 |
|
|
|
12,940 |
|
|
|
10,380 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset swaps |
|
|
22,532 |
|
|
|
950 |
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
22,617 |
|
|
|
999 |
|
|
|
1,749 |
|
|
|
22,594 |
|
|
|
901 |
|
|
|
1,634 |
|
Call money swaps |
|
|
190,328 |
|
|
|
2,460 |
|
|
|
1,792 |
|
|
|
264,723 |
|
|
|
1,228 |
|
|
|
1,150 |
|
|
|
235,981 |
|
|
|
698 |
|
|
|
608 |
|
Interest rate structures |
|
|
8,969 |
|
|
|
2,314 |
|
|
|
3,031 |
|
|
|
23,491 |
|
|
|
2,215 |
|
|
|
2,940 |
|
|
|
37,398 |
|
|
|
1,997 |
|
|
|
2,553 |
|
Forward interest rates- FRAs |
|
|
178,428 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
78 |
|
|
|
171,207 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
117,011 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
IRS |
|
|
3,013,490 |
|
|
|
85,047 |
|
|
|
85,196 |
|
|
|
2,899,760 |
|
|
|
95,654 |
|
|
|
94,624 |
|
|
|
2,711,552 |
|
|
|
58,164 |
|
|
|
54,774 |
|
Other interest-rate derivatives |
|
|
194,111 |
|
|
|
3,838 |
|
|
|
3,208 |
|
|
|
218,167 |
|
|
|
4,357 |
|
|
|
3,728 |
|
|
|
230,735 |
|
|
|
3,870 |
|
|
|
3,456 |
|
Interest rate - organised markets |
|
|
26,660 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38,989 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,213 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest-rate derivatives |
|
|
3,634,518 |
|
|
|
94,628 |
|
|
|
94,806 |
|
|
|
3,638,955 |
|
|
|
104,466 |
|
|
|
104,253 |
|
|
|
3,386,485 |
|
|
|
65,648 |
|
|
|
63,043 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commodities |
|
|
468 |
|
|
|
130 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
1,020 |
|
|
|
243 |
|
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
1,363 |
|
|
|
265 |
|
|
|
78 |
|
Commodities-organised markets |
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
208 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
446 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total commodity derivatives |
|
|
526 |
|
|
|
130 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
1,228 |
|
|
|
243 |
|
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
1,809 |
|
|
|
265 |
|
|
|
78 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross derivatives |
|
|
4,431,000 |
|
|
|
123,089 |
|
|
|
123,805 |
|
|
|
4,392,303 |
|
|
|
126,312 |
|
|
|
127,389 |
|
|
|
4,077,320 |
|
|
|
82,567 |
|
|
|
77,183 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total derivatives - organised markets *** |
|
|
34,028 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49,449 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,866 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repos |
|
|
128,765 |
|
|
|
3,608 |
|
|
|
3,309 |
|
|
|
166,047 |
|
|
|
3,871 |
|
|
|
5,524 |
|
|
|
152,105 |
|
|
|
9,933 |
|
|
|
7,439 |
|
Securities lending |
|
|
30,115 |
|
|
|
10,361 |
|
|
|
1,045 |
|
|
|
27,963 |
|
|
|
3,432 |
|
|
|
628 |
|
|
|
19,170 |
|
|
|
2,919 |
|
|
|
672 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total counterparty risk |
|
|
4,623,908 |
|
|
|
137,058 |
|
|
|
128,159 |
|
|
|
4,635,762 |
|
|
|
133,615 |
|
|
|
133,541 |
|
|
|
4,291,461 |
|
|
|
95,419 |
|
|
|
85,294 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
Figures with management criteria. |
** |
Credit derivatives bought including hedging of loans. |
*** |
Refers to listed derivatives transactions (proprietary portfolio). Listed derivatives have a market value of zero. No collaterals are received for these types of transactions. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
217 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
n
Counterparty risk: exposure in terms of market value and credit risk equivalent including mitigation effect1
Million euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
2013 |
|
Market value netting effect2 |
|
|
34,210 |
|
|
|
28,544 |
|
|
|
27,587 |
|
Collateral received |
|
|
15,450 |
|
|
|
11,284 |
|
|
|
9,451 |
|
Exposure by market value3 |
|
|
18,761 |
|
|
|
17,260 |
|
|
|
18,136 |
|
Net CER4 |
|
|
52,148 |
|
|
|
50,077 |
|
|
|
58,485 |
|
1. |
Figures with management criteria. Listed derivatives have a market value of zero. No collaterals are received for these types of transactions. |
2. |
Market value used to include the effects of mitigation agreements so as to calculate exposure for counterparty risk. |
3. |
Considering the mitigation of the netting agreements and having deducted the collateral received. |
4. |
CER/Credit risk equivalent: net value of replacement plus the maximum potential value, minus collateral received. Includes regulatory EAD for organised markets (EUR 41 million in December 2015, EUR 71 million in
2014 and EUR 60 million in 2013). |
n Counterparty risk: distribution of nominals by
maturity*
Million euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 year** |
|
|
1-5 years |
|
|
5-10 years |
|
|
Over 10 years |
|
|
TOTAL |
|
CDS protection bought *** |
|
|
31,583 |
|
|
|
767 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
32,350 |
|
CDS protection sold |
|
|
23,817 |
|
|
|
2,159 |
|
|
|
219 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
26,195 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total credit derivatives |
|
|
55,400 |
|
|
|
2,926 |
|
|
|
219 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
58,545 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity forwards |
|
|
822 |
|
|
|
158 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
980 |
|
Equity options |
|
|
22,316 |
|
|
|
715 |
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
470 |
|
|
|
23,564 |
|
Equity spot |
|
|
20,027 |
|
|
|
401 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
215 |
|
|
|
20,643 |
|
Equity swaps |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
Equities-organised markets |
|
|
4,563 |
|
|
|
1,915 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
6,480 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity derivatives |
|
|
47,756 |
|
|
|
3,190 |
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
685 |
|
|
|
51,695 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed-income forwards |
|
|
11,001 |
|
|
|
313 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
11,340 |
|
Fixed-income options |
|
|
262 |
|
|
|
527 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
789 |
|
Fixed-income spot |
|
|
2,504 |
|
|
|
603 |
|
|
|
99 |
|
|
|
146 |
|
|
|
3,351 |
|
Fixed income-organised markets |
|
|
831 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
831 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total fixed income derivatives |
|
|
14,598 |
|
|
|
1,442 |
|
|
|
111 |
|
|
|
160 |
|
|
|
16,311 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forward and spot rates |
|
|
136,304 |
|
|
|
10,169 |
|
|
|
929 |
|
|
|
1,136 |
|
|
|
148,537 |
|
Exchange-rate options |
|
|
29,919 |
|
|
|
1,842 |
|
|
|
283 |
|
|
|
377 |
|
|
|
32,421 |
|
Other exchange rate derivatives |
|
|
159 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
189 |
|
Exchange-rate swaps |
|
|
491,960 |
|
|
|
21,691 |
|
|
|
4,985 |
|
|
|
3,652 |
|
|
|
522,287 |
|
Exchange rate-organised markets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total exchange rate derivatives |
|
|
658,342 |
|
|
|
33,729 |
|
|
|
6,198 |
|
|
|
5,165 |
|
|
|
703,434 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset swaps |
|
|
6,483 |
|
|
|
15,585 |
|
|
|
243 |
|
|
|
220 |
|
|
|
22,532 |
|
Call money swaps |
|
|
181,909 |
|
|
|
4,622 |
|
|
|
2,621 |
|
|
|
1,176 |
|
|
|
190,328 |
|
Interest rate structures |
|
|
8,522 |
|
|
|
434 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
8,969 |
|
Forward interest rates - FRAs |
|
|
178,240 |
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
141 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
178,428 |
|
IRS |
|
|
2,871,123 |
|
|
|
94,584 |
|
|
|
35,985 |
|
|
|
11,798 |
|
|
|
3,013,490 |
|
Other interest-rate derivatives |
|
|
176,529 |
|
|
|
11,752 |
|
|
|
4,815 |
|
|
|
1,016 |
|
|
|
194,111 |
|
Interest rate - organised markets |
|
|
13,725 |
|
|
|
12,935 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
26,660 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest-rate derivatives |
|
|
3,436,530 |
|
|
|
139,959 |
|
|
|
43,815 |
|
|
|
14,213 |
|
|
|
3,634,518 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commodities |
|
|
422 |
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
468 |
|
Commodities-organised markets |
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total commodity derivatives |
|
|
457 |
|
|
|
68 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
526 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross derivatives |
|
|
4,193,930 |
|
|
|
166,439 |
|
|
|
50,406 |
|
|
|
20,225 |
|
|
|
4,431,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total derivatives - organised markets **** |
|
|
19,153 |
|
|
|
14,874 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
34,028 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repos |
|
|
114,485 |
|
|
|
9,417 |
|
|
|
3,035 |
|
|
|
1,828 |
|
|
|
128,765 |
|
Securities lending |
|
|
17,989 |
|
|
|
6,462 |
|
|
|
3,892 |
|
|
|
1,772 |
|
|
|
30,115 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total counterparty risk |
|
|
4,345,557 |
|
|
|
197,192 |
|
|
|
57,334 |
|
|
|
23,825 |
|
|
|
4,623,908 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
Figures with management criteria. |
** |
The collateral replacement term is considered to be the maturity date in transactions with collateral agreements. |
*** |
Credit derivatives acquired including hedging of loans. |
**** |
Refers to listed bought transactions (proprietary). Listed derivatives have a market value of zero. No collaterals are received for these types of transactions. |
|
|
|
|
|
218 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
The distribution of the activity by type of counterparty in terms of notional amounts was concentrated mainly in
financial institution (47%) and central clearing counterparties (46%).
As regards to geographic distribution, 55% of the activity in terms of notional amounts was with UK counterparties (whose
weight within the total is due to the increasing use of clearing houses), 15% with North American counterparties, 7% with French ones, 6% with Spanish counterparties, and of note among the rest is 11% with other European countries and 4% with Latin
America.
Counterparty risk, organised markets and clearing houses
The Groups policies seek to anticipate wherever possible the implementation of measures resulting from new regulations regarding operations of OTC
derivatives, repos and stock lending, both if settled by clearing house or if remaining bilateral. In recent years, there has been a gradual standardisation of OTC operations in order to conduct clearing and settlement via houses of all new trading
operations required by the new rules, as well as foster internal use of the electronic execution systems.
As regards the operations of organised markets,
although counterparty risk management is not considered to include credit risk for this type of transaction13, since the coming into force of the new CRD IV (Capital Requirements Directive) and
CRR (Capital Requirements Regulation) - which transpose the principles of Basel III - in 2014, regulatory credit exposure for these types of transactions form part of capital calculations.
The following table show the relative share in total derivatives of new operations settled by clearing house at close of 2015 and the significant evolution of
operations settled by clearing house since 2013.
n Distribution of counterparty risk in accordance with settlement channel and product type*
Nominal in million euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bilateral |
|
|
CCP** |
|
|
Organised markets *** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nominal |
|
|
% |
|
|
Nominal |
|
|
% |
|
|
Nominal |
|
|
% |
|
|
Total |
|
Derivatives |
|
|
56,767 |
|
|
|
97.0 |
% |
|
|
1,778 |
|
|
|
3.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
58,545 |
|
Equity derivatives |
|
|
45,174 |
|
|
|
87 |
% |
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
% |
|
|
6,479 |
|
|
|
12.5 |
% |
|
|
51,695 |
|
Fixed-income derivatives |
|
|
15,415 |
|
|
|
94.5 |
% |
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
% |
|
|
831 |
|
|
|
5.1 |
% |
|
|
16,311 |
|
Exchange rate derivatives |
|
|
691,679 |
|
|
|
98.3 |
% |
|
|
11,755 |
|
|
|
1.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
703,434 |
|
Interest rate derivatives |
|
|
1,564,716 |
|
|
|
43.1 |
% |
|
|
2,043,142 |
|
|
|
56.2 |
% |
|
|
26,660 |
|
|
|
0.7 |
% |
|
|
3,634,518 |
|
Commodities derivatives |
|
|
468 |
|
|
|
88.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
58.6 |
|
|
|
11.1 |
% |
|
|
526 |
|
Repos |
|
|
84,086 |
|
|
|
65.3 |
% |
|
|
44,679 |
|
|
|
34.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
128,765 |
|
Securities lending |
|
|
30,115 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
30,115 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total general |
|
|
2,488,419 |
|
|
|
53.8 |
% |
|
|
2,101,460 |
|
|
|
45.4 |
% |
|
|
34,028 |
|
|
|
0.7 |
% |
|
|
4,623,908 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
Figures with management criteria. |
** |
Central counterparties (CCP). |
*** |
Refers to listed derivatives transactions (proprietary portfolio). Listed derivatives have a market value of zero. No collaterals are received for these types of transactions. |
13. |
Credit risk is eliminated by the organised markets acting as counterparty in the transactions, as they are equipped with mechanisms to safeguard their financial position using deposit and collateral replacement systems
and processes to ensure liquidity and transparency in transactions. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
219 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
n |
Distribution of risk settled by CCP and organised markets by product and change over time* |
Nominal in million euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
2013 |
|
Credit derivatives |
|
|
1,778 |
|
|
|
1,764 |
|
|
|
949 |
|
Equity derivatives |
|
|
6,522 |
|
|
|
8,686 |
|
|
|
9,228 |
|
Fixed-income derivatives |
|
|
896 |
|
|
|
1,651 |
|
|
|
2,092 |
|
Exchange rate derivatives |
|
|
11,755 |
|
|
|
484 |
|
|
|
616 |
|
Interest rate derivatives |
|
|
2,069,802 |
|
|
|
1,778,261 |
|
|
|
1,321,709 |
|
Commodities derivatives |
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
208 |
|
|
|
446 |
|
Repos |
|
|
44,679 |
|
|
|
57,894 |
|
|
|
55,435 |
|
Securities lending |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
2,135,489 |
|
|
|
1,848,948 |
|
|
|
1,390,519 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
Figures with management criteria. |
The Group actively manages operations not settled by clearing house and
seeks to optimise their volume, given the requirements of spreads and capital that the new regulations impose on them.
In general, transactions with
financial institutions are done under netting and collateral agreements, and constant efforts are made to ensure that the rest of operations are covered under this type of agreement. Generally, the collateral agreements that the Group signs are
bilateral ones with some exceptions mainly with multilateral institutions and securitisation funds.
The collateral received under the different types of
collateral (CSA, OSLA, ISMA, GMRA, etc) signed by the Group amounted to EUR 15,450 million (of which EUR 11,524 million corresponded to collateral received by derivatives), mostly effective (81%), and the rest of the collateral types are
subject to strict policies of quality as regards the type of issuer and its rating, debt seniority and haircuts applied.
The chart below shows the
geographic distribution:
Off-balance sheet credit risk
The off-balance sheet risk corresponding to funding and guarantee commitments with wholesale clients was EUR 90,795 million and with the following
distribution by products:
n Off balance sheet exposure
Million euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maturity |
|
|
|
< 1 |
|
|
1-3 |
|
|
3-5 |
|
|
> 5 |
|
|
|
|
Product |
|
year |
|
|
year |
|
|
year |
|
|
year |
|
|
Total |
|
Funding* |
|
|
11,207 |
|
|
|
13,728 |
|
|
|
33,229 |
|
|
|
6,329 |
|
|
|
64,493 |
|
Technical guarantees |
|
|
3,589 |
|
|
|
10,034 |
|
|
|
1,667 |
|
|
|
281 |
|
|
|
15,571 |
|
Financial and commercial guarantees |
|
|
3,998 |
|
|
|
4,396 |
|
|
|
986 |
|
|
|
684 |
|
|
|
10,065 |
|
Foreign trade** |
|
|
451 |
|
|
|
119 |
|
|
|
92 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
665 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
19,245 |
|
|
|
28,277 |
|
|
|
35,974 |
|
|
|
7,298 |
|
|
|
90,795 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
Mainly including credit lines committed bilaterally and syndicated. |
** |
Mainly including stand-by letters of credit. |
Activity in credit derivatives
Grupo Santander uses credit derivatives to cover loans, customer business in financial markets and within trading operations. The volume of this activity is
small compared to that of our peers and, moreover, is subject to a solid environment of internal controls and minimising operational risk.
The risk of
these activities is controlled via a broad series of limits such as Value at Risk (VaR)14, nominal by rating, sensitivity to the spread by rating and name, sensitivity to the rate of recovery and
to correlation. Jump-to-default limits are also set by individual name, geographic area, sector and liquidity.
In notional terms, the CDS position
incorporates EUR 28,335 million15 of acquired protection and EUR 26,190 million of sold protection.
At December 31, 2015, the sensitivity of lending to increases in spreads of one basis point was marginal, and much lower than in 2014, of - EUR
1.5 million, and the average VaR was EUR 2.4 million, lower than in 2014 (EUR 2.9 million).
D.1.4.2. Risk of concentration
Control of risk concentration is a vital part of management. The Group continuously tracks the degree of concentration of its credit risk portfolios using
various criteria: geographic areas and countries, economic sectors, products and groups of clients.
The board, via the risk appetite, determines the
maximum levels of concentration, as detailed in section B.3.1. Risk appetite and structure of limits. In line with the risk appetite, the executive risk committee establishes the risk policies and reviews the exposure levels appropriate for adequate
management of the degree of concentration of the credit risk portfolios.
14. |
The VaR definition and calculation methodology is in section D.2.2.2.1. Value at Risk (VaR) of this Report. |
15. |
This figures excludes around EUR 3,189 million nominal of CDS which cover loans that for accounting purposes are recorded as financial guarantees instead of credit derivatives as their change in value has no impact
on results or reserves in order to avoid accounting asymmetry. |
|
|
|
|
|
220 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
In geographic terms, credit risk with customers is diversified in the main markets in which the Group operates,
as shown in the chart below.
Some 57% of the Groups credit risk corresponds to individual customers, who, due to their inherent nature, are highly
diversified. In addition, the portfolio is also well distributed by sectors, with no significant concentrations in specific sectors. The following chart shows the distribution at the end of the year.
The Group is subject to the regulation on large risks contained in the fourth part of the CRR (EU regulations 575/2013),
according to which the exposure contracted by an entity with a client or group of clients linked among themselves will be considered a large exposure when its value is equal to or more than 10% of the eligible capital. In addition, in
order to limit the large exposures no entity can assume with a client or group of linked clients an exposure whose value exceeds 25% of its eligible capital, after taking into account the impact of the reduction of credit risk contained in the
regulation.
At December 2015, after applying risk mitigation techniques and regulations applicable to large risks, all the declared groups were below
4.9% of eligible equity except for two entities: a central EU counterparty entity which was 7.3%, and an EU corporate group with 6.8%.
The regulatory credit exposure with the 20 largest groups within the sphere of large risks represented 5.8% of
outstanding credit risk with clients (lending plus balance sheet risks). As for regulatory credit exposure with financial institutions, the top 10 represented EUR 19,119 million.
The Groups risks division works closely with the financial division to actively manage credit portfolios. Its activities include reducing the
concentration of exposures through various techniques such as using credit derivatives and securitisation to optimise the risk- return relation of the whole portfolio.
D.1.4.3. Country risk
Country risk is a component of
credit risk in all cross-border credit operations for circumstances different to the usual commercial risk. Its main elements are sovereign risk, the risk of transfer and other risks that could affect international financial activity (wars, natural
disasters, balance of payments crisis, etc).
At 31 December 2015, exposure to potential country-risk provisions was EUR 193 million (EUR
176 million in December 2014). At the close of 2015, total provisions stood at EUR 25 million compared with EUR 22 million at the end of the previous year.
The principles of country risk management continued to follow criteria of maximum prudence; country risk is assumed very selectively in operations that are
clearly profitable for the bank, and which enhance the global relationship with customers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
221 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
D.1.4.4. Sovereign risk and vis-á-vis the rest of public administrations
As a general criterion, sovereign risk is that contracted in transactions with a central bank (including the regulatory cash reserve requirement), the issuer
risk of the Treasury or similar entity (portfolio of public debt) and that arising from operations with public institutions with the following features: their funds only come from the states budgeted income and the activities are of a
noncommercial nature.
This criterion, historically used by Grupo Santander, has some differences with that of the European Banking Authority (EBA) used
for its regular stress exercises. The main ones are that the EBAs criterion does not include risk with central banks, exposures with insurance companies, indirect exposures via guarantees and other instruments. On the other hand, it includes
public administrations in general (including regional and local ones) and not only the state sector.
Exposure to sovereign risk (according to the
criteria applied in the Group) mainly emanates from the obligations to which our subsidiary banks are subject regarding the establishment of certain deposits in central banks, the establishment of deposits with the excess of liquidity and of
fixed-income portfolios maintained within the risk management strategy for structural interest of the balance sheet and in trading books in treasuries. The great majority of these exposures are in local currency and are funded on the basis of
customer deposits captured locally, and also in local currency.
Exposures in the local sovereign but in currencies different to the official one of the country of issuance is
not very significant (EUR 11,116 million, 5.6% of the total sovereign risk), and less so the exposure in non-local sovereign issuers, which means cross- border risk (EUR 2,719 million, 1.38% of total sovereign risk).
In general, the total exposure to sovereign risk has remaimed at adequate levels to support the regulatory and strategic motives of this portfolio.
The investment strategy for sovereign risk also takes into account the credit quality of each country when setting the maximum exposure limits. The following
table shows the percentage of exposure by rating levels16.
n Exposure by level of rating
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 Sep. 2015 |
|
|
31 Dec. 2014 |
|
|
31 Dec. 2013 |
|
AAA |
|
|
34 |
% |
|
|
29 |
% |
|
|
36 |
% |
AA |
|
|
4 |
% |
|
|
4 |
% |
|
|
6 |
% |
A |
|
|
22 |
% |
|
|
28 |
% |
|
|
27 |
% |
BBB |
|
|
33 |
% |
|
|
32 |
% |
|
|
26 |
% |
Lower than BBB |
|
|
7 |
% |
|
|
7 |
% |
|
|
5 |
% |
n Exposure to sovereign risk (EBA criteria)
Million euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec 2015 |
|
Portfolio |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trading and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Held to |
|
|
Total net |
|
|
|
Others |
|
|
Available |
|
|
Loan |
|
|
maturity |
|
|
direct |
|
|
|
at FV |
|
|
for sale |
|
|
portfolio |
|
|
portfolio |
|
|
exposure |
|
Spain |
|
|
8,954 |
|
|
|
26,443 |
|
|
|
11,272 |
|
|
|
2,025 |
|
|
|
48,694 |
|
Portugal |
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
7,916 |
|
|
|
1,987 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
10,007 |
|
Italy |
|
|
2,717 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
2,717 |
|
Greece |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Ireland |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Rest Eurozone |
|
|
(211 |
) |
|
|
143 |
|
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
UK |
|
|
(786 |
) |
|
|
5,808 |
|
|
|
141 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
5,163 |
|
Poland |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
5,346 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
5,401 |
|
Rest of Europe |
|
|
120 |
|
|
|
312 |
|
|
|
238 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
670 |
|
US |
|
|
280 |
|
|
|
4,338 |
|
|
|
475 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
5,093 |
|
Brazil |
|
|
7,274 |
|
|
|
13,522 |
|
|
|
947 |
|
|
|
2,186 |
|
|
|
23,929 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
6,617 |
|
|
|
3,630 |
|
|
|
272 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
10,519 |
|
Chile |
|
|
193 |
|
|
|
1,601 |
|
|
|
3,568 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
5,362 |
|
Rest of America |
|
|
155 |
|
|
|
1,204 |
|
|
|
443 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1,802 |
|
Rest of the world |
|
|
3,657 |
|
|
|
1,687 |
|
|
|
546 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
5,890 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
29,087 |
|
|
|
71,950 |
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
4,211 |
|
|
|
125,248 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec 2014 |
|
Portfolio |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trading and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net |
|
|
|
Others |
|
|
Available |
|
|
Loan |
|
|
direct |
|
|
|
at FV |
|
|
for sale |
|
|
portfolio |
|
|
exposure |
|
Spain |
|
|
5,778 |
|
|
|
23,893 |
|
|
|
15,098 |
|
|
|
44,769 |
|
Portugal |
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
7,811 |
|
|
|
589 |
|
|
|
8,504 |
|
Italy |
|
|
1,725 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1,725 |
|
Greece |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Ireland |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Rest Eurozone |
|
|
(1,070 |
) |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
(1,066 |
) |
UK |
|
|
(613 |
) |
|
|
6,669 |
|
|
|
144 |
|
|
|
6,200 |
|
Poland |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
5,831 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
5,866 |
|
Rest of Europe |
|
|
1,165 |
|
|
|
444 |
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
1,655 |
|
US |
|
|
88 |
|
|
|
2,897 |
|
|
|
664 |
|
|
|
3,649 |
|
Brazil |
|
|
11,144 |
|
|
|
17,685 |
|
|
|
783 |
|
|
|
29,612 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
2,344 |
|
|
|
2,467 |
|
|
|
3,464 |
|
|
|
8,275 |
|
Chile |
|
|
593 |
|
|
|
1,340 |
|
|
|
248 |
|
|
|
2,181 |
|
Rest of America |
|
|
181 |
|
|
|
1,248 |
|
|
|
520 |
|
|
|
1,949 |
|
Rest of the world |
|
|
4,840 |
|
|
|
906 |
|
|
|
618 |
|
|
|
6,364 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
26,284 |
|
|
|
71,194 |
|
|
|
22,205 |
|
|
|
119,683 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16. |
Based on internal ratings. |
|
|
|
|
|
222 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
The sovereign risk distribution by rating level was affected in the last few years by many rating revisions of
the sovereign issuers of the countries where the Group operates.
On the basis of the EBA criteria already mentioned, the exposure to public
administrations at the end of each of the last three years was as follows (figures in million euros)17.
Exposure is moderate and the levels are similar to those in 2014. The sovereign risk exposure of Spain (where the Group has its headquarters) is not high in
terms of total assets (3.6% at the end of December 2015), compared to its peers.
The sovereign exposure in Latin America is almost all in local currency,
recorded in local books and concentrated in short-term maturities of lower interest rate risk and greater liquidity.
D.1.4.5. Social and environmental risk
Banco Santander considers social and environmental issues to be a crucial part of risk analysis and decision making processes in its financing transactions.
The Bank has applied process to identify, analyse and assess credit transactions subject to Group policy, policies based on the Equator Principle criteria, which the Bank signed up to 2009. In accordance with these principles, the social and
environmental impact of project finance operations and corporate loans with a known purpose (bridging loans with forbearance envisaged via project finance and corporate financing to construct or increase a specific project) is analysed.
The methodology used is set out below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec 2013 |
|
Portfolio |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trading and |
|
|
Available |
|
|
Loan |
|
|
Total net
direct |
|
|
|
Others at FV |
|
|
for sale |
|
|
portfolio |
|
|
exposure |
|
Spain |
|
|
4,359 |
|
|
|
21,144 |
|
|
|
12,864 |
|
|
|
38,367 |
|
Portugal |
|
|
149 |
|
|
|
2,076 |
|
|
|
583 |
|
|
|
2,807 |
|
Italy |
|
|
1,310 |
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1,386 |
|
Greece |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Ireland |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Rest Eurozone |
|
|
(1,229 |
) |
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
(1,161 |
) |
UK |
|
|
(1,375 |
) |
|
|
3,777 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
2,402 |
|
Poland |
|
|
216 |
|
|
|
4,770 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
5,030 |
|
Rest of Europe |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
122 |
|
US |
|
|
519 |
|
|
|
2,089 |
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
2,671 |
|
Brazil |
|
|
8,618 |
|
|
|
8,901 |
|
|
|
223 |
|
|
|
17,743 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
3,188 |
|
|
|
2,362 |
|
|
|
2,145 |
|
|
|
7,695 |
|
Chile |
|
|
(485 |
) |
|
|
1,037 |
|
|
|
534 |
|
|
|
1,086 |
|
Rest of America |
|
|
268 |
|
|
|
619 |
|
|
|
663 |
|
|
|
1,550 |
|
Rest of the world |
|
|
5,219 |
|
|
|
596 |
|
|
|
148 |
|
|
|
5,964 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
20,762 |
|
|
|
47,632 |
|
|
|
17,268 |
|
|
|
85,661 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For project finance operations with an amount equal to or more than $10 million, corporate loans with known destiny for a project with an amount equal to more than $100 million, with Santanders share equal to or
more than $50 million, an initial questionnaire is filled out, of a generic nature, designed to establish the projects risk in the socio-environmental sphere (according to categories A, B and C, from greater to lower risk, respectively) and
the operations degree of compliance with the Equator Principles. |
|
|
For those projects classified within the categories of greater risk (categories A and B), a more detailed questionnaire has to be filled out, adapted according to the sector of activity. |
|
|
According to the category and location of the projects a social and environmental audit is carried out (by independent external auditors). The Bank also gives training courses in social and
|
17. |
In addition at December 31, 2015, the Group maintained direct net exposures in derivatives whose reasonable value was EUR 2,070 million, as well as indirect net exposures in derivatives whose reasonable value
was EUR 25 million. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
223 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
environmental matters to risk teams as well as to those responsible for business of all the areas involved.
In 2015, the Group took part in funding 55 projects under the Equator principles. The total amount of debt in these 55 projects amounts to EUR 29,953 million.
During the second half of 2015, the Banks social-environmental task force, led by the Chief Compliance Officer, with representatives of the
Compliance, Corporate Communications, Marketing and Research, Risks, Business, Internal Governance and Legal Counsel corporate areas, has carried out a project to analyse and improve the status of social-environmental policies. The analysis has been
based on a benchmarking exercise with six of Santanders peers who have a similar size and geographical location, including the most important NGO (Non-Governmental Organisations) trends in this field.
As a result of this analysis, improvements to socio-environmental policies were proposed and were approved by the Banks board of directors on
22 December 2015. The proposals will now be gradually applied in the different Santander geographies.
Sector wide policies establish the criteria
used to limit financial activities relating to the defence, energy and soft commodities (e.g. products such as palm oil, soy and timber) sectors. These policies prohibit banks from funding certain activities, and place restrictions on others
(transactions which will be closely monitored due to their social and environmental risk, and which will only be approved if they meet certain requirements). The review of policies not only includes new activities and sectors, but also defines a
broader scope of application compared to those applied until 2015, given that the restricted transactions are applied across the board in wholesale banking, and the bans are applied to all transactions.
D.1.5. Credit risk cycle
The process of credit risk management consists of identifying, analysing, controlling and
deciding on the risks incurred by the Groups operations. The business areas, senior management and the risk areas are all involved.
The board and
the executive risk committee take part in the process, to set the risk policies and procedures, the limits and delegation of powers, and approve and supervise the framework of the risk function.
The risk cycle has three phases: pre-sale, sale and post-sale. The process is constantly revised, incorporating the results and conclusions of the after-sale
phase to the study of risk and presale planning.
D.1.5.1. Study of risk and credit rating process
Generally speaking, risk study consists of analysing a customers capacity to meet his contractual commitments with the Bank and other creditors. This
entails analysing the customers credit quality, risk operations, solvency and profitability to be obtained on the basis of the risk assumed.
With
this objective, since 1993 the Group has made use of models to allocate customer solvency classifications, which are known as ratings. These mechanisms are used in the wholesale segment (sovereign, financial institutions and corporate banking), as
well as the rest of companies and institutions in this category.
The rating is the result of a quantitative model based on balance sheet ratios or
macroeconomic variables, which is supplemented by the expert advice of the analyst.
The ratings given to customers are regularly reviewed, incorporating
the latest available financial information and experience in the development of banking relations. The regularity of the reviews increases in the case of customers who reach certain levels in the automatic warning systems and in those classified as
special watch. The rating tools are also revised in order to adjust the accuracy of the rating granted.
While ratings are used for wholesale and other
companies and institutions, scoring techniques are used more commonly for the individuals and SMEs segment. In the latter type, a score is assigned to the customer for decision making, as set out in the Decisions on operations section.
|
|
|
|
|
224 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
D.1.5.2. Planning (Strategic Commercial Plan)
The purpose of this phase is to limit efficiently and comprehensively the risk levels assumed by the Group.
The credit risk planning process serves to set the budgets and limits at portfolio level. Planning is articulated via the strategic commercial plan, ensuring
the conjunction of the business plan, the credit policy on the basis of the risk appetite and of the necessary resources to achieve it. It has come about, therefore, as a joint initiative between the commercial area and risks, and is meant to be not
only a management tool but also a form of teamwork.
The highest executive risk committee of each entity is responsible for authorising the monitoring the
plan. It is validated and monitored at corporate level.
The SCPs are used to arrange the map of all the Groups lending portfolios.
Analysis of scenarios
In line with what is described in
section B.3.3. Analysis of scenarios of this Report, credit risk scenario analysis enables senior management to better understand the portfolios evolution in the face of market conditions and changes in the environment. It is a key tool for
assessing the sufficiency of the provisions made and the capital to stress scenarios.
These exercises are carried out for all the Groups relevant
portfolios and are articulated as follows:
|
|
Definition of reference scenarios (at both the global level as well as for each of the Groups units). |
|
|
Determining the value of the risk parameters and metrics (probability of default, loss at default, etc) to different scenarios. |
|
|
Estimated expected loss associated with each one of the scenarios put forward and the other important credit risk metrics deriving from the parameters obtained (NPLs, provisions, ratios, etc.). |
|
|
Analysis of the evolution of the credit risk profile at the portfolio, segment, unit and Group levels in the face of different scenarios and compared to previous years. |
The simulation models employed by the Group use data from a complete economic cycle in order to calibrate the performance of risk factors in the face of
changes in macroeconomic variables. These models are submitted to backtesting processes and regular fine tuning
in order to guarantee they reflect correctly the relationship between macroeconomic variables and risk
parameters.
A series of controls and comparisons are run to ensure that the metrics and calculations are adequate, thus completing the process.
The projections of the risk and loss parameters, normally with a time frame of three years, are executed under various economic scenarios which include the
main macroeconomic variables (GDP, unemployment rate, house prices, inflation, etc).
The economic scenarios defined are backed by different levels of
stress, from the baseline scenario or the most probable one to stress scenarios which, although unlikely, are possible.
These scenarios are defined by
Grupo Santanders research department in coordination with the counterparts of each unit and using as a reference the figures published by the main international institutions.
A global stress scenario is defined describing a world crisis situation and the way it would affect each of the countries in which the Grupo Santander
operates. In addition, a local stress scenario is defined which affects in an isolated way some of the main units and with a greater degree of stress than the global stress scenario.
The entire process takes place within a corporate governance framework, and is thus adapted to the growing importance of this framework and to best market
practices, assisting the Groups senior management in obtaining knowledge and decision making.
D.1.5.3. Establishing limits / pre-approved limits
Limits are planned and established using documents agreed between the business and risk areas and approved by the executive risk committee or committees
delegated by it, and in which the expected results of business, in terms of risk and return are set out, as well as the limits to which this activity is subject and management of the associated risks by group / customer.
At the same time, in the wholesale sphere and the rest of companies and institutions analysis is conducted at the client level. When certain circumstances
concur, the client is assigned an individual limit (pre-approved limit).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
225 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
In this way, a pre-classification model based on a system for measuring and monitoring economic capital is used
for large corporate groups. The result of pre-classification is the maximum risk level that a client or group can assume in terms of amount of maturity. A more streamlined version of pre-approved limits is used for those companies which meet certain
requirements (high knowledge, rating, etc).
D.1.5.4. Decisions on operations
The sales phase consists of the decision-taking process which analyses and resolves operations. Approval by the risks area is a prior requirement before
contracting any risk operation. This process must take into account the policies defined for approving operations and take into consideration both the risk appetite as well as those elements of the operation that are relevant in the search for the
right balance between risk and profitability.
In the sphere of individual customers, companies and SMEs with lower revenue, large volumes of credit
operations can be managed more easily with the use of automatic decision models for classifying the customer/transaction binomial. Lending is classified into homogeneous risk groups, on the basis of the information on the features of the operation
and of its owner.
As already indicated, the prior phase of setting limits can follow two different paths, giving rise to different types of
decision in the sphere of companies:
|
|
Automatic and verifying if there is capacity for the proposed operation (in amount, product, maturity and other conditions) within the limits authorised under the framework of pre- classification. This process is
generally applied to corporate pre- classifications. |
|
|
Always requiring the authorisation of the analyst although the operation meets the amount, maturity and other conditions set in the pre-approved limit. This process applies to the pre-classification of companies under
individualised management of retail banking. |
Credit risk mitigation techniques
Grupo Santander applies various forms of credit risk reduction on the basis, among other factors, of the type of client and product. As we will later see, some
are inherent in specific operations (for example, real estate guarantees) while others apply to a series of operations (for example, netting and collateral).
The various mitigation techniques can be grouped into the following categories:
Determination of a net balance by counterparty
Netting
is the possibility of determining a net balance between operations of the same type, under the umbrella of a framework agreement such as ISDA or similar.
It consists of aggregating the positive and negative market values of derivative transactions that Santander has with a certain counterparty, so that in the
event of default it owes (or Santander owes, if the net is negative) a single net figure and not a series of positive or negative values corresponding to each operation closed with the counterparty.
An important aspect of the contracts framework is that they represent a single legal obligation that covers all operations. This is fundamental when it comes
to being able to net the risks of all operations covered by the contract with a same counterparty.
Real guarantees
These are those goods that are subject to compliance with the guaranteed obligation and which can be provided not only by the client but also by a third party.
The real goods or rights that are the object of the guarantee can be:
|
|
Financial: cash, deposit of securities, gold, etc. |
|
|
Non-financial: property (both homes as well as commercial premises, etc), other property goods. |
From the
standpoint of risk admission, the highest level of real guarantees is required. In order to calculate the regulatory capital, only those guarantees that meet the minimum qualitative requirements set out in the Basel agreements are taken into
consideration.
A very important example of a real financial guarantee is collateral. This is a series of instruments with a certain economic value
and high liquidity that are deposited/transferred by a counterparty in favour of another in order to guarantee/reduce the credit risk of the counterparty that could result from portfolios of transactions of derivatives with risk existing between
them.
The nature of these agreements is diverse, but whatever the specific form of collateralisation, the final purpose, as in the netting technique, is
to reduce the counterparty risk.
The operations subject to the collateral agreement are regularly valued (normally day to day) and, on the net balance
resulting from this valuation, the parameters defined in the contract are applied so that a collateral amount is obtained (normally cash or securities), which is to be paid to or received from the counterparty.
As regards property collaterals, there are regular re-appraisal processes, based on real market values for the different types of property, which meet
all the requirements set by the regulator.
|
|
|
|
|
226 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
Implementation of the mitigation techniques follows the minimum requirements established in the manual of credit
risk management policies, and consists of ensuring:
|
|
Legal certainty. The possibility of legally requiring the settlement of guarantees must be examined and ensured at all times. |
|
|
The lack of substantial positive correlation between the counterparty and the value of the collateral. |
|
|
The correct documentation of all guarantees. |
|
|
The availability of documentation of the methodologies used for each mitigation technique. |
|
|
Adequate monitoring and regular control. |
Personal guarantees and credit derivatives
This type of guarantees corresponds to those that place a third party in a position of having to respond to obligations acquired by another to the Group. It
includes, for example, sureties, guarantees, stand-by letters of credit, etc. The only ones that can be recognised, for the purposes of calculating capital, are those provided by third parties that meet the minimum requirements set by the
supervisor.
Credit derivatives are financial instruments whose main objective is to cover the credit risk by acquiring protection from a third party,
through which the bank transfers the issuer risk of the underlying asset. Credit derivatives are over the counter (OTC) instruments that are traded in non-organised markets. The coverage with credit derivatives, mainly through credit default swaps,
is contracted with front line banks.
The information on mitigation techniques is in Credit risk reduction techniques of the Prudential
Relevance Report (Pillar III). There is also more information on credit derivatives in the section Activity in credit derivatives in section D.1.4.1. Credit risk by activity in financial markets of this Report.
D.1.5.5. Monitoring / Anticipation
Monitoring is a continuous process of constant observation, which allows changes that could affect the credit quality of clients to be detected early on, in
order to take measures to correct the deviations that impact negatively.
Monitoring is based on segmentation of customers, and is carried out by local and global risk dedicated teams,
supplemented by internal audit. In the individuals model, this function is carried out through customer behaviour assessment models.
The function
consists, among other things, of identifying and tracking clients under special monitoring, reviewing ratings and continuous monitoring of indicators of standardised clients.
The system called companies in special monitoring (FEVE) identifies four levels on the basis of the degree of concern arising from the circumstances
observed (extinguish, secure, reduce, monitor). The inclusion of a company in FEVE does not mean there have been defaults, but rather the advisability of adopting a specific policy toward that company and establishing the person and time frame for
it. Clients in FEVE are reviewed at least every six months, and every quarter for the most serious cases. A company can end up in special watch as a result of monitoring, a review conducted by internal audit, a decision of the person responsible for
the company or the entry into functioning of the system established for automatic warnings.
Ratings are reviewed at least every year, but if weaknesses
are detected, or on the basis of the rating, it is done more regularly.
As regards the risks of individual clients, businesses and SMEs with a low
turnover, the main indicators are monitored in order to detect shifts in the performance of the loan portfolio with respect to the forecasts made in the credit management programmes.
D.1.5.6. Measurement and control
As well as monitoring clients credit quality, Grupo Santander establishes the control procedures needed to analyse the current credit risk profile and
its evolution, through different credit risk phases.
The function is developed by assessing the risks from various perspectives that complement one
another, establishing as the main elements control by countries, business areas, management models, products, etc, facilitating early detection of points of specific attention, as well as preparing action plans to correct any deteriorations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
227 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
Each element of control admits two types of analysis:
1. Quantitative and qualitative analysis of the portfolio
Analysis of the portfolio controls, permanently and systematically, the evolution of risk with respect to budgets, limits and standards of reference, assessing
the impacts of future situations, exogenous as well as those resulting from strategic decisions, in order to establish measures that put the profile and volume of the risks portfolio within the parameters set by the Group.
The credit risk control phase uses, among others and in addition to traditional metrics, the following metrics:
|
|
CMN (Change in Managed NPLs plus net write-offs) |
The CMN measures how NPLs change during a period,
discounting write-offs and taking loan loss recoveries into account.
It is an aggregate measure at portfolio level that allows a response to
deteriorations observed in the evolution of NPLs.
It is the result of the final balance less the initial balance of non- performing loans of the period
under consideration, plus the write-offs in this period less loan loss recoveries in the same period.
The VMG and its components play a key role as
variables of monitoring.
|
|
Expected loss (EL) and capital |
Expected loss is the estimate of the economic loss that would
occur during the next year of the portfolio existing at a given moment.
It is one more cost of activity, and must impact on the price of operations. Its
calculation is mainly based on three parameters:
|
|
Exposure at Default (EaD): maximum amount that could be lost as a result of a default. |
|
|
Probability of Default (PD): the probability of a clients default during the year. |
|
|
Loss Given Default (LGD): this reflects the percentage of exposure that could not be recovered in the event of a default. It is calculated by discounting at the time of the default the amounts recovered during the whole
recovery process and this figure is then compared in percentage terms with the amount owed by the client at that moment. |
Other relevant
aspects regarding the risk of operations are covered, such as quantification of off-balance sheet exposures or the expected percentage of recoveries, related to the guarantees associated with the operation, as well as other issues such as the type
of product, maturity, etc.
The risk parameters also enable economic and regulatory capital to be calculated. The integration in management of the metrics
of capital is vital for rationalising its use. More detail is available in chapter D.8. Capital risk.
2.- Evaluation of the control processes
Evaluation of the control processes includes systematic and regular revision of the procedures and methodology, developed throughout the credit risk cycle, in
order to guarantees their effectiveness and validity.
In 2006, within the corporate framework established in the Group for compliance with the Sarbanes
Oxley law, a corporate tool was established in the Groups intranet to document and certificate all the sub processes, operational risks and controls that mitigate them. The risks division assesses every year the efficiency of internal control
of its activities.
D.1.5.7. Recovery management
Recovery activity is a significant element in the Banks risk management. This function is carried out by the recovery area, which defines a global
strategy and an enterprise wide focus on recovery management.
The Group has a corporate management model which sets the guidelines and general lines of
action to be applied in the various countries, always taking into account the local particularities that the recovery activity requires (economic environment, business model or a mixture of both). The recovery areas are business areas that directly
manage clients; the corporate model thus has a business focus, whose creation of value on a sustained basis is based on effective and efficient collection management, whether by regularisation of balances pending payment or by total recovery.
The recovery management model requires adequate co-ordination of all the management areas (business of recoveries, commercial, technology and operations,
human resources and risks). It is subject to constant review and continuous improvement in the processes and management methodology that sustain it, through applying the best practices developed in the various countries.
In order to conduct recovery management adequately, it is done in four phases: irregularity or early non-payment, recovery of non-performing loans, recovery
of write-offs and management of foreclosed assets. Indeed, the recovery function begins before the first non-payment when the client shows signs of deterioration and ends when the debt has been paid or regularised. The function aims to anticipate
non-compliance and is focused on Pre-saletive management.
The current macroeconomic environment directly impacts the non-payment index and
customers bad loans. The quality of portfolios is thus fundamental for the development and growth of our businesses in different countries. Debt reimbursement and recovery functions are given a special and continuous focus, in order to ensure
that this quality always remains within the expected levels.
|
|
|
|
|
228 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Credit risk |
|
|
The diverse features of our clients makes segmentation necessary in order to manage recoveries adequately.
Massive management of large collectives of clients with similar profiles and products is conducted through processes with a high technological component, while personalised management focuses on customers that, because of their profile, require a
specific manager and more individualised management.
Recovery activity has been aligned with the socio-economic reality of various countries and
different risk management mechanisms, with adequate criteria of prudence, have been used on the basis of their age, guarantees and conditions, always ensuring, as a minimum, the required classification and provisions.
Particular emphasis in the recovery function is placed on management of the aforementioned mechanisms for early management, in line with corporate policies,
taking account of the various local realities and closely tracking vintages, stocks and performance. These policies are renewed and regularly adopted in order to reflect both the better management practices as well as the regulatory changes applied.
As well as measures focused on adapting operations to the clients payment capacity, also noteworthy is recovery management seeking solutions other
than judicial ones for advance payment of debts.
One of the ways to recover debt from clients, who have suffered a severe deterioration in their
repayment capacity, is repossession (judicial or in lieu of payment) of the real estate assets that serve as guarantees of the loans. In countries with a high exposure to real estate risk, such as Spain, there are very efficient sales management
instruments which enable the capital to be returned to the bank and reduce the stock in the balance sheet at a much faster speed than the rest of banks.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
229 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Trading market risk and structural risks |
|
|
D.2. Trading market risk and structural risks
Organisation of this section
We will first describe the activities subject to market risk, setting out the different
types and risk factors.
Then we will look at each one of the market risks on the basis of the finality of the risk, distinguishing the risk of market
trading and structural risks, and, within the latter, structural risks of the balance sheet and pension and actuarial risks.
The most relevant aspects to
take into account such as the principal magnitudes and their evolution are set out for each type of risk, the methodologies and metrics employed in Santander and the limits used for their control.
D.2.1. Activities subject to market risk and types of market risk
The scope of activities subject to market risk
includes transactions in which net worth risk is borne due to changes in market factors. Thus they include trading risks and also structural risks which are also affected by market shifts.
This risk comes from the change in risk factorsinterest rates, inflation rates, exchange rates, share
prices, the spread on loans, commodity prices and the volatility of each of these elements as well as from the liquidity risk of the various products and markets in which the Group operates.
|
|
Interest rate risk is the possibility that changes in interest rates could adversely affect the value of a financial instrument, a portfolio or the Group as a whole. It affects loans, deposits, debt
securities, most assets and liabilities in the trading books and derivatives, among others. |
|
|
Inflation rate risk is the possibility that changes in inflation rates could adversely affect the value of a financial instrument, a portfolio or the Group as a whole. It affects instruments such as loans,
debt securities and derivatives, whose return is linked to inflation or to an actual change in the rate. |
|
|
Exchange rate risk is the sensitivity of the value of a position in a currency different to the base currency to a potential movement in exchange rates. Hence, a long or open position in a foreign currency
will produce a loss if that currency depreciates against the base currency. Among the positions affected by this |
|
|
|
|
|
230 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Trading market risk and structural risks |
risk are the Groups investments in subsidiaries in non-euro currencies, as well as any
foreign currency transactions.
|
|
|
Equity risk is the sensitivity of the value of positions opened in equities to adverse movements in the market prices or in expectations of future dividends. Among other instruments, this affects positions
in shares, stock market indices, convertible bonds and derivatives using shares as the underlying asset (put, call, and equity swaps). |
|
|
|
Credit spread risk is the risk or sensitivity of the value of positions opened in fixed income securities or in credit derivatives to movements in credit spread curves or in recovery rates associated with
issuers and specific types of debt. Spread is the difference between financial instruments that quote with a margin over other benchmark instruments, mainly the IRR of Government bonds and interbank interest rates. |
|
|
|
Commodities price risk is the risk derived from the effect of potential changes in prices. The Groups exposure to this risk is not significant and is concentrated in derivative operations on
commodities with clients. |
|
|
|
Volatility risk is the risk or sensitivity of the value of a portfolio to changes in the volatility of risk factors: interest rates, exchange rates, shares, credit spreads and commodities. This risk is
incurred by all financial instruments whose valuation model has volatility as a variable. The most significant case are financial options portfolios. |
All these market risks can be partly or fully mitigated by using options, futures, forwards and swaps.
There are other types of market risk, whose coverage is more complex. They are as follows:
|
|
|
Correlation risk. Correlation risk is the sensitivity of the portfolio to changes in the relationship between risk factors (correlation), either of the same type (for example, two exchange rates) or different
types (for example, an interest rate and the price of a commodity). |
|
|
|
Market liquidity risk. Risk when a Group entity or the Group as a whole cannot reverse or close a position in time without having an impact on the market price or the cost of the transaction. Market liquidity
risk can be caused by the reduction in the number of market makers or institutional investors, the execution of a large volume of transactions, or the instability of the markets. It increases as a result of the concentration of certain products and
currencies. |
|
|
|
Prepayment or cancellation risk. When the contractual relationship in certain transactions explicitly or implicitly permits the possibility of early cancellation without negotiation before maturity, there is a
risk that the cash flows may have to be reinvested at a potentially lower interest rate. It affects mainly mortgage loans or mortgage securities.
|
|
|
|
Underwriting risk. This occurs as a result of an entitys participation in underwriting a placement of securities or another type of debt, assuming the risk of partially owning the issue or the loan due to
non-placement of all of it among potential buyers. |
Pension and actuarial risks, which are described later on, also depend on shifts
in market factors.
On the basis of the finality of the risk, activities are segmented in the following way:
a) |
Trading: financial services to customers and purchase-sale and positioning mainly in fixed-income, equity and currency products. The SGCB (Santander Global Corporate Banking) division is mainly responsible for
managing it. |
b) |
Structural risks: we distinguish between balance sheet risks and pension and actuarial risks: |
|
b.1) |
Structural balance sheet risks: market risks inherent in the balance sheet excluding the trading portfolio. Management decisions on these risks are taken by the ALCO committees of each country in coordination
with the Groups ALCO committee and are executed by the financial management division. This management seeks to inject stability and recurrence into the financial margin of commercial activity and to the Groups economic value, maintaining
adequate levels of liquidity and solvency. The risks are: |
|
|
|
Structural interest rate risk: this arises from mismatches in the maturities and repricing of all assets and liabilities. |
|
|
|
Structural exchange rate risk/hedging: Exchange rate risk occurs when the currency in which the investment is made is different from the euro in companies that consolidate and those that do not (structural
exchange rate). In addition, this item also includes positions of exchange rate hedging of future results generated in currencies other than the euro (hedging of results). |
|
|
|
Structural equity risk: this involves investments via stakes in financial or non-financial companies that are not consolidated, as well as portfolios available for sale formed by equity positions.
|
|
b.2) |
Pension and actuarial risk |
|
|
|
Pension risk: the risk assumed by the Bank in relation to the pension commitments with its employees. The risk lies in the possibility that the fund does not cover these commitments in the period of
accrual of the provision and the profitability obtained by the portfolio is not sufficient and obliges the Group to increase the level of contributions. |
|
|
|
Actuarial risk: unexpected losses produced as a result of an increase in the commitments with the insurance takers, as well as losses from an unforeseen rise in costs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
231 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Trading market risk and structural risks |
D.2.2. Trading market risk
D.2.2.1. Key figures and change over time
Grupo Santanders trading risk profile remained relatively low in 2015, in line with previous years, due to the fact that traditionally the Groups
activity has been focused on providing services to its customers, with limited exposure to complex structured products and diversification by geographic area and risk factor.
D.2.2.1.1. VaR analysis18
During the 2015 year, Grupo Santander maintained its strategy of concentrating its trading activity on customer business, minimising where possible exposures
of directional risk opened in net terms. This was seen in the VaR evolution of the SGCB trading portfolio, which was around the average of the last three years and ended 2015 at EUR 13.6
million29.
VaR during 2015 fluctuated between EUR 10.3 million and EUR 31 million. The most significant changes were
related to changes in exchange rate and interest rate exposure and also market volatility.
The average VaR in 2015 was EUR 15.6 million, very
similar to the two previous years (EUR 16.9 million in 2014 and EUR 17.4 million in 2013).
The following chart shows a frequency histogram of
risk measured in terms of VaR between 2013 and 2015. The accumulation of days with levels of between EUR 9.5 and 23 million (96%) is shown. Values of higher than EUR 23 million (3.2%) largely occur in periods mainly affected by
temporary spikes in volatility mainly in the Brazilian real against the dollar and also interest rates during the Greek bail-out period.
18. |
Value at Risk. The VaR definition and calculation methodology is in section D.2.2.2.1. Value at Risk (VaR) |
19. |
Regarding trading activity in financial markets of SGCB (Santander Global Corporate Banking). As well as the trading activity of SGCB, there are other positions catalogued for accounting purposes. The total VaR of
trading of this accounting perimeter was EUR 14.5 million. |
|
|
|
|
|
232 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Trading market risk and structural risks |
Risk per factor
The following table displays the average and latest VaR values at 99% by risk factor over the last three years, and the lowest and highest values in 2015 and
the Expected Shortfall (ES) at 97.5%20 at the close of 2015:
n |
VaR statistics and Expected Shortfall by risk factor 21, 22 |
Million euros, VaR at 99% and ES at 97.5% with one day time horizon.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
2013 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VaR (99%) |
|
|
(97.5%) |
|
|
VaR |
|
|
VaR |
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Maximum |
|
|
Latest |
|
|
Latest |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Latest |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Latest |
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
10.3 |
|
|
|
15.6 |
|
|
|
31.0 |
|
|
|
13.6 |
|
|
|
14.0 |
|
|
|
16.9 |
|
|
|
10.5 |
|
|
|
17.4 |
|
|
|
13.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Diversification effect |
|
|
(5.0 |
) |
|
|
(11.1 |
) |
|
|
(21.3 |
) |
|
|
(5.8 |
) |
|
|
(5.7 |
) |
|
|
(13.0 |
) |
|
|
(9.3 |
) |
|
|
(16.2 |
) |
|
|
(12.3 |
) |
|
|
Interest rate |
|
|
9.7 |
|
|
|
14.9 |
|
|
|
28.3 |
|
|
|
12.7 |
|
|
|
12.7 |
|
|
|
14.2 |
|
|
|
10.5 |
|
|
|
12.7 |
|
|
|
8.5 |
|
Total trading |
|
Equities |
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
1.9 |
|
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
2.7 |
|
|
|
1.8 |
|
|
|
5.6 |
|
|
|
4.7 |
|
|
|
Exchange rates |
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
15.2 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
|
|
5.4 |
|
|
|
4.7 |
|
|
|
Credit spread |
|
|
1.9 |
|
|
|
5.2 |
|
|
|
13.7 |
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
|
|
3.4 |
|
|
|
9.3 |
|
|
|
4.6 |
|
|
|
9.6 |
|
|
|
7.2 |
|
|
|
Commodities |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
7.4 |
|
|
|
11.6 |
|
|
|
24.8 |
|
|
|
11.1 |
|
|
|
11.2 |
|
|
|
12.2 |
|
|
|
7.3 |
|
|
|
13.9 |
|
|
|
9.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
Diversification effect |
|
|
(1.1 |
) |
|
|
(8.3 |
) |
|
|
(17.2 |
) |
|
|
(5.6 |
) |
|
|
(5.8 |
) |
|
|
(9.2 |
) |
|
|
(5.5 |
) |
|
|
(14.1 |
) |
|
|
(9.0 |
) |
|
|
Interest rate |
|
|
6.1 |
|
|
|
10.6 |
|
|
|
25.1 |
|
|
|
10.9 |
|
|
|
10.7 |
|
|
|
8.9 |
|
|
|
6.2 |
|
|
|
9.3 |
|
|
|
6.6 |
|
Europe |
|
Equities |
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
|
1.4 |
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
1.7 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
Exchange rates |
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
|
10.7 |
|
|
|
1.9 |
|
|
|
1.8 |
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
5.2 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
Credit spread |
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
|
4.4 |
|
|
|
11.5 |
|
|
|
2.8 |
|
|
|
3.4 |
|
|
|
7.6 |
|
|
|
3.9 |
|
|
|
9.0 |
|
|
|
5.8 |
|
|
|
Commodities |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
5.4 |
|
|
|
10.6 |
|
|
|
27.4 |
|
|
|
9.7 |
|
|
|
6.7 |
|
|
|
12.3 |
|
|
|
9.8 |
|
|
|
11.1 |
|
|
|
6.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
Diversification effect |
|
|
(0.5 |
) |
|
|
(4.8 |
) |
|
|
(10.6 |
) |
|
|
(4.4 |
) |
|
|
(1.5 |
) |
|
|
(3.5 |
) |
|
|
(12.2 |
) |
|
|
(5.3 |
) |
|
|
(6.7 |
) |
|
|
Interest rate |
|
|
5.7 |
|
|
|
10.7 |
|
|
|
27.2 |
|
|
|
9.3 |
|
|
|
6.4 |
|
|
|
11.8 |
|
|
|
9.8 |
|
|
|
9.6 |
|
|
|
5.9 |
|
Latin America |
|
Equities |
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
|
|
Exchange rates |
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
|
8.2 |
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
|
9.2 |
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
|
|
4.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
Diversification effect |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
|
(0.5 |
) |
|
|
(1.4 |
) |
|
|
(0.4 |
) |
|
|
(0.3 |
) |
|
|
(0.3 |
) |
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
|
(0.4 |
) |
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
|
Interest rate |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
US and Asia |
|
Equities |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
1.8 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0,1 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
Exchange rates |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
1.9 |
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
Diversification effect |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
(0.6 |
) |
|
|
(2.7 |
) |
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
|
(0.6 |
) |
|
|
(0.6 |
) |
|
|
(0.3 |
) |
|
|
(0.5 |
) |
Global activities |
|
Interest rate |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
Credit spread |
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
|
2.8 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
|
|
1.9 |
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
|
Exchange rates |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
20. |
These types of measures are outlined in section D.2.2.2.2. Stressed VaR (sVaR) and Expected Shortfall (ES). Following the recommendation of the BCBS in its Fundamental review of the trading book: a revised
market risk framework (October 2013), the confidence level of 97.5% means approximately a risk level similar to that which the VaR captures with a 99% confidence level. |
21. |
The VaR of global activities includes operations that are not assigned to any particular country. |
22. |
In Latin America, United States and Asia, the VaR levels of the credit spread and commodity factors are not shown separately because of their scant or zero materiality. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
233 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Trading market risk and structural risks |
At the end of 2015, VaR had increased by EUR 3 million against 2014, although average VaR was down by EUR
1.4 million. By risk factor, the average VaR increased in interest rates and in exchange rates, while it fell in equities and credit spread. By geographies, it slightly increased in the United States/Asia, while it was down in the other geographies.
The VaR evolution by risk factor in general was stable in the last few years. The transitory rises in VaR of various factors is explained more by
transitory increases in the volatility of market prices than by significant changes in positions.
Lastly, the table below compares the VaR figures with stressed VaR25
figures for trading activity of the two portfolios with highest average VaR in 2015.
n |
Stressed VaR vs. VaR in 2015: main portfolios |
Million euros. Stresses VaR and VaR at 99%
with one-day time horizon.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Min |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Max |
|
|
Latest |
|
|
|
VaR (99%) |
|
|
4.0 |
|
|
|
8.9 |
|
|
|
15.9 |
|
|
|
8.8 |
|
Spain-G10 |
|
Stressed VaR (99%) |
|
|
11.4 |
|
|
|
19.4 |
|
|
|
26.8 |
|
|
|
13.5 |
|
|
|
VaR (99%) |
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
9.5 |
|
|
|
25.6 |
|
|
|
9.4 |
|
Brazil |
|
Stressed VaR (99%) |
|
|
8.1 |
|
|
|
16.6 |
|
|
|
39.9 |
|
|
|
14.2 |
|
D.2.2.1.2. Gauging and backtesting measures
The real losses can differ from the forecasts by the VaR for various reasons related to the limitations of this metric, which are set out in detail later in
the section on the methodologies. The Group regularly analyses and contrasts the accuracy of the VaR calculation model in order to confirm its reliability.
The most important test consists of backtesting exercises, analysed at the local and global levels and in all
cases with the same methodology. Backtesting consists of comparing the forecast VaR measurements, with a certain level of confidence and time frame, with the real results of losses obtained in a same time frame. This can detect anomalies in the VaR
model of the portfolio in question to be detected (for example, shortcomings in the parameterisation of the valuation models of certain instruments, not very adequate proxies, etc).
Santander calculates and evaluates three types of backtesting:
|
|
|
Clean backtesting: the daily VaR is compared with the results obtained without taking into account the intraday results or the changes in the portfolios positions. This
method contrasts the effectiveness of the individual models used to assess and measure the risks of the different positions. |
|
|
|
Backtesting on complete results: the daily VaR is compared with the days net results, including the results of the intraday operations and those generated by commissions.
|
|
|
|
Backtesting on complete results without mark-ups or fees: the daily VaR is compared with the days net results from intraday operations but excluding those generated by mark-ups and
commissions. This method aims to give an idea of the intraday risk assumed by the Groups treasuries. |
For the first case and for the
total portfolio, there were four exceptions of Value at Earnings (VaE)24 at 99% in 2015 (days on which daily profit was higher than VaE) on 15 January, 23 January, 19 May and 3
December. These were primarily caused by strong shifts in the euros exchange rates against the Swiss franc and the pound, and of the euro and dollar against the Brazilian real. The high VaE levels at the end of the year were due to the
depreciation of the Argentinian peso after exchange restrictions in the country were lifted.
There was also an exception of VaR at 99% (days on which the
daily loss was higher than the VaR) on 24 September, caused mainly, as in the above cases, by high volatility in exchange rates, in this case of the euro and dollar against the Brazilian real.
The number of exceptions responded to the expected performance of the VaR calculation model, which works with a confidence level of 99% and an analysis period
of one year (over a longer period of time, an average of two or three exceptions a year is expected).
23. |
Described in section D.2.2.2.2. Stressed VaR (sVaR) and Expected Shortfall (ES). |
24. |
The VaE definition and calculation methodology is in section D.2.2.2.1. Value at Risk (VaR). |
|
|
|
|
|
234 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Trading market risk and structural risks |
D.2.2.1.3. Distribution of risks and management
results25
Geographic distribution
In trading activity, the average contribution of Latin America to the Groups total VaR in 2015 was 45.1% compared with a contribution of 39.7% in
economic results. Europe, with 53.6% of global risk, contributed 54% of results. In relation to prior years, there was a gradual homogenisation in the profile of activity in the Groups different units, focused generally on providing service to
professional and institutional clients.
Below is the geographic contribution (by percentage) to the Group total, both in risks, measured in VaR terms, as
well as in results, measured in economic terms.
25. |
Results in terms similar to Gross Margin (excluding operating costs, the financial would be the only cost). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
235 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Trading market risk and structural risks |
Distribution of risk by time
The following chart shows the risk assumption profile, in terms of VaR, compared to results in 2015. The average VaR remained relatively stable, albeit with
higher values in the second quarter, while results evolved in a more regular way during the first half of the year, and were lower in the second half.
The following frequency histogram shows the distribution of daily economic results on the basis of their size
between 2013 and 2015. It shows that on over 97.4% of days on which the markets were open daily returns28 were in a range of between -EUR 15 and +15 million.
26. |
Yields clean of fees and results of intraday derivative operations. |
|
|
|
|
|
236 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Trading market risk and structural risks |
D.2.2.1.4. Risk management of derivatives
Derivatives activity is mainly focused on marketing investment products and hedging risks for clients. Management is focused on ensuring that the net risk
opened is the lowest possible.
These transactions include options on equities, fixed-income and exchange rates. The units where this activity mainly
takes place are: Spain, Santander UK, and, to a lesser extent, Brazil and Mexico.
The chart below shows the VaR Vega27 performance of structured derivatives business over the last three years. It fluctuated at around an average of EUR 6 million. In general, the periods with higher
VaR levels related to episodes of significant rises in volatility in the markets. The evolution of VaR Vega in
the second quarter of 2013 was the result of the increased volatility of euro and US dollar interest rate curves, coinciding with a strategy of hedging client operations of significant amounts.
Although in 2015, VaR Vega was similar to the previous year in the first quarter of the year, in the two next quarters it was affected by high market
volatility due to events such as Greeces bail-out, high stock market volatility in China or Brazils currency depreciation and rating downgrade, as well as the BRLs strong depreciation against the euro and the dollar.
As regards the VaR by risk factor, on average, the exposure was
concentrated, in this order, in interest rates, equities, exchange rates
and commodities. This is shown in the table below:
n Financial derivatives. Risk (VaR) by risk factor
Million euros. VaR at a 99% over a
one day horizon.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
2013 |
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Maximum |
|
|
Latest |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Latest |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Latest |
|
Total VaR Vega |
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
6.8 |
|
|
|
12.8 |
|
|
|
7.0 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
|
2.7 |
|
|
|
8.0 |
|
|
|
4.5 |
|
Diversification effect |
|
|
(0.0 |
) |
|
|
(2.3 |
) |
|
|
(3.9 |
) |
|
|
(1.7 |
) |
|
|
(2.1 |
) |
|
|
(2.6 |
) |
|
|
(3.8 |
) |
|
|
(2.7 |
) |
VaR Interest rate |
|
|
1.7 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
|
12.6 |
|
|
|
7.3 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
1.7 |
|
|
|
6.6 |
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
VaR equities |
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
|
1.8 |
|
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
|
3.4 |
|
|
|
1.8 |
|
VaR exchange rate |
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
1.2 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
|
1.7 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
VaR commodities |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
27. |
Vega, a Greek term, means here the sensitivity of the value of a portfolio to changes in the price of market volatility. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
237 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Trading market risk and structural risks |
Exposure by business unit was concentrated in Spain, Santander UK,
Mexico and Brazil (in that order).
n Financial derivatives. Risk (VaR) by unit
Million euros. VaR at a 99% over a one day
horizon.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
2013 |
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Maximum |
|
|
Latest |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Latest |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Latest |
|
Total VaR Vega |
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
6.8 |
|
|
|
12.8 |
|
|
|
7.0 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
|
2.7 |
|
|
|
8.0 |
|
|
|
4.5 |
|
Spain |
|
|
1.3 |
|
|
|
6.6 |
|
|
|
12.6 |
|
|
|
6.9 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
7.0 |
|
|
|
3.8 |
|
Santander UK |
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
1.4 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
Brazil |
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
1.2 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
|
1.8 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
|
|
1.2 |
|
|
|
1.2 |
|
The average risk in 2015 (EUR 6.8 million) is slightly lower compared to 2013 and higher than in 2014, for the
reasons explained above.
Grupo Santander continues to have a very limited exposure to instruments or complex structured vehicles, reflecting a
management culture one of whose hallmarks is prudence in risk management. At the end of 2015, the Group had:
|
|
|
Hedge funds: the total exposure is not significant (EUR 219.8 million at close of December 2015) and most of it is indirect, largely acting as counterparty in derivatives transactions, and also in
financing transactions for those funds. This exposure has low loan-to-value levels of around 16.7% (collateral of EUR 1,225.1 million at the close of December). The risk with this type of counterparty is analysed case by case, establishing
percentages of collateralisation on the basis of the features and assets of each fund. |
|
|
|
Monolines: Santanders exposure to bond insurance companies (monolines) was, EUR 137.9 million as of December 2015 , mainly indirect exposure, EUR 136.1 million28 by virtue of the guarantee provided by this type of entity to various financing or traditional securitisation operations. The exposure in this case is to double default, with the primary underlying
assets are of high credit quality. The small remaining amount is direct exposure (for example, via purchase of protection from the risk of non- payment by any of these insurance companies through a credit default swap). Exposure was virtually
unchanged vs. 2014. |
In short, the exposure to this type of instrument, as the result of the Groups usual operations, continued to
decline in 2015. This was mainly due to the integration of positions of institutions acquired by the Group, as Sovereign in 2009. All these positions were known at the time of purchase, having been duly provisioned. These positions, since their
integration in the Group, have been notably reduced, with the ultimate goal of eliminating them from the balance sheet.
Santanders policy for approving new transactions related to these products remains very prudent and
conservative. It is subject to strict supervision by the Groups senior management. Before approving a new transaction, product or underlying asset, the risks division verifies:
|
|
|
The existence of an appropriate valuation model to monitor the value of each exposure: Mark-to-Market, Mark-to-Model or Mark-to-Liquidity. |
|
|
|
The availability in the market of observable data (inputs) needed to be able to apply this valuation model. |
And provided these two points are always met:
|
|
|
The availability of appropriate systems, duly adapted to calculate and monitor every day the results, positions and risks of new operations. |
|
|
|
The degree of liquidity of the product or underlying asset, in order to make possible their coverage when deemed appropriate. |
D.2.2.1.5. Issuer risk in trading portfolios
Trading
activity in credit risk is mainly conducted in the Treasury Units in Spain. It is done by taking positions in bonds and credit default swaps (CDS) at different maturities on corporate and financial references, as well as indexes (Itraxx, CDX).
The accompanying table shows the major positions at year-end in Spain, distinguishing between long (purchases of bonds and sales of CDS protection) and short
(sales of bonds and purchases of CDS protection) positions.
28. |
Collateral provided by monoline in bonds issued by US states (Municipal Bonds), which amounted to EUR 19.1 million at December 2015, are not considered to be exposure. |
|
|
|
|
|
238 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Trading market risk and structural risks |
Million euros. Data at 31 December 2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Largest long positions |
|
|
Largest short positions |
|
|
|
(sale of protection) |
|
|
(purchase of protection) |
|
|
|
Exposure at |
|
|
|
|
|
Exposure at |
|
|
|
|
|
|
default (EAD) |
|
|
% total EAD |
|
|
default (EAD) |
|
|
% total EAD |
|
1st reference |
|
|
131 |
|
|
|
5.09 |
% |
|
|
(32 |
) |
|
|
4.30 |
% |
2nd reference |
|
|
124 |
|
|
|
4.82 |
% |
|
|
(25 |
) |
|
|
3.36 |
% |
3rd reference |
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
2.29 |
% |
|
|
(23 |
) |
|
|
3.09 |
% |
4th reference |
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
2.10 |
% |
|
|
(23 |
) |
|
|
3.09 |
% |
5th reference |
|
|
51 |
|
|
|
1.98 |
% |
|
|
(20 |
) |
|
|
2.68 |
% |
Sub-total top 5 |
|
|
419 |
|
|
|
16.29 |
% |
|
|
(124 |
) |
|
|
16.64 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
2.572 |
|
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
|
(745 |
) |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: zero recoveries are supposed (LCR=0) in the EaD calculation
D.2.2.1.6. Analysis of scenarios
Various stress scenarios were calculated and analysed regularly in 2015 (at least monthly) at the local and global levels for all the trading portfolios and
using the same risk factor assumptions.
Maximum volatility scenario (worst case)
This scenario is given particular attention as it combines historic movements of risk factors with an ad-hoc analysis in order to reject very unlikely
combinations of variations (for example, sharp falls in stock markets together with a decline in volatility). A historic volatility equivalent to six standard deviations is
applied. The scenario is defined by taking for each risk factor the movement which represents the greatest
potential loss in the portfolio, rejecting the most unlikely combinations in economic-financial terms. At year-end, that scenario implied, for the global portfolio, rising interest rates in Latin American markets and low interest rates in core
markets, falls in stock markets, depreciation of all currencies against the euro, and widening credit spreads and volatility. The results for this scenario at 31 December 2015 are shown in the following table.
n Stress scenario: Maximum volatility (worst case)
Million euros. Data at 31 December 2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rates |
|
|
Equities |
|
|
Exchange rates |
|
|
Credit spread |
|
|
Commodities |
|
|
Total |
|
Total Trading |
|
|
(130.1 |
) |
|
|
(3.3 |
) |
|
|
(10.4 |
) |
|
|
(20.2 |
) |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
|
(164.2 |
) |
Europe |
|
|
(119.7 |
) |
|
|
(1.5 |
) |
|
|
(0.3 |
) |
|
|
(19.8 |
) |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
|
(141.4 |
) |
Latin America |
|
|
(10.2 |
) |
|
|
(1.8 |
) |
|
|
(10.1 |
) |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
(22.1 |
) |
US |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
Global Activities |
|
|
(0.3 |
) |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
(0.4 |
) |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
(0.7 |
) |
Asia |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
The stress test shows that the economic loss suffered by the Group in its trading portfolios, in terms of the
mark to market (MtM) result, would be, if the stress movements defined in the scenario materialised in the market, EUR 164.2 million. This loss would be concentrated in Europe (in the following order: interest rates, credit spread and equities) and
Latin America (in the following order: interest rates, exchange rates and equities).
Other global stress scenarios
Abrupt crisis: an ad hoc scenario with sharp market movements. Rise in interest rate curves, sharp falls in stock markets, large appreciation of the
dollar against other currencies, rise in volatility and in credit spreads.
11 September crisis: historic scenario of the 11 September 2001 attacks with a significant
impact on the US and global markets. This is sub-divided into two scenarios: I) maximum accumulated loss until the worst moment of the crisis; and II) the maximum loss in a day. In both cases, there are drops in stock markets and in interest rates
in core markets and rises in emerging markets, and the dollar appreciates against other currencies.
Subprime crisis: historic scenario
of the US mortgage crisis. The objective of the analysis is to capture the impact on results of the reduction in liquidity in the markets. Two time horizons were used (one day and 10 days), in both cases there are falls in stock markets and in
interest rates in core markets and rises in emerging markets, and the dollar appreciates against other currencies.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
239 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Trading market risk and structural risks |
EBA adverse scenario: the scenario proposed by the European Banking Authority (EBA) in April 2014 as part
of the EBA 2014 EU-Wide Stress Test. This involves an adverse scenario for European banks over a time horizon from 2014 to 2016. The scenario reflects the systemic risks considered the most serious threats to the stability of the European
Unions banking sector. These include: an increase in bond yields worldwide; incremental deterioration of credit quality in countries with weak demand; political reforms grinding to a halt, endangering the sustainability of public finances; and
insufficient adjustments to balance sheets to maintain reasonable market finance.
This latter scenario replaced the sovereign debt crisis scenario in
November 2014. This historic scenario identified four geographic zones (the US, Europe, Latin America and Asia) and included interest rate rises, falls in stock markets and volatilities, widening credit spreads, and depreciation of the euro and
Latin American currencies, and appreciation of Asian currencies, against the dollar.
Every month a consolidated stress test report is drawn up with
explanations of the main changes in results for the various scenarios and units. An early warning mechanism has also been established so that when the loss for a scenario is high in historic terms and/or in terms of the capital consumed by the
portfolio in question, the relevant business executive is informed.
The results of these global scenarios for the last three years are shown in the
following table:
|
|
|
|
|
240 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Trading market risk and structural risks |
D.2.2.1.7. Linkage with balance sheet items.
Other alternative risk measures
Below are the balance
sheet items in the Groups consolidated position that are subject to market risk, distinguishing the positions whose main risk metric is VaR from those where monitoring is carried out with other metrics. The items subject to market trading risk
are highlighted.
n Relation of risk metrics with balances in groups consolidated position
Million euros. Data at 31 December 2015.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Main market risk metric |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance sheet amount |
|
|
VaR |
|
|
Other |
|
|
Main risk factor
for Other balance |
Assets subject to market risk |
|
|
1,340,260 |
|
|
|
198,357 |
|
|
|
1,141,903 |
|
|
|
Cash and deposits at central banks |
|
|
81,329 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81,329 |
|
|
Interest rate |
Trading portfolio |
|
|
147,287 |
|
|
|
146,102 |
|
|
|
1,185 |
|
|
Interest rate, credit spread |
Other financial assets at fair value |
|
|
45,043 |
|
|
|
44,528 |
|
|
|
515 |
|
|
Interest rate, credit spread |
Available-for-sale financial assets |
|
|
122,036 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
122,036 |
|
|
Interest rate, equities |
Investments |
|
|
3,251 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,251 |
|
|
Equities |
Hedging derivatives |
|
|
7,727 |
|
|
|
7,727 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate, exchange rate |
Loans |
|
|
835,992 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
835,992 |
|
|
Interest rate |
Other financial assets1 |
|
|
35,469 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,469 |
|
|
Interest rate |
Other non-financial assets2 |
|
|
62,126 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62,126 |
|
|
|
Liabilities subject to market risk |
|
|
1,340,260 |
|
|
|
168,582 |
|
|
|
1,171,678 |
|
|
|
Trading portfolio |
|
|
105,218 |
|
|
|
104,888 |
|
|
|
330 |
|
|
Interest rate, credit spread |
Other financial liabilities at fair value |
|
|
54,768 |
|
|
|
54,757 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
Interest rate, credit spread |
Hedging derivatives |
|
|
8,937 |
|
|
|
8,937 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate, exchange rate |
Financial liabilities at amortised cost3 |
|
|
1,039,517 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,039,517 |
|
|
Interest rate |
Provisions |
|
|
14,494 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,494 |
|
|
Interest rate |
Other financial liabilities |
|
|
8,352 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,352 |
|
|
Interest rate |
Equity |
|
|
98,753 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
98,753 |
|
|
|
Other non-financial liabilities |
|
|
10,221 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,221 |
|
|
|
1. |
Includes adjustments to macro hedging, non-current assets held for sale, reinsurance assets, and insurance contracts linked to pensions and fiscal assets. |
2. |
Includes intangible assets, material assets and other assets. |
3. |
Macro-hedging adjustment. |
For activity managed with metrics other than VaR, alternative measures are used, mainly: sensitivity to
different risk factors (interest rate, credit spread, etc).
In the case of the trading portfolio, the securitisations and level III exposures
(those in which non-observable market data constitutes a significant input in the corresponding internal valuation models) are excluded from the VaR measurement.
Securitisations are mainly treated as if they were part of the credit risk portfolio (in terms of default, recovery rate, etc). For level III
exposures, which are not very significant in Grupo Santander (basically derivatives linked to the home price index HPI in market activity in Santander UK, and interest rate and correlation derivatives for share prices in the parent
banks market activity), as well as in general for inputs that cannot be observed in the market (correlation, dividends, etc), a very conservative policy is followed: this is reflected in valuation adjustments as well as sensitivity.
D.2.2.2. Methodologies
D.2.2.2.1. Value at Risk (VaR)
The standard methodology
that Grupo Santander applies to trading activities is Value at Risk (VaR), which measures the maximum expected loss with a certain confidence level and time frame. The standard for historic simulation is a confidence level of 99% and a time frame of
one day. Statistical adjustments are applied enabling the most recent developments affecting the levels of risk assumed to be incorporated efficiently and quickly. A time frame of two years or at least 520 days from the reference date of the VaR
calculation is used. Two figures are calculated every day: one applying an exponential decay factor that accords less weight to the observations furthest away in time and another with the same weight for all observations. The higher of the two is
reported as the VaR.
Value at Earnings (VaE) is also calculated. This measures the maximum potential gain with a certain level of confidence and
time frame, applying the same methodology as for VaR.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
241 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Trading market risk and structural risks |
|
|
VaR by historic simulation has many advantages as a risk metric (it sums up in a single number the market risk
of a portfolio; it is based on market movements that really occurred without the need to make assumptions of functions forms or correlations between market factors, etc), but also has limitations.
Some limitations are intrinsic to the VaR metrics, regardless of the methodology used in their calculation, including:
|
|
|
The VaR calculation is calibrated at a certain level of confidence, which does not indicate the levels of possible losses beyond it. |
|
|
|
There are some products in the portfolio with a liquidity horizon greater than that specified in the VaR model. |
|
|
|
VaR is a static analysis of the risk of the portfolio, and the situation could change significantly during the following day, although the likelihood of this occurring is very low. |
Using the historic simulation methodology also has its limitations:
|
|
|
High sensitivity to the historic window used. |
|
|
|
Inability to capture plausible events that would have significant impact, if these do not occur in the historic window used. |
|
|
|
The existence of valuation parameters with no market input (such as correlations, dividend and recovery rate). |
|
|
|
Slow adjustment to new volatilities and correlations, if the most recent data receives the same weight as the oldest data. |
Some of these limitations are overcome by using Stressed VaR and Expected Shortfall, calculating VaR with exponential decay and applying conservative
valuation adjustments. Furthermore, as previously stated, the Group regularly conducts analysis and backtesting of the accuracy of the VaR calculation model.
D.2.2.2.2. Stressed VaR (sVaR) and Expected Shortfall (ES)
In addition to standard VaR, Stressed VaR is calculated daily for the main portfolios. The calculation methodology is the same as for VaR, with the two
following exceptions:
|
|
|
The historical observation period for the factors: when calculating Stressed VaR a window of 260 observations is used, rather than 520 for VaR. However, this is not the most recent data: rather, the data used is from a
continuous period of stress for the portfolio in question. This is determined for each major portfolio by analysing the history of a subset of market risk factors selected based on expert judgement and the most significant positions in the books.
|
|
|
|
Unlike VaR, Stressed VaR is obtained using the percentile with uniform weighting, not the higher of the percentiles with exponential and uniform weightings. |
Moreover, the Expected Shortfall (ES) is also calculated, estimating the expected value of the potential loss when this is higher than that returned by VaR.
Unlike VaR, ES has the advantages of capturing the risk of large losses with low probability (tail risk) and being a subadditive metric29. Going forward, in the near term the Basel Committee has
recommended replacing VaR with Expected Shortfall as the baseline metric for calculating regulatory capital for trading portfolios30. The Committee considers that ES with a 97.5% confidence
interval delivers a similar level of risk to VaR at a 99% confidence interval. Equal weights are applied to all observations when calculating ES.
D.2.2.2.3. Analysis of scenarios
The Group uses other
metrics in addition to VaR, giving it greater control over the risks it faces in the markets where it is active. These measures include scenario analysis. This consists of defining alternative behaviours for various financial variables and obtaining
the impact on results of applying these to activities. These scenarios may replicate events that occurred in the past (such as a crisis) or determine plausible alternatives that are unrelated to past events.
The potential impact on earnings of applying different stress scenarios is regularly calculated and analysed, particularly for trading portfolios, considering
the same risk factor assumptions. Three scenarios are defined, as a minimum: plausible, severe and extreme. Taken together with VaR, these reveal a much more complete spectrum of the risk profile.
A number of trigger thresholds have also been established for global scenarios, based on their historical results and the capital associated with the
portfolio in question. When these triggers are activated, the portfolio managers are notified so they can take appropriate action. The results of the global stress exercises, and any breaches of the trigger thresholds, are reviewed regularly, and
reported to senior management, when this is considered appropriate.
D.2.2.2.4. Analysis of positions, sensitivities and results
Positions are used to quantify the net volume of the market securities for the transactions in the portfolio, grouped by main risk factor, considering the
delta value of any futures or options. All risk positions can be expressed in the base currency of the unit and the currency used for standardising information. Changes in positions are monitored on a daily basis to detect any incidents, so they can
be corrected immediately.
Measurements of market risk sensitivity estimate the variation (sensitivity) of the market value of an instrument or portfolio
to any change in a risk factor. The sensitivity of the value of an instrument to changes in market factors can be obtained using analytical approximations by partial derivatives or by complete revaluation of the portfolio.
29. |
According to the financial literature, subaddivity is a desirable property for a coherent risk metric. This property establishes that f(a+b) is less than or equal to f(a)+f(b). Intuitively, it assumes that the more
instruments and risk factors there are in a portfolio, the lower the risks, because of the benefits of diversification. Whilst VaR only offers this property for some distributions, ES always does so. Fundamental review of the trading book: a revised
market risk framework (Basel Committee consultation document on banking supervision, October 2013). |
30. |
Fundamental review of the trading book: a revised market risk framework (Consultative document of the Basel Committee on banking supervision, October 2013). |
|
|
|
|
|
242 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Trading market risk and structural risks |
In addition, the statement of income is also drawn up every day, providing an excellent indicator of risk,
enabling us to identify the impact of changes in financial variables on the portfolios.
D.2.2.2.5. Derivatives activities and credit management
Also noteworthy is the control of derivative activities and credit management which, because of its atypical nature, is conducted daily with specific
measures. First, the sensitivities to price movements of the underlying asset (delta and gamma), volatility (vega) and time (theta) are controlled. Second, measures such as the sensitivity to the spread, jump-to-default, concentrations of positions
by level of rating, etc, are reviewed systematically.
With regard to the credit risk inherent to trading portfolios, and in line with the recommendations
of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and prevailing regulations, a further metric is also calculated: the Incremental Risk Charge (IRC). This seeks to cover the risks of non-compliance and ratings migration that are not adequately captured
in VaR, through changes in the corresponding credit spreads. This metric is basically applied to fixed-income bonds, both public and private, derivatives on bonds (forwards, options, etc.) and credit derivatives (credit default swaps, asset backed
securities, etc.). IRC is calculated using direct measurements of loss distribution tails at an appropriate percentile (99.9%), over a one year horizon. The Monte Carlo methodology is used, applying one million simulations.
D.2.2.2.6. Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) and Debt Valuation Adjustment (DVA)
Grupo Santander incorporates credit valuation adjustment (CVA) and debt valuation adjustment (DVA) when calculating the results of trading portfolios. The CVA
is a valuation adjustment of over the-counter (OTC) derivatives, as a result of the risk associated with the credit exposure assumed by each counterparty.
The CVA is calculated by taking into account the potential exposure with each counterparty in each future maturity. The CVA for a particular
counterparty is therefore the sum of the CVAs over all such future terms. The following inputs are used:
|
|
|
Expected exposure: including, for each operation the current market value (MtM) as well as the potential future risk (add-on) to each maturity. CVA also considers mitigating factors such as collateral and netting
agreements, together with a decay factor for derivatives with interim payments. |
|
|
|
Severity: the percentage of final loss assumed in case of credit/ non-payment of the counterparty. |
|
|
|
Probability of default: for cases in which there is no market information (spread curve traded through CDS, etc.), general proxies generated on the basis of companies with listed CDS of the same sector and external
rating as the counterparty are used. |
The Debt Valuation Adjustment (DVA) is a valuation adjustment similar to the CVA, but in this case as a
result of Grupo Santanders risk that counterparties assume in OTC derivatives.
D.2.2.3. System for controlling limits
Setting market risk and liquidity limits is designed as a dynamic process which responds to the Groups risk appetite level (described in section B.3.1.
Risk appetite and structure of limits). This process is part of an annual limits plan drawn up by the Groups senior management, involving every Group entity.
The market risk limits used in Grupo Santander are established based on different metrics and try to cover all activity subject to market risk from many
perspectives, applying a conservative approach. The main ones are:
|
|
|
Limits of equivalent and/or nominal positions. |
|
|
|
Interest rate sensitivity limits |
|
|
|
Delivery risk limits for short positions in securities (fixed income and securities). |
|
|
|
Limits to constrain the volume of effective losses, and protect results generated during the period: |
|
|
|
Jump to default by issuer limit. |
|
|
|
Limits for origination transactions. |
These general limits are complemented by other sub-limits to establish a
sufficiently granular limits framework for effective control of the market risk factors to which the Group is exposed in its trading activities. Positions are monitored on a daily basis, at both the unit and global levels, with exhaustive control of
changes to portfolios, so as to identify any incidents that might need immediate correction. Meanwhile, the daily drawing up of the income statement by the risks area is an excellent indicator of risks, as it allows the impact that changes in
financial variables have had on portfolios to be identified.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
243 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Trading market risk and structural risks |
Implementation of the Volcker Rule throughout the Group in July 2015 required activities to be reorganised to
ensure compliance with this new regulation, the preparation of new metrics and the definition of limits at the desk level.
Three categories of limits
were established based on the scope of approval and control: global approval and control limits, global approval limits with local control, and local approval and control limits. The limits are requested by the business executive of each
country/entity, considering the particular nature of the business and so as to achieve the budget established, seeking consistency between the limits and the risk/return ratio. The limits are approved by the corresponding risk bodies.
Business units must comply with the approved limits at all times. In the event of a limit being exceeded, the local business executives have to explain, in
writing and on the day, the reasons for the excess and the action plan to correct the situation, which in general might consist of reducing the position until it reaches the prevailing limits or setting out the strategy that justifies an increase in
the limits.
If the business unit fails to respond to the excess within three days, the global business executives will be asked to set out the measures
to be taken in order to make the adjustment to the existing limits. If this situation lasts for 10 days as of the first excess, senior risk management will be informed so that a decision can be taken: the risk takers could be made to reduce the
levels of risk assumed.
D.2.3. Structural balance sheet risks31
D.2.3.1. Main figures
and trends
The market risk profile inherent in Grupo Santanders balance sheet, in relation to its asset volumes and shareholders funds, as
well as the budgeted financial margin, remained moderate in 2015, in line with previous years.
D.2.3.1.1. Structural interest rate risk
Europe and the United States
Against a backdrop of low
interest rates, the main balance sheets in mature markets - the parent bank, the UK and the US - show positive economic value and net interest income sensitivities to interest rate rises.
Exposure levels in all countries are moderate in relation to the annual budget and equity levels.
At December 2015, net interest income risk at one year, measured as sensitivity to parallel changes of ±100 basis points, was concentrated in
the yield curve for the euro, at EUR 257 million, the Polish zloty, at EUR 83 million, and the US dollar, at EUR 78 million, all relating to risks of rate cuts.
At the same date, the most relevant risk to the economic value of equity, measured as its sensitivity to parallel changes
in the yield curve of ±100 basis points was in the euro interest rate curve, at EUR 3,897 million, for the risk of rate cuts. The amounts at risk for the dollar and sterling curves were EUR 691 million and EUR 488 million,
respectively, also for rate cuts. These scenarios are extremely unlikely in practice at present.
The following tables set out the interest-rate risk of the balance sheets of the parent bank and Santander UK by maturity,
at the end of 2015.
31. |
This includes the whole balance sheet with the exception of trading portfolios. |
32. |
Sensitivity to the worst-case scenario between +100 and -100 basis points. |
33. |
Sensitivity to the worst-case scenario between +100 and -100 basis points. |
|
|
|
|
|
244 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Trading market risk and structural risks |
n Parent bank: Interest rate repricing gap34
Million euros. 31 December 2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
3 months |
|
|
1 year |
|
|
3 years |
|
|
5 years |
|
|
>5 years |
|
|
Not sensitive |
|
Assets |
|
|
406,911 |
|
|
|
163,194 |
|
|
|
74,166 |
|
|
|
15,330 |
|
|
|
16,622 |
|
|
|
24,750 |
|
|
|
112,849 |
|
Liabilities |
|
|
433,522 |
|
|
|
151,763 |
|
|
|
51,924 |
|
|
|
78,622 |
|
|
|
24,389 |
|
|
|
49,350 |
|
|
|
77,473 |
|
Off balance sheet |
|
|
26,611 |
|
|
|
29,194 |
|
|
|
(1,607 |
) |
|
|
6,857 |
|
|
|
1,291 |
|
|
|
(9,124 |
) |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net gap |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
40,626 |
|
|
|
20,635 |
|
|
|
(56,435 |
) |
|
|
(6,477 |
) |
|
|
(33,725 |
) |
|
|
35,376 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
n Santander UK: Interest rate repricing gap35
Million euros. 31 December 2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
3 months |
|
|
1 year |
|
|
3 years |
|
|
5 years |
|
|
>5 years |
|
|
Not sensitive |
|
Assets |
|
|
354,986 |
|
|
|
189,895 |
|
|
|
35,303 |
|
|
|
67,239 |
|
|
|
26,452 |
|
|
|
13,757 |
|
|
|
22,340 |
|
Liabilities |
|
|
353,850 |
|
|
|
203,616 |
|
|
|
31,591 |
|
|
|
29,027 |
|
|
|
19,161 |
|
|
|
33,939 |
|
|
|
36,516 |
|
Off balance sheet |
|
|
(1,137 |
) |
|
|
(25,363 |
) |
|
|
1,736 |
|
|
|
14,713 |
|
|
|
(1,653 |
) |
|
|
9,430 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net gap |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
(39,083 |
) |
|
|
5,448 |
|
|
|
52,925 |
|
|
|
5,638 |
|
|
|
(10,752 |
) |
|
|
(14,176 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In general, the gaps by maturities are kept at reasonable levels in relation to the size of the balance sheet.
Latin America
Latin American balance sheets are
positioned for interest rate cuts for both economic value and net interest income, except for net interest income in Mexico, where excess liquidity is invested in the short term in the local currency.
In 2015, exposure levels in all countries were moderate in relation to the annual budget and capital levels.
At the end of the year, net interest income risk over one year, measured as sensitivity to parallel ± 100 basis point movements, was concentrated in
three countries, Brazil (EUR 124 million), Mexico (EUR 37 million) and Chile (EUR 23 million), as shown in the chart below.
Risk to the value of equity over one year, measured as sensitivity to parallel ± 100 basis point
movements, was also concentrated in Brazil (EUR 425 million), Mexico (EUR 180 million) and Chile (EUR 132 million).
34. |
Aggregate gap for all currencies on the balance sheet of the parent bank unit, in euros. |
35. |
Aggregate gap for all currencies on the balance sheet of the Santander UK unit, in euros. |
36. |
Sensitivity to the worst-case scenario between +100 and -100 basis points. |
37. |
Sensitivity to the worst-case scenario between +100 and -100 basis points. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
245 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Trading market risk and structural risks |
The table below shows the interest-rate risk maturity structure of the Brazil balance sheet in December 2015.
n Brazil: Interest rate repricing gap38
Million euros. 31 December 2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
3 months |
|
|
1 year |
|
|
3 years |
|
|
5 years |
|
|
>5 years |
|
|
Not sensitive |
|
Assets |
|
|
160,088 |
|
|
|
79,089 |
|
|
|
21,096 |
|
|
|
17,908 |
|
|
|
4,510 |
|
|
|
12,731 |
|
|
|
24,754 |
|
Liabilities |
|
|
160,088 |
|
|
|
108,719 |
|
|
|
7,818 |
|
|
|
7,526 |
|
|
|
4,257 |
|
|
|
4,303 |
|
|
|
27,464 |
|
Off balance sheet |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
(20,886 |
) |
|
|
14,613 |
|
|
|
2,863 |
|
|
|
783 |
|
|
|
1,679 |
|
|
|
948 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net gap |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
(50,516 |
) |
|
|
27,890 |
|
|
|
13,246 |
|
|
|
1,036 |
|
|
|
10,106 |
|
|
|
(1,762 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance sheet structural interest rate VaR
In addition to sensitivities to interest rate movements (in which, assessments of ±100 bp movements are supplemented by assessments of ±25 bp,
±50 bp and ±75 bp movements to give a fuller understanding of risk in countries with very low rates), Santander also uses other methods to monitor structural balance sheet risk from interest rates: these include scenario analysis and
VaR calculations, applying a similar methodology to that for trading portfolios.
The table below shows the average, minimum, maximum and year-end values
of the VaR of structural interest rate risk over the last three years:
n Balance sheet structural
interest rate risk (VaR)
Million euros. VaR at a 99% confidence interval over a one day horizon.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Maximum |
|
|
Latest |
|
Structural interest rate VaR* |
|
|
250.5 |
|
|
|
350.0 |
|
|
|
775.7 |
|
|
|
264.2 |
|
Diversification effect |
|
|
(90.8 |
) |
|
|
(181.1 |
) |
|
|
(310.7 |
) |
|
|
(189.1 |
) |
Europe and US |
|
|
171.2 |
|
|
|
275.2 |
|
|
|
777.0 |
|
|
|
210.8 |
|
Latin America |
|
|
170.1 |
|
|
|
255.9 |
|
|
|
309.3 |
|
|
|
242.6 |
|
* |
Includes credit spread VaR on ALCO portfolios. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014 |
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Maximum |
|
|
Latest |
|
Structural interest rate VaR* |
|
|
411.3 |
|
|
|
539.0 |
|
|
|
698.0 |
|
|
|
493.6 |
|
Diversification effect |
|
|
(109.2 |
) |
|
|
(160.4 |
) |
|
|
(236.2 |
) |
|
|
(148.7 |
) |
Europe and US |
|
|
412.9 |
|
|
|
523.0 |
|
|
|
704.9 |
|
|
|
412.9 |
|
Latin America |
|
|
107.6 |
|
|
|
176.4 |
|
|
|
229.4 |
|
|
|
229.4 |
|
* |
Includes credit spread VaR on ALCO portfolios. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013 |
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Maximum |
|
|
Latest |
|
Structural interest rate VaR* |
|
|
580.6 |
|
|
|
782.5 |
|
|
|
931.0 |
|
|
|
681.0 |
|
Diversification effect |
|
|
(142.3 |
) |
|
|
(164.7 |
) |
|
|
(182.0 |
) |
|
|
(150.3 |
) |
Europe and US |
|
|
607.7 |
|
|
|
792.5 |
|
|
|
922.0 |
|
|
|
670.0 |
|
Latin America |
|
|
115.2 |
|
|
|
154.6 |
|
|
|
191.0 |
|
|
|
161.3 |
|
* |
Includes credit spread VaR on ALCO portfolios.
|
Structural interest rate risk measured in terms of VaR at a 99% confidence interval over a one year horizon
averaged EUR 350 million in 2015. Of note is the wide diversification between the balance sheets in Europe and the United States on the one hand and those in Latin America on the other, as is the reduction in VaR in Europe and the USA.
D.2.3.1.2. Structural exchange-rate risk/Hedging of results
Structural exchange rate risk arises from Group operations in currencies, mainly related to permanent financial investments, and the results and hedging of
these investments.
This management is dynamic and seeks to limit the impact on the core capital ratio of movements in exchange rates39. In 2015, hedging levels of the core capital ratio for exchange rate risk were maintained at around 100%.
At the end of 2015, the largest exposures of permanent investments (with their potential impact on equity) were, in order, in pounds sterling, US dollars,
Brazilian reais, Chilean pesos, Mexican pesos and Polish zlotys. The Group hedges some of these positions of a permanent nature with exchange-rate derivatives.
In addition, the Financial Management area is responsible for managing exchange-rate risk for the Groups expected results and dividends in units where
the base currency is not the euro.
D.2.3.1.3. Structural equity risk
Santander maintains equity positions in its banking book in addition to those of the trading portfolio. These positions are maintained as available for sale
portfolios (capital instruments) or as equity stakes, depending on their envisaged time in the portfolio.
The equity portfolio of the banking book at the
end of 2015 was diversified in securities in various countries, mainly Spain, the USA, China, Brazil and the Netherlands. Most of the portfolio is invested in the financial and insurance sectors; other sectors, to a lesser extent, are professional,
scientific and technical activities, public administrations (stake in Sareb), manufacturing industry, the transport sector and warehousing.
Structural
equity positions are exposed to market risk. VaR is calculated for these positions using market price data series or proxies. At the end of December 2015, the VaR at 99% with a one day time frame was EUR 208.1 million (EUR 208.5 and EUR
235.3 million at the end of December 2014 and 2013, respectively).
38. |
Aggregate gap for all currencies on the balance sheet of the Brazil unit, in euros. |
39. |
In early 2015, the criteria for coverage of the core capital ratio was changed from phase-in to fully loaded. |
|
|
|
|
|
246 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Trading market risk and structural risks |
D.2.3.1.4. Structural VaR
A standardised metric such as
VaR can be used for monitoring total market risk for the banking book, excluding the trading activity of Santander Global Corporate Banking (the VaR for this activity is described in section D.2.2.1.1. VaR analysis) distinguishing between fixed
income (considering both interest rates and credit spreads on ALCO portfolios), exchange rates and equities.
In general, structural VaR is not high in
terms of the Groups volume of assets or equity.
n Structural VaR
Million euros. VaR at a 99% confidence interval over a one day horizon
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
2013 |
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Maximum |
|
|
Latest |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Latest |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Latest |
|
VaR estructural |
|
|
561.6 |
|
|
|
698.5 |
|
|
|
883.5 |
|
|
|
710.2 |
|
|
|
718.6 |
|
|
|
809.8 |
|
|
|
857.6 |
|
|
|
733.9 |
|
Diversification effect |
|
|
(325.7 |
) |
|
|
(509.3 |
) |
|
|
(1.042.6 |
) |
|
|
(419.2 |
) |
|
|
(364.1 |
) |
|
|
(426.1 |
) |
|
|
(448.3 |
) |
|
|
(380.2 |
) |
VaR Interest rate* |
|
|
250.5 |
|
|
|
350.0 |
|
|
|
775.7 |
|
|
|
264.2 |
|
|
|
539.0 |
|
|
|
493.6 |
|
|
|
782.5 |
|
|
|
681.0 |
|
VaR exchange rate |
|
|
428.7 |
|
|
|
634.7 |
|
|
|
908.6 |
|
|
|
657.1 |
|
|
|
315.3 |
|
|
|
533.8 |
|
|
|
254.5 |
|
|
|
197.8 |
|
VaR equities |
|
|
208.1 |
|
|
|
223.2 |
|
|
|
241.8 |
|
|
|
208.1 |
|
|
|
228.4 |
|
|
|
208.5 |
|
|
|
269.0 |
|
|
|
235.3 |
|
* |
Includes credit spread VaR on ALCO portfolios. |
D.2.3.2. Methodologies
D.2.3.2.1. Structural interest rate risk
The Group
analyses the sensitivity of its net interest income and equity value to changes in interest rates. This sensitivity arises from gaps in maturity dates and the review of interest rates in the different asset and liability items.
The financial measures to adjust the positioning to that desired by the Group are agreed on the basis of the positioning of balance sheet interest rates, as
well as the situation and outlook for the market. These measures range from taking positions in markets to defining the interest rate features of commercial products.
The metrics used by the Group to control interest rate risk in these activities are the repricing gap, the sensitivity of net interest income and of equity
value to changes in interest rate levels, the duration of equity and Value at Risk (VaR), for the purposes of calculating economic capital.
Interest
rate gap of assets and liabilities
This is the basic concept for identifying the entitys interest rate risk profile and measuring the difference
between the volume of sensitive assets and liabilities on and off the balance sheet that
reprice (i.e. that mature or are subject to rate revisions) at certain times (buckets). This provides an
immediate approximation of the sensitivity of the entitys balance sheet and its net interest income and equity value to changes in interest rates.
Net interest income (NII) sensitivity
This is a key
measure of the profitability of balance sheet management. It is calculated as the difference in the net interest income resulting from a parallel movement in interest rates over a particular period. The standard period for measuring net interest
income sensitivity is one year.
Economic value of equity (EVE) sensitivity
This measures the interest rate risk implicit in equity valuewhich for the purposes of interest rate risk is defined as the difference between the net
current value of assets and the net current value of liabilities outstandingbased on the impact that a change in interest rates would have on these values.
Treatment of liabilities without defined maturity
In the
corporate model, the total volume of the balances of accounts without maturity is divided between stable and unstable balances. This separation between stable and unstable balances is obtained from a model that is based on the relation between
balances and their own moving averages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
247 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Trading market risk and structural risks |
From this simplified model, the monthly cash flows are obtained and used to calculate NII and EVE sensitivities.
This model requires a variety of inputs:
|
|
|
Parameters inherent in the product. |
|
|
|
Performance parameters of the client (in this case analysis of historic data is combined with the expert business view) |
|
|
|
Historic data of the portfolio. |
Pre-payment treatment for certain assets
The pre-payment issue mainly affects fixed-rate mortgages in units where the relevant interest rate curves for the balance sheet are at low levels. This risk
is modelled in these units, and this can also be applied, with some modifications, to assets without defined maturity (credit card businesses and similar).
The usual techniques used to value options cannot be applied directly because of the complexity of the factors that determine borrower pre-payments. As a
result, the models for assessing options must be combined with empirical statistical models that seek to capture pre-payment performance. Some of the factors conditioning this performance are:
|
|
|
Interest rate: the differential between the fixed rate on the mortgage and the market rate at which it could be refinanced, net of cancellation and opening costs. |
|
|
|
Seasoning: pre-payment tends to be low at the start of the instruments life cycle (signing of the contract) and grow and stabilize as time passes. |
|
|
|
Seasonality: redemptions or early cancellations tend to take place at specific dates. |
|
|
|
Burnout: decreasing trend in the speed of pre-payment as the instruments maturity approaches, which includes: |
a) |
Age: defines low rates of pre-payment. |
b) |
Cash pooling, defines as more stable those loans that have already overcome various waves of interest rate falls. In other words, when a portfolio of loans has passed one or more cycles of downward rates and thus
high levels of pre-payment, the surviving loans have a significantly lower pre-payment probability. |
c) |
Others: geographic mobility, demographic, social and available income factors, etc. |
The series of
econometric relations that seek to capture the impact of all these factors is the probability of pre-payment of a loan or pool of loans and is denominated the pre-payment model.
Value at Risk (VaR)
For balance sheet activity and
investment portfolios, this is defined as the 99% percentile of the distribution function of losses in equity value, calculated based on the current market value of positions and returns over the last two years, at a particular level of statistical
confidence over a certain time horizon. As with trading portfolios, a time frame of two years or at least 520 days from the reference date of the VaR calculation is used.
D.2.3.2.2. Structural exchange-rate risk/Hedging of results
These activities are monitored via position measurements, VaR and results, on a daily basis.
D.2.3.2.3. Structural equity risk
These activities are
monitored via position measurements, VaR and results, on a monthly basis.
D.2.3.3. System for controlling limits
As already stated for the market risk of trading, under the framework of the annual limits plan, limits are set for balance sheet structural risks, responding
to Grupo Santanders risk appetite level.
The main ones are:
|
|
|
Balance sheet structural interest rate risk |
|
|
|
Limit on the sensitivity of net interest income to one year. |
|
|
|
Limit of the sensitivity of equity value. |
|
|
|
Structural exchange rate risk: |
|
|
|
Net position in each currency (for hedging positions of results). |
In the event of exceeding one of these
limits or their sub limits, the relevant risk management executives must explain the reasons and facilitate the measures to correct it.
D.2.4. Pension and actuarial risks
D.2.4.1. Pension risk
When managing the pension fund risks of employees (defined benefit), the Group assumes the financial, market, credit and liquidity risks it incurs for the
assets and investment of the fund, as well as the actuarial risks derived from the liabilities, and the responsibilities for pensions to its employees.
The Groups objective in the sphere of controlling and managing pension risk focuses on identifying, measuring, monitoring, mitigating and communicating
this risk. The Groups priority is thus to identify and mitigate all the focuses of risk.
This is why the methodology used by Grupo Santander
estimates every year the combined losses in assets and liabilities in a defined stress scenario from changes in interest rates, inflation, stocks markets and properties, as well as credit and operational risk.
Main figures
The main figures for the pension funds of
employees with defined contribution plans are set out in note 25 of the Groups auditors report and annual consolidated financial statements, which report the details and movements of provisions for pensions, as well as the main
hypotheses used to calculate the actuarial risk and the risk of the fund, including changes in the value of assets and liabilities and details of the investment portfolios assigned to them.
|
|
|
|
|
248 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Trading market risk and structural risks |
The investor profile of the aggregated portfolio of employees pension funds is medium-low risk, as around
65% of the total portfolio is invested in fixed-income assets, as set out in the following chart:
* |
Includes positions in hedge funds, private equity and derivatives |
Figures |
as of 31 December 2015 |
D.2.4.2. Actuarial risk
Actuarial risk is produced by biometric changes in the life expectancy of those with life assurance, from the unexpected increase in the indemnity envisaged in
non-life insurance and, in any case, from unexpected changes in the performance of insurance takers in the exercise of the options envisaged in the contracts.
The following are actuarial risks:
Risk of life
liability: risk of loss in the value of life assurance liabilities caused by fluctuations in risk factors that affect these liabilities:
|
|
|
Mortality/longevity risk: risk of loss from movements in the value of the liabilities deriving from changes in the estimation of the probability of death/survival of those insured. |
|
|
|
Morbidity risk: risk of the loss from movements in the value of the liabilities deriving from changes in estimating the probability of disability/incapacity of those insured. |
|
|
|
Redemption/fall risk: risk of loss from movements in the value of the liabilities as a result of the early cancellation of the contract, of changes in the exercise of the right of redemption by the
insurance holders, as well as options of extraordinary contribution and/or suspending contributions.
|
|
|
|
Risk of costs: risk of loss from changes in the value of the liabilities derived from negative variances in envisaged costs. |
|
|
|
Catastrophe risk: losses caused by catastrophic events that increase the entitys life liability. |
Risk of non-life liability: risk of loss from the change in the value of the non-life insurance liability caused by fluctuations in risk factors that
affect these liabilities:
|
|
|
Premium risk: loss derived from the insufficiency of premiums to cover the disasters that might occur. |
|
|
|
Reserve risk: loss derived from the insufficiency of reserves for disasters, already incurred but not settled, including costs from management of these disasters. |
|
|
|
Catastrophe risk: losses caused by catastrophic events that increase the entitys non-life liability. |
Main figures
In the case of Grupo Santander, actuarial
risk embraces the activity of the Groups fully-owned subsidiaries, which are subject not only to risk of an actuarial nature, but whose activity is also impacted by the other financial, non-financial and transversal risks defined by the Group.
As of 31 December 2015, the volume of assets managed by the companies in Spain and Portugal that belong 100% to Grupo Santander amounted to EUR
25,956 million, of which EUR 21,444 million relates directly to commitments with insurance holders, as follows:
|
|
|
EUR 14,663 million are commitments guaranteed (wholly or partly) by the companies themselves. |
|
|
|
EUR 6,781 million are commitments where the risks are assumed by the insurance holders.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
249 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Liquidity risk and funding |
|
|
D.3. Liquidity risk and funding
Structure of this section
Following an introduction to the concept of liquidity risk and funding in Grupo
Santander [pag. 250], we present the liquidity management framework put in place by the Group, including monitoring and control of liquidity risk [pag. 250-254].
We then look at the funding strategy developed by the Group and its subsidiaries over the last few years [pag. 254-256], with particular attention
to the evolution of liquidity in 2015. For the last year, we examine changes in the liquidity management ratios and the business and market trends that gave rise to these [pag. 256-260].
The section ends with a qualitative description of the prospects for funding for the next year for the Group and its main countries [pag. 260].
D.3.1. Introduction to the treatment of liquidity risk and funding
|
|
|
Santander has developed a funding model based on autonomous subsidiaries responsible for covering their own liquidity needs. |
|
|
|
This structure makes it possible for Santander to take advantage of its solid retail banking business model in order to maintain comfortable liquidity positions at Group level and in its main units, even during stress
in the markets. |
|
|
|
In the last few years, as a result of the economic and regulatory changes arising from the global economic and financial crisis, it has been necessary to adapt the funding strategies to new commercial business trends,
market conditions and new regulatory requirements. |
|
|
|
In 2015, Santander continued to improve in specific aspects based on a very comfortable liquidity position at the level of the Group and in the subsidiaries, with no significant changes in liquidity management or
funding policies or practices. All of this enables us to face 2016 from a good starting point, with no restrictions on growth. |
Liquidity
management and funding have always been basic elements in Banco Santanders business strategy and a fundamental pillar, together with capital, in supporting its balance sheet strength.
The Group adopts a decentralised funding model, based on autonomous subsidiaries that are self-sufficient in
their liquidity needs. Each subsidiary is responsible for covering the liquidity needs of its current and future activity, either through deposits captured from its customers in its area of influence or through recourse to the wholesale markets in
which it operates, within a management and supervision framework coordinated at the Group level.
The funding structure has shown its great effectiveness
in situations of high levels of market stress, as it prevents the difficulties of one area from affecting the funding capacity of other areas, and thus of the Group as a whole, as could happen in the case of a centralised funding model.
Moreover, at Grupo Santander this funding structure benefits from the advantages of a solid retail banking model with a significant presence in ten high
potential markets, focused on retail clients and high efficiency. All of this gives our subsidiaries substantial capacity to attract stable deposits, as well as a strong issuance capacity in the wholesale markets of these countries, generally in
their own currency, backed by the strength of their franchise and belonging to a leading group.
D.3.2. Liquidity management
Management of structural liquidity aims to fund the Groups recurring activity in
optimum conditions of maturity and cost, avoiding the assumption of undesired liquidity risks.
Santanders liquidity management is based on
the following principles:
|
|
|
Decentralised liquidity model. |
|
|
|
Needs derived from medium- and long-term activity must be financed by medium- and long -term instruments. |
|
|
|
High contribution from customer deposits, derived from the retail nature of the balance sheet. |
|
|
|
Diversification of wholesale funding sources by instruments/ investors, markets/currencies and terms. |
|
|
|
Limited recourse to wholesale short-term funding. |
|
|
|
|
|
250 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Liquidity risk and funding |
|
|
|
Availability of sufficient liquidity reserves, including the discounting capacity in central banks to be used in adverse situations. |
|
|
|
Compliance with regulatory liquidity requirements required at Group and subsidiary level, as a new conditioning factor in management. |
The effective application of these principles by all the institutions that comprise the Group required the development of a unique management framework
built upon three essential pillars:
|
|
|
A solid organisational and governance model that ensures the involvement of the senior management of subsidiaries in decision-taking and its integration into the Groups global strategy. |
|
|
|
In-depth balance sheet analysis and measurement of liquidity risk, supporting decision-taking and its control. |
|
|
|
Management adapted in practice to the liquidity needs of each business. |
D.3.2.1. Organisational model and
governance
The decision-making process for all structural risks, including liquidity and funding risk, is carried out by local asset and liability
committees (ALCO) in coordination with the global ALCO.
The global ALCO is the body empowered by Banco Santanders board to coordinate asset and
liability management (ALM) throughout the Group, including liquidity and funding management, which is conducted via the local ALCOs and in accordance with the corporate ALM framework.
This body is chaired by the Banks executive chairman and comprises an executive vice-chairman (who is, in
turn, chairman of the executive risk committee), the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the senior executive vice president for risk and other senior executives responsible for the business and analysis units who provide advice.
In line with these principles and the ALM corporate framework, the function of liquidity and funding management is supported by:
|
|
The board of directors, as the highest body responsible for management of the Group. |
|
|
The local ALCO committees, which define at each moment the objective liquidity positioning and strategies to ensure and/or anticipate the funding needs of their business, always within the risk appetite
set by the board and regulatory requirements. |
|
|
The global ALCO committee, which conducts the parent banks ALM management, as well as coordinating and monitoring the function in the Groups other units. |
|
|
The Financial Management area, which manages on a day to day basis, conducting analysis, proposing strategies and carrying out the measures adopted within the positioning defined by the ALCOs.
|
|
|
The Market Risk area, responsible for on-going monitoring and control of compliance with the limits established. This independent control function is completed a posteriori by regular reviews conducted by
Internal Audit. |
|
|
All of this supported by an independent Operations area that guarantees the integrity and quality of the information used for managing and controlling liquidity.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
251 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Liquidity risk and funding |
|
|
This governance model has been strengthened over the last few years by being integrated into a more global
vision of the Groups risks: Santanders risk appetite framework. This framework meets the demands of regulators and market players emanating from the financial crisis to strengthen banks risk management and control systems.
The liquidity risk profile and appetite aims to reflect the Groups strategy for developing its businesses, which consists of structuring the
balance sheet in the most resistant way possible to potential liquidity stress scenarios Liquidity appetite metrics have been put in place that reflect the application of the principles of the Groups liquidity management model at the
individual level, with specific levels for the structural funding ratio and minimum liquidity horizons under various stress scenarios, as indicated in the following sections.
In parallel, analysis is being carried out of a range of scenarios to consider the additional needs that might arise in the face of various events with very
serious features, even if their probability of occurrence is very low. These could affect various balance sheet items and sources of funding in different ways (renewal of wholesale funding, outflows of deposits, impairment of liquid assets, etc),
whether through conditions in global markets or specific to the Group.
Over the next few years, the metrics used in the liquidity risk appetite framework
will be enhanced with the incorporation of those monitored and controlled by the financial management area at Group level and the main units, be they regulatory metrics or of any other type.
The new metrics used in 2015 were the Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) and the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR). The former measures the relationship between
structural funding sources and needs, whilst the latter is a regulatory ratio that measures the strength of a bank in the face of a short-term (30 day) liquidity crisis, through its high-quality liquid assets.
D.3.2.2. Balance sheet analysis and measurement of liquidity risk
Decision-making on liquidity and funding is based on a deep understanding of the Groups current situation (environment, strategy, balance sheet and state
of liquidity), of the future liquidity needs of the various units and businesses (projection of liquidity), as well as access to and the situation of funding sources in the wholesale markets.
The objective is to ensure the Group maintains optimum levels of liquidity to cover its short and long-term needs with stable funding sources, optimising the
impact of its cost on the income statement.
This requires monitoring of the structure of balance sheets, forecasting short and medium-term liquidity and
establishing the basic metrics.
The inputs for drawing up the Groups various contingency plans are obtained from the results of the analysis of
balance sheets, forecasts and scenarios, which, in turn, enable a whole spectrum of potential adverse circumstances to be anticipated.
All these actions
are in line with the practices being fostered by the Basel Committee and the various regulators (in the European Union, the European Banking Authority) to strengthen the liquidity of banks. Their objective is to define a framework of principles and
metrics that, in some cases, are close to being implemented and, in others, still being developed.
The first ILAAP (Internal Liquidity Adequacy
Assessment Process) was carried out in 2015. This comprises an internal self-assessment process of the adequacy of liquidity, which must be integrated into the Groups other risk management and strategic processes. The ILAAP addresses both
quantitative and qualitative aspects. All of the Groups units have maintained robust liquidity levels, in both the baseline scenario and under potential stress scenarios. Although our supervisor (SSM) did not require us to undertake this
exercise in 2015, it did use it as in input in the SREP (Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process) and for Pillar II requirements.
The content of the
ILAAP largely shares the liquidity management structure we have been developing over recent years. It includes a qualitative block, which describes our business model, the organisation of our subsidiaries, the organisation of our liquidity
management, the controls put in place, and governance and reporting to the governance bodies. The qualitative block analyses liquidity through metrics criteria and stress scenarios, at both the group and subsidiary level. The methodology used by the
Group in this analysis over recent years is set out in the following sections.
Fuller details on the measures, metrics and analysis used by the Group and
its subsidiaries to manage and control liquidity risk are set out below:
Methodology for monitoring and controlling liquidity risk. The
Groups liquidity risk metrics aim to:
|
|
|
Achieve greater efficiency in measuring and controlling liquidity risk. |
|
|
|
Support financial management, with measures adapted to the form of managing the Groups liquidity.
|
|
|
|
|
|
252 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Liquidity risk and funding |
|
|
|
|
|
Alignment with the regulatory requirements derived from the transposition of Basel III in the European Union, in order to avoid conflicts between limits and facilitate management. |
|
|
|
Serve as an early warning system, anticipating potential risk situations by monitoring certain indicators. |
|
|
|
Achieve the involvement of countries. The metrics are developed on the basis of common and homogeneous concepts that affect liquidity, but they require analysis and adaptation by each unit. |
There are two types of basic metrics used to control liquidity risk: short term and structural. The first category basically includes the liquidity gap and
the second one the balance sheets net structural position. As an additional element, the Group develops various stress scenarios. Further details of three of these metrics are as follows:
a) Liquidity gap
The liquidity gap provides information
on the potential cash inflows and outflows, both contractual and estimated, over a certain period of time by applying certain hypotheses. The liquidity gap is drawn up for each of the main entities and each of the main currencies in which the Group
operates.
In practice, and given the different performances of a particular item in the Groups subsidiaries, there are common standards and
methodologies to homogenize the construction of the liquidity risk profiles for each unit, so they can be presented in a comparable way to the Banks senior management.
As a result, and given that this analysis must be conducted at the individual level of each subsidiary for its autonomous management, a consolidated view of
the Groups liquidity gaps is of very limited use for managing and understanding liquidity risk. Of note in the various analyses made using the liquidity gap is that for wholesale funding. On the basis of this analysis, a metric has been
defined to guarantee that sufficient liquid assets are maintained in order to attain a minimum liquidity horizon, under the assumption of non-renewal of wholesale funding at maturity.
The minimum liquidity horizons are determined in a corporate and homogeneous way for all units/countries, which must calculate their wholesale liquidity
metric in the main currencies in which they operate.
Bearing in mind the market tensions in the last few years of global crisis, this wholesale liquidity
gap has been closely monitored in the parent bank and in the euro zone units.
At the end of 2015, all units were in a comfortable position in the
horizons established at the corporate level for this scenario.
b) Net structural position
The objective of this metric is to determine the reasonableness of the funding structure of the balance sheet. The Groups criterion is to ensure that the
structural needs (lending, fixed assets, etc) are covered by an adequate combination of wholesale sources and a stable base of retail deposits, to which is added capital and other permanent liabilities.
Each unit draws up its liquidity balance sheet in accordance with the features of their businesses and compares
them with the various funding sources they have. This determines the funding structure that must be met at all times with a key premise: basic businesses must be financed with stable funds and medium- and long-term funding. All of this guarantees
the Banks sound financial structure and the sustainability of its business plans.
At the end of 2015, the Group had a structural liquidity
surplus of more than EUR 149,000 million, equivalent to 14% of net liabilities (vs. 15% of net liabilities in 2014).
c) Analysis of scenarios
As an additional element to these metrics, the Group develops various stress scenarios. The main objective of these is to identify the critical
aspects of potential crises and define the most appropriate management measures to tackle each of these situations.
Generally speaking, the units take
into account three scenarios in their liquidity analysis: idiosyncratic, local systemic and global systemic. These scenarios are the minimum standard analysis established for all the Groups units for reporting to senior management. Each of the
units also develops ad hoc scenarios that replicate significant historic crises or specific liquidity risks in their environment.
|
|
|
Idiosyncratic crisis: only affects the Bank but not its environment. This is basically reflected in wholesale funds and in retail deposits, with various percentages of outflows depending on the severity defined.
|
This category includes studying a specific crisis scenario affecting a local unit as a result of a crisis in the parent
bank, Banco Santander. This scenario was particularly relevant in 2012 because of significant tension in the markets with regard to Spain and other countries on the periphery of the euro zone, a situation amply overcome since then.
|
|
|
Local systemic crisis: an attack by the international financial markets on the country where the unit is located. Each unit would be affected to varying degrees, depending on its relative position in the local market
and the image of soundness it transmits. The factors that would be affected in such a scenario include, for example, wholesale funding because of closure of markets, and liquid assets linked to the country, which would suffer significant falls in
their value. |
|
|
|
Global systemic crisis: In this scenario some of the factors mentioned in the scenarios above are stressed, paying particular attention to the most sensitive aspects from the standpoint of the units liquidity
risk. |
An additional combined scenario is also prepared for the parent. This considers extremely severe impacts on both solvency and
liquidity, such as, for example, Banco Santander having to face reputational problems caused by mismanagement, powerfully impacting its ability to access liquidity in the market, and assuming these problems occur against a backdrop of a local (i.e.
Spain) macroeconomic crisis, further penalising the assets available to the Bank to meet its needs. Consequently, the impacts on assets and liabilities are the result of the most severe combination of the idiosyncratic and local-systemic (Spain)
scenarios.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
253 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Liquidity risk and funding |
Defining scenarios and calculating metrics under each of them is directly linked to the process of drawing up
and executing the liquidity contingency plan, which is the responsibility of the financial management area.
At the end of 2015, and in a scenario
of a potential systemic crisis affecting the wholesale funding of units in Spain (following the previously mentioned 2012 scenario), Grupo Santander maintained an adequate liquidity position. The wholesale liquidity metric horizon in Spain (included
within the liquidity gap measures) showed levels higher than the minimums established, during which the liquidity reserve would cover all wholesale funding maturities, in the event of them not being renewed.
As well as these three metrics, several other internal and market variables were defined as early warning indicators of possible crises, revealing their
nature and severity. Their integration into daily liquidity management enables anticipation of situations that could affect the Groups liquidity risk. Although these alerts vary from country to country and from bank to bank on the basis of
specific determinants, some of the parameters used are common to the Group, such as Banco Santanders CDS level, the evolution of customer deposits and trends in official central bank interest rates.
D.3.2.3. Management adapted to business needs
As already
pointed out, Grupo Santanders liquidity management is carried out at the level of subsidiaries and/or business units in order to finance their recurring activities at appropriate prices and maturities. The main balance sheet items related to
the Groups business and funding its major business units are as follows:
n |
Main units and balance sheet items |
Billion euros. December 2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
|
Net loans |
|
|
Deposits |
|
|
M/LT funding |
|
Spain |
|
|
327 |
|
|
|
155 |
|
|
|
175 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
Portugal |
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
Santander |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer Finance |
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
Poland |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
UK |
|
|
383 |
|
|
|
283 |
|
|
|
232 |
|
|
|
70 |
|
Brazil |
|
|
139 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Chile |
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
Argentina |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
US |
|
|
131 |
|
|
|
84 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Group Total |
|
|
1,340 |
|
|
|
787 |
|
|
|
678 |
|
|
|
217 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
Customer loans excluding loan-loss provisions. |
** |
Including retail commercial paper in Spain. |
*** |
M/LT issues in markets, securitisations and other collateralised funding in the market and funds taken from FHLB lines. All in their nominal value.
|
In practice, and in line with the funding principles set out, liquidity management in these units consists of:
|
|
|
Drawing up a liquidity plan every year, based on the funding needs derived from the budgets of each business and the methodology already described. On the basis of these liquidity needs and taking into account prudent
limits on recourse to short-term markets, the Financial Management area establishes an issuance and securitisation plan for the year for each subsidiary/global business. |
|
|
|
Monitoring, throughout the year, the evolution of the balance sheet and of the funding needs of the subsidiaries/businesses that gives rise to updating the plan. |
|
|
|
Monitoring and managing compliance by units with regulatory ratios, as well as overseeing the level of asset encumbrance in each units funding, from both the structural standpoint and the component with the
shortest maturity. |
|
|
|
Maintaining an active presence in a large number of wholesale funding markets that enables an appropriate structure of issues to be sustained, diversified by products and with a conservative average maturity.
|
The effectiveness of this management at Group level is based on implementation in all subsidiaries. Each subsidiary budgets its liquidity
needs based on their intermediation activity and assesses its capacity to access wholesale markets in order to establish an issuance and securitisation plan, in coordination with the Group.
Traditionally, the Groups main subsidiaries have been self-sufficient as regards their structural financing. The exception is Santander Consumer Finance
(SCF) which needs the support of other Group units, particularly that of Banco Santander, S.A., given its nature as a consumer finance specialist operating mainly via dealers.
This support always at market prices based on maturity and the internal rating of the borrowing unit has been on a sustained downward trend and
currently relates almost entirely to the needs of new portfolios and business units incorporated in the context of the agreement with Banque PSA Finance. In 2016, this requirement for greater financial support from the Group will continue, as there
are no more units to incorporate. Over the medium term, the development of wholesale funding capacity in the new units, as required by the Santander model, will enable this support to be reduced.
D.3.3. Funding strategy and evolution of liquidity in 2015
D.3.3.1. Funding strategy
Santanders funding activity over the last few years has focused on extending its management model to all Group subsidiaries, including new
incorporations, and, in particular, adapting the strategies of the subsidiaries to the increasingly demanding requirements of both markets and regulators. These requirements have not been the same for all markets and reached much higher levels of
difficulty and pressure in some areas, such as on the periphery of Europe.
|
|
|
|
|
254 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Liquidity risk and funding |
It is possible, however, to extract a series of general trends implemented by Santanders
subsidiaries in their funding and liquidity management strategies since the beginning of the crisis. These are the following:
|
|
|
Maintaining adequate and stable medium and long-term wholesale funding levels at the Group level. This funding represented 21% of the liquidity balance at the end of 2015, similar to the level over recent
years, but well below the 28% at the end of 2008, when wholesale liquidity, then more abundant and at lower cost, was yet to suffer the tensions of the crisis. |
In general, this wholesale activity has been modulated in each unit on the basis of regulatory requirements, the generation of internal funds
in the business and decisions to hold sufficient liquidity reserves.
|
|
|
Ensuring a sufficient volume of assets that can be discounted in central banks as part of the liquidity reserve (as defined on page 258 of this section) to cater for stress situations in wholesale
markets. |
The Group has significantly increased its total discounting capacity in the last few years, from EUR
85,000 million at the end of 2008 to more than EUR 195,000 million at present.
|
|
|
Strong liquidity generation from the commercial business through lower credit growth and increased emphasis on attracting customer deposits |
The changes in the Groups lending over recent years have been the result of reductions in the Spain and Portugal units, caused by rapid
deleveraging in those countries, coupled with growth in the banks other markets, through both expansion of developing units and businesses (the US, Germany, Poland and UK Companies) and sustained business growth in emerging economies (Latin
America). Overall, the Groups net loans have increased by EUR 146,000 million since December 2008, an increase of 26%.
In
parallel, the volume of customer deposits has increased by EUR 262,495 million, due to the focus on liquidity during the crisis and the Groups capacity to attract retail deposits through its branches. This represents a 62% increase since
December 2008, more than double the increase in net loans over the same period. Deposits have increased in all commercial units, both in deleveraging and growing economies, where they are growing in line with loans.
As in 2014, in 2015 these trends for loans and deposits were interrupted at the Group level. This was caused by, on the one hand, lower
deleveraging and recovering production in the economies most affected by the crisis, and, on the other, the focus on reducing liability costs in mature economies with historically low interest rates. As a result the gap between loan and deposit
balances has stopped shrinking, and even started to edge upwards slightly over the last two years.
All these developments in businesses and markets,
built on the foundations of a solid liquidity management model, enable Santander to enjoy a very robust funding structure today. The basic features of this are:
|
|
|
High share of customer deposits in a retail banking balance sheet. Customer deposits are the main source of the Groups funding, representing around two-thirds of the Groups net liabilities
(i.e. of the liquidity balance) and 86% of net loans at the end of 2015. |
They are also very stable funds given their
origin mainly in business with retail customers (89% of the Groups deposits come from retail and private banks, whilst the remaining 11% come from large corporate and institutional clients).
|
* |
Balance sheet for the purposes of liquidity management: total balance sheet net of trading derivatives and interbank balances. |
|
|
|
Diversified wholesale funding focused on the medium and long term, with a very small relative short-term component |
Medium and long term wholesale funding accounts for 21% of the Groups net funding and comfortably covers the lending not financed by
customer deposits (commercial gap).
This funding is well balanced by instruments (approximately 40% senior debt, 30% securitisations and
structured products with guarantees, 20% covered bonds, and the rest preferred shares and subordinated debt) and also by markets so that those with the highest weight in issues are those where investor activity is the strongest.
The following charts show the geographic distribution of customer loans in the Group, and its medium and long-term wholesale funding, so that their similarity
can be appreciated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
255 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Liquidity risk and funding |
|
|
The bulk of medium and long-term wholesale funding consists of debt issues. Their outstanding balance at the end
of 2015 was EUR 149,393 million in nominal terms, with an adequate maturity profile and average maturity of 3.9 years).
The distribution of this by
instrument, evolution over the last three years and maturity profile was as follows:
n Medium and long-term debt issuances. Grupo Santander
Million euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding balance at nominal value |
|
|
|
December 2015 |
|
|
December 2014 |
|
|
December 2013 |
|
Preferred shares |
|
|
8,491 |
|
|
|
7,340 |
|
|
|
4,376 |
|
Subordinated debt |
|
|
12,262 |
|
|
|
8,360 |
|
|
|
10,030 |
|
Senior debt |
|
|
83,630 |
|
|
|
68,457 |
|
|
|
60,195 |
|
Covered bonds |
|
|
45,010 |
|
|
|
56,189 |
|
|
|
57,188 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
149,393 |
|
|
|
140,346 |
|
|
|
132,789 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution by contractual maturity. December 2015* |
|
|
|
0-1 |
|
|
1-3 |
|
|
3-6 |
|
|
6-9 |
|
|
9-12 |
|
|
12-24 |
|
|
2-5 |
|
|
over 5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
month |
|
|
months |
|
|
months |
|
|
months |
|
|
months |
|
|
months |
|
|
years |
|
|
years |
|
|
Total |
|
Preferred shares |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
8,491 |
|
|
|
8,491 |
|
Subordinated debt |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
224 |
|
|
|
1,058 |
|
|
|
84 |
|
|
|
1,079 |
|
|
|
2,178 |
|
|
|
7,633 |
|
|
|
12,262 |
|
Senior debt |
|
|
3,337 |
|
|
|
4,994 |
|
|
|
4,327 |
|
|
|
2,902 |
|
|
|
5,305 |
|
|
|
21,617 |
|
|
|
30,636 |
|
|
|
10,512 |
|
|
|
83,630 |
|
Covered bonds |
|
|
2,627 |
|
|
|
1,444 |
|
|
|
1,458 |
|
|
|
1,477 |
|
|
|
1,669 |
|
|
|
8,714 |
|
|
|
10,170 |
|
|
|
17,452 |
|
|
|
45,010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total* |
|
|
5,964 |
|
|
|
6,444 |
|
|
|
6,008 |
|
|
|
5,438 |
|
|
|
7,058 |
|
|
|
31,410 |
|
|
|
42,984 |
|
|
|
44,087 |
|
|
|
149,393 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
In the case of issues with a put option in favour of the holder, the maturity of the put option is considered instead of the contractual maturity. |
Note: there are no additional guarantees for any of the senior debt issued by the Groups subsidiaries.
In addition to debt issues, medium and long-term wholesale funding is completed by securitised bonds placed on
the market, and collateralised and other specialist financing amounting to close to EUR 67,508 million, with a maturity of less than two years.
The
wholesale funding of short-term issuance programmes is a residual part of the Groups financial structure, accounting for around 2% of net funding, which is related to treasury activities and is comfortably covered by liquid financial assets.
The outstanding balance at the end of 2015 was EUR 24.448 million, mainly captured by the UK unit and the parent bank through existing issuance
programmes: various certificate of deposit and commercial paper programmes in the UK, 39%; European commercial paper and US commercial paper and the domestic programmes of the parent bank, 22%, and programmes in other units, 39%.
In short, Santander enjoys a solid financing structure based on an essentially retail banking balance sheet that enables the Grupo Santander to comfortably
cover its structural liquidity needs (loans and fixed assets) with permanent structural funds (deposits, medium and long-term funding and equity), giving rise to a large surplus in structural liquidity.
D.3.3.2. Evolution of liquidity in 2015
The key aspects at the level of Group liquidity in 2015 were:
|
|
Comfortable liquidity ratios, backed by balanced commercial activity and greater capturing of medium and long-term wholesale finance, absorbing the growth in lending. |
|
|
Compliance with regulatory ratios: the requirement to comply with the LCR ratio (Liquidity Coverage Ratio) came into effect in 2015. At the end of 2015, the Groups LCR stood at 146%, well in excess
of the minimum required (60% in 2015 - the percentage should increase steadily to 100% in 2018). |
|
|
Large liquidity reserve, stronger than 2014 in quantity (EUR 257,740 million) and quality (52% of the total are high quality liquid assets). |
|
|
Reduced weight of encumbered assets in structural medium and long-term funding operations: around 14% of the Groups extended balance sheet (under European Banking Authority EBA criteria)
at the end of 2015. |
|
|
|
|
|
256 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Liquidity risk and funding |
|
|
i. Basic liquidity ratios at comfortable levels
The table shows the evolution of the basic metrics for monitoring liquidity at the Group level over the last few years:
n Grupo Santander monitoring metrics
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2012 |
|
|
2013 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
2015 |
|
Net loans/net assets |
|
|
79 |
% |
|
|
75 |
% |
|
|
74 |
% |
|
|
74 |
% |
|
|
75 |
% |
Net loan-to-deposit ratio (LTD ratio) |
|
|
150 |
% |
|
|
113 |
% |
|
|
112 |
% |
|
|
113 |
% |
|
|
116 |
% |
Customer deposits and medium and long-term funding/net loans |
|
|
104 |
% |
|
|
117 |
% |
|
|
118 |
% |
|
|
116 |
% |
|
|
114 |
% |
Short-term wholesale funding/net liabilities* |
|
|
7 |
% |
|
|
2 |
% |
|
|
2 |
% |
|
|
2 |
% |
|
|
2 |
% |
Structural liquidity surplus (% net liabilities*) |
|
|
4 |
% |
|
|
16 |
% |
|
|
16 |
% |
|
|
15 |
% |
|
|
14 |
% |
* |
Balance sheet for liquidity management purposes. |
Note: in 2012 and 2013 customer deposits include retail
commercial paper in Spain (excluding short term wholesale funding). The 2012 and 2013 ratios include SCUSA by global integration, the same as in 2014.
At
the end of 2015, and compared to 2014, Grupo Santander recorded:
|
|
A stable ratio of net loans/net assets (total assets less trading derivatives and interbank balances) at 75%, as a result of improved credit conditions following ending of deleveraging in mature markets. This high level
in comparison with European competitors reflects the retail nature of Grupo Santanders balance sheet. |
|
|
Net loan-to-deposit ratio (LTD ratio) at 116%, within a very comfortable range (below 120%). This evolution shows the recovery of credit in mature markets, both organic as well as inorganic (incorporation of consumer
businesses in Europe), and the greater focus on optimising the cost of retail deposits in countries with low interest rates. |
|
|
There was a decline in the ratio of customer deposits and medium and long-term financing/lending, for similar reasons to the LTD ratio, given that the rise in the Groups capture of wholesale funds was also lower
than the rise in lending. This ratio stood at 114% in 2015 (116% in 2014). |
|
|
The Groups reduced recourse to short-term wholesale funding was maintained. The ratio was around 2%, in line with previous years. |
|
|
Lastly, the Groups structural surplus (i.e. the excess of structural funding resourcesdeposits, medium and long-term funding and capitalover structural liquidity needsfixed assets and loans)
increased in 2015, to an average of EUR 159,000 million, around 4% higher than at the end of 2014. |
At
31 December 2015, the consolidated structural surplus stood at EUR 149,109 million. This consists of fixed-income assets (EUR 158,818 million) and equities (EUR 19,617 million), partly offset by short-term wholesale funding (EUR -24,448
million) and net interbank and central bank deposits (EUR -4,878 million). In relative terms, the total volume was equivalent to 14% of the Groups net liabilities, a similar level to the end of 2014.
In summary, Grupo Santander had a comfortable liquidity position at the end of 2015, as a result of the
performance of its subsidiaries.
The table below sets out the most frequently used liquidity ratios for Santanders main units at the end of
December 2015:
n Liquidity ratios for the main units
% December 2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loan-to- |
|
|
Deposits+M & LT |
|
|
|
deposit ratio |
|
|
funding/net loans |
|
Spain |
|
|
89 |
% |
|
|
149 |
% |
Portugal |
|
|
97 |
% |
|
|
121 |
% |
Santander Consumer Finance |
|
|
226 |
% |
|
|
69 |
% |
Poland |
|
|
88 |
% |
|
|
115 |
% |
UK |
|
|
122 |
% |
|
|
107 |
% |
Brazil |
|
|
106 |
% |
|
|
128 |
% |
Mexico |
|
|
107 |
% |
|
|
101 |
% |
Chile |
|
|
133 |
% |
|
|
98 |
% |
Argentina |
|
|
78 |
% |
|
|
130 |
% |
US |
|
|
140 |
% |
|
|
115 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Group Total |
|
|
116 |
% |
|
|
114 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: in Spain, including retail commercial paper in deposits.
Generally speaking, there were two drivers behind the evolution of the Groups liquidity and that of its subsidiaries in 2015:
1. Widening of the commercial gap, continuing the change of trend that began in 2014, reinforced by non-organic components (SCF).
2. Continuing intensity of issuance activity, particularly by the European and US units, against a backdrop of more favourable conditions in wholesale markets.
In 2015, the Group as a whole attracted EUR 56,000 million in medium and long-term funding.
In terms of instruments, the biggest increase was in issuances of medium and long-term fixed-income instruments (senior debt, covered bonds,
subordinated debt and preferred shares), up 16% to more than EUR 42,000 million, with a larger weight of senior debts than covered bonds. Spain was the largest issuer, followed by the UK and Santander Consumer Finance units, the three of which
accounted for 87% of the issuances.
The remaining EUR 14,400 million of medium and long-term finance related to securitisations and finance with
guarantees, which remained stable compared to 2014. US and European units specialising in the consumer segment accounted for 85% of the total.
By
geographic area, Santander Consumer Finance, Brazil and the US recorded the largest increases, supported by increased senior debt issuances.
In
the United States, Santander Consumer Finance USA continued to increase its securitisation activity and its recourse to warehouse lines to fund strong growth in new lending and the portfolio. Santander Consumer Finance notched up EUR 4,200 million
in securitisations, considerably lower than in 2014, but offset by the increased issuances of senior debt mentioned above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
257 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Liquidity risk and funding |
|
|
The chart below sets out in greater detail their distribution by instruments and geographic areas:
In summary, Grupo Santander maintained comfortable access to the markets in which it operates, strengthened by the
incorporation of new issuing units. It was involved in issuances and securitisations in 14 currencies in 2015, in which 18 issuers from 15 countries participated, with an average maturity of around 4 years, slightly up on the previous year.
ii. Compliance ahead of schedule with regulatory ratios
Under its liquidity management model, over the last few years Grupo Santander has been managing the implementation, monitoring and complianceahead of
schedulewith the new liquidity requirements established under international financial regulations.
LCR (Liquidity
Coverage Ratio)
In 2014, and after approval by the Basel Committee of the final definition of the liquidity coverage ratio (LCR), a delegated act
of the European Commission was adopted defining the criteria for calculating and implementing this metric in the European Union in the CRD IV sphere. Implementation was delayed until October 2015, although the initial compliance level of 60% was
maintained. This percentage will be gradually increased to 100% in 2018.
The Groups strong short-term liquidity starting position, combined with
autonomous management of the ratio in all major units, enabled compliance levels of more than 100% to be maintained throughout the year, at both the consolidated and individual levels. As of December 2015, the Groups LCR ratio stood at 146%,
comfortably exceeding the regulatory requirement. Although this requirement has only been set at the Group level, the other subsidiaries also comfortably exceed this minimum ratio.
NSFR (Net Stable Funding Ratio)
The final definition of the net stable funding ratio was approved by the Basel Committee in October 2014, and is pending transposition to local regulations.
As regards this ratio, Santander benefits from a high weight of customer deposits, which are more stable,
permanent liquidity needs deriving from commercial activity funded by medium and long-term instruments and limited recourse to short-term funds. All of this enables it to maintain a balanced liquidity structure, which is reflected in NSFR levels at
Group level and for most subsidiaries exceeding 100% at the end of 2015, even though this is not required until 2018.
In short, the liquidity models and
management of the Group and its main subsidiaries have enabled them to meet both regulatory metrics ahead of schedule.
iii. High liquidity reserve
This is the third major aspect reflecting the Groups comfortable liquidity position during 2015.
The liquidity reserve is the total volume of highly liquid assets for the Group and its subsidiaries. This serves as a last resort recourse at times of
maximum stress in the markets, when it is impossible to obtain funding with adequate maturities and prices.
As a result, this reserve includes deposits
in central banks and cash, unencumbered sovereign debt, discounting capacity with central banks, assets eligible as collateral and undrawn credit lines in official institutions (Federal Home Loans Banks in the US).
All of this reinforces the solid liquidity position that Santanders business model (diversified, retail banking focus, autonomous subsidiaries, etc.)
confers on the Group and its subsidiaries.
At the end of 2015, Grupo Santanders liquidity reserve amounted to EUR 257,740 million, 12% higher
than at year-end 2014 and 3% above the average for the year. The structure of this volume by asset type according to cash value (net of haircuts) was as follows:
n Liquidity reserve
Cash value (net of haircuts) in million euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
average |
|
|
2014 |
|
Cash and deposits at central banks |
|
|
48,051 |
|
|
|
46,703 |
|
|
|
47,654 |
|
Unencumbered sovereign debt |
|
|
85,454 |
|
|
|
75,035 |
|
|
|
52,884 |
|
Undrawn credit lines granted by central banks |
|
|
110,033 |
|
|
|
112,725 |
|
|
|
115,105 |
|
Assets eligible as collateral and undrawn credit lines |
|
|
14,202 |
|
|
|
15,703 |
|
|
|
14,314 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquidity reserve |
|
|
257,740 |
|
|
|
250,165 |
|
|
|
229,957 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: the reserve excludes other assets of high liquidity such as listed fixed income and equity portfolios.
This increase was accompanied by a qualitative rise in the Groups liquidity reserve, deriving from the varied evolution of its assets. The first two
categories (cash and deposits in central banks + unencumbered sovereign debt), the most liquid (or high quality liquidity assets in Basels terminology, as first line of liquidity), increased by more than the average. They rose by EUR
32,967 million, increasing their share of total reserves at the end of the year to 52% (44% in 2014).
Under the autonomy conferred by the funding
model, each subsidiary maintains a suitable composition of assets in its liquidity reserve for its business and market conditions (for example, capacity to mobilise their assets or recourse to additional discounting lines, such as in the US).
|
|
|
|
|
258 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Liquidity risk and funding |
|
|
Most of the assets are denominated in the currency of the country, and so there are no restrictions on their
use. There are however regulatory restrictions in most countries limiting activity between related parties.
The geographic distribution of the liquidity
reserve is: 51% in the UK, 27% in the Eurozone, 9% in the US, and the remaining 9% in Poland and Latin America.
n Location of liquidity reserve
Million euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK |
|
|
130,309 |
|
|
|
51 |
% |
Eurozone |
|
|
69,719 |
|
|
|
27 |
% |
US |
|
|
23,234 |
|
|
|
9 |
% |
Brazil |
|
|
10,384 |
|
|
|
4 |
% |
Rest |
|
|
24,094 |
|
|
|
9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
257,740 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
iv. Asset encumbrance in financing transactions
Lastly, it is worth pointing out Grupo Santanders moderate use of assets as collateral in the structural funding sources of the balance sheet.
In line with the guidelines established by the European Banking Authority (EBA) in 2014, the concept of asset encumbrance includes both assets on the balance
sheet contributed as collateral in operations to obtain liquidity as well as those off-balance sheet assets received and re-used for a similar purpose, as well as other assets associated with liabilities for different funding reasons.
The report on the Grupo Santander information required by the EBA at the end of 2015 is given below.
Encumbered assets on balance sheet
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Billion euros |
|
Carrying value of encumbered assets |
|
|
Fair value of encumbered assets |
|
|
Carrying value of unencumbered assets |
|
|
Fair value of unencumbered assets |
|
Assets |
|
|
323.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,017.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
Credit and loans |
|
|
217.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
725.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
Equities |
|
|
13.2 |
|
|
|
13.2 |
|
|
|
10.5 |
|
|
|
10.5 |
|
Debt instruments |
|
|
74.6 |
|
|
|
74.5 |
|
|
|
105.5 |
|
|
|
105.4 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
17.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
175.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Grupo Santander
Encumbrance of
collateral received
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of encumbered |
|
|
Fair value of collateral |
|
|
|
collateral received |
|
|
received and debt issued |
|
|
|
and debt issued by the |
|
|
by the entity available |
|
Billion euros |
|
encumbered entity |
|
|
for encumbrance |
|
Collateral received |
|
|
44.9 |
|
|
|
52.0 |
|
Credit and loans |
|
|
1.2 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
Equities |
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
1.7 |
|
Debt instruments |
|
|
42.8 |
|
|
|
45.1 |
|
Other collateral received |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
5.2 |
|
Debt instruments issued by the entity other than covered loans and securitisations |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
5.6 |
|
Grupo Santander
Encumbered
assets and collateral received, and related liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities, contingent liabilities and securities lending associated with |
|
|
Assets encumbered and collateral received, including debt instruments issued by the entity other than guaranteed bonds and |
|
Billion euros |
|
the encumbered assets |
|
|
securitisations, encumbered |
|
Total sources of encumbrances (carrying value) |
|
|
302.6 |
|
|
|
368.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
259 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk profile > Liquidity risk and funding |
|
|
On-balance sheet asset encumbrance amounted to EUR 323,300 million, over two-thirds of which is accounted
for by loans (mortgages, corporate, etc.). Off-balance sheet asset encumbrance stood at EUR 44,900 million, mainly relating to debt securities received as collateral in operations to acquire assets which were re-used. The total for the two
categories was EUR 368,300 million, giving rise to a volume of associated liabilities of EUR 302,600 million.
At the end of 2015, total asset
encumbrance in financing operations represented 26% of the Groups extended balance sheet under EBA criteria (total assets plus guarantees received: EUR 1,437 million as of December 2015). This ratio stands at levels in the preceding year.
The Groups recourse to TLTRO during 2015 has been offset by maturities of secured debt (mainly mortgage covered bonds) which have been replaced with unsecured funding
Lastly, it is important to note the different natures of the sources of encumbrance within these, as well as their role in funding the Group:
|
|
44% of total asset encumbrance corresponds to collateral contributed in medium and long-term funding operations (with a residual maturity of over 1 year) to finance the commercial activity on the balance sheet. This
puts the level of asset encumbrance in funding transactions understood as structural at 11% of the extended balance sheet, using EBA criteria. |
|
|
The other 56% corresponds to short-term market transactions (with a residual maturity of less than 1 year) or collateral contributed in operations with derivatives and whose purpose is not to finance the ordinary
activity of businesses but efficient short-term liquidity management. |
D.3.4. Funding outlook for 2016
Grupo Santander starts 2016 with a comfortable liquidity position, with a good outlook
for financing over the coming year. However, there are risks to this rosier picture, including instability in financial markets, adjustments in Chinas economy and changes in monetary policy at major central banks.
With maturities which can be assumed in the coming quarters, due to the reduced weight of short-term maturities and a dynamic of medium and long-term issues
similar to that of a year ago, the Group will manage these needs in each country together with the specific needs of each business, including the envisaged incorporation of new portfolios and businesses, particularly consumer business in Europe.
The expected scenario of increased growth and new incorporations will generate moderate liquidity requirements in our units, in both mature and emerging
economies.
In most cases, the Groups business units can draw on surpluses from the end of 2015. There is also ample access to wholesale
markets, particularly in Europe because of the European Central Banks quantitative easing programme. Taken together, these factors will enable the Groups subsidiaries to maintain adequate liquidity structures for their balance sheets.
In Spain, where there is a surplus of deposits over loans, a moderate recovery in lending is envisaged after a
long period of deleveraging, with a continuing focus on optimising the cost of funds. Liquidity ratios will be strengthened with an eye to the forthcoming returns of LTRO funds.
Of note in the other European units will be increasing issuance and securitisation activity in Santander Consumer Finance, backed by the strength of its
business and the quality of its assets. As already discussed, in 2016 the consolidation of new portfolios will require a greater dependence on short-term funds in the rest of the Group.
In the UK, the strong performance of commercial activity and the capturing of clients will strengthen the deposit base as the basic source of credit growth.
The expected favourable situation in the markets will enable the unit to optimise its medium and long-term sources of finance. The United States, also with balanced growth in loans and deposits, will focus on diversifying its wholesale financing
sources, both in Santander Bank as well as Santander Consumer USA, which will contribute to reducing its leverage with respect to the funds guaranteed.
In Latin America, as in the previous year, the emphasis will remain on financing business activities from deposits, while fostering issuances in the wholesale
markets open to the Groups major units.
In addition, and at Group level, Santander is continuing its long-term plan to issue funds eligible as
capital. This plan seeks to enhance the Group´s current regulatory ratios efficiently, and also takes into account future regulatory requirements. Specifically, this includes fulfilment of TLAC (total loss-absorbing capacity) requirements,
which come into effect in 2019 for systemically-important financial institutions. Although this is currently just an international agreement and awaits transposition into European regulations, the Group is already incorporating it into its issuance
plans to meet potential requirements. The pace of issues over recent years are estimated to be sufficient to meet future needs.
Within this general
picture, the Groups various units took advantage of good conditions in the markets at the beginning of 2016 to make issues and securitisations at very tight spreads, capturing more than EUR 4,000 million in January.
|
|
|
|
|
260 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Operational risk |
|
|
D.4. Operational risk
D.4.1. Definition and objectives
Following the Basel framework, Grupo Santander defines operational risk (OR) as the
risk of losses from defects or failures in its internal processes, employees or systems, or external events.
Operational risk is inherent to all
products, activities, processes and systems and is generated in all business and support areas. For this reason, all employees are responsible for managing and controlling the operational risks generated in their sphere of action.
The Groups objective in controlling and managing operational risk is to identify, measure, evaluate, monitor, control, mitigate and communicate this
risk.
The Groups priority is to identify and mitigate risk focuses, regardless of whether they produce losses or not. Measurement also helps to
establish priorities for operational risk management.
In 2015, the Group continued to drive the improvement of its operational risk management
model through a range of initiatives fostered through the Risks area. Some of the most significant of these include completion of the document tree for operational risk management policies as part of the Documenta project, progress with
the AORM (Advanced Operational Risk Management) transformation project as part of the Groups ARM (Advanced Risk Management) strategy. This programme seeks to enhance operational risk management capacity through an advanced risk measurement
approach, helping to reduce future exposure and losses impacting the income statement.
Grupo Santander has been calculating regulatory capital using the
standardised approach set down in the EU Capital Requirements Directive. The AORM programme will help Grupo Santander develop internal models for estimating capital in its main geographic areas, both for economic capital and stress testing, and for
potential application as regulatory capital.
The report on Prudential Significance/Pillar III in section 4 includes information on the calculation of capital
requirements for operational risk.
D.4.2. Operational risk management and control model
D.4.2.1. Operational risk management cycle
The Groups operational risk management incorporates the following elements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
261 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Operational risk |
|
|
The various phases of the operational risk management and control model are:
|
|
Identify the operational risk inherent in all the Groups activities, products, processes and systems. |
|
|
Define the target profile of operational risk, specifying the strategies by unit and time frame, by establishing the OR appetite and tolerance for the budget of annual losses and monitoring thereof. |
|
|
Promote the involvement of all employees in the operational risk culture, through adequate training in all spheres and at all levels. |
|
|
Measure and assess operational risk objectively, continuously and consistently with regulatory standards (Basel, Bank of Spain) and the sector. |
|
|
Continuously monitor operational risk exposure, and implement control procedures, improve internal knowledge and mitigate losses. |
|
|
Establish mitigation measures that eliminate or minimise operational risk. |
|
|
Produce regular reports on operational risk exposure and the level of control for senior management and the Groups areas and units, and inform the market and regulatory bodies. |
|
|
Define and implement the methodology needed to calculate internal capital in terms of expected and unexpected loss. |
The following are needed for each of the aforementioned processes:
|
|
Define and implement systems that enable operational risk exposure to be monitored and controlled in the Groups day-to-day management activity, taking advantage of existing technology and achieving the maximum
automation of applications. |
|
|
Define and document policies for managing and controlling operational risk, and implement methodologies and management tools for this risk in accordance with regulations and best practices. |
The advantages of Grupo Santanders operational risk management model include:
|
|
It fosters development of an operational risk culture. |
|
|
It allows comprehensive and effective operational risk management (identification, measurement and assessment, control and mitigation, and information). |
|
|
It improves knowledge of existing and potential operational risks and assigns them to business and support lines. |
|
|
Operational risk information helps to improve processes and controls, and reduces losses and the volatility of revenues. |
|
|
It facilitates the establishment of operational risk appetite limits.
|
D.4.2.2. Risk identification, measurement and assessment model
A series of quantitative and qualitative corporate techniques and tools has been defined to identify, measure and assess operational risk. These are combined
to produce a diagnosis on the basis of the risks identified and an assessment of the area or unit through their measurement and evaluation.
The
quantitative analysis of this risk is carried out mainly with tools that register and quantify the potential level of losses associated with operational risk events:
|
|
An internal database of events, the objective of which is to capture all of the Groups operational risk events. The capture of operational risk events is not restricted by thresholds (i.e. there are no
exclusions for reasons of amount), and events with both accounting (including positive effects) and non-accounting impact are captured. |
Accounting reconciliation processes have been put in place to guarantee the quality of the information in the databases. The main events for
the Group and each operational risk unit are especially documented and reviewed.
|
|
An external database of events, as the Grupo Santander participates in international consortiums, such as the Operational Risk Exchange (ORX). The use of external databases has been stepped up, providing
quantitative and qualitative information leading to a more detailed and structured analysis of events in the sector and enabling adequate preparation of the scenario analysis exercises described below. |
|
|
Analysis of OR scenarios. An expert opinion is obtained from the business lines and from risk and control managers to identify potential events with a very low probability of occurrence, but which could result in
a very high loss for an institution. The possible effects of these are assessed and extra controls and mitigating measures are identified to reduce the likelihood of high economic impact. |
In 2015 a corporate scenarios methodology was implemented in the Groups main geographic areas.
|
|
Capital calculation through the standard approach (see the corresponding section in the report on Prudential Relevance Report/Pillar III). |
The tools defined for qualitative analysis seek to assess aspects (coverage/exposure) linked to the risk profile, enabling the existing control
environment to be captured. These tools are mainly:
|
|
Operational risk control self-assessment (RCSA). Self-assessment of operational risk is a qualitative process that seeks to determine the main operational risks for a unit, assigning these to the relevant
function based on the judgement and experience of a group of experts in each function. |
|
|
|
|
|
262 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Operational risk |
|
|
The RCSA process identifies and assesses the material operational risks that could stop a
business or support unit achieving its objectives. It seeks to identify these operational risks, assessing them in inherent and residual terms, evaluating the design and operation of the controls and identifying mitigation measures whenever the
associated risk levels are unacceptable to risk managers.
The Group has put in place an on-going operational risk self-assessment
process: this ensures that material risks are assessed at least once a year. This process combines expert judgement and participation in workshops involving all interested parties, particularly the first-line of defence responsible for the risks and
their control. These workshops are run by a facilitator, who is neutral and has no decision-making authority, helping the Group achieve its desired results.
The Group also produces focused assessments of specific operational risk sources, enabling transversal identification of risk levels at a
greater degree of granularity. These are applied in particular to technological risks and factors that could lead to regulatory non-compliance, and areas that are exposed to money laundering and terrorism financing risks. The two latter areas,
together with related plans for 2016, are set out in greater detail in the section D.5. Compliance and conduct risk.
|
|
Corporate indicators system. These are various types of statistics and parameters that provide information on an institutions risk exposure and control environment. These indicators are regularly reviewed
in order to flag up any changes that could reveal risk problems. |
In 2015, the Group evolved its corporate indicators to
monitor the main risk concentrations in the Group and the industry. It has also fostered the use of indicators in all spheres of the organisation, from front-line risk managers down. The objective is to incorporate the most relevant risk indicators
into the metrics that form the basis for constructing the operational risk appetite.
|
|
Audit and regulatory recommendations. These provide relevant information on inherent risk due to internal and external factors, enabling weaknesses in the controls to be identified. |
|
|
Customer complaints. The Groups increasing systemisation of the monitoring of complaints and their root causes also provides relevant information for identifying and measuring risk levels.
|
|
|
Other specific instruments that enable more detailed analysis of technology risk, such as control of critical system incidents and cyber-security events. The capture of this information was incorporated into the
corporate operational risk tool in 2015. |
|
|
Specific assessment of risks related to technological infrastructure management processes, the acquisition and development of solutions, control of information security and IT governance.
|
D.4.2.3. Implementation of the model and initiatives
Almost all the Groups units are now incorporated into the model with a high degree of uniformity. However, the different pace of implementation and
historical depth of the respective databases means that the degree of progress varies from country to country.
As set out in section D.4.1. Definition
and objectives, the Group accelerated its transformation to an advanced operational risk management (AORM) approach in 2015. This programme seeks both to consolidate the current operational risk management framework and to adopt best practices in
the market, based on monitoring of an integrated and consolidated operational risk profile, for proactive management of business strategy and tactical decisions.
This programme involves a number of key areas (risk appetite, self-assessment, scenarios, metrics, etc.) that enable the Group to refine the improvements it
is implementing: these will mostly be completed in 2016, covering the ten main geographic areas. A monitoring structure has been set up at the highest organisational levels, both at the corporate centre and in the local units, to ensure adequate
monitoring of progress.
This programme is supported by the development of a customised and integrated operational risk solution (Heracles, based on the
external SAP GRC platform). This tool and the transformation plan will be fully implemented in all of the Groups geographic areas in 2016.
The main
activities and global initiatives adopted to ensure effective operational risk management are:
|
|
Development and implementation of the operational risk framework, policies and procedures, both at the corporate level and in the geographic areas. |
|
|
Creation of operational risk control units in the Risks areas (second line of defence) and designation of coordinators responsible for OR in the various spheres of the first lines of defence. |
|
|
A new definition of a complete group of operational risk taxonomies (risks, controls, root causes, etc.), enabling more granular, thorough and consistent management of operational risk throughout the Group.
|
|
|
Development of a new operational risk appetite structure, enabling increased granularity in risk tolerance for the Groups most significant risk concentrations. |
|
|
Establishment of a process for escalating incidents, setting down the criteria for communication and escalation of operational risk events based on their relevance. The relevance of operational risk is defined based on
thresholds set for each type of impact. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
263 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Operational risk |
|
|
|
|
Implementation of training programme at all levels of the organisation (from the board to the employees most exposed to risk in the first line of the business) and initiatives for the sharing of experiences (best
practice sessions, launch of a monthly newsletter, etc.). |
|
|
Fostering of mitigation plans for aspects of particular relevance (information security and cyber-security in the widest sense, control of suppliers, etc.): monitoring of the implementation of corrective measures and
projects under development. |
|
|
Improvements to the quality and granularity of the information on such risks analysed and presented to the main decision making forums. |
|
|
Improvements to contingency and business-continuity plans, and, in general, crisis-management (this initiative is linked to the viability and resolution plans). |
|
|
Fostering the control of risk associated with technology (application development and maintenance, design, implementation and maintenance or technological platforms, output of IT processes, etc.). |
In the particular case of controlling suppliers mentioned above, following the development and approval of the corporate framework for agreements with third
parties and control of suppliers in 2014, work continued throughout 2015 to define and develop the procedures, processes and tools needed for implementation. To this end, Group entities have been working on defining, implementing and monitoring
action plans so as to adapt current processes to the new requirements of the model, paying particular attention to:
|
|
Identification, assignment and communication of roles and responsibilities. |
|
|
Creation of specific committees for each geographic area to deal with issues relating to suppliers. |
|
|
Definition and monitoring of indicators. |
|
|
Preparation and maintenance of up-to-date inventories of suppliers of critical services. |
|
|
Training and awareness raising of risks associated with suppliers and other third parties. |
The Group is
continuing to work on the implementation of the model, reinforcing and standardising the activities to be carried out throughout the management lifecycle for suppliers and other third parties.
D.4.2.4. Operational risk information system
The Group
has a corporate information system that supports the operational risk management tools and facilitates information and reporting functions and needs at both the local and corporate levels.
This system includes modules for registering events, mapping and assessing risks, indicators, and mitigation and reporting systems, and applies to all Group
entities.
As part of the implementation of the advanced operational risk management approach, and taking into account the
synergies that will be produced in the control sphere (integration of operational risk control functions in the widest sense and compliance, documentation and certification process particularities for the internal model into a single tool), the
Group is in the process of installing a new GRC (governance, risk and compliance) tool based on the SAP system, known as Heracles. The objective of Heracles is to improve decision making for operational risk management throughout the organisation.
This objective will be achieved by ensuring that those responsible for risks in every part of the organisation have a comprehensive vision of their risk,
and the supporting information they need, when they need it. This comprehensive and timely vision of risk is facilitated by the integration of various risk and control programs, such as risk assessment, scenarios, events, assessment of control
activities and metrics using a common taxonomy, and methodological standards. This integration provides a more accurate risk profile and significantly improves efficiency by cutting out redundant and duplicated effort.
Heracles also enables the interaction of everybody involved in operational risk management with the information in the system, but subject to their specific
needs or limited to a particular sphere. However, it is always draws on a single source of information for all of the functions involved.
In 2015, the
Group worked on automating the loading of information into operational risk management systems, and on improving reporting capabilities in the context of the project to comply with regulations on effective aggregation and reporting principles (Risk
Data Aggregation/Risk Reporting FrameworkRDA/RRF).
In order to achieve the objectives for this project, a reference technological architecture has
been developed, providing solutions for information capture and feeding an integrated and reliable database (Golden Source) that is used for the generation of operational risk reports.
D.4.2.5. Training
The Group fosters awareness and
knowledge of operational risk at all levels of the organisation. In 2014, a range of training initiatives were carried out, including e-learning programmes for all Group employees (general, computer security, business continuity plan) and training
activities for groups requiring specific knowledge. These activities included training for employees in wholesale businesses, e-learning for executives and directors, and courses for operational risk coordinators on the first line of defence.
|
|
|
|
|
264 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Operational risk |
|
|
D.4.3. Evolution of the main metrics
As regards the databases of events, and after consolidating the information
received, the evolution of net losses (including both losses incurred and net provisions) by Basel40 risk category over the last three years is set out in the chart below:
The evolution of losses by category shows a slight reduction in relative terms for practices with clients,
products and business, although these continue to be the largest item.
The most relevant losses by type and geographic region in 2015 related to judicial
cases in Brazil and customer compensation in the UK.
In Brazil, the roll out of a set of measures to improve customer service (the Trabalhar
Bem42 programme) has enabled us to reduce losses from judicial cases.
The increase in
compensation for customers in the UK is due mainly to sales of Payment Protection Insurance. The claims received relate to a widespread practice in the UK banking sector. Provisions for possible future claims were increased in 2015, according
to the Banks best estimates after having analysed the decision of the local authority to limit the deadline on claims.
The most noteworthy factors
in the other operational risk categories include a decrease of fraud, in relative terms, and an increase in losses on process execution, delivery and management, mainly relating to provisions for process errors in the UK.
40. |
The Basel categories include the risks set out in chapter D.5. Compliance and conduct risk. |
41. |
In accordance with local practices, the remuneration of employees in Brazil is managed as personnel expenses for the entity, without prejudice to its treatment under the Basel operational risk framework, and is
therefore not included. |
42. |
Refer to section D.4.4., Mitigation measures, for further details. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
265 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Operational risk |
|
|
The chart below shows the evolution of the number of operational risk events by Basel category over the last
three years:
In 2015, the Group analysed the number of internal events and put a new procedure in place for escalation of
relevant events (in terms of both financial impact and number of customers affected), enabling us to process these with more effective corrective measures. The concentration of relevant events compared to total events remained at very low levels,
and was lower than in the previous year.
D.4.4. Mitigation measures
The model requires the Group to monitor the mitigation measures put in place for the main
sources of risk identified through operational risk management tools and the organisational and development model, and by preventative implementation of policies and procedures for managing and controlling operational risk.
The Group model combines these measures in a shared database, enabling us to assign each mitigation measure and the various tools used (events, indicators,
self-assessment, scenarios, recommendations and prevention policies).
The percentage of measures distributed by type was as follows:
The main mitigation measures centred on improving the security of customers in their usual operations, the management of
external fraud, continued improvements in processes and technology, and management of the sale of products and adequate provision of services.
Regarding
the reduction of fraud, the main specific measures were:
Card fraud:
|
|
|
Roll out of chip cards: |
|
|
|
Implementation of the standard in all the Groups geographic areas in line with the timeframe set down by the payment media industry.
|
43. |
In accordance with local practices, the remuneration of employees in Brazil is managed as personnel expenses for the entity, without prejudice to its treatment under the Basel operational risk framework, and is
therefore not included. |
|
|
|
|
|
266 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Operational risk |
|
|
|
|
|
Replacement of vulnerable cards with new cards based on advanced authentication CDA technology, reducing the risk of cloning through more robust and complete encryption algorithms. |
|
|
|
Robust (Full Grade) validation of card transactions, including more checks, always carried out online. |
|
|
|
Implementation of the secure ecommerce standard (3DSecure) for internet purchases and requiring additional security codes for transactions, including the use of one-time passwords (OTP-SMS). |
|
|
|
Incorporation of anti-skimming detectors and passive elements in ATMs to stop card cloning. |
|
|
|
Review of card limits based on the product and customer segment, to adjust these for risk levels. |
|
|
|
Application of specific fraud monitoring rules and detection tools to block suspicious transactions abroad. |
Electronic fraud:
|
|
|
Implementation of specific protection measures for mobile banking, such as identification and registration of customer devices (Device Id). |
|
|
|
An improved Internet banking authentication system, with additional checks depending on the risk level for the customer or transaction. |
|
|
|
Checks of online banking transactions through a second factor based on one-time use passwords. Evolution of technology, depending on the geographic area (for example, based on image codes (QR) generated from data for
the transaction). |
Cyber-Security Program and information security plan
The Group has put in place the Santander Cyber-Security Program to foster and complement the actions already underway. This
covers:
|
|
|
governance, integrating the three lines of defence; |
|
|
|
an approach based on cyber-resilience, including identification, prevention, protection, detection and reaction activities; |
|
|
|
aspects of cyber-security relating to training, access control, segregation of functions and secure software development; |
|
|
|
initiatives to enhance organisation. |
In 2015 the Group also continued paying full attention to
cyber-security risks, which affect all companies and institutions, including those in the financial sector. This situation is a cause of concern for all entities and regulators, prompting the implementation of preventative measures to be prepared
for any attack of this kind.
The Group has put in place the Santander Cyber-Security Program to foster and complement the actions already
underway. The global aim is for this programme to be implemented in all Group banks, and covers: i) governance, integrating the three lines of defence; ii) an approach based on cyber-resilience, including identification, prevention, protection,
detection and reaction activities; iii) aspects of cyber-security relating to training, access control, segregation of functions and secure software development; and iv) initiatives to enhance organisation.
The Group has evolved its internal cyber-security model to reflect international standards (including, the US NIST National Institute of Standards and
Technology framework) and incorporate mature concepts. It has also continued its implementation of its cyber-security master plans in Group entities, including:
|
|
|
Provision of specific budgets to improve cyber-security protection mechanisms against threats in the Groups entities and geographic areas. |
|
|
|
Contracting of cyber-security insurance at the corporate level. |
|
|
|
Improvement of the Security Operations Centre (SOC), increasing its sphere of activity. |
|
|
|
Participation in cyber-security exercises in various Group geographies, to assess responses to such incidents. |
|
|
|
Cooperation with international forums to identify best practices and share information on threats. |
The Group
has also launched a training programme in this area, with a new course being implemented on the e-learning platform. This course will give precise guidelines for action, as well as examples of the main current patterns of cyber attacks and
electronic fraud.
In addition, observation and analytical assessment of the events in the sector and in other industries enables us to update and adapt
our models for emerging threats.
Other relevant mitigation measures:
A number of local initiatives have been put in place to tackle external fraud involving identity theft and loan applications, given the significance of this
for the Group and the industry. These include, enhancing quality controls for verifying customer identification alerts, evidence of income and applicant documentation (in the US) and plans to improve analysis of proposals (in Brazil).
With regard to mitigation measures relating to customer practices, products and business, Grupo Santander is involved in continuous improvement and
implementation of corporate policies on aspects such as the selling of products and services and prevention of money laundering and terrorism financing. Detailed information on these areas can be found in section D.5.2. Compliance risk control and
supervision.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
267 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Operational risk |
|
|
The Working Well (Trabalhar Bem) project in Brazil is also relevant to this category of
operational risk, seeking to provide the Banks customers with a better service, with fewer incidents and complaints. This project includes various lines of action to improve selling practices and customer protection, including: influencing
design decisions for products and services, analysis and solution of the root causes of customer complaints, development of a complaints management and monitoring structure, and improvement of protection networks at contact points.
D.4.5. Business continuity plan
The Group has a business continuity management system (BCMS), which ensures that the
business processes of our entities continue to operate in the event of a disaster or serious incident.
The basic objective is to:
|
|
|
Minimise the possible damage from an interruption to normal business operations on people, and adverse financial and business impacts for the Group. |
|
|
|
Reduce the operational effects of a disaster, providing predefined and flexible guidelines and procedures to be used to re-launch and recover processes. |
|
|
|
Restart time-sensitive business operations and associated support functions, in order to achieve business continuity, stable profits and planned growth. |
|
|
|
Protect the public image of, and confidence in, Grupo Santander. |
|
|
|
Meet the Groups obligations to its employees, customers, shareholders and other stakeholders. |
During
2015, the Group continued to advance in implementing and continuously improving its business continuity management system. This included consolidating the implementation of the three lines of defence in relation to business continuity, including
newly created businesses and divisions in the management scope.
Furthermore, and based on the improvements made to the viability and resolution plans (for more details see
section B.3.4. Recovery and resolution plans), a new comprehensive crisis-management model has been defined for operational and reputational crises. This refines the communication protocols for the functions involved in the decision to
escalate a situation involving calling a new meeting of the crisis management committee. This also involves a redefinition of the current business continuity committee to provide adequate support to the head of operational risk Crisis Management
Director in escalating issues to, and supporting, the CFO (the Crisis Management Director).
D.4.6. Other aspects of control and monitoring of operational risk
Analysis and monitoring of controls in market
operations
Due to the specific nature and complexity of financial markets, the Group considers it necessary to continuously improve operational
control procedures to keep them in line with new regulations and best practices in the market. Thus, during the year, it continued to improve the control model for this business, attaching particular importance to the following points:
|
|
|
Analysis of the individual operations of each Treasury operator in order to detect possible anomalous behaviour. During the year all the thresholds applied to each of the controls were reviewed with the other control
areas, implementing specific limits for each desk. |
|
|
|
Implementation of a new tool that enables compliance with new record keeping requirements for monitoring communication channels. |
|
|
|
Strengthening of controls on cancelling and modifying operations and calculation of the actual cost thereof, where these are due to operational errors. |
|
|
|
Strengthening of controls on contributions of prices to market indexes. |
|
|
|
Development of additional controls to detect and prevent irregular operations (such as controls on triangular sales). |
|
|
|
Development of extra controls for access to systems registering front office operations (for example, to detect shared usernames). |
|
|
|
Adaptation of existing controls and development of new controls to comply with the new Volcker requirements. |
|
|
|
Formalisation of IT procedures, tools and systems for cyber-security protection, prevention and training. |
|
|
|
Development of the Keeping in B project. This involves a range of inter-disciplinary teams seeking to reinforce aspects relating to corporate governance, compliance with money laundering and credit risk controls and
procedures, financial and operational architecture, technological platforms, regulatory and organisational aspects and sufficiency of resources. |
For more information on issues relating to regulatory compliance in markets, refer to section D.5.4. Regulatory compliance.
|
|
|
|
|
268
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Operational risk |
|
|
The business is also undertaking a global transformation and evolution of its operational risk management model.
This involves modernising its technology platforms and operational processes to incorporate a robust control model, enabling a reduction of the operational risk associated with its business.
Corporate information
The operational risk function has
an operational risk management information system that provides data on the Groups main elements of risk. The information available for each country and unit in the operational risk sphere is consolidated to give a global vision with the
following features:
|
|
|
Two levels of information: corporate with consolidated information, and individual for each country or unit. |
|
|
|
Dissemination among Grupo Santanders countries and units of the best practices identified through a combined study of the results of qualitative and quantitative analysis of operational risk. |
Information on the following aspects is drawn up:
|
|
Grupo Santanders operational risk management model and the Groups main units and countries. |
|
|
The perimeter of operational risk management. |
|
|
Monitoring of risk appetite metrics. |
|
|
The risk profile by country and risk category, and the main operational risk concentrations. |
|
|
Operational risk capital. |
|
|
The action plans associated with each risk source. |
|
|
Distribution of losses by geographic area and risk category. |
|
|
Evolution of losses (accumulated annual, deviation on previous year and against budget) and provisions by detection and accounting dates. |
|
|
Analysis of the database of relevant internal and external events. |
|
|
Analysis of the most relevant risks detected from different information sources, such as the self-assessment exercises for operational and technological risk and operational risk scenarios. |
|
|
Assessment and analysis of risk indicators. |
|
|
Mitigating and active management measures. |
|
|
Business continuity and contingency plans. |
This information forms the basis for complying with reporting
requirements to the executive risk committee, the board risk committee, the operational risk committee, senior management, regulators, rating agencies, etc.
Insurance in the management of operational risk
Grupo Santander regards insurance as a key element in the management of operational risk. Common guidelines for co-ordination among the various functions
involved in the insurance management cycle to mitigate operational risk were promoted in 2015. These mainly involved the insurance areas themselves and operational risk control areas, but also the first line risk management areas, pursuant to the
procedure designed in 2014.
These guidelines incorporate the following activities:
|
|
Identification of all risks in the Group that can be covered by insurance, including identification of new insurance coverage for risks already identified in the market. |
|
|
Establishment and implementation of criteria to quantify the insurable risk, backed by analysis of losses and loss scenarios that enable the Groups level of exposure to each risk to be determined.
|
|
|
Analysis of coverage available in the insurance market, as well as preliminary design of the conditions that best suit the identified and assessed needs. |
|
|
Technical assessment of the protection provided by the policy, its costs and the elements retained in the Group (franchises and other elements at the responsibility of the insured) in order to make contracting
decisions. |
|
|
Negotiating with suppliers and award of contracts in accordance with the procedures established by the Group. |
|
|
Monitoring of incidents declared in the policies, as well as of those not declared or not recovered due to an incorrect declaration, establishing protocols for action and specific monitoring forums. |
|
|
Analysis of the adequacy of the Groups policies for the risks covered, taking appropriate corrective measures for any shortcomings detected. |
|
|
Close cooperation between local operational risk executives and local insurance coordinators to strengthen mitigation of operational risk. |
|
|
Active involvement of both areas in the global insurance sourcing unit, the Groups highest technical body for defining coverage strategies and contracting insurance, the forum for monitoring the risk insured
(created specifically in each geography to monitor the activities mentioned in this section) and the corporate operational risk committee. |
This year, the Group has also contracted a cyber-insurance policy to cover the possible consequences of cyber-attacks.
Finally, it has adapted its in-house insurance model to improve the definition of functions and the coordination of the internal and external parties
involved, so as to optimise protection of the income statement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
269 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Compliance and behavioural risk |
|
|
D.5. Compliance and conduct risk
D.5.1. Scope, aim, definitions and objective
The Compliance function comprises all matters related to regulatory
compliance, prevention of money laundering and terrorism financing, governance of products and consumer protection, and reputational risk.
To achieve
this, the Compliance function fosters the adherence of the Santander Group to the rules, supervisory requirements, principles and values of good conduct by setting standards, debating, advising and informing in the interest of employees, customers,
shareholders and the wide community.
In the Grupo Santanders current corporate configuration of three lines of defence, Compliance is an
independent second-line control function that reports directly to the board of directors and the committees thereof, through the GCCO, who does so periodically and independently. The Compliance function reports to the CEO. This configuration is
aligned with the requirements of banking regulation and with the expectations of supervisors.
In line with what is described in section B.1. Map of risks
and in accordance with the current General Risk Framework of the Grupo Santander approved by the Board of Directors of Banco Santander, the following are described as compliance risks:
|
|
Compliance risk: risk due to not complying with the legal framework, the internal rules or the requirements of regulators and supervisors.
|
|
|
Conduct risk: risk caused by inadequate practices in the Banks relationships with its customers, the treatment and products offered to them and their suitability and appropiateness for each specific
customer. |
|
|
Reputational risk: risk arising from damage to the perception of the Bank by public opinion, its customers, investors or any other interested party. |
The Groups objective in the sphere of compliance and conduct is to minimise the probability that irregularities occur; and that any irregularities that
should occur are identified, assessed, reported and quickly resolved.
Other control functions (risks) and support functions (legal, T&O, etc) also
take part in controlling these risks.
D.5.2. Compliance risk control and supervision
According to the configuration of lines of defence in the Grupo Santander
and, in particular, within the Compliance function, primary responsibility for the management of such functions risks lies in the first line of defence, jointly with the business units that directly originate such risks and the Compliance
function. This is performed either directly or through allocation of compliance activities or tasks to this first line.
|
|
|
|
|
270 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Compliance and behavioural risk |
|
|
Further, setting, promoting and achieving units adherence to corporate frameworks, policies and standards
across the Group is the responsibility of the Compliance function in its task of control and supervision as the second line of defence. To do so, controls are put in place and their application is monitored and verified. Reporting to governance and
administrative bodies is the responsibility of the Compliance function, which is also responsible for advising and informing to senior management in these matters and fostering a culture of compliance, all of these within the framework of an annual
programme whose effectiveness is periodically reviewed.
In compliance, the GCCO is responsible for reporting to governance and administrative bodies; who
is also responsible for advising and informing senior management in these matters and fostering a culture of compliance, all of these within the framework of an annual programme whose effectiveness is periodically reviewed. This is independently of
the reporting on all the Groups risks (also including compliance risks) performed by the vice chairman of Risks and the CRO to the governance and administration bodies.
The Compliance function provides the basic components for managing these risks (frameworks and policies for combating money-laundering, codes of conduct,
marketing of products, reputational risks, etc.) and ensures that the rest are duly tended to by the corresponding units of the Group (responsible financing, data protection, customers complaints, etc.), having established the opportune
control and verification systems, in the second line of defence of Compliance.
Internal auditas part of its third-line functionsperforms
tests and reviews necessary to verify that adequate controls and oversight mechanisms are being applied, and that the Groups rules and procedures are being followed.
The essential elements of Compliance risk management are based on resolutions adopted by the board of directors, as the highest responsible body, by means of
the approval of corporate frameworks that regulate significant matters, and the Santander Groups General Code of Conduct. Such frameworks are approved at corporate level by the Banco Santander, S.A. as the Group parent, and subsequently
approved by the units by means of the latters adhesion to the same, in order to carry out transposition in a manner that takes into account applicable local requirements.
The corporate frameworks of the Compliance function are as follows:
|
|
General compliance framework. |
|
|
Products and services marketing framework. |
|
|
Complaint management framework. |
|
|
Anti-money laundering and terrorist financing framework. |
These corporate frameworks are developed following
Grupo Santanders internal governance and are consistent with the Parent-subsidiary relationship model.
The General Code of Conduct sets out the ethical principles and rules of conduct that must govern the actions of
all Grupo Santanders employees and it is being supplemented in certain matters by the rules found in other codes and internal rules and regulations.
The Code also lays down the following:
|
|
the Compliance functions and responsibilities set out in the same. |
|
|
the rules governing the consequences of non-compliance |
|
|
a whistleblowing channel for the submission and processing of reports of allegedly irregular conduct. |
Regulatory compliance, under the Board Risk Committee and of the regulatory compliance committee, is responsible for the effective implementation and
monitoring of the General Code of Conduct.
D.5.3. Governance and the organisational model
In the exercise of its general function of supervision, the board of
directors of the Banco Santander, S.A. is responsible for approving the appointment of the head of Compliance (the Group Chief Compliance Officer GCCO), and the framework for this function and its implementing policies. In addition, the board
is the holder of the Groups General Code of Conduct and of the corporate structures that implement this function.
In order to strengthen the
independence of the compliance function as a function of internal control and provided it with sufficient relevance, the executive committee, at its meeting on February 2, 2015, agreed to appoint an executive vice-president as chief compliance
officer (GCCO). For these purposes, in 2015 and pursuant to its mandate, a programme for the transformation of the compliance function at global level is being carried out (Target Operating Model for Compliance, TOM) and will be implemented over a
period of three years, with the aim of elevating and bringing this function in line with the best standards in the financial industry.
Reporting on the
compliance function to the board is done monthly.
Mention must also be made of the adequate coordination with the operational risk function, which
collects different loss events deriving from compliance and conduct risks, and which, through risk governancewhich includes a common overview of all the group risksalso reports to the board of directors and to its committees.
D.5.3.1. Governance
The following corporate committees,
each with their corresponding local replicas, are collegiate bodies with competencies in Compliance:
The regulatory compliance committee is the
collegiate body that has powers in all matters inherent in regulatory compliance, without detriment to those assigned to the two specialised bodies in the area (corporate committee of marketing as regards the commercialisation of products and
services, the monitoring committee and the anti-money laundering and terrorist financing committee.
The regulatory compliance committee held five
meetings in 2015.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
271 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Compliance and behavioural risk |
|
|
The products and services commercialisation committee is the collegiate body of governance for the
validation of products and services. The initial proposal and authorisation of new products and services is the responsibility of units, while such proposals and their alignment with corporate policies must be subject to corporate validation. Its
objectives and functions are based on the minimisation of inappropriate commercialisation of products and services to customers, taking into account consumer protection. Its functions are performed at both corporate and local level.
The committee assesses the appropriateness of adjusting products and services to the framework where they are going to be marketed, paying special attention
to ensuring:
|
|
That the stipulations set out in the corporate commercialisation frameworks and policies, and in general, the internal or external laws (for example, not granting loans for investment products, limiting the banks
roles as underlying in commercialised structures, etc.) are fulfilled. |
|
|
That the target audience is clearly established, in accordance with its features and needs, clearly stating which customers it is not considered suitable for (e.g. aspects such as the customers commercial segment,
customers age, geographical jurisdiction, etc.). |
|
|
That the criteria and controls are in place to assess how suitable the products is for the customer are defined at the time of the sale. This will include, depending on the type of product and the commercial treatment
applied in each case, an assessment of the customers financial capacity to meet the payments associated with the product/service, the appropriateness of the customers knowledge and previous investment experience, and the adequate
diversification of his investment portfolio, as the case may be. |
|
|
That the suitable documentation (advertising, commercial, pre-contractual, contractual and post-contractual) for each product/ service, customer and commercialisation type be determined, and in each case, that the
information be conveyed to customers clearly and transparently. This information can refer to: |
|
- |
|
Explaining how the product or service works, presenting, in an objective and transparent way, the information on the product/ services characteristics, terms and conditions, costs, risks and the calculation
methodology, and not giving rise to unreasonable expectations or causing the customer to choose an inappropriate product/service. |
|
- |
|
Frequency and content of the post-contractual information sent to customers, including details of the effective costs incurred and information on the products profitability and assessment, as the case may be.
|
|
|
That training/certification plans, and checks on such plans, are in place to ensure that sales employees in the different channels have the required training and have sufficient information about the characteristics of
the product/service, in order to be able to sell it appropriately. |
The products and services commercialisation committee met 13 times in
2015 and analysed 104 new products/services, not having validated three of them.
The corporate monitoring committee is the Groups collegiate governance body in monitoring of
products and services, and for the assessment of customer claims in all Group units. Approved products and services are monitored locally through local monitoring committees or similar bodies, and their conclusions are reported directly to the
corporate monitoring committee.
The monitoring committee held 34 meetings in 2015 at which incidents were resolved and information was analysed on the
monitoring of products and services of the Groups units.
The anti-money laundering and terrorist financing committee (formerly called the
Analysis and Resolution Committee, CAR) is the collegiate body in this area, setting frameworks, policies and general objectives. It also validates the rules and regulations of other Group collegiate bodies and units in relation to prevention and
coordination.
In order to strengthen governance of the function and to preserve its independence, the objectives and functions of the aforementioned
committees have been reviewed in order to adjust them to the Groups governance model, in the adaptation of the TOM.
D.5.3.2. Organisational
model
Derived from the aforementioned transformation programme (TOM) and with the objective of attaining an integrated view and management of
Compliance risks, the organisational structure of the function has been modified in accordance with a hybrid approach, in order to converge specialised Compliance risks (vertical functions) with an aggregate and standardised view of them
(cross-cutting functions).
Hence, the Compliance structure is organised as follows to contribute to the Groups mission in this field:
Cross-cutting functions
|
|
Coordination with units. |
|
|
Governance, planning and consolidation. |
|
|
Compliance processes and information systems. |
Vertical functions
|
|
Governance of products and consumer protection. |
|
|
Anti-money laundering and combating terrorist financing. |
D.5.4. Regulatory compliance
The following functions are in place for adequate control and supervision of regulatory
compliance risks:
|
|
Implement the Groups General Code of Conduct and other codes and rules developing the same. Advise on resolving doubts that arise from such implementation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
272 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Compliance and behavioural risk |
|
|
|
|
Cooperate with Internal Audit in the regular reviews of compliance with the general code and with the codes and other rules developing it, without detriment to the regular reviews which, on matters of regulatory
compliance, are to be conducted directly. |
|
|
Prepare compliance programmes in relation with specific rules, or modifications thereof, for submission to the regulatory compliance committee and, as the case may be, subsequent approval by the board of directors or
the committees thereof. |
|
|
Regularly report to the RSRCC and the board of directors on the development of the framework and the implementation of the compliance programme. |
|
|
Assess changes that need to be introduced into the compliance programme, particularly in the event of detecting unregulated risk situations and procedures susceptible to improvement, and propose the changes to the
committee of regulatory compliance or the RSRCC. |
|
|
Receive and handle the accusations made by employees or third parties via the whistle blowing channel. |
|
|
Direct and coordinate investigations into the possible committing of acts of non-compliance, being able to request support from Internal Audit and propose to the Irregularities Committee the sanctions that might be
applicable in each case. |
|
|
Supervise mandatory training activity on Compliance programme. |
The Compliance TOM orients the focus of the
regulatory Compliance function in the following areas:
1. |
Compliance in employee matters. |
2. |
Compliance in organisational aspects. |
3. |
Compliance of market regulations. |
4. |
Conduct in the securities markets. |
1. Employees
The objective of regulatory compliance with respect to employees on the basis of the General Code of Conduct is to establish standards in
corporate defence and conflicts of interest and, from a regulatory perspective, set guidelines for remuneration and in dealings with suppliers.
In
corporate defence, the responsibility is undertaken of minimising the impact of the penal responsibility of companies for any crimes committed on account of and for the benefit of them by administrators or representatives and by employees as a
result of a lack of control.
The system of managing risks for the prevention of penal crimes, which was audited in 2015, obtained the AENOR certification
in 2014.
A key element in this system is the whistle blowing channel. There are five main whistle blowing channels in the Group, which registered some
400 communications in 2015.
2. Organisational aspects
This is a new aspect for regulatory compliance. The aim is to set standards, from a regulatory perspective, in record keeping, and in safeguarding the right to
the protection of personal data, specifically, those of our customers.
Second-line work is also performed for the general Group compliance of US FATCA
tax regulation.
3. Market regulations
In 2015, a
contribution was made to the corporate project of adjustment to the US Volcker Rule, which limits proprietary trading to very specific cases that the group controls by means of a compliance programme. Compliance of other specific security markets
regulations are also monitored: as in the field of derivatives, that which is established by Title VII of the US Dodd Frank Act or its European counterpart, EMIR (European Market Infrastructure Regulation).
Regulatory compliance is also responsible for disclosing relevant Group information to the markets. Banco Santander made public 98 relevant facts in 2015,
which are available on the Groups web site and that of the National Securities Market Commission (CNMV).
4. Code of Conduct in Securities
Markets (CCSM)
The Code of Conduct in Securities Markets (CCSM), supplemented by the Code of Conduct for Analysis Activity, and other implementing
rules, contains Group policies in this field and defines, inter alia, the following responsibilities for regulatory compliance:
|
|
Register and control sensitive information known and generated by the Group. |
|
|
Maintain the lists of securities affected and related personnel, and watch the transactions conducted with these securities. |
|
|
Monitor transactions with restricted securities according to the type of activity, portfolios or collectives to whom the restriction is applicable. |
|
|
Receive and deal with communications and requests to carry out own account trading. |
|
|
Control own account trading of the relevant personnel and manage possible non-compliance of CCSM. |
|
|
Identify, register and resolve conflicts of interest and situations that could give rise to them. |
|
|
Analyse activities suspicious of constituting market abuse and, where appropriate, report them to the supervisory authorities. |
|
|
Resolve doubts on the CCSM. |
At present, 13,000 people are considered relevant persons under the CCSM in the
Group.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
273 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Compliance and behavioural risk |
|
|
D.5.5. Governance of products and consumer protection
As a result of the transformation of the compliance function into
the new TOM model, the old reputational risk office has been renamed as governance of products and consumer protection, and broadens its authority to strengthen adequate control and supervision of the marketing risks of products and services,
promotion of transparency and a simple, personal and fair approach to customers to protect their rights and ensure that policies and procedures take consumers perspective into account. To do so, the following functions have been established,
and organised on the basis of two corporate frameworks and a set of policies that lay down basic principles and guidelines in this field:
Frameworks
|
|
Corporate commercialisation framework: uniform system for the marketing of products and services, with the aim of minimising exposure to risks and possible claims arising from such fields in all phases
(validation, pre-sales, sales, post-sales following). |
|
|
Complaint management framework: uniform system for the systematised management of registration, control, management and analysis of the cause of complaints by different categories, thus allowing for identifying
reasons for customer dissatisfaction, offering appropriate solutions in each case and improving, as necessary, the processes giving rise to them. |
Functions
|
|
Foster units adherence to aforementioned corporate frameworks. |
|
|
Facilitate the functions of the corporate commercialisation committee, ensuring correct validation of any new product or service proposed by any Group subsidiary or the parent prior to the launch thereof.
|
|
|
Preserve internal consumer protection, with the objective of improving relations with the Group, effectively promoting their rights, facilitating a solution to any controversies, in accordance with best practices
through any channel, and fostering financial knowledge. The objective is to contribute to lasting relationships with customers. |
|
|
Identify, analyse and control fiduciary risk generated by private banking, asset management, insurance and outsourced activity of custody services for customers financial instruments. Fiduciary risk is the risk
that arises from the administration of financial instruments on customers behalf. This process of fiduciary risk management requires the following activities, in addition to an admission process: |
|
|
regular assessment of compliance of products mandates, such that the risk associated to customers position is always handled in the customers best interest. |
|
|
monitoring the final performance of the investments both with regard to the fiduciary relations with the client who expects the best performance as well as with regard to competitors. |
|
|
regular monitoring of third-party custody providers.
|
|
|
collect, analyse and report to Group governance bodies the information necessary to carry out an adequate analysis of the marketing risk of products, services and claims, with a twofold view: the possible impact on
customers and on the Group, and on the monitoring of products and services throughout their life cycle. |
|
|
supervise subsidiaries processes of marketing and of customer complaint management, making proposals for improvement and following up on actions plans to mitigate risks. |
The following were the main activities carried out by this function in 2015:
|
|
In addition to the aforementioned analysis, of the 104 products and services submitted to the corporate commercialisation committee: |
|
i. |
analysis and validation of 27 products or services considered to be not new. |
|
ii. |
reviewing compliance of agreements in 63 structured notes issued by Santander International Products Plc. (subsidiary fully owned by Banco Santander S.A.) and |
|
iii. |
resolution of 182 consultations by different areas and countries. |
|
|
Updating of the contents and formats of documents that regulate the validation and monitoring of products and services in order to incorporate the best practices identified in the Group in this areas. These documents
were validated by the committee (July 2015) and then communicated to the subsidiaries, as they are considered benchmark documents that Group units must use as the basis for developing or adapting their own procedures in these areas. The main
innovations are: |
|
i. |
checklist which includes an assessment of the degree to which the proposal is aligned with the simple, personal and fair values of the corporate culture. |
|
ii. |
update of the draft memorandum provided to Group units as guidelines for submitting initiatives to the pertinent commercialisation committee. |
|
iii. |
update of the monitoring report submitted to Group units to assist in setting minimum and homogeneous contents for tracking and reporting on marketed products and services and |
|
iv. |
extending the monitoring scope to all products and services, regardless of the date on which they were validated. |
|
|
supervise local monitoring of marketed products and services, with special attention focused on some units that require it due to the type of products and customers they have. |
|
|
Monitor the the fiduciary risk of customers equity in real estate investment funds and pension funds all managed by Santander Asset Management, the holding company owned by the group. |
|
|
Analyse and consolidate complaint information and management thereof from 25 local units and 36 business units and 10 branch offices of Santander Global Corporate Banking.
|
|
|
|
|
|
274 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Compliance and behavioural risk |
|
|
Corporate projects
|
|
Darwin Project: development of corporate tools to improve safeguarding of customers rights: |
|
i. |
MRF claim management tool, used in the registration, management and traceability of customer cases in order to comply with regulators and consumers expectations; |
|
ii. |
tool based on Text & Speech Analytics ARCA (Application for Root Cause Analysis), complying with the Joint Committee guidelines of the European regulators. The tool processes all complaints cases in
order to create uniform groups of information or clusters, and identify the cause of customers problems in order to mitigate them. |
|
|
Classification of financial products under a corporate methodology (rating of one to five): during the year, monitoring of implementation of technology developments in subsidiaries that will allow for maintaining this
classification in systems and apply pertinent marketing criteria, with implementation estimated for the first half of 2016. |
|
|
Conduct costs arising from marketing (pilot Spain with the idea of spreading conclusions and synergies throughout the rest of the Group): the Corporation has led a collecting of processes and data of Santander
España, in order to prepare and action plain aimed at setting up a procedure for identifying and recording, in a centralised, comprehensive, complete and reliable manner, all costs relating to conduct risks arising from marketing.
|
D.5.6. Anti-money laundering and terrorist financing
The following functions are in place for the adequate control and
supervision of money laundering and terrorist financing risks:
|
|
For Grupo Santander, it is a strategic objective to have an advanced and efficient anti-money laundering and terrorist financing system, constantly adapted to the latest international regulations and with the capacity
to confront the appearance of new techniques by criminal organisations. |
|
|
Its action is structured based on the corporate framework which establishes the principles and basic action guidelines to set minimum standards that Grupo Santanders units must observe. It is formulated in
accordance with the principles contained in the 40 recommendations of the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) and the obligations and provisions of European directives concerning the prevention of the financial system being used for money laundering
and for combating terrorist financing. |
|
|
The local units, in their role as first line of defence, are responsible for managing and coordinating the systems and procedures for anti-money laundering and terrorist financing in the countries where the Group
operates, as well as the investigation and treatment of communications of suspicious transactions and of the information requirements of the corresponding authorities. Each of these local units has persons responsible for this function.
|
|
|
Corporate systems and processes have been established in all units, based on decentralised operational technology systems, which can provide the corporate function with local management information and data, and also
reporting, monitoring and control. These systems are used to apply an active and preventive management in the analysis, identification and monitoring of transactions suspected to be involved in money laundering or terrorist financing.
|
|
|
Grupo Santander is a founding member of the Wolfsberg Group, with other major international financial entities. The Wolfsberg Group aims to establish international standards to increase the effectiveness of the
anti-money laundering and combating terrorism financing programmes in the financial community. A number of initiatives have been launched to address different areas of concern. Supervisory authorities and experts in this area believe that the
principles and guidelines set by the Wolfsberg Group represent an important step in the fight against money laundering, corruption, terrorism and other serious crimes. |
The prevention organisation assists 168 different Group units established in 31 countries. There are 900 professionals in the Group performing the anti-money
laundering and combating of terrorism financing function, and 81% of them are exclusively engaged on this task.
The main activity indicators for 2015 are
as follows:
|
|
Subsidiaries reviewed: 109 |
|
|
Cases investigated: 84,748 |
|
|
Communications to authorities: 21,485 |
|
|
Training for employees: 129,233 |
The Group has both local and corporate training plans, with the aim of
covering all employees. There are also specific training plans for the most sensitive areas related to anti-money laundering and terrorist financing.
D.5.7. Reputational risk
As a result of the transformation of the compliance function through the implementation of the
TOM model, very significant progress has been made in the specification of the details of the reputational risk model.
The specific characteristic of
reputational risk, originating in a wide variety of sources which, when combined with the stakeholders view, requires a unique approach, control and management model, different from other risks.
The reputational risk model is based on an eminently preventative approach, but it is also based on efficient crisis management processes.
Reputational risk management is to be incorporated into both business and support activities, and in internal processes. It should, therefore, allow for
integrating functions of risk control and supervision in its activities.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
275 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Compliance and behavioural risk |
|
|
The reputational risk model also involves an integrated understanding not only of the banks activities and
processes in the performance of its activity, but also of how it is perceived by stakeholders (employees, customers, shareholders and investors, and society at large) in different environments. This approach requires close coordination between the
management, support and control functions with the different stakeholders.
Reputational risk governance is thus included as a part of compliance
governance, as indicated. The compliance function reports to the senior management about reputational risk questions, once the data regarding the sources of reputational risk has been consolidated.
D.5.8. Risk assessment model of compliance and risk appetite
The Group risk appetite for compliance risks stems from a
non appetite declaration for risks of this type, in order to clearly reduce the probability of any economic, regulatory or reputational impact occurring within the Group. Compliance risk is organised in a homogeneous way in units, by establishing a
common methodology, which consists of setting a series of compliance risk indicators and assessment matrices which are prepared for each local unit.
The
corporate compliance function has assessed the regulatory risk (risk assessment) in 2015, focusing on the Groups main countries. Actions plans designed to allay high risks which derive from risk assessment are monitored on a quarterly basis,
country by country.
In accordance with the new compliance TOM, in 2015 the Group launched new indicators and established an initial risk assessment in
regulatory consumer protection and products governance, anti-money laundering and funding of terrorism, and reputational risk functions.
From 2015 on,
risk assessment is going to be consolidated in order to have a comprehensive overview of all compliance risks, so that such risks can be integrated with all the Groups other risks, and so the board of directors may have a holistic vision of
these risks. This will allow the Group to have a single overview of how compliance risk appetite is established, how it is monitored and what corrective measures need to be deployed, if necessary. This task is performed in accordance with the same
methodologies and indicators as in the risk function, so that they are integrated in the Groups risk appetite framework. Incurred losses resulting from compliance risks are added to the common event data base that is managed by the Risk
function, in order to have a complete oversight, and also to provide an integrated control and management of non-financial risks.
The TOM model
implementation is expected to include a revised taxonomy of the different types of compliance risks, as first level risks. The aim of this taxonomy is to clearly identify the compliance risks and so be able to ready for possible stress tests in the
future.
D.5.9. Transversal corporate projects
In Risk Assessment, a methodology has been established for assessing compliance
risks, training of all Group units, and in coordination with the operational risk function, the launching of an assessment exercise.
Lastly, the Risk
Data Aggregation (RDA) project, in collaboration with the risk function, consists of a risk indicators models, which have been identified by the vertical functions, and which are required in a corporate tool in order to provide management
information.
|
|
|
|
|
276 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Model risk |
|
|
D.6. Model risk
Grupo Santander has far-reaching experience in the use of models to help make all kinds of decisions, and risk management decisions in particular.
A model is taken to be a any metric based on a quantitative method, system or estimate which provides a simplified representation of reality, using
statistical, economic, financial or mathematical techniques for processing information and obtaining a result based on a series of assumptions and subject to a certain degree of uncertainty. The use of models helps decisions to be taken more rapidly
and objectively, generally justified by analysis of large amounts of information.
When models are used extensively, so-called Model Risk emerges, which
is defined as a number of possible adverse impacts, including losses, produced by decisions based on erroneous models or models that have been misused.
According to this definition, the sources of Model Risk are as follows:
|
|
|
the model itself, due to the utilisation of incorrect or incomplete data, or due to the modelling method used and its implementation in systems |
|
|
|
improper use of the model |
Grupo Santander has been working on the definition, management and control of Model
Risk in recent years, and took a major step forward in 2015 by creating a specific area within its Risk division to control this type of contingency. The area encompasses the old model validation unit and a specific control team.
The function is deployed at the corporation and also at each of the Groups main entities. In order to carry out this function, a control framework has
been defined with details concerning questions such as organisation, governance, model management and model validation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
277 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Model risk |
|
|
Management and control of Model Risk is based on the
life cycle of a
model as defined by Grupo Santander, shown below:
1.- Definition of standards
The Group has defined a set of standards to develop, monitor and validate its models. Any models used by the Group must meet these standards, regardless of
whether they are developed internally or are acquired from third parties. The standards provide a guarantee of quality for the models used by the Group for decision-making purposes.
2.- Inventory
One key feature of proper management of
Model Risk is a complete exhaustive inventory of the models used.
Grupo Santander has a centralised inventory, created on the basis of a uniform taxonomy
for all models used at the various business units. The inventory contains all relevant information on each of the models, enabling all of them to be properly monitored according to their relevance. The inventory enables transversal analyses to
conducted on the information (by geographic area, types of model, importance etc.), thereby easing the task of strategic decision-making in connection with models.
3.- Planning
This phase involves all those affected by
the model life cycle users, developers, validators, data providers, IT etc. and draws up and establishes priorities.
This planning takes
place once a year at each of the Groups largest entities, and is approved by local governance bodies, and validated by the corporation.
4.- Compilation of information
As already mentioned, the data used to create models are a main source of Model Risk. Data must be reliable and complete, and must have sufficient historic
depth to ensure that the model developed is suitable.
Grupo Santander has specialist teams to provide the information used to build models, information
which has previously been certified by the owners.
5.- Development
This is the models construction phase, based on the needs laid down in the Models Plan and the information furnished to this end by the specialists.
Most of the models used by the Santander Group are developed by internal methodology teams, though some models are also outsourced from external providers.
Development must meet the standards established in either case.
6.- Pre-implementation testing
When the models have been built, the developers and their owners subject them to a battery of tests to ensure that they are functioning as expected, and make
any adjustments necessary to this end.
7.- Materiality
Each Group model must be associated with a level of materiality or importance, which is established by an agreement among the parties involved.
|
|
|
|
|
278 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Model risk |
|
|
The criteria for establishing materiality are documented in a corporate policy, which is transposed and approved
at each of the Group s major entities.
Materiality determines the depth, frequency and scope of the validations and monitoring of the model, in
addition to the governance bodies that must take decisions concerning the model.
Materiality constitutes basic information for proper model risk
management, and constitutes a field in the corporate inventory.
8.- Independent validation
Internal validation of models is not only a regulatory requirement in certain cases, but it is also a key feature for proper management and control of Grupo
Santanders model risk.
Hence, as indicated above, a specialist unit is in place which is totally independently of both developers and users, draws
up a technical opinion of the suitability of internal models to their purposes, and sets out conclusions concerning their robustness, utility and effectiveness.
At the present time internal validation covers any models used in the risk function, be they models for credit risk, market risk, structural or operational
risk, economic or regulatory capital risk, models for provisions and stress test models including, in the latter case, models to estimate items on the institutions balance sheet and income statement.
The scope of validation includes not only the more theoretical or methodological aspects, but also IT systems and the data quality they allow, which
determines their effectiveness. In general, it includes all relevant aspects of management in general (controls, reporting, uses, senior management involvement etc.).
After each model has been revised, the validation opinion is converted into a score on a scale of one to five as the model risk appraised by the internal
validation team.
This corporate internal validation environment at Grupo Santander is fully aligned with the internal validation criteria of advanced
models produced by the financial regulators to which the Group is subject. This maintains the criterion of a separation of functions for units developing and using the models (first line of defence), internal validation units (second line of
defence) and internal audit (third line of defence) as the ultimate layer of control, checking the effectiveness of the function and its compliance with internal and external policies and procedures, and commenting on its level of effective
independence.
9.- Approval
Before they are rolled
out and actually used, models must be submitted for approval by the proper body, in accordance with their materiality.
10.- Implementation
This is the phase during which the newly developed model is implemented in the system in which it will be used. As already mentioned, the implementation phase
is another possible source of model risk, and it is therefore essential that tests be conducted by technical units and the owners of the model to certify that it has been implemented pursuant to the methodological definition.
11.- Monitoring
A model is designed and built on the basis of certain information and circumstances, which may change with the passage of time. Models must therefore be
regularly checked to ensure that they are still working properly, and adapted or redesigned if this is not the case.
The frequency and depth of
monitoring is established on the basis of the models materiality.
12.- Management reporting
Senior management at Grupo Santander, in the various units and also at the Corporation itself, regularly monitors model risk in a set of reports that provide a
consolidated view of the Groups model risk and enable decisions to be taken in this regard.
13.- Governance
The Model Risk Management Framework stipulates that the body taking responsibility for authorising risk management models to be used is the Models Committee.
Each business unit has a models committee which takes responsibility for decisions concerning approval of the local usage of these models when the approval of the corporate models committee has been secured. Under the current policy, all models
submitted to a models committee must have an internal validation report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
279 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Strategic risk |
|
|
D.7. Strategic risk
Grupo Santander considers strategic risk to be what it calls a transversal risk. During 2015, a strategic
risk control and management model has been designed, and will be used as a reference for Group subsidiaries. This model includes the risk definition, the functional aspects and the description of the main processes associated with strategic
management and control.
Strategic risk is the risk which is associated with strategic decisions and with changes in the entitys general
conditions, which have an important impact on its business model in both the mid and long term.
The entitys business model is a key factor
for strategic risk. The business model should be feasible and sustainable, deliver acceptable results each year and for at least the next three years.
There are three categories or types of strategic risk:
|
|
|
Business model risk: the risk associated with the entitys business model. This includes the risk of the business model being obsolescent, of it being irrelevant, and/or losing value, and so not be
able to deliver the expected results. This risk is caused both by external factors (macroeconomic, regulatory, social and political questions, changes in the banking industry, etc.) and also internal ones (strength and stability of the income
statement, distribution model/channels, revenue and expenses structure, operational efficiency, adequacy of human resources and systems, etc). |
|
|
|
Strategy design risk: the risk associated with the strategy set out in the entitys five-year strategic plan. Specifically, it includes the risk that the strategic plan may not be adequate per se, or
due to its assumptions, and thus the Bank will not be able to deliver on its expected results. It is also important to consider the opportunity cost of designing another more adequate strategy or the lack of action through not designing it.
|
|
|
|
Strategy execution risk: the risk associated with the process of implementing five-year strategic plans and three-year plans. As the strategy is implemented in the mid and long term, it often has execution
risk due to the complexity and many variables involved in it. Other risk area to be borne in mind are possibly inadequate resources, change management, and, lastly, lack of capacity to cope with changes in the business environment.
|
As far as strategic risk management and control are concerned, transversal risks associated with corporate development should also
be taken into account, as they can pose an important risk to the
business model. Such risks are: those which entail a change in the entitys scope and activity, acquisitions or disposals of significant holdings and assets, joint ventures, strategic
alliances, shareholder agreements and capital transactions.
Lastly, there is another type of risks which may not have a strategic origin (credit, market,
operational, compliance risks, etc.). Such risks can have a significant impact on the entitys financial strength, and may in turn affect the entitys strategy and business model. Hence, it is important to identify, assess, manage and
control them.
Thus, Top Risks: they are risks with a significant impact on the entitys results, liquidity or capital or risks which could
entail undesirable considerations. These risks can bring the entity nearer to default.
While Emerging and Evolving Risks: are risks which have not
previously appeared or which have been presented in a different way. These risks often involve a certain degree of uncertainty and are difficult to quantify, but they can have a significant impact during a mid-long term time frame.
The chart below shows how the above risks impact the Groups business model and strategy.
|
|
|
|
|
280 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Capital risk |
|
|
D.8. Capital risk
Organisation of this section
After an introduction
to the concept of capital risk and solvency levels at the close of 2015, the key capital figures are outline (pag. pag.281-282].
Next we describe
the regulatory framework from a capital standpoint [pag. 282-283].
After that, the regulatory capital and economic capital figures
are presented [pag. 283-287].
Lastly, we describe the capital planning process and stress tests in
Grupo Santander [pag. 287-289].
For further details, refer to
the Prudential Risk Report of Grupo Santander (Pillar III).
D.8.1. Introduction
Santander defines capital risk as the risk that the Group or some of its companies do not have
the amount and/or quality of sufficient equity to meet the minimum regulatory requirements set for operating as a bank, to fulfil on the markets expectations about its/ their credit solvency and support business growth and the strategic
possibilities they present, in accordance with the strategic plan. Of note are the following objectives:
|
|
|
complying with the internal objectives for capital and solvency. |
|
|
|
meeting regulatory requirements. |
|
|
|
aligning the Banks strategic plan with the capital expectations of outside agents (rating agencies, shareholders and investors, customers, supervisors, etc.) |
|
|
|
supporting the growth of the businesses and exploit the strategic opportunities that arise. |
Grupo Santander
has a comfortable solvency position, above the levels required by regulators and by the European Central bank, our supervisor. In 2015, the Group continued to bolster its capital ratios in view of the adverse economic setting and to comply with new
regulatory requirements. In early 2015, it carried out a EUR 7.5 billion accelerated book building operation, and established a dividend policy which assures organic capital generation.
At 31 December 2015, the Groups main capital ratios are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fully loaded |
|
|
Phase-in |
|
Common Equity (CET1) |
|
|
10.05 |
% |
|
|
12.55 |
% |
Tier1 |
|
|
11.00 |
% |
|
|
12.55 |
% |
Total Ratio |
|
|
13.05 |
% |
|
|
14.40 |
% |
Leverage ratio |
|
|
4.73 |
% |
|
|
5.38 |
% |
Phase-in ratios are calculated applying the transitional Basel III implementation schedules, while Fully loaded ratios are
calculated using the final standard.
On 3 February, 2016, the European Central Bank authorised the use of the Alternative Standard Method to
calculate capital requirements at consolidated level for operational risk in Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. The impact of this authorization on the Groups risk-weighted assets (-EUR 7,836 million), and, consequently, on its capital ratios, has
not been taken into account in the data published on 27 January and which are presented in this report.
At the end of 2015, the ECB sent every
entity a notification setting out the minimum prudential capital requirements for the following year. For 2016, Grupo Santander must maintain a minimum phase-in CET1 capital ratio at the consolidated level of 9.75% (9.5% being the Pillar I, Pillar
II and capital buffer requirements and 0.25% the requirement for being a Systemically Important Financial Institution). As can be seen from the table above, the Groups capital exceeds the ECBs minimum requirement.
1. |
Minimum prudential requirements established by the ECB based on the supervisory review and assessment process (SREP) |
The Group is working towards its goal of having a CET1 fully loaded of more than 11% by 2018.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
281 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Capital risk |
|
|
Capital
The Group considers the following capital concepts:
Regulatory capital
|
|
|
Capital requirements: the minimum volume of own funds required by the regulator to ensure the solvency of the entity, depending on its credit, market and operational risks. |
|
|
|
Eligible capital: the volume of own funds considered eligible by the regulator to meet capital requirements. The main elements are accounting capital and reserves. |
Economic capital
|
|
|
Self-imposed capital requirement: the minimum volume of own funds required by the Group to absorb unexpected losses resulting from current exposure to the risks assumed by the entity at a particular level of
probability (this may include other risks in addition to those considered in regulatory capital). |
|
|
|
Available capital: the volume of own funds considered eligible by the entity under its management criteria to meet its capital requirements.
|
Cost of capital
The
minimum return required by investors (shareholders) as remuneration for the opportunity cost and risk assumed by investing in the entitys capital. The cost of capital represents a cut-off rate or minimum return to be
achieved, enabling us to analyse the activity of our business units and assess their efficiency.
Return on risk adjusted capital (RORAC)
This is the return (net of tax) on economic capital required internally. Therefore, an increase in economic capital decreases the RORAC. For this reason, the
Bank requires transactions or business units involving higher capital consumption to deliver higher returns.
This considers the risk of the investment,
and is therefore a risk-adjusted measurement of returns.
Using the RORAC enables the Bank to manage its business more effectively, assess the real
returns on its business - adjusted for the risk assumed - and to be more efficient in its business decisions.
Value creation
The
profit generated in excess of the cost of economic capital. The Bank creates value when risk adjusted returns (measured by RORAC) exceed its cost of capital, and destroys value when the reverse occurs. This measures risk adjusted returns in absolute
terms (monetary units), complementing the RORAC approach.
Expected loss
This is
the loss due to insolvency that the entity will suffer over an economic cycle, on average. Expected loss considers insolvencies to be a cost that can be reduced by appropriate selection of loans.
Leverage ratio
This is
a regulatory metric that monitors the solidity and robustness of a financial institution by comparing the size of the entity to its capital.
It is
calculated as the ratio between Tier1 capital and leverage exposure, which considers the size of the balance sheet with certain adjustments for derivatives, security funding transactions and contingency accounts.
Control of capital risks is not just a question of complying with current regulatory ratios. The regulatory
changes affecting the Group, our key regulatory capital figures and leverage ratio, economic capital, return on risk adjusted capital) and capital planning and stress tests performed by the Group to assure our solvency, are explained in the
following sections.
D.8.2. Regulatory framework
The standards known as Basel III came into force in 2014, setting new global standards for
banks capital and liquidity.
From the standpoint of capital, Basel III redefines what is considered as available capital in financial institutions
(including new deductions and raising the requirements of eligible capital instruments), increases the minimum capital required, demands that institutions operate permanently with capital buffers and adds new requirements in the risks considered.
In Europe, the new standards have been implemented via EU directive 2013/36, known as CRD IV, and its
regulations 575/2013 (CRR), which is directly, applied in all EU countries (Single Rule Book). These standards are also subject to regulatory developments entrusted to the European Banking Authority (EBA).
CRD IV was introduced into Spanish law through Act 10/2014 on the ordering, supervision and solvency of credit institutions, and its subsequent regulatory
implementation through Royal Decree Act 84/2015. The CRR is directly applicable in Member States from 1 January 2014 and repeals those lower-ranking standards that entail additional capital requirements.
The CRR provides for a phase-in period that will allow institutions to adapt gradually to the new requirements in the European Union. The phase-in
arrangements have been introduced into Spanish law through Bank of Spain Circular 2/2014. The phase-in affects both the new deductions from capital and the instruments and elements of capital that cease to be eligible as capital under the new
regulations. The capital conservation buffers provided for in CRD IV will also be phased in gradually, starting in 2016 and reaching full implementation in 2019.
|
|
|
|
|
282 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Capital risk |
|
|
After it was implemented, the Basel Committee on Banking
Supervision has said that it intends to amend the capital regulations in the following sections:
|
|
|
Standard credit risk method (open for public consultation until March 2016). |
|
|
|
Standard market risk method (Fundamental review of trading book). |
|
|
|
Standard operational risk method (there will be a public consultation in early 2016). |
|
|
|
IRB Internal Models: reducing the eligible options in design of models, particularly in certain portfolios. |
|
|
|
Internal market models: allow supervisors to withdraw authorisation to use this on the trading desk, reduce hedge mitigation and reduce diversification mitigation. |
|
|
|
Operational risk internal models: a consultation will be made on whether to eliminate them. |
|
|
|
Securitisations: the treatment of securitisations which fit the definition of simple, transparent and comparable will be modified. |
|
|
|
Minimum requirements (floors): the BCBS has said that it intends to replace the current floor of 80% of RWA calculated under Basel I with floors consisting of one for each risk type, defined based on the new
revised standard methods. |
|
|
|
Structural interest rate risk: the Committee has said that it intends to establish a capital requirement for the structural interest rate risk on banks balance sheets. |
|
|
|
Calibration of leverage ratio: a minimum benchmark of 3% has been established, and will be reviewed in 2017. In recent publications, both the BCBS and the EVA have recommended a ratio of between 4% and 5%. Its
calibration is expected to be completed in 2016 and it should be implemented in 2018. |
Most of these regulatory modifications will be
defined in 2016.
Grupo Santander shares the ultimate objective that the regulator pursues with this new framework, which is to make the international
financial system more stable and solid. For years Grupo Santander has collaborated by supporting regulators and taking part in the studies promoted by the Basel Committee and the European Banking Authority (EBA), and coordinated at the local level
by the Bank of Spain to calibrate the regulations.
Lastly, the TLAC (Total Loss Absorption Capacity) required of Global Systemically Important Entities
(G-SIBs) was approved in the last G-20 meeting held in Antalya in November 2015. This is a very important milestone in terms of regulation. The TLAC means that banks must have a sufficient buffer of liabilities (capital and convertible debt) to be
able to absorb losses, either through conversion to capital or by accepting a haircut. The objective is that when facing a risk of insolvency, a bank should be able to recover its solvency without needing to be bailed out by national
governments. This regulation is pending incorporation into the prevailing regulatory framework. However, the Financial Stability Board (FSB)
has set a 3-year implementation schedule, such that it comes into effect in 2019. This proposes a minimum requirement for January 2019 equivalent to the higher of 16% of risk-weighted assets or
6% of leverage exposure; and for January 2022, the higher of either 18% of risk-weighted assets or 6.75% of leverage exposure.
The regulation requires
that liabilities eligible for computation in this requirement must be subordinate to other non-eligible liabilities, and may include common equity, preferred issues eligible as Tier1 capital, subordinated debt eligible as Tier2 capital and at least
33% in the form of senior and junior debt.
The regulation stipulates that this requirement should be met at the consolidated level and at the level of
each resolution group, as defined in the living wills. It also sets down certain restrictions on the financial support that a parent can provide to a subsidiary to comply with these requirements.
In Europe, Directive 2014/59/EU, known as the BRRD, was implemented. The BRRD has similar goals to the TLAC regulation.
This Directive also includes the concept of loss absorption and a minimum required eligible liability (MREL) requirement, which is similar to the TLAC.
However, there are some differences in the ratios established, the scope of application and certain other definitions. The MREL applies to all entities operating in Europe, and is not limited solely to systemically important institutions. This began
to apply on 1 January 2016, based on an bank by bank calibration, with a 48-month transition period. It only applies to EU territory.
The MREL will be reviewed at the end of 2016, following the EBA submitting a report to the European Commission.
Furthermore, in 2015 the European Banking Authority has conducted the 2015 transparency exercise, in which it published information on risk-weighted assets,
capital, solvency, and the details of sovereign positions at December 2014 and 2015 for 105 banks from 21 European countries, covering 67% of total assets in the European banking system. This exercise was aimed to promote transparency and to provide
information on European banks capital and solvency, encouraging market discipline and the Unions financial stability. The results underscore Grupo Santanders comfortable capital and solvency position, ahead of its peers in many
core metrics.
D.8.3. Regulatory capital
The regulatory capital framework is based on three pillars:
|
|
|
Pillar I sets the minimum capital requirement for credit, market and operational risk, allowing the possibility of using internal ratings and internal models (IRB approach) for calculating credit-risk-weighted
exposures, internal models (VaR) for market risk and internal models for operational risk. The aim is to make the regulatory requirements more sensitive to the risks actually incurred by financial institutions in carrying on their business
activities. |
|
|
|
Pillar II establishes a system of supervisory review, aimed at improving banks internal risk management and capital adequacy assessment in line with their risk profile.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
283 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Capital risk |
|
|
|
|
|
Lastly, Pillar III deals with financial information transparency and market discipline. |
In 2015, the solvency
target set was reached, despite negative one-off impacts. Our CET1 ratio fully loaded stands at 10.05% at the close of 2015, proving our organic capital generation capacity, which is of 10 b.p. a quarter. The key regulatory capital figures are
indicated below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fully loaded |
|
|
Phase-in |
|
|
|
Dec 15 |
|
|
Dec 14 |
|
|
Dec 15 |
|
|
Dec 14 |
|
Common equity (CET1) |
|
|
58,705 |
|
|
|
48,129 |
|
|
|
73,478 |
|
|
|
64,250 |
|
Tier1 |
|
|
64,209 |
|
|
|
52,857 |
|
|
|
73,478 |
|
|
|
64,250 |
|
Capital total |
|
|
76,205 |
|
|
|
60,394 |
|
|
|
84,346 |
|
|
|
70,483 |
|
Risk-weighted assets |
|
|
583,893 |
|
|
|
582,207 |
|
|
|
585,633 |
|
|
|
585,621 |
|
CET1 Ratio |
|
|
10.05 |
% |
|
|
8.27 |
% |
|
|
12.55 |
% |
|
|
10.97 |
% |
Tier1 Ratio |
|
|
11.00 |
% |
|
|
9.08 |
% |
|
|
12.55 |
% |
|
|
10.97 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capital ratio |
|
|
13.05 |
% |
|
|
10.37 |
% |
|
|
14.40 |
% |
|
|
12.03 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The table below shows risk-weighted assets (RWAs) in the main geographic areas and type of risk.
Deployment of models
As regards credit risk, Grupo Santander continued its plan to implement Basels advanced internal rating-based (AIRB) approach for almost all the
Groups banks (up to covering more than 90% of net exposure of the credit portfolio under these models). Meeting this objective in the short term will also be conditioned by the acquisition of new entities, as well as by the need for
coordination between supervisors of the validation processes of internal models.
The Group operates in countries where the legal framework among
supervisors is the same, as is the case in Europe via the Capital Directive. However, in other jurisdictions, the same process is subject to the cooperation framework between the supervisor in the home country and that in the host country with
different legislations. This means, in practice, adapting to different criteria and calendars in order to attain authorisation for the use of advanced models on a consolidated basis.
Santander continued to pursue this objective during 2015 through its plan to gradually implement the necessary
technology platforms and methodological improvements to be able to gradually apply the advanced IRB approach for the calculation of regulatory capital in the rest of the Groups units.
Grupo Santander currently has the supervisory authorisation to use advanced approaches for calculating the regulatory capital requirements by credit risk for
the parent bank and the main subsidiaries in Spain, United Kingdom, Portugal, and certain portfolios in Mexico, Brazil, Chile, Santander Consumer Finance Spain and the US. The strategy of implementing Basel in the Group is focused on achieving use
of advanced models in the main institutions in the Americas and Europe. In 2015, authorisation was received for the vehicle portfolio of Santander Consumer Nordics, maintaining the IRB approach for the companies and retail portfolios of the joint
venture with PSA Francia.
|
|
|
|
|
284 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Capital risk |
|
|
The current proportion of use of IRB and standard methods is as follows:
With regard to operational risk, Grupo Santander currently applies the standard approach to calculating regulatory capital,
as set out in the European Capital Directive. During 2015, the Group increased the pace of transformation towards an advanced operational risk management (AORM) approach. The AORM programme will help Grupo Santander to develop internal models for
estimating capital in its main geographic areas, both for economic capital and stress testing, and for potential application as regulatory capital.
As
regards the other risks explicitly addressed in Pillar I of the Basel Capital Accord, in terms of market risk the Santander Group has permission to use its internal model for the treasury trading activity in Spain, Chile, Portugal and Mexico, thus
continuing the plan of gradual implementation for the rest of the units presented to the Bank of Spain.
Leverage ratio
The leverage ratio has been defined within the regulatory framework of Basel III as a measure of the capital required by financial institutions not sensitive
to risk. The CRD IV was amended on 17 January 2015 by modifying Regulation (EU) no. 575/2013 to harmonise the calculation criteria with those set forth in the Basel III leverage ratio framework and disclosure requirements document by the
BCBS.
This ratio is calculated as the ratio between Tier1 divided by the leverage exposure. This exposure is calculated as the sum of the following
items:
|
|
|
Accounting assets, without derivatives and not including items considered to be deductions in Tier1 (for example, it include the balance of loans but not the goodwill). |
|
|
|
Off-balance sheet items (guarantees, unused credit limits granted, documentary credits, in the main) weighted by the credit limits. |
|
|
|
Inclusion of the net value of derivatives (gains and losses are netted with the same counterparty, minus collaterals if they comply with certain criteria) plus a charge for the future potential exposure.
|
|
|
|
A charge for the potential risk of security funding transactions. |
|
|
|
Lastly, it includes a charge for the risk of credit derivative swaps.
|
The ratios published by the Group since 2014 are indicated below:
The leverage ratio is still undergoing calibration and it is not compulsory until 2018. For the time being, a reference of
3% has been set (the Banks ratio is higher). During this period, the only obligation is to disclose the data to the market. More details are available in the Prudential Relevance Report (Pillar III) which is published on the Group website.
Global systemically important financial institutions
Grupo Santander is one of the 30 entities which have been classified as global systematically importance banks (G-SIB).
The designation as a systemically important entity is based on a measurement established by the regulators (the FSB and BCBS) based on 5 criteria (size,
cross-jurisdictional activity, interconnectedness with other financial institutions, substitutability and complexity). This information is requested annually from banks with leverage exposure in excess of EUR 200,000 million (76 banks in
December 2014), which are required to disclose it (refer to the information on www.gruposantander.com).
Based on this information, Banco Santander scored
208.4 points.
The fact that Santander is considered as a G-SIB means it has to fulfil certain additional requirements, which consist mainly of a capital
buffer (we are included in the group of banks with the smallest capital buffer, 1%), in TLAC requirements (total loss absorbing capacity), that we have to publish relevant information more frequently than other banks, greater regulatory requirements
for internal control bodies, special supervision and drawing up of special reports to be submitted to supervisors.
The fact that Grupo Santander has to
comply with these requirements makes it a more solid bank than its domestic rivals.
Refer to the Prudential Relevance Report (Pillar III) for more
information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
285 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Capital risk |
|
|
D.8.4. Economic capital
Economic capital is the capital needed, in accordance with an internally developed model, to
support all the risks of business with a certain level of solvency. In the case of Santander, the solvency level is determined by the long term rating objective of A (two notches above Spains rating), which means a confidence level
of 99.95% (above the regulatory 99.90%) to calculate the necessary capital.
Santanders economic capital model includes in its measurement all
significant risks incurred by the Group in its operations (risk of concentration, structural interest rate, business, pensions and others beyond the sphere of Pillar I regulatory capital). Moreover, economic capital incorporates the diversification
impact, which in the case of Grupo Santander is vital, because of its multinational and business nature, in order to determine the global risk profile and solvency.
Economic capital is a key tool for the internal management and development of the Groups strategy, both from the standpoint of assessing solvency, as
well as risk management of portfolios and businesses.
From the solvency standpoint, the Group uses, in the context of Basel Pillar II, its economic model
for the capital self-assessment process (ICAAP). For this, the business evolution and capital needs are planned under a central scenario and alternative stress scenarios. The Group is assured in this planning of maintaining its solvency objectives
even in adverse scenarios.
The economic capital metrics also enable risk-return objectives to be assessed, setting the prices of operations on the basis
of risk, evaluating the economic viability of projects, units and lines of business, with the overriding objective of maximising the generation of shareholder value.
As a homogeneous measurement of risk, economic capital can be used to explain the risk distribution throughout the Group, putting in a metric comparable
activities and different types of risk.
The economic capital requirement at the end of December 2015 was EUR 71,671 million, EUR
20,706 million below the EUR 92,377 million available economic capital.
The table below sets out the available economic capital:
Million euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dec 15 |
|
|
Dec 14 |
|
Net capital and issue premiums |
|
|
52,004 |
|
|
|
44,851 |
|
Reserves and retained profits |
|
|
49,673 |
|
|
|
46,227 |
|
Valuation adjustments |
|
|
(15,448 |
) |
|
|
(11,429 |
) |
Minority interests |
|
|
6,148 |
|
|
|
4,131 |
|
Base economic capital available |
|
|
92,377 |
|
|
|
83,780 |
|
Required economic capital |
|
|
71,671 |
|
|
|
69,278 |
|
Excess Capital |
|
|
20,706 |
|
|
|
14,502 |
|
The main difference with the regulatory CET1 comes from the treatment of goodwill and other intangibles, which we consider as
one more requirement of capital instead of as a deduction from the available capital.
The distribution of economic capital needs by type of risk at the
end of December 2015 is shown in the following chart:
The table below sets out Grupo Santanders distribution by types of risk and geographic area at the end of
December 2015:
|
|
|
|
|
286 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Capital risk |
|
|
The distribution of economic capital among the main business areas reflects the diversified nature of the
Groups business and risk. Continental Europe represents 42% of the capital, Latin America including Brazil 23%, the United Kingdom 18% and the United States 17%.
Outside the operating areas, the corporate centre assumes, principally, the risk from goodwill and the risk derived from the exposure to structural exchange
rate risk (risk derived from maintaining stakes in subsidiaries abroad denominated in currencies other than the euro).
The benefit of diversification
contemplated in the economic capital model, including both the intra-risk diversification (equivalent to geographic) as well as inter-risks amounted to approximately 30%.
Return on risk adjusted capital (RORAC) and creation of value
Grupo Santander has been using RORAC methodology in its credit risk management since 1993 in order to:
|
|
|
Calculate the consumption of economic capital and the return on it of the Groups business units, as well as segments, portfolios and customers, in order to facilitate optimum assigning of economic capital.
|
|
|
|
Measurement of the Group units management, using budgetary tracking of capital consumption and RORAC. |
|
|
|
Analyse and set prices in the decision-taking process for operations (admission) and clients (monitoring). |
RORAC methodology enables one to compare, on a like-for- like basis, the return on operations, customers, portfolios and businesses, identifying those that
obtain a risk- adjusted return higher than the cost of the Groups capital, aligning risk and business management with the intention of maximising the creation of value, the ultimate aim of the Groups senior management.
The Group regularly assesses the level and evolution of value creation (VC) and the risk-adjusted return (RORAC) of its main business units. The VC is the
profit generated above the cost of the economic capital (EC) employed, and is calculated as follows:
Value creation =profit (average EC x cost of
capital).
The profit used is obtained by making the necessary adjustments to the accounting profit so as to extract just the recurrent profit that each
unit generates in the year of its activity.
The minimum return on capital that an operation must attain is determined by the cost of capital, which is
the minimum required by shareholders. It is calculated objectively by adding to the free return of risk the premium that shareholders demand to invest in our Group. This premium depends essentially on the degree of volatility in the price of the
Banco Santander share in relation to the markets performance. The Groups cost of capital for 2015 was 9.31% (vs. 11.59% the previous year, in which there was greater market volatility).
The Groups internal management includes an annual revision of the cost of capital and also an estimated
cost of capital for each business unit, taking into account the specific features of each market, under the philosophy of subsidiaries autonomous in capital and liquidity, in order to assess if each business is capable of generating value
individually.
A positive return from an operation or portfolio means it is contributing to the Groups profits, but it is only creating shareholder
value when that return exceeds the cost of capital.
The performance of the business units in 2015 in value creation varied. The Groups results, and
thus the RORAC figures and value creation, are conditioned by the different evolution of the economic cycle in the Groups units.
The creation of
value and the RORAC for the Groups main business areas at December 2015 are shown below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dec 15 |
|
|
Dec 14 |
|
Main segments |
|
RORAC |
|
|
Value creation |
|
|
RORAC |
|
|
Value creation |
|
Continental Europe |
|
|
13.9 |
% |
|
|
883 |
|
|
|
13.6 |
% |
|
|
358 |
|
UK |
|
|
22.5 |
% |
|
|
1,065 |
|
|
|
20.4 |
% |
|
|
634 |
|
Latin America |
|
|
33.8 |
% |
|
|
2,746 |
|
|
|
29.7 |
% |
|
|
2,401 |
|
US |
|
|
13.4 |
% |
|
|
308 |
|
|
|
19.5 |
% |
|
|
412 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total business units |
|
|
20.2 |
% |
|
|
5,001 |
|
|
|
20.4 |
% |
|
|
3,805 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D.8.5. Planning of capital and stress exercises
Stress tests on capital have become particularly important as a dynamic
evaluation tool of the risks and solvency of banks. A new model of evaluation, based on a dynamic (forward-looking) approach, is becoming a key element for analysing the solvency of banks.
It is a forward-looking assessment, based on macroeconomic as well as idiosyncratic scenarios of little probability but plausible. It is necessary to have for
it robust planning models, capable of transferring the impact defined in projected scenarios to the different elements that influence the banks solvency.
The ultimate objective of the stress exercises is to carry out a full assessment of the risks and solvency of banks, which enables possible capital
requirements to be calculated in the event that they are needed because of banks failure to meet the capital objectives set, both regulatory and internal.
Internally, Grupo Santander has defined a process of stress and capital planning not only to respond to the various regulatory exercises, but also as a key
tool integrated in the Banks management and strategy.
The goal of the internal process of stress and capital planning is to ensure sufficient
current and future capital, including for adverse though plausible economic scenarios. Starting from the Groups initial situation (defined by its financial statements, capital base, risk parameters and regulatory ratios), the envisaged results
are estimated for different business environments (including severe recessions as well as normal macroeconomic situations), and the Groups solvency ratios are obtained for a period usually of three years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
287 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Capital risk |
|
|
This process provides a comprehensive view of the Groups capital for the time frame analysed and in each
of the scenarios defined. It incorporates the metrics of regulatory capital, economic capital and available capital.
The structure of the process is
shown below:
The structure facilitates achieving the ultimate objective which is capital planning, by turning it into an
element of strategic importance for the Group which:
|
|
|
Ensures the solvency of current and future capital, including in adverse economic scenarios. |
|
|
|
Enables comprehensive management of capital and incorporates an analysis of the specific impacts, facilitating their integration into the Groups strategic planning. |
|
|
|
Enables a more efficient use of capital. |
|
|
|
Supports the design of the Groups capital management strategy. |
|
|
|
Facilitates communication with the market and supervisors. |
In addition, the whole process is developed with
the maximum involvement of senior management and its close supervision, as well as under a framework that ensures that the governance is the suitable one and that all elements that configure it are subject to adequate levels of challenge, review and
analysis.
One of the key elements in capital planning and stress analysis exercises, due to its particular importance in
forecasting the income statement under defined stress scenarios, consists of calculating the provisions needed under these scenarios, mainly those to cover losses in the credit portfolio. Specifically, to calculate credit portfolio loan loss
provisions, Grupo Santander uses a methodology that ensures that at all times there is a level of provisions that covers all the projected credit losses for its internal models of expected loss, based on the parameters of Exposure at Default (EaD),
Probability of Default (PD) and Loss Given Default (LGD).
This methodology is widely accepted and it similar to that used in previous stress exercises
(for example, the EBA stress exercises in 2011 and 2014 or the health check on the Spanish banking sector in 2012).
Lastly, the capital planning and
stress analysis process culminates with analysis of solvency under the various scenarios designed and over a defined time frame, in order to assess the sufficiency of capital and ensure the Group fulfils both the capital objectives defined
internally as well as all the regulatory requirements.
|
|
|
|
|
288 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Risk Profile > Capital risk |
|
|
In the event of not meeting the capital objectives set, an action plan will be prepared which envisages the measures needed
to be able to attain the desired minimum capital. These measures are analysed and quantified as part of the internal exercises, although it is not necessary to put them into force as Santander exceeds the minimum capital thresholds.
This internal process of stress and capital planning is conducted in a transversal way throughout Grupo Santander, not only at the consolidated level, but
also locally in the Groups units as they use the process of stress and capital planning as an internal management tool and to respond to their local regulatory requirements.
Throughout the recent economic crisis, Grupo Santander was submitted to five stress tests which demonstrated its strength and solvency in the most extreme and
severe macroeconomic scenarios. All of them, thanks mainly to the business model and geographic diversification in the Group, showed that Banco Santander will continue to generate profits for its shareholders and comply with the most demanding
regulatory requirements.
In the first (CEBS 2010), the Group was the entity with a low impact on its solvency ratio, except for those banks that
benefited from not distributing a dividend. In the second, carried out by the EBA in 2011, Santander was not only among the small group of banks that improved their solvency in the stress scenario, but also the bank with the highest profits.
In the stress exercises conducted by Oliver Wyman on Spanish banks in 2012 (top-down and then bottom-up), Banco Santander again showed its strength to give
with full solvency the most extreme economic scenarios. It was the only bank that improved its core capital ratio, with a surplus of more than EUR 25,000 million over the minimum requirement.
Lastly, in the recent stress test carried out in 2014 by the European Central Bank, in conjunction with the European Banking Authority, Grupo Santander was
the bank with the smallest impact from the adverse scenario among its international peers (EUR 20,000 million capital surplus above the minimum requirement). These results show, once again, that Grupo Santanders business model enables it
to face with greater robustness the most severe international crises.
As already mentioned, as well as the regulatory exercises of stress, Grupo Santander annually conducts since
2008 internal exercises of resilience within its self-assessment process of capital (Pillar II). All of them showed, in the same way, Grupo Santanders capacity to face the most difficult scenarios, both globally as well as in the main
countries in which it operates.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
289 |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 ANNUAL REPORT |
|
|
|
|
Risk management report |
|
|
|
Appendix: Edtf transparency |
|
|
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
A. |
PILLARS OF THE RISK FUNCTION |
B. |
RISK CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT MODEL |
C. |
BACKGROUND AND UPCOMING CHALLENGES |
APPENDIX: EDTF TRANSPARENCY
Appendix: EDTF transparency
Banco Santander has traditionally maintained a clear commitment to transparency. By virtue of this transparency,
it has played an active role in the Enchanced Disclosure Task Force (EDTF) promoted by the Financial Stability Board (FSB) in order to improve the quality and comparability of the risk information that banks provide to the market. Several studies
have analysed the degree of adoption of
the 32 recommendations formulated by the EDTF in October 2012, in which Santander stands out as one of the banks that is leading globally the practical application of this initiative.
The table below sets out where the EDTF recommendations can be found in the information published by Grupo Santander.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EDTF recommendations |
|
Annual report* |
|
Audit report and annual accounts * |
|
IRP (Pillar III) * |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
Index with risk information |
|
Executive summary |
|
|
|
Appendix V; Appendix VI; 3.4 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
Terminology and risk measures |
|
B.1.; D.1.5.; |
|
Notes 54b, |
|
|
General |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D.2.1.-D.2.4.; D.3.2. |
|
54c, 54d, 54e |
|
Appendix IV |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
Top and emerging risk |
|
C |
|
|
|
5.2; 5.3.7 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
New regulatory ratios and compliance plans |
|
D.1.; D.3.; D.8. |
|
Notes 54c, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54e, 54j |
|
1; 4.6.3.2- 6.5.3.3 |
|
Risk |
|
|
5 |
|
|
Organisation of risk management, processes and functions |
|
B; D.3.2. |
|
Notes 54b, 54e |
|
5; 4.2; 4.3; 4.4 |
governance |
|
|
6 |
|
|
Risk culture and internal measures |
|
A; B.4. |
|
Notes 54a, 54b |
|
5 |
and risk |
|
|
7 |
|
|
Business model risks, risk management and appetite |
|
B; D.8. |
|
Notes 54b, 54j |
|
5.1; 5.3; 11.8; |
management |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B.3.1.-B.3.3.; D.1.5.; |
|
|
|
|
and business model |
|
|
8 |
|
|
Stress test uses and process |
|
D.2.2.-D.2.3.; D.3.2.; D.8.4. |
|
Notes 54b, 54c, 54d, 54e, 54j |
|
4.7.1 |
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
Minimum capital requirements (Pillar I) |
|
D.8. |
|
Note 54j |
|
Executive summary; 4.6.1: 4.6.3; 4.6.4 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
Composition of regulatory capital and reconciliation to the balance sheet |
|
|
|
|
|
3.6; 4.6.1 Anexo III.a y III.c 4.6; 4.6.1; |
Capital |
|
|
11 |
|
|
Flow statement of movements in regulatory capital |
|
|
|
|
|
Appendix III.b; Appendix III.c |
adequacy and risk- |
|
|
12 |
|
|
Capital planning |
|
D.8.4. |
|
Note 54j |
|
4.7.1 |
weighted |
|
|
13 |
|
|
Business activities and RWAs |
|
D.8. |
|
Note 54j |
|
4.6.3 |
assets |
|
|
14 |
|
|
Capital requirements by method of calculation and portfolio |
|
|
|
|
|
4.6; 4.6.3;6.4 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
Credit risk by Basel portfolios |
|
|
|
|
|
4.6.3.1.1; 6.2-6.4 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
RWA flow statement by type of risk |
|
|
|
|
|
Executive summary; 4.6.3.1; 4.6.3.3; 4.6.3.4 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
Backtesting of models (Pillar III) |
|
|
|
|
|
6.7; 6.9; 8.2.5 |
|
Liquidity |
|
|
18 |
|
|
Liquidity needs, management and liquidity reserve |
|
D.3.2.; D.3.3. |
|
Note 54e |
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
Encumbered and unencumbered assets |
|
D.3.3. |
|
Note 54e |
|
9.3.2 (IV.) |
Funding |
|
|
20 |
|
|
Contractual maturities of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet balances |
|
D.3.3. |
|
Note 54e |
|
|
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
Funding plan |
|
D.3.3.; D.3.4 |
|
Note 54e |
|
9.3 |
|
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
Balance sheet reconciliation to trading and non-trading positions |
|
D.2.2. |
|
Note 54d |
|
|
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
Significant market risk factors |
|
D.2.1.-D.2.3. |
|
Note 54d |
|
8.1; 8.2 |
Market risk |
|
|
24 |
|
|
Market risk measurement model limitations |
|
D.2.2. |
|
Note 54d |
|
8.2; 8.2.6 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
Management techniques for measuring and assessing the risk of loss |
|
D.2.2. |
|
Note 54d |
|
8.2.1; 8.2.2; 8.2.3; 8.2.4; 8.2.5 |
|
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
Credit risk profile and reconciliation to balance sheet items |
|
D.1.2. |
|
Note 54c |
|
6.2 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
Policies for impaired or non-performing loans and forbearance portfolio |
|
D.1.2. |
|
Note 54c |
|
|
Credit risk |
|
|
28 |
|
|
Conciliation of non-performing loans and provisions |
|
D.1.2. |
|
Note 54c |
|
6.2 |
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
Counterparty risk resulting from derivative transactions |
|
D.1.4. |
|
Note 54c |
|
6.10 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
Credit risk mitigation |
|
D.1.5. |
|
Note 54c |
|
6.11 |
|
Other risks |
|
|
31 |
|
|
Other risks |
|
D.4.; D.6.; D.7. |
|
Notes 54f, 54h, 54i |
|
10; 11; 12 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
Discussion of risk events in the public domain |
|
D.5. |
|
Note 54g |
|
11 |
|
IFRS 9 |
|
|
|
|
|
The recommendations regarding the adoption of IFRS 9 which transversally affect the various EDTF recommendations can be consulted in table 1 (pg. 194-196) which outlines the proposed model and the implementation strategy as well
as the regulatory and complementary guidelines |
|
C (Table 1) |
|
|
|
|
* |
The location refers to chapters or sections of this Annual report. In the case of capital recommendations and risk-weighted assets, they also refer to sections of the information of Prudential Relevance (Pillar III). In
addition, the navigation map has the cross-references of the information published by the Group (Annual report, Pillar III, Auditors report and annual consolidated accounts). |
|
|
|
|
|
290 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
|
|
Annex |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical data. 2005 - 2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance sheet |
|
Mill. US$ |
|
|
2015 Million |
|
|
2014 Million |
|
|
2013 Million |
|
|
2012 Million |
|
|
2011 Million |
|
Total assets |
|
|
1,459,141 |
|
|
|
1,340,260 |
|
|
|
1,266,296 |
|
|
|
1,134,128 |
|
|
|
1,282,880 |
|
|
|
1,251,008 |
|
Net customer loans |
|
|
860,996 |
|
|
|
790,848 |
|
|
|
734,711 |
|
|
|
684,690 |
|
|
|
731,572 |
|
|
|
748,541 |
|
Customer deposits |
|
|
743,715 |
|
|
|
683,122 |
|
|
|
647,628 |
|
|
|
607,836 |
|
|
|
626,639 |
|
|
|
632,533 |
|
Customer funds under management |
|
|
1,170,967 |
|
|
|
1,075,565 |
|
|
|
1,023,437 |
|
|
|
946,210 |
|
|
|
990,096 |
|
|
|
984,353 |
|
Stockholders equity |
|
|
95,849 |
|
|
|
88,040 |
|
|
|
80,806 |
|
|
|
70,327 |
|
|
|
71,797 |
|
|
|
74,459 |
|
Total managed funds |
|
|
1,640,149 |
|
|
|
1,506,520 |
|
|
|
1,428,083 |
|
|
|
1,270,042 |
|
|
|
1,412,617 |
|
|
|
1,382,464 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income statement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income |
|
|
35,688 |
|
|
|
32,189 |
|
|
|
29,548 |
|
|
|
28,419 |
|
|
|
31,914 |
|
|
|
28,883 |
|
Gross income |
|
|
50,192 |
|
|
|
45,272 |
|
|
|
42,612 |
|
|
|
41,920 |
|
|
|
44,989 |
|
|
|
42,466 |
|
Net operating income |
|
|
26,278 |
|
|
|
23,702 |
|
|
|
22,574 |
|
|
|
21,762 |
|
|
|
24,753 |
|
|
|
23,055 |
|
Profit before taxes |
|
|
10,584 |
|
|
|
9,547 |
|
|
|
10,679 |
|
|
|
7,378 |
|
|
|
3,565 |
|
|
|
7,858 |
|
Attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
6,614 |
|
|
|
5,966 |
|
|
|
5,816 |
|
|
|
4,175 |
|
|
|
2,283 |
|
|
|
5,330 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per share data (1) |
|
US$ |
|
|
2015 Euros |
|
|
2014 Euros |
|
|
2013 Euros |
|
|
2012 Euros |
|
|
2011 Euros |
|
Attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
0.45 |
|
|
|
0.40 |
|
|
|
0.48 |
|
|
|
0.39 |
|
|
|
0.23 |
|
|
|
0.60 |
|
Dividend |
|
|
0.22 |
|
|
|
0.20 |
|
|
|
0.60 |
|
|
|
0.60 |
|
|
|
0.60 |
|
|
|
0.60 |
|
Share price |
|
|
4.962 |
|
|
|
4.558 |
|
|
|
6.996 |
|
|
|
6.506 |
|
|
|
6.100 |
|
|
|
5.870 |
|
Market capitalisation (million) |
|
|
71,628 |
|
|
|
65,792 |
|
|
|
88,041 |
|
|
|
73,735 |
|
|
|
62,959 |
|
|
|
50,290 |
|
Euro / US$ = 1.089 (balance sheet) and 1.109 (income statement)
(1) |
Figures adjusted to capital increase in 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
292 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT 2015 |
|
|
Annex |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical data. 2005 - 2015
Historical data. 2005 - 2015 (continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance sheet |
|
2010 Million |
|
|
2009 Million |
|
|
2008 Million |
|
|
2007 Million |
|
|
2006 Million |
|
|
2005 Million |
|
Total assets |
|
|
1,217,501 |
|
|
|
1,110,529 |
|
|
|
1,049,632 |
|
|
|
912,915 |
|
|
|
833,873 |
|
|
|
809,107 |
|
Net customer loans |
|
|
724,154 |
|
|
|
682,551 |
|
|
|
626,888 |
|
|
|
571,099 |
|
|
|
523,346 |
|
|
|
435,829 |
|
Customer deposits |
|
|
616,376 |
|
|
|
506,976 |
|
|
|
420,229 |
|
|
|
355,407 |
|
|
|
331,223 |
|
|
|
305,765 |
|
Customer funds under management |
|
|
985,269 |
|
|
|
900,057 |
|
|
|
826,567 |
|
|
|
784,872 |
|
|
|
739,223 |
|
|
|
651,360 |
|
Stockholders equity |
|
|
75,018 |
|
|
|
69,678 |
|
|
|
57,587 |
|
|
|
55,200 |
|
|
|
44,852 |
|
|
|
39,778 |
|
Total managed funds |
|
|
1,362,289 |
|
|
|
1,245,420 |
|
|
|
1,168,355 |
|
|
|
1,063,892 |
|
|
|
1,000,996 |
|
|
|
961,953 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income statement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income |
|
|
27,728 |
|
|
|
25,140 |
|
|
|
20,019 |
|
|
|
14,443 |
|
|
|
12,480 |
|
|
|
10,659 |
|
Gross income |
|
|
40,586 |
|
|
|
38,238 |
|
|
|
32,624 |
|
|
|
26,441 |
|
|
|
22,333 |
|
|
|
19,076 |
|
Net operating income |
|
|
22,682 |
|
|
|
22,029 |
|
|
|
17,807 |
|
|
|
14,417 |
|
|
|
11,218 |
|
|
|
8,765 |
|
Profit before taxes |
|
|
12,052 |
|
|
|
10,588 |
|
|
|
10,849 |
|
|
|
10,970 |
|
|
|
8,995 |
|
|
|
7,661 |
|
Attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
8,181 |
|
|
|
8,943 |
|
|
|
8,876 |
|
|
|
9,060 |
|
|
|
7,596 |
|
|
|
6,220 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per share data (1) |
|
2010 Euros |
|
|
2009 Euros |
|
|
2008 Euros |
|
|
2007 Euros |
|
|
2006 Euros |
|
|
2005 Euros |
|
Attributable profit to the Group |
|
|
0.94 |
|
|
|
1.05 |
|
|
|
1.22 |
|
|
|
1.33 |
|
|
|
1.13 |
|
|
|
0.93 |
|
Dividend |
|
|
0.60 |
|
|
|
0.60 |
|
|
|
0.63 |
|
|
|
0.61 |
|
|
|
0.49 |
|
|
|
0.39 |
|
Share price |
|
|
7.928 |
|
|
|
11.550 |
|
|
|
6.750 |
|
|
|
13.790 |
|
|
|
13.183 |
|
|
|
10.396 |
|
Market capitalisation (million) |
|
|
66,033 |
|
|
|
95,043 |
|
|
|
53,960 |
|
|
|
92,501 |
|
|
|
88,436 |
|
|
|
69,735 |
|
Euro / US$ = 1.089 (balance sheet) and 1.109 (income statement)
(1) |
Figures adjusted to capital increase in 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
293 |
General information
Banco Santander, S.A.
The parent group of Grupo Santander was established on 21 March 1857 and incorporated in its present form by a public deed executed in Santander, Spain,
on 14 January 1875, recorded in the Mercantile Registry of the Finance Section of the Government of the Province of Santander, on folio 157 and following, entry number 859. The Banks By-laws were amended to conform with current
legislation regarding limited liability companies. The amendment was registered on 8 June 1992 and entered into the Mercantile Registry of Santander (volume 448, general section, folio 1, page 1,960, first inscription of adaptation).
The Bank is also recorded in the Special Registry of Banks and Bankers 0049, and its fiscal identification number is A-390000013. It is a member of the Bank
Deposit Guarantee Fund.
Registered office
The
Corporate By-laws and additional public information regarding the Company may be inspected at its registered office at Paseo de la Pereda, numbers 9 to 12, Santander.
Corporate center
Santander Group City
Avda. de Cantabria s/n
28660 Boadilla del Monte
Madrid
Spain
General information
Telephone: 902 11 22 11 (Central
Services)
Telephone: 91 289 00 00 (Customer support central services)
www.santander.com
This report was printed on
ecologically
friendly paper and has been produced using
environmentally friendly processes.
© February 2016, Grupo Santander
Photographs:
Stephen Hyde, Javier Vázquez, Beto Adame
Production:
MRM Worldwide
Investors and shareholder Relations
Santander Group City
Edificio Marisma, Planta Baja
Avenida de Cantabria, s/n.
28660 Boadilla del Monte
Madrid
Spain
Telephone: +34 91 276 92 90
Relations with investors and
analysts
Santander Group City
Edificio Pereda, 1ª
planta
Avda. de Cantabria s/n
28660 Boadilla del Monte
Madrid
Spain
Telephone: +34 91 259 65 14
Customer attention department
Santander Group City
Avda. de Cantabria s/n
28660 Boadilla del Monte
Madrid
Spain
Telephone: 91 257 30 80
Fax: 91 254 10 38
[email protected]
Ombudsman
Mr José Luis
Gómez-Dégano,
Apartado de Correos 14019
28080
Madrid
Spain
All customers, shareholders and the general
public
can use Santanders official social network channels
in all the countries in which the Bank operates.
|
|
|
|
|
294 |
|
|
|
|
Item 3
Report of the committees 2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Report of the audit committee 2015 |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
Report of the appointments committee 2015 |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
Report of the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee 2015 |
|
|
73 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015
Report of the audit committee 2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
2 |
|
3 |
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
Introduction |
|
Activities in 2015 |
|
Challenges for 2016 |
|
Conclusion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
Financial information |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
External auditor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
Report on the external auditors independence |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
Proposal for new external auditor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.5 |
|
Internal audit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
The Groups internal control systems |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.7 |
|
Capital plan (ICAAP) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.8 |
|
Changes in consolidation scope |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
Basic information regarding the audit committee (2015) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.10 |
|
Work by audit and consultancy firms |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.11 |
|
Prevention of money- laundering and terrorist financing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.12 |
|
Report on related-party transactions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.13 |
|
Information for the general shareholders meeting and corporate documentation for 2015 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the audit committee 2015 |
|
1. Introduction |
1. Introduction
Regulation
The Banks audit committee created in 1986 is regulated by articles 53 of the Bylaws and
16 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board1. Articles 27, 33 and 35 of the Regulations also contain specific provisions regarding certain aspects of its activity.
Duties
The competencies of the audit committee may be classified into the following main categories:
1. Annual financial statements
|
|
|
Report, at the general shareholders meeting, through the committee chairman and/or secretary, in regard to questions posed by shareholders concerning the committees sphere of competency and, in particular,
concerning the result of the audit, explaining how the audit has contributed to comprehensive financial reporting and the role played by the committee in this process. |
|
|
|
Review the financial statements of the company and the Group, ensure compliance with legal requirements and the proper application of generally accepted accounting principles, and report on proposed changes to
accounting principles and criteria suggested by management.
|
2. Internal audit
|
|
|
Supervise the Internal Audit function and, in particular: |
|
i. |
Propose the selection, appointment and removal of the Groups chief audit executive. |
|
ii. |
Approve the annual internal audit work schedule to be submitted to the board, and to review the annual report on activities. |
|
iii. |
Ensure the independence and efficacy of the Internal Audit function. |
|
iv. |
Propose the budget for this service, including the necessary material and human resources. |
|
v. |
Receive periodic information on its activities. |
|
vi. |
Ensure that senior management takes into account the conclusions and recommendations set forth in its reports.
|
1. |
The Bylaws and Rules and Regulations of the Board of Banco Santander are published under Information for shareholders and investors on the Groups corporate website (www.santander.com).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the audit committee 2015 |
|
1. Introduction |
3. Internal control and financial information
|
|
|
Supervise the financial information process and internal control systems. In particular, the committee shall: |
|
i. |
Supervise the preparation and presentation of relevant financial information concerning the company and the Group, as well as ensuring that such information is complete, reviewing compliance with regulatory
requirements, the proper demarcation of the consolidation scope and the correct application of accounting criteria. |
|
ii. |
Monitor the efficacy of internal control systems, periodically reviewing these, so as to adequately identify, manage and divulge risks. |
|
iii. |
Discuss with the external auditor any significant weaknesses in the internal control system uncovered in the course of the audit. |
|
iv. |
Inform the board with regard to the financial information the Group is required to disclose on a regular basis, prior to the board taking any decisions in this regard, ensuring that such information is prepared using
the same principles and practices as for the financial statements. |
4. External auditor
|
|
|
With respect to the appointment of the accounts auditor, the committee shall: |
|
i. |
Submit to the board proposals for the selection, appointment, reelection and replacement of the external auditor being responsible for the selection process and the latters contract conditions, and
regularly compile from the external auditor information regarding the audit plan and the execution thereof. The committee will favour the Groups external auditors also undertaking the responsibility for auditing the financial statements
of companies belonging to the Group. |
|
ii. |
Ensure that the company publicly announces a change of external auditor, and releases a statement in regard to any potential disagreements with the outgoing external auditor and, in the event, the content of such
disagreements, and, should the external auditor resign, the committee will examine the circumstances leading to that decision. |
|
|
|
With regard to the auditing of the financial statements and the independence of the external auditor, the committee shall: |
|
i. |
Establish proper relations with the external auditor so as to receive information regarding matters that might jeopardise its independence, in order to examine such information, and any other information relating to the
auditing process, as well as all other communications pursuant to legislation on the auditing of financial statements and audit standards, and serve as a communication channel between the board and the external auditor, evaluating the results of
each audit and the management teams response to its the recommendations contained therein, mediating in cases of discrepancy with the auditor and the board in regard to the principles and criteria applicable in preparing the financial
statements. Specifically, the committee shall seek to ensure that the financial statements prepared by the board be presented at the general shareholders meeting without reserve or qualification.
|
|
ii. |
Supervise compliance with the audit contract, seeking to ensure that the opinion regarding the annual financial statements and the main content of the audit report is written clearly and accurately. |
|
iii. |
Ensure that the external auditor annually attends a meeting of the board of directors to provide information in regard to the work carried out by the auditor and any developments in the Banks accounting and risk
situation. |
|
iv. |
Ensure that the company and the external auditor uphold the applicable rules regarding the provision of various audit services, the concentration limits pertaining to the external auditors business, and, in
general, any other rules regarding the independence of the external auditor. For this purpose, the committee shall examine any circumstances or matters that might jeopardise the independence of the external auditor, and any other matters relating to
the process of auditing the financial statements. Specifically, the committee shall seek to ensure that the external auditors compensation does not compromise the quality of its work or its independence, and shall check the percentage of fees
paid for all items over the total revenues of the audit firm, and the length of service of the partner who leads the audit team providing such services to the company. Likewise, the committee must previously endorse any decision to hire services
other than audit services, not prohibited by applicable regulations, having first properly assessed any threats to the auditors independence and the safeguard measures applied in accordance with said regulations. |
The annual report shall include the fees paid to the audit firm, including information relating to fees paid for professional services other
than auditing.
In any event, the committee must receive from the external auditor, on an annual basis, written confirmation of the
latters independence in respect of the company or parties directly or indirectly related thereto, as well as detailed information regarding any additional services provided to these companies by said auditor or by persons or companies related
thereto, and all fees received from these firms in accordance with the provisions of regulatory standards concerning accounts auditing.
The committee shall issue an annual report prior to publication of the audit report, expressing an opinion on the independence of the
external auditors. This report must, in any event, express an opinion regarding the provision of any non-audit services.
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the audit committee 2015 |
|
1. Introduction |
5. Related-party transactions and other transactions
|
|
|
Report to the board, before the latter makes the relevant decisions, in regard to: |
|
i. |
The creation and acquisition of shareholdings in special-purpose vehicles or entities with registered headquarters in countries or territories that are considered to be tax havens. |
|
ii. |
Approval of related-party transactions. |
|
|
|
Receive information concerning operations involving structural or corporate modifications planned by the company, for analysis and reporting to the board of directors in relation to the economic conditions of such
activities and their accounting impact and, in particular, where relevant, the proposed swap equation. The above shall not apply to simple transactions that are not significant for the Groups activities, including, in the event, intra-group
restructuring. |
6. Tax
Receive
information from the companys head of tax matters in regard to the tax policies applied, at least prior to the preparation of the annual financial statements and the filing of corporate income tax returns and, where relevant, regarding the
tax-related consequences of operations or matters subject to the approval of the board of directors or the executive committee, unless these bodies have been directly informed, in which case the committee shall be notified at the next meeting it
holds. The audit committee shall convey all information received to the board of directors.
7. Complaints
|
|
|
Know and, in the event, respond to the initiatives, suggestions and complaints filed by shareholders in respect of this committees duties and submitted by the companys general secretary. |
|
|
|
Receive, process and keep a record of complaints received by the Bank in regard to issues relating to the process of generating financial information, auditing and internal controls. |
|
|
|
Establish and supervise a mechanism allowing Group employees to submit, confidentially and anonymously, their concerns about potentially questionable practices within its sphere of competency and, in particular,
financial and accounting matters. |
8. Other
|
|
|
Assess, at least once a year, the performance and quality of the committees work. |
|
|
|
And the remaining functions attributed to it pursuant to the Rules and Regulations of the Board and applicable legislation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the audit committee 2015 |
|
1. Introduction |
Composition of the committee and attendance to its meetings in 2015
At the time of preparing this document, the
composition of the audit committee is as follows:
In 2015, the committees composition changed as follows:
Mr Fernando de Asúa Álvarez and Mr Abel Matutes Juan ceased to be directors and, accordingly, members of the committee, on 12 and
18 February 2015, respectively.
At its meeting of 23 February 2015, the board of directors, at the recommendation of the appointments
committee, appointed Mr Carlos Fernández González, Mr Ángel Jado Becerro de Bengoa, Ms Isabel Tocino Biscarolasaga and Mr Juan Miguel Villar Mir as members of the committee.
Mr Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero ceased to be a member and chairman of the committee on 27 March 2015, when re-elected at the ordinary general
shareholders meeting of 2015 as an external, non-proprietary, non-independent director, since, having served as a director for more than 12 years, he was no longer considered to be independent. On that date, Mr Juan Miguel Villar Mir became
chairman of the committee.
Lastly, at its meeting on 22 December 2015, the board of directors, at the behest of the appointments committee, agreed
to appoint Ms Belén Romana García as a director and member of the audit committee, effective as of that date.
The Bylaws and the Rules and
Regulations of the Board set out that the audit committee should consist entirely of external directors, and that the committee chairman should be an independent director. The five directors sitting on the audit committee are external and
independent.
All the members of the committee have proven capacity to discharge their duties in said committee, based on their experience in banking,
finance and accounting, and their knowledge of the matters that are handled by the committee.
The board of directors has appointed the members of the
audit committee, bearing in mind their knowledge, attitudes and experience in accounting, auditing or risk management, so that, overall, the members of the committee are in possession of all the relevant technical knowledge in relation to the sector
of activity to which the Bank belongs. Moreover, the chairman of the committee, Mr Juan Manuel Villar Mir, is considered to be a financial expert.
The
duties of the secretary to the committee correspond, in a non-voting capacity, to the secretary to the board of directors, who is also the Banks secretary general, fostering a fluid and efficient relationship with the different units of the
Group that are expected to collaborate with or provide information to the committee.
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the audit committee 2015 |
|
1. Introduction |
The committee, in accordance with its regulations, approves an annual meeting schedule, including at least four
meetings. In any event, the committee shall meet whenever convened, either by agreement of the committee itself, or by its chairman. In 2015, the audit committee held 13 meetings.
Members attendance to meetings of the audit committee in 2015 was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
n Number of meetings and attendance* |
|
|
|
Mr Juan Miguel Villar Mir |
|
|
10/10 |
|
Mr Carlos Fernández González |
|
|
11/11 |
|
Mr Ángel Jado Becerro de Bengoa |
|
|
10/11 |
|
Ms Belén Romana García |
|
|
0/0 |
|
Ms Isabel Tocino Biscarolasaga |
|
|
11/11 |
|
Mr Fernando de Asúa Álvarez |
|
|
1/1 |
|
Mr Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero |
|
|
4/4 |
|
Mr Abel Matutes Juan |
|
|
1/1 |
|
* |
The first figure is the number of meetings attended by the director, and the second the number of sessions held in the period of the year since the director has or had been a member of the committee. |
In 2015, the estimated time devoted by each member of the audit committee to preparing and taking part in these meetings was approximately four hours per
meeting.
The chart below shows a breakdown of the approximate time dedicated to each task at the meetings held by the committee in 2015.
How the committee works
The rules governing the committee, set forth in article 16 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, establish the valid constitution thereof, with the
attendance, either present or represented, of at least half of its members, and the adoption of agreements by the majority of those attending, it being possible to designate another member as proxy (no members may hold more than two proxies).
The necessary documentation for each meeting (draft agenda, presentations, minutes of previous meetings) is provided to committee members three business days
prior to the meeting date, unless for reasons of urgency this period cannot be upheld, in which case the information shall be provided to members as soon as possible.
Minutes are taken of all meetings of the audit committee, and copies of these are delivered to all members of the board.
The committee is empowered to require the attendance at its meetings of the Banks senior executives or any of its employees, and of the external
auditor; it may also harness the help of experts, pursuant to article 27 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board.
As stated in the summary of
activities in 2015 set out in the following section of this report, the audit committee is in fluent and constant contact with the external auditor, and the Group chief accounting officer and Group chief audit executive regularly attend its
meetings; the committee has been able to verify the quality and transparency of the Groups periodic financial reporting and the efficacy of its internal control systems.
Self-assessment
Pursuant to article 16.4.j) of the Rules
and Regulations of the Board, at its meeting of 10 February 2016 members of the audit committee assessed the quality of the committees work and its performance of the tasks assigned to it in the banks Bylaws and the Rules and
Regulations of the Board.
As a result of this self-assessment, the committee expressed its conviction that it satisfactorily performed all of its
functions, having held an appropriate number of meetings, with agendas that encompass all the areas it is expected to review, and having been offered presentations on the various topics discussed at the meeting.
Moreover, the self-assessment process of the board, its members and its committees, conducted by the board with the support of the independent firm Spencer
Stuart, welcomed the autonomy and independence of the committee, as well as the high standard of knowledge and involvement of its members, and, in general, scoring it highly in all aspects. Nevertheless, it was suggested that the committee be
strengthened by members with more experience in the financial sector, for which purpose, the board of directors, at the behest of the appointments committee, agreed to appoint Ms Belén Romana García, who has a notable track record in
this area, as a member of the audit committee.
For the purposes of the boards assessment of the committees performance, the former took into
account the committees report for the previous year, as well as other information concerning its activities and operation supplied to the board.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the audit committee 2015 |
|
Activities in 2015 |
2. Activities in 2015
This paragraph contains a summary of the activities of the audit committee in 2015, grouped according to
exposure to its current basic functions.
2.1 Financial information
The committee has focused especially on reviewing, prior to the board of directors
review and their publication, the annual financial statements of the Bank and its consolidated Group, as well as the quarterly financial statements and other financial information disclosed to the market or to supervisory bodies during the year.
Head of the General Auditing and Management Control division of the Group attended 12 of the 13 meetings held by the committee in 2015, enabling the
committee to be informed, with sufficient time, in regard to the process of preparation and consolidation of the individual and consolidated quarterly, half-yearly and annual financial statements, check that they comply with applicable accounting
regulations and principles, and ensure, therefore, that these statements properly reflect the equity, changes to equity, financial situation and results for the period of both the Bank and its Group.
At its meetings of 21 April, 22 July and 21 October 2015 and at the meeting of 20 January 2016, the committee endorsed the financial
statements dated 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December 2015, respectively, prior to their approval by the board and their disclosure to the markets and to supervisory bodies. The Groups quarterly financial
statements expressly state that the committee has worked to ensure that the financial information has been prepared in accordance with the same principles and practices as applied to the annual financial statements.
With regard to the annual financial statements and the management report for 2015, which shall be presented for approval to the ordinary general meeting
scheduled for either 17 or 18 of March 2016, at first or second call, respectively, the committee, at its meeting of 10 February 2016, having reviewed the financial statements and management report, endorsed their content prior to their
approval by the board at its meeting of 12 February 2016, following their certification by the Groups auditor general.
In compliance with the
Code of Good Tax Practice to which the Bank has subscribed since 2010, the committee at its meeting of 10 February 2016 was informed by the Groups tax advisory service, prior to approval by the board of the annual financial
statements, in regard to the tax policies applied thereto.
At its meeting of 10 February 2016, the committee also endorsed the prudentially significant report
document prepared in compliance with the disclosure requirements set forth in article 85 of Law 10/2014, dated 26 June, on the restructuring, supervision and solvency of credit institutions, transposing into Spanish law Basel IIIs Pillar
III on market discipline (A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems) and the CRD IV (Directive 2013/36/EU, of the European Parliament and the Council, of 26 June 2013, on access to the activity
of credit institutions and investment firms).
In 2015, the committee endorsed the Groups annual report, annual good governance report, share
registration document and Form 20-F, filed with the US Securities and Exchange Commission.
At the committees meetings of 18 March and
21 April of 2015, the external auditor reported in regard to the process to review Form 20-F, in reference to 2014, and the findings of that process. This review was conducted in accordance with the regulations of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (PCAOB); the external auditors opinions were unqualified in regard to the Groups financial statements and internal control model. Said Form 20-F was filed with the SEC on 29 April 2015.
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the audit committee 2015 |
|
Activities in 2015 |
2.2 External auditor
External auditor for 2015
At its meeting of 19 February 2015, the committee unanimously agreed to propose to the Banks board of directors the inclusion in the agenda of the
ordinary general meeting of 2015 the re-election of Deloitte, S.L. as external auditor for verification of the annual financial statements and management reports of the Bank and the Group, corresponding to the financial year 2015. The board of
directors presented the proposal for approval at said meeting, and it was approved by 94.287% of the voting capital present and represented.
Deloitte,
S.L. audited the Santander Groups individual and consolidated financial statements in 2015.
The Rules and Regulations of the Board provides that
the external auditor should also be the auditor of the various subsidiaries (article 16.4.c)(i)(1)) provided there is no specific reason why this should not be advised, in order to achieve proper coordination and a more efficient audit process.
The external auditor attended 12 of the 13 meetings held by the committee in 2015, enabling the latter to properly discharge its duties, pursuant to the Rules
and Regulations of the Board, of serving as a channel of communication between the board and the external auditor. The external auditor also reported to the board in plenary session on two occasions.
At the committee meetings held in 2015, the external auditor provided detailed information regarding the planning and progress of its work. With the
assistance of the auditor, the committee analysed the audit reports for the individual and consolidated financial statements of 2014, as well as the audit report for the financial statements referring to the first half of 2015.
In the committees view, the annual financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2015 were
drawn up in accordance with a prudent criterion and express, in all material aspects, a true and fair view of the equity and financial situation of the Bank and the consolidated Group on that date, and a true and fair view of their results, changes
in net equity and cash flows in the financial year 2015, containing the information necessary for their proper interpretation and understanding. Said individual and consolidated financial statements were audited by the external auditor. Similarly,
in the committees view, the individual and consolidated management reports for 2015 include an analysis of the performance and results of the corporate earnings, and the position of the Bank and Group, along with a description of the main
risks and uncertainties they face. The committee obtained the external auditors confirmation that it has had full access to all the necessary information, having received adequate cooperation from the Groups teams to conduct its
activity.
Details of the fees paid for services rendered by the global firm Deloitte to the various Group companies in 2015 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Million euros |
|
|
|
Audit fees |
|
|
49.6 |
|
Audit-related fees |
|
|
46.9 |
|
Tax advisory fees |
|
|
9.1 |
|
Other services |
|
|
12.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
118.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the audit committee 2015 |
|
Activities in 2015 |
Details of the main items included in audit fees are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Million euros |
|
|
|
Audit of the financial statements of the companies audited by Deloitte |
|
|
32.1 |
|
Of which: |
|
|
|
|
Santander UK Plc |
|
|
6.6 |
|
Santander Holdings USA, Inc./Santander |
|
|
|
|
Consumer USA Holdings Inc |
|
|
6.7 |
|
Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. |
|
|
1.4 |
|
Audit of the Banks separate and consolidated financial statements |
|
|
2.4 |
|
Other audit engagements |
|
|
17.5 |
|
Internal control audit (SOX) and capital audit (Basel) |
|
|
7.9 |
|
Audit of Groups half-yearly financial statements |
|
|
6.5 |
|
Issue of comfort letters |
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Audit fees |
|
|
49.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Details of the main items included in audit-related fees are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Million euros |
|
|
|
Other recurring engagements and reports required by the various national supervisory bodies of the countries in which the Group
operates |
|
|
10.9 |
|
Limited reviews and other reports required by the Group due to its listing in Brazil |
|
|
3.8 |
|
Non-recurring reviews required by regulators |
|
|
0.4 |
|
Due diligence audits and other reviews |
|
|
2.2 |
|
Issuance of other attest reports |
|
|
5.2 |
|
Reviews of procedures, data and controls and other checks |
|
|
24.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Audit-related fees |
|
|
46.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
The audit committee understands that there are no objective reasons for doubting the independence of the
external auditor. To that end and in accordance with prevailing regulations and the criteria set out in relevant international documents for assessing the effectiveness of the external audit function, the audit committee:
1. |
Has revised all services rendered by the auditor, including audit and audit-related services, tax advisory services and the other aforementioned services, verifying that services provided by the Groups auditor
meet the independence requirements set out in the Audit Law (Ley de Auditoría de Cuentas), the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) rules, the Public Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) rules and the Rules and Regulations of the Board.
|
2. |
Has verified the ratio of fees received by the auditor during the year for non-audit, audit-related services to total fees received by the auditor for all services provided to the Group, with this ratio standing at
18.4%. |
As a benchmark and according to available information on the leading listed companies, average fees paid to
auditors in 2015 for non-audit and related services account for 21% of total fees paid.
3. |
Has verified the ratio of fees paid for all items relating to the services provided to the Group to total fees generated by the audit firm. The Groups total fees paid account for less than 0.3% of the global firm
Deloittes total revenues. |
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the audit committee 2015 |
|
Activities in 2015 |
2.3 Report on the external auditors independence
Accordingly, at its meeting of 10 February 2016, the audit
committee issued a report expressing a favourable view of the independence of the external auditors, referring, among other matters, to the provision of additional services mentioned in section 2.2.
Said report, issued prior to the auditors report on the financial statements, includes the content required under article 529-14 of the Corporate
Enterprise Act, and article 16.4.c)(iii) of the Rules and Regulations of the Board.
The external auditor also issued the pertinent report concerning the
protection of customers assets, and on the proper measures and controls in respect of the custody of customers financial instruments and funds.
2.4 Proposal for new external auditor
At its meeting of 6 July 2015, the board of directors chose
PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores, S.L. (PwC) as the external auditor of Banco Santander S.A. and its consolidated Group, to verify the financial statements for 2016, 2017 and 2018. This decision was taken in accordance with the corporate governance
recommendations regarding the rotation of the external auditor, at the proposal of the audit committee and as a result of a selection process conducted with full transparency, independence and objectivity, involving the leading audit firms present
in the markets where the Group operates. The audit committee was actively involved in designing and conducting this process and was notified of its progress on a regular basis, as well as the plans to ensure that PwC complied with applicable
regulatory requirements with regard to independence and incompatibility and to ensure a smooth transition between the two audit firms with the least possible impact on the Groups daily activities and on the quality of the financial information
that must be published.
The board is submitting the appointment of PwC as the new external auditor approval at the ordinary general meeting scheduled for
17 or 18 March, at first or second call, respectively.
2.5 Internal audit
In accordance with the provisions of articles 53.4 (ii) of the Bylaws and 16.4.d) of the Rules
and Regulations of the Board, the audit committee supervises the Groups Internal Audit function.
Representatives of the Internal Audit division
attended 11 of the 13 meetings held by the audit committee in 2015, in which, among other matters, the committee was informed in regard to the internal quality control process for this function and the evaluation thereof, and also proposed, subject
to the boards approval (forthcoming at its meeting of 28 October), the modification of the corporate framework governing this function.
At its
meeting of 20 January 2016, the audit committee reviewed and approved the internal audit plan for this year and assessed the adequacy and effectiveness of the function in implementing its mission. At its meeting of 26 January 2016, the
board was informed regarding the internal audit activities conducted in 2015 and the aforementioned audit plan, which it approved.
Periodically, the
committee was informed with regard to the progress of this plan and the reports issued by Internal Audit, and global information was provided regarding the degree of implementation of and compliance with the Internal Audit recommendations.
At its meeting of 18 March 2015, the committee approved the strategic internal audit plan for the 2015-2017 period, which seeks to contribute both to the
proper governance of the organisation, and, as a third line of defence, to the proper management and control of risks. The plan is intended to constantly adapt the function to the Groups strategic priorities and transformation plans and to
ensure ongoing improvement and adaptation to new regulatory, technical and supervisory requirements. The plan takes into account the applicable regulations in this connection and also international best practices.
At its meeting of 7 October, the committee approved the new criteria for information and the raising of Internal Audit recommendations to the committee.
With the assistance of an external firm, the sufficiency of resources available to the Internal Audit function were evaluated, concluding that, at
present, these resources are proportional to the audit functions needs and sufficient for adequate performance of its functions.
The head of
Internal Audit in the Group, at the committee meeting of 16 December 2015, ratified that the function operated with the utmost independence and objectivity in conducting its activities in 2015.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the audit committee 2015 |
|
Activities in 2015 |
2.6 The Groups internal control systems
Evaluation and certification of the internal control model
The committee was presented with the report on the evaluation and certification of the Groups internal control model (ICM) for 2015, in which connection
no material weaknesses were detected in this model.
Sarbanes-Oxley Act Internal control model
Within the framework of auditing internal controls on financial information as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the external auditor reviewed the
effectiveness of the Banks internal controls on the generation of financial information contained in the Groups consolidated financial statements filed in the United States (Form 20-F) for the year ended on 31 December 2014,
concluding, as the auditor explained in the committee meeting of 21 April 2015, that, in its opinion, the Group maintained effective internal control over said financial information, in all material aspects.
Receipt of complaints and allegations of questionable accounting or auditing practices
The committee is responsible for the receipt, processing and filing on record of complaints received by the Bank in regard to matters relating to the process
of generating financial information, auditing and internal controls, as well as the receipt of confidential and anonymous communications from employees of the Group expressing concerns about potentially questionable accounting or auditing practices.
No complaints of this kind were received in 2015.
2.7 Capital plan (ICAAP)
At its meeting of 22 April, the committee endorsed the annual capital self-assessment
report for 2014, which was then approved by the board at its meeting of 23 April.
The report was prepared by the RIsk and Financial Management divisions
and has been developed in the context of the Groups business model and new culture Simple, Personal and Fair.
Once the report was
issued, the mandatory annual capital self-assessment process at Group level concluded. This process identifies the main sources of risk to the Group, analyses the capital resources in relation thereto, conducts stress tests in order to confirm that
in all the scenarios envisaged there is sufficient capital and ensures the processes, strategies and systems used for accepting and managing risk are adequate. Moreover, a capital plan is drawn up in accordance with the scenarios envisaged over a
three-year time frame.
2.8 Changes in consolidation scope
A report was presented to the committee regarding the number of companies in the
Santander Group over recent years. These companies are listed in the annual financial statements.
2.9 Basic documentation regarding the audit committee (2015)
The chairman of the committee presented to it the document
Basic documentation regarding the audit committee (2015), including the committees basic regulations and goals in 2015 in respect of the Internal Audit function, the financial statements, relations with the external auditor and other
relevant information.
2.10 Work by audit and consultancy firms
The committee approved work commissioned by the Group to leading audit or
consultancy firms.
2.11 Prevention of money-laundering and terrorist financing
Without prejudice to the competencies of the risk
supervisory, regulation and compliance committee, at its meeting of 22 July, the audit committee was informed by the heads of compliance in regard to the status of the prevention of money-laundering and terrorist financing in the Group.
|
|
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the audit committee 2015 |
|
Activities in 2015 |
2.12 Report on related-party transactions
This section of report includes the report on related transactions referred to
in recommendation six of the new code of good governance for listed companies approved by the board of the Spanish National Securities Market Commission (CNMV) on 18 February 2015.
In accordance with that stipulated by Law, article 53 of the Bylaws and articles 3, 16 and 33 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, the board of
directors of the entity will be aware of any transactions that the company or companies of its Group carry out with directors, under the terms envisaged by Law and in the Rules and Regulations of the Board; with shareholders, either individually or
in concert with other shareholders, holding a significant ownership interest, including shareholders represented on the board of directors of the company or of other Group companies; or with persons related thereto.
These transactions require board authorisation, based on a favourable report from the audit committee except for those cases where shareholder approval is
required. All affected directors, those representing shareholders affected or who are related parties must abstain from the deliberation and voting on the resolution in question.
Such transactions will be evaluated from the point of view of equality of treatment and of market conditions, and will be included in the annual corporate
governance report and in the periodic public information under the terms envisaged in applicable regulations.
In accordance with applicable legislation
authorisation from the board will not be necessary if such transactions simultaneously comply with the following three conditions:
1. |
They are performed under contracts with standard terms and conditions that are normally applicable to customers that contract the type of product or service in question. |
2. |
They are performed at prices or rates established in general terms by the supplier of the goods or service in question, or when the transactions relate to goods or services where there are no established rates, under
normal market conditions, similar to those applied in commercial relationships with customers with similar characteristics. |
3. |
The amount does not exceed 1% of the companys annual income. |
If these conditions are met, the directors
in question are not required to report these transactions or obtain prior authorisation from the board.
By way of exception, when advisable for reasons
of urgency, related transactions may be authorised by the executive committee and subsequently ratified by the board.
During 2015 and up until the date of publication of this report, the audit committee, in exercising its
functions, deemed that to the best of its knowledge no member of the board of directors, no person represented by a director, and no company in which such persons or persons with whom they act in concert or who act through nominees therein are
directors, members of senior management or significant shareholders, has carried out any significant transactions or any transaction under non-customary market conditions with the Bank in the year.
The audit committee has verified that the transactions carried out with related parties during the year were compliant with all conditions set out in the
Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors and thus did not require approval from governance bodies; or obtained such approval following a positive report issued by the audit commission once the agreed terms and rest of considerations were
verified to be within market parameters.
The committee has examined the information regarding related-party transactions in the financial statements and
its consistency with the figures in this report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the audit committee 2015 |
|
Activities in 2015 |
2.13 Information for the general shareholders meeting and corporate documentation for 2015
Information for the
general shareholders meeting
At the annual general shareholders meeting of 27 March 2015, Mr Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero, chairman
of the audit committee on that date, reported on the matters within the purview of the audit committee, making reference to the document that the committee had prepared on its activities in 2014. Said document had been approved by the committee at
its meeting of 19 February 2015.
Corporate documentation for 2015
At its meeting of 10 February 2016, in accordance with the provisions of article 16.4.(f)(i) of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, the committee
reviewed the information to be approved by the board and included in the annual public documentation for 2015.
This documentation includes this report on
the activities of the audit committee in 2015, which was prepared by the committee at its meeting of 10 February 2016, and approved by the Banks board of directors at its meeting of 12 February 2016.
In accordance with the provisions of the Code of Good Tax Practices approved by the Foro de Grandes Empresas (Forum of Large Companies), Banco
Santanders annual report on corporate governance for 2015 reflects effective compliance by the Bank with said code.
Likewise, the Groups
annual report for 2015 was reviewed by the committee at its meeting of 10 February 2016, and approved by the board at its meeting of 12 February 2016.
|
|
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the audit committee 2015 |
|
3. Challenges for 2016 |
3. Challenges for
2016
The main challenges for the committee in 2016 are as follows:
|
|
|
To supervise the transition to the new external auditor in order to ensure an orderly handover, with no risks for the Group. |
|
|
|
Coordination with the audit committees at other Group companies should increase. |
|
|
|
To foster the relationship between the audit committee and the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee.
|
|
|
|
To adapt the work of the audit committee to Law 22/2015, of 20 July, on Accounts Auditing, which, broadly speaking, will enter into force on 17 June 2016, and will apply for the first time to the annual
financial statements for the year 2017, without prejudice to certain provisions of said law entering into force on 1 January 2016.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the audit committee 2015 |
|
4. Conclusion |
4. Conclusion
Throughout 2015, the audit committee has properly discharged the responsibilities assigned to it in the Bylaws
and the Rules and Regulations of the Board.
The committee has expressed its satisfaction with the work conducted by Internal Auditing, and considers this
service to be adequate and effective to provide the board and senior management independent assurances in regard to the quality and efficacy of the systems and processes of internal control, risk management (current and emerging) and governance,
thereby helping to safeguard the organisations value, solvency and reputation.
The committees proposed appointment of the external auditor,
monitoring of its work, review of its findings and evaluation of its independence were compliant with the established policies. The external auditors positive conclusions on the financial statements of the Group and the parent Bank ratify the
quality of the aforementioned financial reporting and internal control systems.
|
|
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015
Report of the appointments committee 2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
2 |
|
3 |
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
Introduction |
|
Activities in 2015 |
|
Challenges for 2016 |
|
Conclusion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
Renewal of the board and its committees and description of the selection process of members thereof |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
Annual verification of the status of the directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
Evaluation of the suitability of directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
Board committee members |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.5 |
|
Participation in the boards self-assessment process |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
Internal governance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.7 |
|
Succession plan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.8 |
|
Simplification of the corporate structure and appointment of senior executives who are not directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
Training of directors and information or induction programme for new directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.10 |
|
Self-assessment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.11 |
|
Civil liability insurance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.12 |
|
Institutional documentation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the appointments committee 2015 |
|
1. Introduction |
With a fully committed board and team of professionals, and, above all, with the
support and trust of all of you, our shareholders, I am convinced that the best is yet to come
Ana Botín, Group executive chairman of Banco Santander
General shareholders meeting
27 March 2015
1. Introduction
Regulation
The Bylaws contain the basic rules and regulations for the appointments committee, which are supplemented and
further developed by the Rules and Regulations of the Board1 and which define the committees composition, operation and powers.
Duties
At its meeting of 29 July 2015 and at the proposal of the risk supervision, regulation and compliance
committee, the board agreed to amend article 17.4 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, governing the duties of the committee, in order to bring them into line with the latest regulatory changes and recommendations regarding corporate
governance. The competencies of the appointments committee may be classified into the following main categories:
1. Appointment and removal of
directors and designation of positions on the board and its committees
|
|
|
Propose and review the selection policy for directors and the internal procedures to be followed to select persons to be put forward as directors, as well as for the ongoing assessment of directors, and report on said
ongoing assessment. In particular, the committee shall: i) assess the balance of knowledge, skills, capacity, diversity and experience necessary and existent in the board of directors, and prepare a skills matrix and a description of the tasks and
aptitudes necessary for each specific appointment, taking into account the time and dedication necessary to properly discharge the duties inherent to the position; ii) receive for consideration proposals from directors of potential candidates to
cover vacancies; and iii) establish a target for the representation of the least represented gender on the board of directors, and provide guidelines as to how to increase the representation of persons of that gender with a view to achieving that
target. |
|
|
|
Prepare reasoned proposals for the appointment, re-election and ratification of directors, proposals for the removal of directors, and proposals for the designation of members of the board of directors committees
and positions on the board and its committees. The chairman and any other director may submit suggestions to the committee in relation to the matters within its sphere of competencies. Likewise, the committee shall consult the chairman and the chief
executive officer, especially in regard to matters relating to executive directors. |
|
|
|
In cases of re-election or ratification of directors, it shall draft a proposal containing an assessment of the work and effective dedication to the position during the final period in which the proposed director has
occupied the post. |
|
|
|
Report to the board, previously, in cases where the board believes it is advisable for directors to offer their resignation and formally resign as a result of circumstances that might negatively affect the proper
functioning of the board or the Banks credit and reputation and, in particular, when they are involved in any of the legally applicable scenarios of incompatibility or ban. |
|
|
|
Notify, prior to their being submitted to the board, proposed appointments or removals of the boards secretary and, in the event, deputy secretary.
|
1. |
The committee is regulated by articles 54 of the Bylaws and 17 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board. Articles 21, 23, 24, 27 and 30 of the Regulations also contain specific provisions regarding certain aspects of
its activity. The Bylaws and Rules and Regulations of the Board of Banco Santander are published on the Groups corporate website (www.santander.com). |
|
|
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the appoinments committee 2015 |
|
1. Introduction |
2. Succession plan
|
|
|
Propose, review, apply and supervise the directors succession plan approved by the board, in coordination with the chairman of the board or, in respect thereto, with the lead director, examining and organising the
succession of the chairman and chief executive officer. |
|
|
|
Propose and review the succession plan of senior executive vice presidents and other similar positions and other employees responsible for the internal control functions or occupying key posts for the daily course of
the banking business. |
|
|
|
Report on and supervise implementation of the Groups policy for planning succession, and modifications thereto. |
3. Annual verification of the status of directors
|
|
|
Annually verify the status of directors, for presentation by the board to the shareholders at the general shareholders meeting and for publication in the annual corporate governance report. |
4. Annual verification of the status of directors
|
|
|
Periodically (at least once a year) report in regard to the structure, size, composition and action of the board of directors, the operation of and compliance with the policy for selecting directors, and the succession
plan, presenting recommendations to the board for potential changes. |
|
|
|
Periodically (at least once a year) assess the suitability of the various members of the board of directors and the board as a whole, and report findings to the board of directors. |
|
|
|
Inform in regard to the self-assessment process of the board and its members, and gauge the independence of the external consultant hired for that process. |
|
|
|
Assess (at least once a year) the performance and quality of the committees work. |
5. Directors
obligations
|
|
|
Seek to ensure compliance with the obligations of diligent administration, loyalty and inactivity provided for the directors in the Rules and Regulations of the Board. |
|
|
|
Examine the information submitted by directors concerning their other professional obligations and assess whether or not these might interfere with the dedication required of the directors for the efficient performance
of their work. |
6. Appointment and removal of senior executive vice presidents or persons occupying similar and other key positions
|
|
|
Propose and review the internal policies and procedures for the ongoing assessment of senior executive vice presidents and persons in similar posts, and of other employees in charge of internal control functions or
occupying key positions for the daily conduct of the banking business, as well as notifying their appointment and removal, and conducting the ongoing assessment of their performance, and presenting any recommendations the committee deems
appropriate. |
The committee may hire external firms to help in the process of selecting candidates and in its other duties.
Composition of the committee and attendance to its meetings in 2015
At the time of preparing this document, the
composition of the appointments committee is as follows:
In 2015, the committees composition changed as follows:
Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown has been a member and chairman of the committee since 12 February 2015, when he was appointed a director of the Bank, replacing Mr
Fernando de Asúa Álvarez as both chairman and member of the committee.
Ms Sol Daurella Comadrán, Mr Carlos Fernández
González and Mr Ángel Jado Becerro de Bengoa have been members of the committee since 23 February 2015.
Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de
Vaca has been a member since 21 September 2015, when his appointment as a director of the Bank became effective, having obtained the pertinent regulatory clearance.
Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo ceased to be a member of this committee on 16 January 2015, as a result of his appointment as executive director of the
Bank, and Mr Abel Matutes Juan ceased to be a member on 18 February, when he ceased to be a director of the Bank.
The Bylaws and the Rules and
Regulations of the Board provide that the appointments committee comprise solely external directors, have a majority of independent directors, and that it be chaired by an independent director. All members of the committee are external directors and
four of them are independent.
2. |
The composition of the appointments committee is regulated by articles 54 of the Bylaws and 17 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the appoinments committee 2015 |
|
1. Introduction |
All the members of the committee have proven capacity to discharge their duties in said committee, based on
their experience and their knowledge of the matters that are handled by the committee.
The duties of the secretary to the committee correspond, in a
non-voting capacity, to the secretary to the board of directors, who is also the Banks Secretary General, fostering a fluid and efficient relationship with the different units of the Group that are expected to collaborate with or provide
information to the committee.
The committee, in accordance with its regulations, approves an annual meeting schedule with at least four meetings.
Members attendance to meetings of the appointments committee in 2015 was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
n Number of meetings and attendance* |
|
|
|
Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown |
|
|
9/9 |
|
Mr Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero |
|
|
11/12 |
|
Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca |
|
|
3/3 |
|
Ms Sol Daurella Comadrán |
|
|
6/8 |
|
Mr Carlos Fernández González |
|
|
7/8 |
|
Mr Ángel Jado Becerro de Bengoa |
|
|
8/8 |
|
Mr Fernando de Asúa Álvarez |
|
|
3/3 |
|
Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo |
|
|
2/2 |
|
Mr Abel Matutes Juan |
|
|
3/3 |
|
* |
The first figure is the number of meetings attended by the director, and the second the number of sessions held in the year since the director has or had been a member of the committee. |
The estimated average time devoted by each of these directors in preparing and taking part in the meetings held in 2015 was approximately three hours per
meeting.
The chart below shows the approximate breakdown of the time used for each task at the meetings held by the committee in 2015.
In the previous chart, the section on corporate governance includes, among others, the estimated time
taken by the committee to review and prepare the documents relating to this matter, annual verification of the status of directors (executive, proprietary, independent or other) and participation in the boards self-assessment.
How the committee works
The rules governing the committee, set forth in article 17 of the Rules and Regulations of the
Board, establish the valid constitution thereof, with the attendance, either present or represented, of more than half of its members, and the adoption of agreements by the majority of those attending, it being possible to designate another member
as proxy.
The necessary documentation for each meeting (draft agenda, presentations, minutes of previous meetings) is provided to members of the
committee three business days ahead of the meeting date, unless for reasons of urgency this period cannot be upheld, in which case the information shall be provided to members as soon as possible.
Minutes are taken of all meetings of the appointments committee, and copies of these are delivered to all members of the board.
The committee is empowered to require the attendance at its meetings of the Banks senior executives or any of its employees; it may also harness the
help of experts, in application of the special provisions of article 27 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board.
|
|
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the appoinments committee 2015 |
|
2. Activities in 2015 |
2. Activities in
2015
2.1 Renewal of the board and its committees and description of the selection process of members thereof
Renewal of
board members
At its meeting on 25 November 2014 and at the proposal of the appointments committee on 21 November, the board of directors
approved the following appointments:
|
|
|
Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown, as vice-chairman, independent director and lead director. |
|
|
|
Ms Sol Daurella Comadrán and Mr Carlos Fernández González, as independent directors. |
These directors covered the vacancies that emerged as a result of the death of Mr Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos, and
the resignations of Mr Fernando de Asúa Álvarez and Mr Abel Matutes Juan. The appointments were effective, once cleared by the European Central Bank, from 12 February 2015, in the case of Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown and Mr Carlos
Fernández González, and on 18 February, in the case of Ms Sol Daurella Comadrán.
Moreover, on 25 November 2014, at the
proposal of the committee, the board of directors appointed Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez as a member of the board and as chief executive officer, replacing Mr Javier Marín Romano. These appointments, once cleared by
the European Central Bank and having complied with the relevant legal requirements, were effective from 13 and 14 January 2015, respectively.
At its
meeting of 16 January 2015, the board of directors agreed, at the appointments committees proposal, to appoint Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo, vice-chairman of the board, as executive director of the Bank.
At its session of 30 June 2015, at the appointments committees proposal, the board agreed the co-opted appointment, following the resignation for
personal reasons of Mr Juan Rodríguez Inciarte as a member of the board, of Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca as an external director, effective from 21 September, having been cleared by the European Central Bank.
Lastly, following the resignation of Ms Sheila C. Bair as a director of the Bank, effective from 1 October 2015, as a result of her being appointed
president of Washington College, the board meeting of 22, at the proposal of the appointments committee, agreed to the co-opted appointment of Ms Belén Romana García as an independent director, having been cleared by the European
Central Bank.
New composition of the board committees
In the wake of the appointment as directors of Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown, Mr Jose Antonio Alvarez Alvarez, Ms Sol Daurella Comadrán and Mr Carlos
Fernández González, approved on 25 November 2014, and the appointment as executive officer of Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo, approved on 16 January 2015, the appointments committee, at its meeting of 20 February 2015,
proposed the appointment of new members of the boards committees, and the proposal was approved by the board at its meeting of 23 February.
Moreover, at its meeting of 29 July, the board, at the committees behest, agreed to appoint Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca as a member of the
executive, executive risk, appointments, remuneration, risk supervision, regulation and compliance, international, and innovation and technology committees; these appointments were effective from 21 September 2015, except in the case of the
risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee, where the appointment was effective from 1 October. At its meeting of 22 December, at the committees behest, the board appointed Ms Belén Romana García as a member of
the audit committee.
Furthermore, the entry into force of the new risk governance model approved by the board at its meeting of 29 September,
signalled the discontinuation of the delegate risk committee, by agreement of the board on 1 December 2015.
Details of the composition of the
committees at the date of writing this document are included in section 2.4.
At its meeting of 11 February 2016, the committee suggested that the
board propose the re-election, as a proprietary director, of Mr Javier Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea, and, as independent directors, of Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown, Mr Ángel Jado Becerro de Bengoa, Ms Sol Daurella Comadrán
and Ms Isabel Tocino Biscarolasaga at the next general shareholders meeting.
The committee also suggested that the board propose at the next general
shareholders meeting the ratification of the appointments of Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca, as an external director, and of Ms Belén Romana García, as an independent director. The aforementioned proposals were approved by
the board at its meeting of 12 February 2016.
Selection process of new directors
In accordance with the policy for selecting directors, and pursuant to articles 6.1 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board and 42.4 of the Bylaws, the board
of directors and, as a result, the appointments committee, must ensure that the procedures for selecting board members guarantee the individual and collective training of directors, foster diversity of gender, experience and knowledge, and do not
carry implicit any bias that might lead to any discrimination whatsoever and, in particular, facilitate the selection of female directors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the appoinments committee 2015 |
|
2. Activities in 2015 |
During the process of appointing new directors, the committee must gauge the balance of knowledge, skills,
capacity, diversity and experience necessary and existing in the board of directors, and shall compile the resulting skills matrix and a description of the duties and aptitudes necessary for each specific appointment, taking into account the time
and dedication envisaged to properly fulfil the duties required of the office.
As a result of the vacancies on the board in 2015, arising from the resignation from their posts as directors
and other positions on the board, tendered by Mr Juan Rodríguez Inciarte and Ms Sheila C. Bair, the appointments committee commenced selection processes for new directors, in partnership with an external firm, which drew up a list of
candidates based on an assessment of the boards capacities (skills matrix) to determine the profiles more adequate for the Groups strategic goals.
|
|
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the appoinments committee 2015 |
|
2. Activities in 2015 |
The capacities of the board that need strengthening, according to the skills and diversity analysis, were those
relating to the following aspects: commercial knowledge beyond banking, new technology, strategy, international experience, regulatory knowledge and diversity.
The committee analysed the various candidates on the list, as well as the short-listed candidates CVs and assessment of their skills and suitability as
directors of the Bank, and proposed to the board the appointment of Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca, as a nonexecutive director, and Ms Belén Romana García, as an independent director, whose profiles may be consulted in the
Groups annual report. In the case of Mr Ignacio Benjumea, his appointment was based essentially on his experience and knowledge of legal and tax matters, compliance, corporate governance and regulatory matters. In assessing Ms Belén
Romanas candidacy, her financial and international experience, and the posts she has occupied in both the public and private sectors were taken into account.
The European Central Bank verified the suitability of Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca and Ms Belén Romana García to discharge the duties of
director of the Bank, in decisions of 21 September and 19 November, respectively.
2.2 Annual verification of the status of directors
Pursuant to article 6.3 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, at
its meeting of 11 February 2016, the appointments committee verified the status of each director. Its proposal, submitted to the board of directors, and approved by the latter at its meeting of 12 February 2016, was as follows:
i. Executive directors:
Ms Ana
Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea
Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez
Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo
Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte
The above are considered executive directors in accordance with section 1 of article 529-12 of the Corporate Enterprise Act and article
6.2.a) of the Rules and Regulations of the Board.
ii. External proprietary director:
Mr Javier Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea
This classification is based on the definition contained in article 6.2.b) of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, which specifies that
external or non-executive directors who hold or represent shareholdings equal to or greater than the one legally considered as significant, or who have been designated due to their position as shareholders, despite their shareholdings not reaching
the threshold to be considered significant, as well as anyone representing such shareholders, shall be considered proprietary directors.
Since 2002, the appointments committee and the board of directors have stipulated that having or representing at least 1% of the Banks
share capital is a necessary condition, though not the only condition, to be appointed a non-executive director. This percentage was established by the Bank in accordance with its self-regulatory powers and is less than that deemed significant by
law, although the Bank believes it is sufficient so as to enable the board to classify directors that hold or represent a shareholding equal to or greater than such percentage as proprietary directors.
The board, taking into account the prevailing circumstances of each case, and following a
report by the committee, appointed Mr Javier Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea as an external proprietary director representing shareholders owners of voting rights with an 1.041% of the Banks share capital at year-end 2015.
iii. External independent directors:
Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown
Ms
Sol Daurella Comadrán
Mr Carlos Fernández González
Ms Esther Giménez-Salinas i Colomer
Mr Ángel Jado Becerro de Bengoa
Ms Belén Romana García
Ms Isabel Tocino Biscarolasaga
Mr Juan Miguel Villar Mir
The above are considered independent directors in accordance with section 4 of article 529-12 of the Corporate Enterprise Act and article
6.2(c) of the Rules and Regulations of the Board.
iv. External non-proprietary and non-independent directors:
Mr Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero
Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca
Neither can be classified as a proprietary director as they do not hold shareholdings equal to or greater than that which qualifies as
significant under the law and have not been designated as such on account of their status as shareholders. Likewise, neither can be considered an independent director since, in the case of Mr de la Dehesa, he has held the position of director for
more than 12 years and, in the case of Mr Benjumea, since 3 years have not yet elapsed since his resignation as a member of the Groups senior management.
Therefore, following a report from the appointments committee, the board of directors has classified both as non-executive directors that are
neither proprietary nor independent, in accordance with article 529-12 of the Spanish Corporate Enterprises Act and article 6.2 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board.
Accordingly, of the fifteen current members of the board, four are executive directors and eleven are external directors. Of the latter, eight are
independent, one proprietary and another two are, in the opinion of the board and the committee, neither proprietary nor independent.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the appoinments committee 2015 |
|
2. Activities in 2015 |
2.3 Evaluation of the suitability of directors and other key personnel
Pursuant to the provisions of Law 10/2014, of
26 June, on the organisation, supervision and solvency of credit institutions, Royal Decree 84/2015, of 13 February, implementing Law 10/2014, and in accordance with the internal ongoing selection and assessment procedure approved by the
board at its meeting of 24 June 2013, the committee has assessed the directors, the senior executive vice presidents or persons holding similar positions, those responsible for internal control functions and those holding key positions for the
daily conduct of the banking business of the Group (161 people in total at year-end 2015), concluding that they demonstrate commercial and professional integrity, and have suitable knowledge and experience to perform their duties. Likewise, the
committee found that the members of the board are capable of carrying out good governance of the Bank, and have sufficient professional experience in the management of credit institutions and effective capacity to make independent and autonomous
decisions for the Banks benefit.
2.4 Board committee members
At the proposal of the committee, the board has resolved to modify the composition of its
committees, which will be respectively comprised by the directors mentioned below:
Executive committee
Chairman: Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea.
Members: Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez, Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown, Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo,
Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte, Mr Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero, Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca y Ms Isabel Tocino Biscarolasaga.
Secretary: Mr Jaime Pérez Renovales.
Audit committee
Chairman: Mr Juan Miguel
Villar Mir.
Members: Mr Carlos Fernández González, Mr Ángel Jado Becerro de Bengoa, Ms Belén Romana
García y Ms Isabel Tocino Biscarolasaga.
Secretary: Mr Jaime Pérez Renovales.
Appointments committee
Chairman: Mr Bruce
Carnegie-Brown.
Members: Mr Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero, Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca, Ms Sol Daurella Comadrán,
Mr Carlos Fernández González y Mr Ángel Jado Becerro de Bengoa.
Secretary: Mr Jaime Pérez Renovales.
Remuneration committee
Chairman:
Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown.
Members: Mr Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero, Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca, Ms Sol Daurella
Comadrán, Mr Ángel Jado Becerro de Bengoa y Ms Isabel Tocino Biscarolasaga.
Secretary: Mr Jaime Pérez
Renovales.
Risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee
Chairman: Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown.
Members:
Mr Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero, Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca, Mr Carlos Fernández González, Mr Ángel Jado Becerro de Bengoa, Ms Isabel Tocino Biscarolasaga y Mr Juan Miguel Villar Mir.
Secretary: Mr Jaime Pérez Renovales.
International committee
Chairman: Ms Ana
Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea.
Members: Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez, Mr Rodrigo Echenique
Gordillo, Mr Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero, Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca y Ms Esther Giménez-Salinas i Colomer.
Secretary: Mr Jaime Pérez Renovales.
Innovation and technology committee
Chairman:
Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea.
Members: Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez, Mr Bruce
Carnegie-Brown, Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo, Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte, Mr Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero, Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca y Ms Esther Giménez-Salinas i Colomer.
Secretary: Mr Jaime Pérez Renovales.
In
2015, the Bylaws and Rules and Regulations of the Board were modified, in order, among other things, to adapt the boards committees to the latest regulatory reforms and best practices in connection with good governance.
|
|
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the appoinments committee 2015 |
|
2. Activities in 2015 |
2.5 Participation in the boards self-assessment process
The appointments committee reported in regard to the
self-assessment process of the board and its members, and of its committees, conducted by the board with the support of independent firm Spencer Stuart.
The self-assessment includes a specific section for the individual assessment of directors, the chairman and the chief executive officer. The chairman led the
assessment of the lead director and the lead director that of the chairman, and also the process of crossed individual assessments.
This exercise was
based on a questionnaire and personal interviews with the directors and on international best corporate governance practices, as well as an independent assessment using, among other methods, benchmarking with respect to comparable international
banks.
The latest self-assessment focused on the following matters: organisation, internal trend and culture, roles and contribution of directors;
composition and content of the board and its committees; comparison with other international banks; and open questions regarding the future (strategy and internal and external factors that might affect the Groups performance) and other matters
of interest.
The directors consider the following as strengths of the Groups corporate governance: the high level of
dedication and commitment of the members of the board and their involvement in the control of all types of risks, not only credit risk; the directors experience in and knowledge of the banking business; the balance between executive and
non-executive directors, both on the board and on its committees; and the excellent operation of the board committees, particularly the executive committee. They also note the sound combination of experience, skills and knowledge among the members
of the board and the high degree of diversity in respect of their skills. They also highlight the leadership of the Group executive chairman, who strives to involve all members of the board and to properly moderate discussions. Moreover, the duties
of lead director are properly discharged and incorporate international best practices in good governance. The frequency and duration of the board meetings is considered to be adequate.
For the independent assessment, Spencer Stuart compared the Bank with another 23 Top international financial institutions with regard to the composition and
dedication of the board, the committees, remuneration and other aspects of corporate governance; the Bank ranks very highly.
The findings were presented
at the board meeting of 29 September 2015.
Some specific measures or practices
adopted as a consequence of the boards self-assessment in the last few years
|
|
|
A more detailed succession plan for positions on the board, in particular those of the Group executive chairman and chief executive officer, established in the Rules and Regulations of the Board and reflected in the
related succession plans. |
|
|
|
Annual board meetings dedicated specifically to the Groups strategy. |
|
|
|
Continued improvement in the director training programme, which has been implemented continuously since it was proposed in the self-assessment process of 2005. |
|
|
|
Directors have immediate access, via electronic devices, to all the information pertaining to the board and committees (calendar, agendas, presentations and minutes). |
|
|
|
Review of the boards composition, incorporating new directors with a more international profile and strengthening diversity. |
|
|
|
The Group executive chairman encourages debate at board meetings, inviting directors to ask questions and present queries.
|
|
|
|
Full involvement of the appointments committee in the process to appoint new directors. |
|
|
|
Review of the Bylaws and Rules and Regulations of the Board, for the purpose, among others, of adapting the duties of some committees to applicable regulations and to best corporate governance practices.
|
|
|
|
Improvement in board members relationships outside of meetings, as well as the interaction between these directors and company executives. |
|
|
|
Inclusion of corporate social responsibility among the responsibilities of the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee. |
|
|
|
The board approved the amendment to section 3 of article 17-5 of its Regulations, broadening the scope of duties of the innovation and technology committee.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the appoinments committee 2015 |
|
2. Activities in 2015 |
2.6 Internal governance
At its meeting of 29 July 2015, the board of directors, at the committees behest,
approved the governance model for the relationship between the parent Bank and the subsidiaries, including the principles and practices of good governance for the subsidiaries in which the Group is the core shareholder.
This control and supervision model is based on the three levels into which the relationship between the parent and the subsidiaries is classified:
|
|
|
Presence of directors of the parent Bank and/or executives of the Group in the subsidiaries governing bodies. |
|
|
|
Relationship between chief executives and country heads with the chairman and the chief executive of the Group. |
|
|
|
Relationship between the divisions or departments of corporate support and control (in particular, Risk, Internal Audit and Compliance) and the subsidiaries. |
The principles and practices of good corporate governance contained in this model and applicable to the subsidiaries comply with the legal requirements and
best practices set forth in national and international codes of good governance.
The model envisages the roles of country head, chairman and chief
executive of each subsidiary, and describes the process for the selection and appointment of said persons, with the involvement of governing bodies of both the parent and the subsidiary. It also contains aspects of internal governance linked to key
functions: risk, compliance, audit, financial management and general intervention.
2.7 Succession plans
In 2015, in addition to the provisions of article 24 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board
concerning directors, a talent review and succession planning process has been launched, implementing the so-called talent committees that will be responsible for assessment and succession plans.
Within this framework, at its meeting of 21 July, the board approved the committees proposed succession planning policy for the Group, establishing
a structured succession process for key posts (including executive directors), focusing on aspects such as scope, the responsibilities of the appointments committee and other bodies and executives in the process and reporting and control mechanisms.
Likewise, this policy is aimed at fostering the development and retention of internal talent.
Lastly, the committee has reviewed the implementation of
the succession planning policy in its meetings of 21 December 2015 and 25 January 2016.
|
|
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the appoinments committee 2015 |
|
2. Activities in 2015 |
2.8 Simplification of the corporate structure and appointment of senior executives who are not directors
In 2015,
corporate structure was simplified, with the number of divisions streamlined from 15 to 10 and the number of senior executive vice presidents cut by 23%.
In 2015, the committee issued favourable opinions, among others, regarding the following appointments, agreed by the board of directors:
|
|
|
Mr Javier Maldonado Trinchant, initially as head of Control and Coordination of Regulatory Projects and subsequently as head of the corporate Cost area. |
|
|
|
Mr Andreu Plaza López, as senior executive vice president and head of the Technology and Operations division. |
|
|
|
Mr Rami Aboukhair Hurtado, as senior executive vice president and head of Commercial Banking at Santander España, later appointed country head of Santander España. |
|
|
|
Mr José Luis de Mora Gil-Gallardo, as senior executive vice president and head of Financial Planning and Corporate Development. |
|
|
|
Ms Mónica López-Monís Gallego, as senior executive vice president and Group chief compliance officer. |
|
|
|
Mr Juan Manuel San Román López, as senior executive vice president and head of Strategic Alliances, replacing Mr Juan Andres Yanes, who had previously been appointed head of this area in 2015.
|
The board also appointed the following senior executive vice presidents for the following posts, based on favourable reports by the
committee:
|
|
|
Mr Jaime Pérez Renovales, as general secretary and secretary of the board and head of the General Scretariat and Human Resources division. |
|
|
|
Mr Víctor Matarranz Sanz de Madrid, as head of the Office of the Chairman and Strategy. |
|
|
|
Mr Ángel Rivera Congosto, as head of the Corporate Commercial Banking division. |
|
|
|
Mr Javier San Felix García, as head of Commercial Banking at Santander UK. |
|
|
|
in 2016, Mr J. Peter Jackson, as head of the Corporate Innovation function replacing Mr José María Fuster VanBendegem, who had previously been appointed head of this function in 2015. |
Furthermore, the committee issued a favourable opinion regarding the proposal to set up the board of Santander España as an internal collegiate body to
cooperate with the Banks board and its committees in the administration and supervision of this business unit, taking a prior position in regard to any decision the latter must make. The members of the board of Santander España are
appointed by the Banks board of directors and at least one third must be independent. The proposal for setting up this body was approved by the board at its meeting of 30 June.
2.9 Training of directors and information or induction programme for new directors
As a result of the boards
self-assessment process of 2005, an ongoing training programme for directors was implemented.
Within the framework of the Banks ongoing director
training programme, nine sessions were held in 2015 with an average attendance of eight directors, who devoted approximately two hours to each session. Various issues were covered in depth at such meetings, including: capital requirements and
assessment, liquidity, structural reforms, the EU MiFID II directive, the new regulatory system, as well as matters relating to new trends in risk appetite and operational risk.
The Rules and Regulations of the Board (article 21.7) establish that the board must make an information and induction programme available to new directors
that provides swift and sufficient knowledge of the Bank and its Group, including their governance rules.
New directors therefore attended an information
or induction programme specifically for new directors, which addressed the following matters:
|
|
|
General presentation of the Group and the regulatory context in which it operates. |
|
|
|
The Groups main regions and businesses. |
|
|
|
The main support areas (technology and operations, risk, audit, human resources, organisation and costs). |
|
|
|
Corporate governance and internal governance. |
|
|
|
Sustainability, communication and the Santander brand. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the appoinments committee 2015 |
|
2. Activities in 2015 |
2.10 Self-assessment
The self-assessment of the board and its members, as well as that of its committees, conducted by
the board with the support of independent firm Spencer Stuart, welcomed both the composition of the committee and the very high degree of dedication among its members, as well as the chairmans leadership and the improvements in the
committees involvement in appointing external directors and the knowledge of both the board and the committees of the Banks main executives.
For the purposes of the boards assessment of the committees performance, the former took into account the committees report for the previous
year, as well as other information concerning its activities and operation supplied to the board.
2.11 Civil liability insurance
A proposal to renew the civil liability insurance policy for directors and executives of
the Group was approved by the board at its meeting of 29 September 2015, a report on said renewal having been presented to the committee at its meeting of 28 September 2015.
2.12 Institutional documentation
At the meeting of 11 February 2016, the committee endorsed this report and, in
respect of the section that affects its sphere of competencies, the Groups annual report, which were approved by the board of directors on 12 February 2016.
|
|
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the appoinments committee 2015 |
|
3. Challenges for 2016 |
3. Challenges for
2016
The main challenges for the committee in 2016 are as follows:
|
|
|
Monitoring and overseeing the long-term succession planning of the Groups directors and key members of the senior management. |
|
|
|
Take part in the entire process of devising policies within its sphere of competencies.
|
|
|
|
Develop the governance model to strengthen the relationship between the parent Bank and the subsidiaries, especially with regard to corporate governance, ensuring its implementation throughout the Groups main
geographical areas. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the appoinments committee 2015 |
|
4. Conclusion |
4. Conclusion
Throughout 2015, the appointments committee has properly discharged the responsibilities assigned to it in the
Bylaws and the Rules and Regulations of the Board.
|
|
|
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE 2015
Report of the remuneration committee 2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
2 |
|
3 |
|
4 |
|
5 |
Introduction |
|
Report on the director remuneration policy |
|
Remuneration of non-director members of senior management |
|
Challenges for 2016 |
|
Conclusion |
|
|
2.1 |
|
Principles of the remuneration policy |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
Principles of corporate governance regarding remuneration |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
Remuneration policy in 2015 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
Individual remuneration of directors for all items in 2015 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.5 |
|
Director remuneration policy |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
Reparatory work and decision-making process with a description of the participation of the remuneration committee and the identity of the
external advisors Annex |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
1. Introduction |
1. Introduction
Regulation
The Bylaws contain the basic rules and regulations for the remuneration committee, which are supplemented and
further developed by the Rules and Regulations of the Board1 and which define the committees composition, operation and powers.
Duties
In exercising its duties, the remuneration committee must take into account the long-term interests of
shareholders, investors and other parties interested in company, as well as public interest.
The competencies of the remuneration committee may be
classified into the following main categories:
1. Remuneration of directors
|
|
|
Propose to the board the director remuneration policy, drafting the required report on such policy pursuant to article 28.bis of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, and prepare the annual remuneration report
envisaged in article 29. |
|
|
|
Propose to the board the individual remuneration of directors in their capacity as such. |
|
|
|
Propose to the board the individual remuneration of directors for carrying out any duties other than those corresponding thereto in their capacity as directors and other conditions of their contracts. |
|
|
|
Ensure compliance with the director remuneration policy established by the company. |
|
|
|
Periodically review the remuneration programmes to ensure they are up-to-date, giving weight to their adaptation and performance; that directors remuneration is in line with the criteria of moderation and the
companys results, culture and risk appetite; and that no incentives are offered to assume risk that exceeds the level tolerated by the company, such that they promote and are compatible with adequate and effective risk management. For these
purposes the mechanisms and systems adopted will be revised to ensure that the remuneration programmes take into account all types of risk and all levels of capital and liquidity, and that remuneration is in line with the companys business
targets and strategies, corporate culture and long-term interest.
|
|
|
|
Ensure transparency of the remuneration and the inclusion in the annual report, the annual corporate governance report, the annual report on remuneration and in other reports required by applicable legislation regarding
required information on director remuneration and, for such purpose, submit any information required to the board. |
2. Remuneration of
non-director members of senior management
|
|
|
Propose to the board the remuneration policy of the senior executive vice presidents and other members of senior management in accordance with the law. |
|
|
|
Propose to the board the basic terms and conditions of the contracts and remuneration of the members of senior management. |
|
|
|
Ensure compliance with the remuneration policy for members of senior management established by the company. |
3. Remuneration of other executives whose activities may have a significant impact on the Groups assumption of risks
|
|
|
Propose to the board the remuneration of executives who, although not belonging to senior management, are assigned internal control functions in the company (internal audit, risk management and compliance) or receive
significant remuneration, particularly variable remuneration, and whose activities may have a significant impact on the Groups assumption of risks. |
4. Other
|
|
|
Other functions stipulated in the board regulation and applicable legislation |
1. |
The committee is regulated by article 54.bis of the Bylaws and article 17.bis of the Rules and Regulations of the Board. Articles 28, 28.bis and 29 of these Rules and Regulations also contain specific provisions
regarding certain aspects of its activity. The Bylaws and the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Banco Santander are published on the Groups website (www.santander.com). |
At its meeting of 29 July 2015 the committee resolved, at the proposal of the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee, to
amend article 17 bis 4 of the Board of Directors Regulations, governing the duties of the committee, in order to bring them into line with the latest regulatory changes and recommendations regarding corporate governance.
|
|
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
1. Introduction |
|
|
|
Composition of the committee and attendance at its meetings in 2015
At the date of this report, the composition of the remuneration committee is as follows:
|
|
In 2015, the committees composition changed as follows:
Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown has been a member and chairman of the committee since 12 February 2015, when his appointment as director of the Bankvecame
effective, replacing Mr Fernando de Asúa Álvarez as both chairman and member of the committee.
Ms Sol Daurella Comadrán and Mr Ángel Jado Becerro de Bengoa have been members of the committee since 23 February 2015.
Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca has been a member since 21 September 2015, when
his appointment as a director of the Bank became effective, having obtained the pertinent regulatory clearance.
Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo ceased to be a member of this committee on 16 January 2015 as a result of his appointment as executive director of the
Bank. The Bylaws and the Rules and Regulations of the Board2 provide that the
remuneration committee shall be composed solely of non-executive directors, with independent directors having majority representation and that it be chaired by an independent director. All members of the committee are non-executive directors and
four of them are independent (including the chairman). All the directors that form
part of the remuneration committee have proven capacity to discharge their duties on such committee based on their experience and their knowledge in the area of remuneration.
In addition, since the committee members sit on other committees of the board (executive, audit, appointments and risk supervision, regulation and compliance
committees), continuously updated information is available on the Groups risks, capital base and liquidity, which is particularly significant in, among others, the establishment of remuneration systems, the control thereof, and the
determination of the specific amounts of variable remuneration.
|
|
2. The committees composition is regulated by article 54.bis of the Bylaws and article 17.bis of the
Rules and Regulations of the Board. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
1. Introduction |
The duties of the secretary of the committee correspond, in a non-voting capacity, to the secretary of the board
of directors, who is also the Banks general secretary, fostering a fluid and efficient relationship with the different units of the Group that are expected to collaborate with or provide information to the committee.
The committee, in accordance with its regulations, approves an annual meeting schedule, including at least four meetings. In any event, the committee shall
meet whenever convened, either by agreement of the committee itself, or by its chairman. The committee held ten sessions in 2015.
Attendance at meetings
of the remuneration committee in 2015 was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
n Number of meetings and attendance1 |
|
|
|
Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown |
|
|
9/9 |
|
Mr Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero |
|
|
9/10 |
|
Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca |
|
|
4/4 |
|
Ms Sol Daurella Comadrán |
|
|
6/9 |
|
Mr Ángel Jado Becerro de Bengoa |
|
|
8/9 |
|
Ms Isabel Tocino Biscarolasaga |
|
|
10/10 |
|
Mr Fernando de Asúa Álvarez |
|
|
1/1 |
|
Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo |
|
|
1/1 |
|
1. |
The first figure is the number of meetings attended by the director, and the second the number of sessions held in the year since the director has or had been a member of the committee. |
The estimated average time devoted by each of these directors in preparing and taking part in the committee meetings held in 2015 was approximately three
hours per meeting.
The chart below shows a breakdown of the approximate time dedicated to each task at the meetings held by the committee in 2015.
How the committee works
The rules governing the committee establish the valid constitution thereof, with the attendance,
either present or represented, of more than half of its members, and the adoption of agreements by the majority of those attending, it being possible to designate another member as proxy.
The necessary documentation for each meeting (draft agenda, presentations, minutes of previous meetings) is provided to committee members three business days
prior to the meeting date, unless for reasons of urgency this period cannot be upheld, in which case the information shall be provided to members as soon as possible.
Minutes are taken of all meetings of the remuneration committee, and copies thereof are delivered to all members of the board.
The committee is empowered to require the attendance at its meetings of the Banks senior executives or its employees, and of the external auditor. It
may also harness the help of experts, in accordance with the provisions of article 27 of the Board of Directors Regulations.
The chairman and any
other director may submit suggestions to the committee in relation to the matters within its sphere of competencies. Additionally, the remuneration committee shall consult the chairman and chief executive officer on issues relating to executive
directors and senior management.
Self-assessment
The self-assessment process of the board, its members and its committees, conducted by the board with the support of the independent firm Spencer Stuart,
welcomed the autonomy and independence of the committee, as well as the knowledge and involvement of its members.
For the purposes of the boards
assessment of the committees performance, the former took into account the committees report for the previous year, as well as other information concerning its activities and operation supplied to the board.
|
|
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
2. Report on the director remuneration policy
The remuneration committee has prepared this report3 which sets forth the standards and grounds that this
collective decision-making body uses to determine the remuneration of the members of the board of directors for the last financial year and for the current year. In addition, based on the information herein for 2015 and 2016, the remuneration
committee has prepared the annual report on director remuneration required by article 541 of the Companies Act (Ley de Sociedades de Capital) following the template provided by CNMV Circular 4/2013 (amended by Circular 7/2015), which shall be
made available to the shareholders when the annual general shareholders meeting of 2016 is called and shall be submitted to a consultative vote as a separate item on the agenda.
This report also includes the content required by section 2 of article 529.novodecies of the Companies Act in relation to the proposed director remuneration
policy for 2016, 2017 and 2018 which the board of directors submits to binding approval of the shareholders at the annual general shareholders meeting of 2016 as a separate item on the agenda. The committee is of the opinion that said proposal
conforms to the principles of the companys remuneration policy and to the bylaw-mandated remuneration system described in section 2.5 of this report.
2.1 Principles of the remuneration policy
a) Remuneration of directors in their capacity as such
The individual remuneration of directors, whether executive or not, for the performance of supervisory and collective decision-making duties, shall be
determined by the board of directors, within the maximum set by the shareholders, based on the positions held by the directors on the collective decision-making body itself and membership on and attendance at the various committees, as well as any
other objective circumstances that the board may take into account.
b) Remuneration of executive directors
The principles of the remuneration policy for executive directors of the Bank are as follows:
|
|
|
Remuneration must be compatible with rigorous risk management, without favouring an inappropriate assumption thereof, and must be in line with the interests of the shareholders, fostering the long-term creation of
value. |
|
|
|
Fixed remuneration must represent a significant proportion of total compensation. |
|
|
|
Variable remuneration must compensate directors performance in achieving the Groups objectives. |
|
|
|
The overall remuneration package and the structure thereof must be competitive, facilitating the attraction, retention, and appropriate remuneration of the directors and executives. |
Banco Santander performs an annual comparative review of the total compensation of the executive directors and senior executives.
2.2 Principles of corporate governance regarding remuneration
a) Engagement of the board
The board of directors itself, at the proposal of the remuneration committee, is the body that approves the annual report on director remuneration submitted to
a consultative vote of the shareholders at the general shareholders meeting. At the proposal of this committee, the board also proposes the director remuneration policy, submitted to a binding vote of the shareholders at the general meeting,
and approves individual director remuneration, including that of executive directors and, if appropriate, non-executive directors, for the performance of duties other that those of a director, and establishes the other terms and conditions of their
contracts.
b) Transparency
Banco Santander believes
transparency to be a basic principle in corporate governance, and has acted in advance of the regulatory requirements that now apply in this regard.
3. |
Note 5 to the Groups legal report provides information regarding director remuneration for 2015. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
2.3 Remuneration policy applied in 20154
This report includes both
qualitative and quantitative information on the remunerations of members of the board of directors (executive and non-executive) for the 2014 and 2015 fiscal years. This information refers to those who were directors at some time during these years
but have since left the board.
In 2015, the Banks board of directors approved a number of appointments and organisational changes in order to
simplify the Groups organisation and make it more competitive. Below is a summary of the remuneration for executive directors and senior management that were part of these governance bodies at year-end in 2015 and 2014:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thousands of euros |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
|
|
Active executive directors at 31 December of each year |
|
|
24,692 |
|
|
|
22,364 |
|
|
|
|
|
Active members of senior management at 31 December of each year |
|
|
56,076 |
|
|
|
81,785 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80,768 |
|
|
|
104,419 |
|
|
|
-22.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.3.1 Remuneration of directors for the performance of supervisory and collective decision-making duties.
Bylaw-stipulated emoluments
i) Composition and limits
At the annual general shareholders meeting of 22 March 2013, the shareholders approved an amendment to the Bylaws, such that remuneration of
directors in their capacity as such now consists of a fixed annual amount determined at the general shareholders meeting. Such amount shall remain in effect until the shareholders resolve to amend it, though the board may reduce such amount in
the years it considers such reduction appropriate. The remuneration established at the general shareholders meeting for 2015 was EUR 6 million, with two components: (a) annual allotment and (b) attendance fees.
The remuneration of each one of the directors in their capacity as such has been determined by the board of directors based on the positions held by the
directors on the collective decision-making body, membership on and attendance at the various committees, and any other objective circumstances evaluated by the board.
Bylaw-stipulated emoluments earned by the board in 2015 amounted to EUR 5.1 million, which is 13.6% less than the amount approved at the general
shareholders meeting.
Independently of the directors right to receive remuneration in their capacity as such, they are also entitled to
receive other compensation (salaries, incentives, bonuses, pensions, insurance and severance payments) as, following a proposal made by the remuneration committee and upon resolution by the board of directors, may be deemed appropriate in
consideration for the performance of other duties in the company, whether they are the duties of an executive director or otherwise, other than the supervisory and collective decision-making duties that they discharge in their capacity as members of
the board.
ii) Annual allotment
The amounts
received individually by the directors during the last few years based on the positions held on the board and their membership on the various board committees were as follows:
4. |
The information contained in this section will be included in the annual remuneration report for 2015 and 2016, which will be submitted to a consultative vote of the share- holders at the 2016 annual general
shareholders meeting. |
|
|
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount per director in euros: |
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
2013 |
|
|
2012 |
|
|
2011 |
|
Members of the board of directors |
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
99,946 |
|
Members of the executive committee |
|
|
170,383 |
|
|
|
170,383 |
|
|
|
170,383 |
|
|
|
170,383 |
|
|
|
200,451 |
|
Members of the audit committee |
|
|
39,551 |
|
|
|
39,551 |
|
|
|
39,551 |
|
|
|
39,551 |
|
|
|
46,530 |
|
Members of the appointments committee1 |
|
|
23,730 |
|
|
|
23,730 |
|
|
|
23,730 |
|
|
|
23,730 |
|
|
|
27,918 |
|
Members of the remuneration committee1 |
|
|
23,730 |
|
|
|
23,730 |
|
|
|
23,730 |
|
|
|
23,730 |
|
|
|
27,918 |
|
Members of the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee |
|
|
39,551 |
|
|
|
20,697 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chairman of the appointments committee |
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chairman of the remuneration committee |
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chairman of the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee |
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
|
26,164 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lead director2 |
|
|
111,017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-executive vice chairmen3 |
|
|
28,477 |
|
|
|
28,477 |
|
|
|
28,477 |
|
|
|
28,477 |
|
|
|
33,502 |
|
1. |
The data for 2011 to 2013 correspond to the amounts received by the members of the appointments and remuneration committee (EUR 23,730 in 2012 and 2013 and EUR 27,918 in 2011) prior to its separation into the
appointments committee and the remuneration committee. |
2. |
Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown, for duties performed as part of the board and board committees, specifically as chairman of the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee and as lead director, and the time and
dedication required to perform these duties, received total annual remuneration of EUR 700,000 in 2015, including the aforementioned annual allowances corresponding to him and attendance fees. |
3. |
The amount for 2013 was paid to Mr Guillermo de la Dehesa and Mr Manuel Soto Serrano in proportion to the time during which the position was held during the year by each of them. The amounts for 2012 and 2011 were paid
to Mr Manuel Soto Serrano. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
Set forth below is an individualised breakdown of the amount received for this remuneration item for the last two financial years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount in euros |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Committees of the board |
|
|
|
|
Directors |
|
Executive |
|
Non- executive |
|
Board |
|
|
EC |
|
|
AC |
|
|
NC |
|
|
RC |
|
|
RSRCC |
|
|
Total |
|
Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea |
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
170,383 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
255,337 |
|
Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
170,383 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
255,337 |
|
Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
374,448 |
|
|
|
170,383 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,730 |
|
|
|
23,730 |
|
|
|
39,551 |
|
|
|
631,842 |
|
Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
170,383 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
255,337 |
|
Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte |
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
170,383 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
255,337 |
|
Mr Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero |
|
|
|
|
|
|
113,431 |
|
|
|
170,383 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,730 |
|
|
|
23,730 |
|
|
|
39,551 |
|
|
|
370,825 |
|
Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,596 |
|
|
|
47,326 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,594 |
|
|
|
6,594 |
|
|
|
9,888 |
|
|
|
93,998 |
|
Mr Javier Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
Ms Sol Daurella Comadrán6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,730 |
|
|
|
23,730 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
132,414 |
|
Mr Carlos Fernández González2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39,551 |
|
|
|
23,730 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39,551 |
|
|
|
187,786 |
|
Ms Esther Giménez-Salinas i Colomer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
Mr Ángel Jado Becerro de Bengoa |
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39,551 |
|
|
|
23,730 |
|
|
|
23,730 |
|
|
|
39,551 |
|
|
|
211,516 |
|
Ms Belén Romana García7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,327 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,084 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,411 |
|
Ms Isabel Tocino Biscarolasaga |
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
170,383 |
|
|
|
39,551 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,730 |
|
|
|
39,551 |
|
|
|
358,169 |
|
Mr Juan Miguel Villar Mir |
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39,551 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39,551 |
|
|
|
164,056 |
|
Mr Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los
Ríos8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Javier Marín Romano9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,793 |
|
|
|
5,602 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,395 |
|
Mr Fernando de Asúa Álvarez10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
43,189 |
|
|
|
20,073 |
|
|
|
4,659 |
|
|
|
2,796 |
|
|
|
2,796 |
|
|
|
4,659 |
|
|
|
78,172 |
|
Ms Sheila C, Bair11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
63,715 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,663 |
|
|
|
93,379 |
|
Mr Vittorio Corbo Lioi12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Abel Matutes Juan13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,405 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,310 |
|
|
|
3,186 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,900 |
|
Mr Juan Rodríguez Inciarte14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,477 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,477 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,611,875 |
|
|
|
1,265,682 |
|
|
|
169,257 |
|
|
|
131,226 |
|
|
|
128,040 |
|
|
|
281,516 |
|
|
|
3,587,596 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
Director since 13 January 2015. |
2. |
Director since 12 February 2015. |
3. |
Executive director since 16 January 2015. |
4. |
Director since 21 September 2015. |
5. |
All amounts received were reimbursed to Fundación Botín. |
6. |
Director since 18 February 2015. |
7. |
Director since 22 December 2015. |
8. |
Ceased to be a director due to his death on 9 September 2014. |
9. |
Ceased to be a director on 12 January 2015. |
10. |
Ceased to be a director on 12 February 2015. |
11. |
Ceased to be a director on 1 October 2015. |
12. |
Ceased to be a director on 24 July 2014. |
13. |
Ceased to be a director on 18 February 2015. |
14. |
Ceased to be a director on 30 June 2015.
|
Proprietary
Independent
Non-executive (neither proprietary nor independent)
EC: Executive committee
AC: Audit committee
NC: Appointments committee
RC: Remuneration committee
RSRCC: Risk supervision, regulation
and compliance committee
|
|
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014 |
|
|
|
|
Committees of the board |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chg |
|
Board |
|
|
EC |
|
|
AC |
|
|
ARC |
|
|
NC |
|
|
RC |
|
|
RSRCC |
|
|
Total |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
170,383 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
255,337 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
170,383 |
|
|
|
12,245 |
|
|
|
19,244 |
|
|
|
4,486 |
|
|
|
4,486 |
|
|
|
20,697 |
|
|
|
316,495 |
|
|
|
-19.32 |
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
170,383 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
255,337 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
113,431 |
|
|
|
170,383 |
|
|
|
39,551 |
|
|
|
19,244 |
|
|
|
4,486 |
|
|
|
4,486 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
351,581 |
|
|
|
5.47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,697 |
|
|
|
105,651 |
|
|
|
100.20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
170,383 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,244 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,486 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
279,067 |
|
|
|
28.35 |
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
93.11 |
|
|
58,653 |
|
|
|
117,634 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
176,287 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
170,383 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
255,337 |
|
|
|
-96.71 |
|
|
113,431 |
|
|
|
170,383 |
|
|
|
39,551 |
|
|
|
19,244 |
|
|
|
4,486 |
|
|
|
4,486 |
|
|
|
46,861 |
|
|
|
398,442 |
|
|
|
-80.38 |
|
|
78,902 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,697 |
|
|
|
99,599 |
|
|
|
-6.25 |
|
|
47,714 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,714 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39,551 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,486 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
128,991 |
|
|
|
-84.57 |
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,954 |
|
|
|
-50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,346,626 |
|
|
|
1,310,315 |
|
|
|
130,898 |
|
|
|
76,976 |
|
|
|
17,944 |
|
|
|
17,944 |
|
|
|
108,952 |
|
|
|
3,009,654 |
|
|
|
19.20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
iii) Attendance fees
By resolution of the board, at the proposal of the remuneration committee, the amount of attendance fees applicable to meetings of the board and its committees
(excluding the executive committee, for which no fees are provided) during 2015 was the same as that established since 2008. The amounts are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Amount in euros |
|
2008-2015 |
|
Attendance fees per meeting |
|
|
|
|
Board of directors |
|
|
|
|
Resident directors |
|
|
2,540 |
|
Non-resident directors |
|
|
2,057 |
|
Delegate risk committee*, audit committee and risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee** |
|
|
|
|
Resident directors |
|
|
1,650 |
|
Non-resident directors |
|
|
1,335 |
|
Other committees (excluding executive committee) |
|
|
|
|
Resident directors |
|
|
1,270 |
|
Non-resident directors |
|
|
1,028 |
|
* |
Disbanded by the resolution of the board of 1 December 2015; the committee held its last meeting on 29 October. |
** |
Held its first meeting on 23 July 2014. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
Set forth below is an individualised breakdown of the amount received for this remuneration item for the last two financial years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Importe en euros |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
|
|
Directors |
|
Executive |
|
|
Non- executive |
|
|
Board |
|
|
Other attendance fees |
|
|
Total |
|
|
Consejo |
|
|
Other attendance fees |
|
|
Board |
|
|
Chg (%) |
|
Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53,340 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53,340 |
|
|
|
29,281 |
|
|
|
2,056 |
|
|
|
31,337 |
|
|
|
70.21 |
|
Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48,260 |
|
|
|
37,950 |
|
|
|
86,210 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,969 |
|
|
|
33,189 |
|
|
|
68,158 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,800 |
|
|
|
87,580 |
|
|
|
138,380 |
|
|
|
35,560 |
|
|
|
152,070 |
|
|
|
187,630 |
|
|
|
-26.25 |
|
Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53,340 |
|
|
|
132,000 |
|
|
|
185,340 |
|
|
|
38,100 |
|
|
|
158,400 |
|
|
|
196,500 |
|
|
|
-5.68 |
|
Mr Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53,340 |
|
|
|
49,390 |
|
|
|
102,730 |
|
|
|
38,100 |
|
|
|
48,120 |
|
|
|
86,220 |
|
|
|
19.15 |
|
Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,160 |
|
|
|
31,990 |
|
|
|
42,150 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Javier Botín -Sanz de Sautuola y OShea5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,560 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,560 |
|
|
|
25,400 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,400 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
Ms Sol Daurella Comadrán6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38,100 |
|
|
|
11,430 |
|
|
|
49,530 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Carlos Fernández González2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,855 |
|
|
|
34,203 |
|
|
|
65,058 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ms Esther Giménez-Salinas i Colomer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48,260 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48,260 |
|
|
|
35,560 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,560 |
|
|
|
35.71 |
|
Mr Ángel Jado Becerro de Bengoa |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53,340 |
|
|
|
160,570 |
|
|
|
213,910 |
|
|
|
38,100 |
|
|
|
8,250 |
|
|
|
46,350 |
|
|
|
361.51 |
|
Ms Belén Romana García7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,540 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,540 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ms Isabel Tocino Biscarolasaga |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53,340 |
|
|
|
177,700 |
|
|
|
231,040 |
|
|
|
35,560 |
|
|
|
170,850 |
|
|
|
206,410 |
|
|
|
11.93 |
|
Mr Juan Miguel Villar Mir |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48,260 |
|
|
|
33,000 |
|
|
|
81,260 |
|
|
|
20,320 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,320 |
|
|
|
299.90 |
|
Mr Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los
Ríos8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,320 |
|
|
|
1,270 |
|
|
|
21,590 |
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Javier Marín Romano9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,560 |
|
|
|
2,540 |
|
|
|
38,100 |
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Fernando de Asúa Álvarez10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,160 |
|
|
|
26,530 |
|
|
|
36,690 |
|
|
|
35,560 |
|
|
|
210,710 |
|
|
|
246,270 |
|
|
|
-85.10 |
|
Ms Sheila C. Bair11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,855 |
|
|
|
12,015 |
|
|
|
42,870 |
|
|
|
22,627 |
|
|
|
6,675 |
|
|
|
29,302 |
|
|
|
46.30 |
|
Mr Vittorio Corbo Lioi12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,228 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,228 |
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Abel Matutes Juan13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,620 |
|
|
|
5,460 |
|
|
|
13,080 |
|
|
|
27,940 |
|
|
|
25,770 |
|
|
|
53,710 |
|
|
|
-75.65 |
|
Mr Juan Rodríguez Inciarte14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38,100 |
|
|
|
61,050 |
|
|
|
99,150 |
|
|
|
38,100 |
|
|
|
86,690 |
|
|
|
124,790 |
|
|
|
-20.55 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
701,199 |
|
|
|
894,057 |
|
|
|
1,595,526 |
|
|
|
484,316 |
|
|
|
873,401 |
|
|
|
1,357,717 |
|
|
|
17.52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
Director since 13 January 2015. |
2. |
Director since 12 February 2015. |
3. |
Executive director since 16 January 2015. |
4. |
Director since 21 September 2015. |
5. |
All amounts received were reimbursed to Fundación Botín. |
6. |
Director since 18 February 2015. |
7. |
Director since 22 December 2015. |
8. |
Ceased to be a director due to his death on 9 September 2014. |
9. |
Ceased to be a director on 12 January 2015. |
10. |
Ceased to be a director on 12 February 2015. |
11. |
Ceased to be a director on 1 October 2015. |
12. |
Ceased to be a director on 24 July 2014. |
13. |
Ceased to be a director on 18 February 2015. |
14. |
Ceased to be a director on 30 June 2015.
|
Proprietary
Independent
Non-executive (neither proprietary nor independent)
|
|
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
2.3.2 Remuneration of directors for the performance of executive duties
(i) Policy applied
The policy applied to the remuneration
of directors in 2015 for the performance of executive duties was approved by the board of directors and submitted to a binding vote of the shareholders at the general shareholders meeting of 27 March 2015, with 91.659% of the votes in
favour. In 2015:
|
|
|
Fixed remuneration represented a significant proportion of total compensation. |
|
|
|
Total variable remuneration was made up of: (i) a Bonus, to be received partly in cash and partly in shares, while deferring collection of a portion of the Bonus for five years; and (ii) a long-term incentive
or LTI that, if applicable, will be received entirely in shares on a deferred basis. |
|
|
|
By resolution of the shareholders at the general meeting of 27 March 2015, the variable components of executive directors total remuneration (including the Bonus and the LTI) for 2015 was limited to 200% of
the fixed components. |
A) |
The 2015 Bonus for executive directors was determined based on a standard benchmark bonus for executive directors to comply with 100% of the established targets, which is called a benchmark bonus, and which takes into
account certain quantitative metrics, as well as additional qualitative factors: |
a. Quantitative metrics:
|
|
|
75% of the Bonus was set based on NOP for 20155, compared to the NOP budgeted for the financial year and modified based on growth over the prior year. |
|
|
|
25% of the Bonus was set based on the return on risk-weighted assets (RoRWA) in 2015 compared with that estimated for the year. |
Group NOP and RoRWA were used in the application of the above metrics.
b. Additional qualitative factors:
In order to evaluate the quality of the results of the above metrics and to determine the individual Bonus, the following factors have also
been taken into account:
|
|
|
Appropriate risk management and efficient consumption of capital. |
|
|
|
Benchmarking of results against competing institutions. |
|
|
|
Benchmarking of customer satisfaction against competing institutions. |
|
|
|
Changes in corecapital, the Groups economic capital, the balance sheet and other relevant management factors.
|
c. Additional conditions:
It was verified that none of the following circumstances have occurred:
|
|
|
The Groups NOP for 2015 was not less than 50% of that for 2014. If this had occurred, the remuneration committee would have analysed the results and determined a Bonus that would in no case exceed 50% of the
benchmark bonus for 2015. |
|
|
|
The Groups NOP has not been negative. If this had occurred, the Bonus would have been zero. |
Form of payment of Bonuses to executive directors: The Bonus is paid 50% in cash and 50% in shares, part in 2016 part on a deferred basis.
Although this deferral may by law limited to three years, the company has established a period of five years, which is more in alignment with the long-term sustainability of results, as follows:
|
|
|
40% of the Bonus is paid in 2016 net of taxes, half in cash and half in shares. |
|
|
|
The remaining 60% will be deferred in fifths and will be paid, if applicable, in 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021. The corresponding amount will be paid each year net of taxes, half in cash and half in shares.
|
The portion paid in shares may not be sold until one year has elapsed from delivery thereof.
B) |
The maximum benchmark LTI for executive directors was set by the board, at the proposal of the remuneration committee, at an amount equal to 20% of the benchmark bonus in 2015. Based on that figure, an amount of LTI was
determined for each director (the Approved LTI Amount) taking into account the performance of two indicators in 2015. As follows: |
|
(1) |
The earnings per share (EPS) of Grupo Santander in 2015 compared to the target amount for such year: |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 EPS |
|
|
|
(% target EPS 2015) |
|
2015 EPS Ratio |
|
> 90% |
|
|
1 |
|
> 75% but < 90% |
|
|
0.751 |
* |
< 75% |
|
|
0 |
|
* |
Straight-line increase in the 2015 EPS Ratio based on the specific percentage that 2015 EPS represents of the target within this bracket of the scale.
|
5. |
NOP is attributed net ordinary profits, adjusted upwards or downwards for those transactions that in the opinion of the board have an impact outside of the performance of the directors being evaluated, for which purpose
extraordinary profits, corporate transactions, special allowances, or accounting or legal adjustments that may occur during the year are evaluated. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
(2) |
The return on tangible equity (RoTE) of Grupo Santander in 2015 compared to the target that year: |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 RoTE |
|
|
|
(% target RoTE 2015) |
|
|
|
|
|
2015 RoTE Ratio |
|
>90% |
|
|
1 |
|
> 75% but < 90% |
|
|
0.751 |
* |
< 75% |
|
|
0 |
|
* |
Straight-line increase in the 2015 RoTE Ratio based on the specific percentage that 2015 RoTE represents of the target within this bracket of the scale. |
The formula for determining the LTI was therefore as follows (the result of such formula being the Approved LTI Amount):
Approved LTI amount= Bench. amt. x (0.5 x 2015 EPS Ratio + 0.5 x 2015 RoTE Ratio)
where,
|
|
|
Bench. amt. is the amount resulting from multiplying by the benchmark bonus of the executive director by 20%. |
|
|
|
The 2015 EPS Ratio and the 2015 RoTE Ratio shall have the applicable values according to the tables above based on the performance of the EPS and RoTE in 2015. |
For each executive director, the Approved LTI Amount determines the maximum number of shares that they may receive and is calculated taking into account the
listing price of Santanders shares for the 15 trading sessions prior to the board meeting approving the Bonus for 2015.
Notwithstanding, the
accrual and final amount of the approved LTI amount are linked to the level of achievement of the multi-year objectives of the plan and other conditions described below.
(a) |
The relative performance of Grupo Santanders EPS growth for the 2015-2017 period compared to a peer group of 17 credit institutions (the Peer Group). |
EPS growth is understood as the percentage ratio between the earnings per share according to the initial and final consolidated annual
financial statements for the comparison period (i.e. the consolidated financial statements ended 31 December 2014 and 31 December 2017, respectively).
|
|
|
|
|
Ranking of Santanders |
|
|
|
2015-2017 EPS growth |
|
EPS Ratio |
|
From 1st to 5th |
|
|
1 |
|
6th |
|
|
0.875 |
|
7th |
|
|
0.75 |
|
8th |
|
|
0.625 |
|
9th |
|
|
0.50 |
|
10th - 18th |
|
|
0 |
|
The Peer Group comprises the following entities: Wells Fargo, JP Morgan Chase, HSBC, Bank of America,
Citigroup, BNP Paribas, Lloyds, UBS, BBVA, Barclays, Standard Chartered, ING, Deutsche Bank, Société Générale, Intesa San-Paolo, Itau-Unibanco and Unicredito.
(b) |
Grupo Santander RoTE for 2017: |
|
|
|
|
|
RoTE in 2017 (%) |
|
RoTE Ratio |
|
> 12% |
|
|
1 |
|
> 11% but < 12% |
|
|
0.751 |
* |
< 11% |
|
|
0 |
|
* |
Straight-line increase in the RoTE Ratio based on the specific percentage of Grupo Santander RoTE in 2017 within this bracket of the scale. |
(c) |
Employee satisfaction, measured by whether or not it is included in the Top 3 of the best banks to work for in the principal markets in which the Group operates. |
|
|
|
|
|
Number of principal markets |
|
|
|
in which Santander is in |
|
|
|
the Top 3 of the best banks |
|
|
|
to work for in 2017 |
|
Employees Ratio |
|
6 or more |
|
|
1 |
|
5 or less |
|
|
0 |
|
For these purposes, Grupo Santanders Main Markets are: Germany, Argentina, Brazil, Chile,
Spain, the United States, Mexico, Poland, Portugal and the United Kingdom.
(d) |
Customer satisfaction, measured by whether or not it is included in the Top 3 of the best banks on the customer satisfaction index in the Principal Markets. |
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Principal |
|
|
|
Markets in which Santander |
|
|
|
is in the Top 3 of the best |
|
|
|
banks on the customer |
|
|
|
satisfaction index in 2017 |
|
Customers Ratio |
|
10 |
|
|
1 |
|
6 to 9 |
|
|
0.20.8 |
* |
5 or less |
|
|
0 |
|
* |
Straight-line increase in the Customers Ratio, such that, within this bracket of the scale, the ratio is increased by 0.2 for each additional Principal Market in which the customer satisfaction index is in the Top 3.
|
|
|
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
(e) |
Customer loyalty, taking into account the targets at the Grupo Santander level, which are 17 million individual loyal customers linked and 1.1 million SME and corporate loyal customers linked at
31 December 2017. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SME and |
|
|
|
|
Individual |
|
|
|
|
corporate |
|
|
|
|
loyal |
|
|
|
|
loyal |
|
|
|
|
customers |
|
Retail |
|
|
customers |
|
|
Corporates |
|
(million) |
|
Coefficient |
|
|
(million) |
|
|
Coefficient |
|
> 17 |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
>1.1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
> 15 but < 17 |
|
|
0.5 1 |
* |
|
|
> 1 but < 1.1 |
|
|
|
0.5 1 |
* |
< 15 |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
<1 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
* |
Straight-line increase in the Retail Coefficient and Corporates Coefficient based on the number of loyal customers of each kind at 31 December 2017. |
Based on the compliance metrics and scales above and on the data at year-end 2017, the accrued LTI amount for each executive director (the
Accrued LTI Amount) shall be determined in accordance with the following formula:
Accrued LTI Amount = Amt. x (0.25 x A +
0.25 x B + 0.2 x C + 0.15 x D + 0.075 x E1 + 0.075 x E2)
where,
|
|
|
Amt. is the Approved LTI Amount of the executive director. |
|
|
|
A is the EPS Ratio according to the scale in paragraph (a) above based on the performance during the 2015-2017 period of Grupo Santanders EPS growth compared to a Peer Group. |
|
|
|
B is the RoTE Ratio according to the scale in paragraph (b) above based on the performance in 2017 of Grupo Santanders RoTE. |
|
|
|
C is the Employees Ratio according to the scale in paragraph (c) above. |
|
|
|
D is the Customers Ratio according to the scale in paragraph (d) above. |
|
|
|
E1 is the Retail Coefficient according to the scale in paragraph (e) above regarding individual loyal customers. |
|
|
|
E2 is the Corporates Coefficient according to the scale in paragraph (e) above regarding linked SME and corporate loyal customers.
|
The LTI accrual period ends on 31 December 2018 and, therefore, the plan conditions must be met by the end
of this period, without prejudice to the above metrics referring to the 2015-2017 period.
Therefore, to determine the final LTI amount for each executive
director (the Final LTI Amount), the board of directors, at the proposal of the remuneration committee, may at any time prior to the payment date reduce the Accrued LTI Amount of each director if they have incurred excessive risks to
meet the multiyear objectives.
In addition, the accrual of the LTI remuneration is conditional upon the beneficiary remaining in the Group and none of
the malus clauses being triggered prior to the delivery of the shares.
The LTI shall be fully paid in shares and payment thereof shall be deferred until
2019. Payment is expected to take place during the first quarter of 2019.
C) |
Other rules applicable to the Bonus and the LTI |
In addition to the continuity of the beneficiary within the
Group6, the accrual of the deferred remuneration (both the Final LTI Amount and the deferred portion of the Bonus) is conditional upon none of the following circumstances arising, in the opinion of the board of directors, at the proposal of the
remuneration committee, during the period before each delivery as a result of actions taken in 2015:
|
(i) |
Poor financial performance of the Group; |
|
(ii) |
Violation by the beneficiary of internal regulations, particularly those relating to risks; |
|
(iii) |
Material restatement of the Groups financial statements, when so considered by the external auditors, except when appropriate pursuant to a change in accounting standards; or |
|
(iv) |
Significant changes in the financial capital or risk profile of the Group. |
6. |
When the relationship with Banco Santander or another entity of Grupo Santander is terminated due to retirement, early retirement or pre-retirement of the beneficiary, a dismissal considered by the courts to be
improper, unilateral withdrawal for good cause by an employee (which includes, in any case, the situations set forth in article 10.3 of Royal Decree 1382/1985, of 1 August, governing the special relationship of senior management, for the
persons subject to these rules), permanent disability or death, or as a result of an employer other than Banco Santander ceasing to belong to Grupo Santander, as well as in those cases of mandatory redundancy, the right to receive the LTI and the
deferred amount of the Bonus (as well as applicable dividends and interest) shall remain under the same conditions in force as if none of such circumstances had occurred. |
In the case of death, the right shall pass to the successors of the beneficiary.
In cases of justified temporary leave due to temporary disability, suspension of the contract due to maternity or paternity leave, or leave to
care for children or a relative, there shall be no change in the rights of the beneficiary.
If the beneficiary goes to another company of
Grupo Santander (including through international assignment and/or expatriation), there shall be no change in the rights thereof.
If the
relationship terminates by mutual agreement or because the beneficiary obtains a leave not referred to in any of the preceding paragraphs, the terms of the termination or temporary leave agreement shall apply.
None of the above circumstances shall give the right to receive the LTI or the deferred amount of the Bonus in advance. If the beneficiary or
the successors thereof maintain the right to receive the LTI or the deferred amount of the Bonus (as well as the corresponding dividends and interest), they shall be delivered within the periods and under the terms provided in the rules for the
respective plans.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
The board of directors, at the proposal of the remuneration committee and based on the level of achievement of
such conditions, will determine the specific amount of the deferred portion of the Bonus and the Final LTI Amount to be paid.
The hedging of Santander
shares received during the retention and deferral periods is expressly prohibited. The sale of shares is also prohibited for one year from the receipt thereof.
When shares are delivered and subject to the same requirements, executive directors will be paid an amount in cash equal to the dividends corresponding to
such shares, and to the interest accrued on the portion of the deferred amount of the Bonus to be paid in cash, in both cases, from the date of payment of the percentage of immediate payment of the Bonus through the date of payment of the
corresponding Bonus or LTI. In those cases in which the Santander Scrip Dividend programme applies, the price paid will be the price offered by the Bank for the bonus share rights corresponding to such shares.
Since the Bonus and the LTI involve the delivery of shares of the Bank, the board of directors submitted to the shareholders at the 2015 annual general
shareholders meeting, which so approved, the application of the fifth cycle of the Deferred and Conditional Variable Remuneration Plan, through which the Bonus is implemented, and the second cycle of the Performance Shares Plan, which
is used to implement the LTI.
(ii) Gross annual salary
The executive directors gross annual salary for 2015 was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thousands of euros |
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
Executive directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea1 |
|
|
2,500 |
|
|
|
2,500 |
|
Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez2 |
|
|
2,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo3 |
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte |
|
|
1,710 |
|
|
|
1,710 |
|
Mr Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los
Ríos4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
930 |
|
Mr Javier Marín Romano5 |
|
|
165 |
|
|
|
2,000 |
|
Mr Juan Rodríguez Inciarte6 |
|
|
600 |
|
|
|
1,200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
8,475 |
|
|
|
8,340 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
The 2014 gross annual salary was determined on her appointment as chairman of Grupo Santander to reflect her new responsibilities. The effective amount paid in 2014 was EUR 2,225 thousand, including the portion
relating to her duties of executive chairman of Santander UK plc (EUR 1,392 thousand) and the portion corresponding to her duties as Group chairman (4/12 of EUR 2,500 thousand, i.e. EUR 833 thousand). |
2. |
Member of the board and executive chairman from 13 January 2015. |
3. |
Executive director since 16 January 2015. |
4. |
Ceased to be a director due to his death on 9 September 2014. |
5. |
Ceased to be a director on 12 January 2015. |
6. |
Figure includes remuneration for service until cessation as a director on 30 June 2015.
|
(iii) Variable remuneration
The board approved the Bonus and the LTI of the Group executive chairman, the former chief executive officer and the other executive directors, at the proposal
of the remuneration committee, which has taken into account the standards referred to in paragraph (i) above and the conclusions of the remuneration risk evaluation committee7.
Calculation methodology
A) Determination of the
individual Bonus for executive directors
The methodology for calculating the 2015 Bonus for executive directors was determined based on the 2015
benchmark bonus, with the following fine-tuning:
|
|
|
For Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O´Shea, the benchmark used was the 2014 benchmark set for the Group chairman. |
|
|
|
For Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez and Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo the benchmark used was that approved with the occsion of their respective appointments as chief executive officer and executive
chairman of the Group. |
The 2015 Bonus was determined based on certain quantitative metrics as well as additional qualitative factors.
Quantitative metrics
The quantitative metrics are as
follows:
|
|
|
Average NOP compared to that budgeted for 2015, which comprises 75% of the Bonus, adjusted according to growth over the prior year, and |
|
|
|
The Rorwa obtained in 2015, compared to the budgeted amount, which determines the remaining 25%. |
Grupo
Santander attributed net ordinary profit (75% weighting): 93.4% of the budget for 2015 including the extraordinary impact of Pay Protection Insurance (PPIs) in the UK and other one-offs.
The RoRWA (weighting of 25%) of the Group was 99.9% of the budget for 2015.
Modifier by growth compared to the previous year: 2015 NOP increased by 13% compared to 2014, and therefore a modifier of +5% was applied.
Additional qualitative factors (positive and negative)
(1) Appropriate risk management and efficient consumption of capital
The remuneration risk evaluation committee (RREC) is the body entrusted with evaluating the risks and controls of the Group as a whole and of the business
divisions, and with the proposal of the corresponding adjustment to the remuneration committee.
7. |
This committee is made up of members of senior management who are also divisional managers of the Groups control areas (including risk, internal audit, compliance, general secretariat and human resources,
financial management, audit and management control) and are directly related to the process of generating financial information. Their duties consist of assessing the impact on the objectives associated with variable remuneration of the management
of risks (losses, liquidity, capital or concentration) as well as the quality and recurrence of results and the general compliance and control environment. |
|
|
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
In its assessment, the RREC took into consideration the following factors, among others:
|
|
|
Management of the risk appetite model, level and disclosure of excesses. |
|
|
|
The general control environment in accordance with internal regulations and Group standards. |
|
|
|
The degree of compliance with internal and external regulations, and observations made by regulators and supervisory bodies. |
|
|
|
Prudent and efficient liquidity and capital management. |
|
|
|
Volatility of earnings in the year compared to budgets and strategic targets. |
The result of the Group
assessment was +1.5% (percentage points).
(2) Benchmarking of results against competing institutions
A comparison was made between the results of the consolidated Group and those of a peer group. To assess variable remuneration in 2015 a peer group was set up
comprising the following entities: UniCredito, Lloyds, BNP Paribas, Intesa SanPaolo, Bank of America, Deutsche Bank, UBS, Société Générale, Citigroup, BBVA, ING, HSBC, Wells Fargo, Itaú-Unibanco, JP Morgan,
Standard Chartered and Barclays.
The result of the assessment of this factor is a neutral adjustment of 0% (percentage points).
(3) Benchmarking of customer satisfaction against competing institutions
A comparison was formed based on local customer satisfaction surveys. These surveys are taken in the principal markets in which the Group does business.
The result of this evaluation is +1.9% (percentage points).
(4) Changes in core capital, the Groups economic capital, the balance sheet and other relevant management factors
An assessment was carried out on the most noteworthy aspects of the Groups management during the year, taking into account that the general performance
was as expected and in line to reach its long-term goals.
No positive or negative adjustments have been determined for this factor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
Result of the calculations
The result of aggregating the
weighted quantitative results as applicable (75% or 25%) and of the qualitative factors is as follows: 103.4%
Such percentage, applied to the sum of the
individual benchmark bonuses stated above, has been used to determine the total maximum bonus applicable to the sum of the individual bonuses of executive directors.
The bonus immediately payable or payable in the short term, 40% of the total bonus, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thousands of euros |
|
In the short term 2015 (40%) |
|
|
In the short term 2014 (40% of total) |
|
|
|
Cash |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Total short |
|
|
Cash |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Total short |
|
Executive directors |
|
(20%) |
|
|
(20%)6 |
|
|
term |
|
|
(20%) |
|
|
(20%) |
|
|
term |
|
Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea1 |
|
|
840 |
|
|
|
840 |
|
|
|
1,680 |
|
|
|
752 |
|
|
|
752 |
|
|
|
1,504 |
|
Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez2 |
|
|
558 |
|
|
|
558 |
|
|
|
1,116 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo3 |
|
|
414 |
|
|
|
414 |
|
|
|
828 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte |
|
|
573 |
|
|
|
573 |
|
|
|
1,146 |
|
|
|
574 |
|
|
|
574 |
|
|
|
1,148 |
|
Mr Javier Marín Romano4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
793 |
|
|
|
793 |
|
|
|
1,586 |
|
Mr Juan Rodríguez Inciarte5 |
|
|
220 |
|
|
|
220 |
|
|
|
440 |
|
|
|
445 |
|
|
|
445 |
|
|
|
890 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
2,605 |
|
|
|
2,605 |
|
|
|
5,210 |
|
|
|
2,564 |
|
|
|
2,564 |
|
|
|
5,128 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
The amounts in euros appearing in the right side of this table above for 2014 include the Bonus arising from her duties as chief executive of Santander UK (EUR 884 thousand, EUR 442 thousand in cash and EUR
442 thousand in shares) and the portion corresponding to her duties as Group chairman (EUR 620 thousand, EUR 310 thousand in cash and EUR 310 thousand in shares). |
2. |
Member of the board and chief executive from 13 January 2015. |
3. |
Executive director since 16 January 2015. |
4. |
Ceased to be a director on 12 January 2015. |
5. |
Figure includes bonuses payable immediately or in the short term until cessation as a director on 30 June 2015. The portion corresponding to variable remuneration for duties as senior executive vice-president from
1 July is included in the corresponding section. |
6. |
The amounts payable immediately in shares in the table above correspond to 656,147 Banco Santander shares. |
The deferred portion of 2015 variable remuneration, the receipt of which is conditional on staying with the Group and none of the circumstances described in
section (i) above occurring, will be paid, where applicable in 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thousands of euros |
|
Deferred in 2015 (60%) |
|
|
Deferred in 2014 (60%) |
|
|
|
Cash |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Total |
|
|
Cash |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Total |
|
Executive directors |
|
(30%) |
|
|
(30%)6 |
|
|
deferred |
|
|
(30%) |
|
|
(30%) |
|
|
deferred |
|
Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea1 |
|
|
1,260 |
|
|
|
1,260 |
|
|
|
2,520 |
|
|
|
1,129 |
|
|
|
1,129 |
|
|
|
2,258 |
|
Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez2 |
|
|
838 |
|
|
|
838 |
|
|
|
1,676 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo3 |
|
|
620 |
|
|
|
620 |
|
|
|
1,240 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte |
|
|
860 |
|
|
|
860 |
|
|
|
1,720 |
|
|
|
860 |
|
|
|
860 |
|
|
|
1,720 |
|
Mr Javier Marín Romano4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,190 |
|
|
|
1,190 |
|
|
|
2,380 |
|
Mr Juan Rodríguez Inciarte5 |
|
|
330 |
|
|
|
330 |
|
|
|
660 |
|
|
|
667 |
|
|
|
667 |
|
|
|
1,334 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
3,908 |
|
|
|
3,908 |
|
|
|
7,816 |
|
|
|
3,846 |
|
|
|
3,846 |
|
|
|
7,692 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
The amounts in euros appearing in the right side of this table for 2014 include the Bonus arising from her duties as chief executive of Santander UK (EUR 1,328 thousand, EUR 664 thousand in cash and EUR
664 thousand in shares) and the portion corresponding to her duties as Group chairman (EUR 930 thousand, EUR 465 thousand in cash and EUR 465 thousand in shares). |
2. |
Member of the board and chief executive from 13 January 2015. |
3. |
Executive director since 16 January 2015. |
4. |
Ceased to be a director on 12 January 2015. |
5. |
Figure includes bonus payable immediately or in the short term until cessation as a director on 30 June 2015. The portion corresponding to variable remuneration for duties as senior executive vice-president from
1 July is included in the corresponding section. |
6. |
The amounts deferred in shares in the table above correspond to a total of 984,221 Banco Santander shares. |
The total number of shares indicated in the footnotes to the above tables is within the maximum limit of 2,291,614 shares authorised for executive directors
by the shareholders at the general shareholders meeting of 27 March 2015, and has been calculated on the basis of the average weighted daily volume of the average weighted listing prices of Santander shares for the fifteen trading
sessions prior to 26 January 2015 (the date on which the board approved the Bonus for the executive directors of the Bank for 2015), which was EUR 3.971 per share.
|
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
B) Determination of the Approved LTI Amount for executive directors
The application of the rules indicated in compliance with approved policy as described in point i) above, is as follows:
a) 2015 EPS compared to the budget was 84.6%.
b) 2015 RoTE
compared to the budget was 85.2%.
The application of these scales throws up rates of 91% and 92%, for EPS and ROTE, respectively, resulting in an
Approved LTI amount of 91.50% of the (maximum) established benchmark.
The share price applied, corresponding to the 15 stock market sessions prior to
26 January 2016 -the date on which the 2015 Bonus for executive directors was approved by the board, is EUR 3.971 per share. The accrual and final amount of the Approved LTI amount are linked to the degree of compliance with the multiyear
targets defined by the plan and other conditions described in point (i) above, and could be zero. If all objectives are met, and the condition of remaining in the Group is complied with and none of the circumstances described in section 2.3.2
(i) above occur, the maximum number of shares corresponding to each executive director and the estimated fair value of this variable remuneration would be as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thousands of euros |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
number |
|
|
|
|
|
|
of shares |
|
|
Fair value1 |
|
Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea |
|
|
184,337 |
|
|
|
512 |
|
Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez |
|
|
124,427 |
|
|
|
346 |
|
Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo |
|
|
92,168 |
|
|
|
256 |
|
Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte |
|
|
143,782 |
|
|
|
400 |
|
Mr Juan Rodríguez Inciarte2 |
|
|
50,693 |
|
|
|
141 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
595,407 |
|
|
|
1,655 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
Fair value estimate at the date on which the maximum number of shares corresponding to the plan was determined based on estimates made by an independent third party (Willis Towers Watson report of July 2015).
|
2. |
Figure includes the LTI for service until cessation as a director on 30 June 2015. The portion corresponding to LTI for duties as senior executive vice-president from 1 July is included in the corresponding
section. |
The total number of shares indicated is within the maximum limit of 931,755 shares authorised for executive directors by the
shareholders at the general shareholders meeting of 27 March 2015, and has been calculated on the basis of said listing price of EUR 3.971 per share.
C) Ratio of variable to fixed components of remuneration in 2015
Shareholders at the general shareholders meeting of 27 March 2015 approved a maximum ratio between variable and fixed components of executive
directors remuneration of 200%.
The following table shows the percentage of variable components of total remuneration compared to fixed components
for each executive director in 2015:
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
Variable components / fixed components |
|
Executive directors |
|
|
|
|
Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea |
|
|
109 |
% |
Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez |
|
|
56 |
% |
Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo |
|
|
121 |
% |
Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte |
|
|
141 |
% |
Mr Juan Rodríguez Inciarte1 |
|
|
71 |
% |
1. |
Ceased to be a director on 30 June 2015. |
For these purposes:
|
|
|
The variable components of remuneration include the Bonus, the LTI and, if applicable, the portion of contributions to the benefits system that are calculated on the variable remuneration of the related director.
|
|
|
|
The fixed components of remuneration include the other items of remuneration that each director receives for the performance of executive duties, including contributions to the benefits system calculated based on fixed
remuneration, as well as all bylaw-stipulated emoluments that the related director is entitled to receive in his capacity as such. |
The
chart below shows the evolution of total remuneration of directors with executive duties against attributable net profit.
* |
Remuneration data of executive directors and attributed net profit in millions of euros.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
(iv) Main features of the benefit plans
In 2012, within the framework of the actions taken by the Group to reduce the risks arising from maintaining defined benefit pension commitments towards
certain employees, which gave rise to an agreement with worker representatives to transform the defined benefit obligations arising from the collective bargaining agreements into defined contribution plans, the contracts of the executive directors
and the other members of the Banks senior management (the senior executives) with defined benefit pension commitments were amended to transform them into a defined contribution system, which was externalised to Santander Seguros y Reaseguros
Compañía Aseguradora, S.A. The new system gives executive directors the right to receive benefits upon retirement, regardless of whether or not they are active at the Bank at such time, based on contributions to the system, and
replaced their previous right to receive a pension supplement in the event of retirement, expressly excluding any obligation of the Bank to executive directors other than the conversion of the previous system into the new benefits system that took
place in 2012 and, if applicable, the making of the annual contributions described below8.
In the
case of pre-retirement and until the retirement date, executive directors who have not exercised the option to receive their pensions in the form of equity have the right to receive an annual allotment.
The initial balance for each of the executive directors in the new defined benefits system corresponded to the market value of the assets from which the
provisions corresponding to the respective accrued obligations had materialised on the date on which the old pension commitments were transferred into the new benefits system9.
Since 2013, the Bank has made annual contributions to the benefits system in favour of executive directors and senior executives, in proportion to their
respective pensionable bases, until they leave the Group or until their retirement within the Group, death, or disability (including, if applicable, during pre-retirement). No contributions will be made with respect to executive directors or senior
executives who exercised the option to receive their pension rights as capital prior to the transformation of the defined benefits pension commitments into the current defined contribution system indicated in footnote8 of this report.
The terms of the benefits system govern the impact of the deferral of variable
remuneration calculated in the payment of the benefits covered by the system upon retirement, as well as the retention in shares of benefits arising therefrom, if applicable.
The balance in the benefits system corresponding to each of the executive directors at 31 December 2015 is
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Thousands of euros |
|
|
|
Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea |
|
|
41,291 |
|
Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez |
|
|
14,167 |
|
Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo1 |
|
|
14,623 |
|
Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte |
|
|
47,745 |
|
Mr Juan Rodríguez Inciarte2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total1 |
|
|
117,826 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
Mr Rodrigo Echenique is not part of the defined-contribution pension scheme described above. However, as he is an executive director, he is included in the tables for rights to which he was entitled before his
appointment as such. |
2. |
Ceased to be a director on 30 June 2015 and on 1 January 2016 as senior executive vice-president, retaining his pension rights, which at 31 December 2015 amounted to EUR 14,188 thousand.
|
The Group also has pension obligations to other directors amounting to EUR 2.5 million (EUR 18 million at 31 December 2014).
The variation is the result of the inclusion of the balance corresponding to Mr Rod-rigo Echenique in the information on executive directors, although, as explained previously, this balance corresponds to pension rights obtained prior to his
appointment as executive director. The payments made in 2015 to the members of the board entitled to post-employment benefits amounted to EUR 1,2 million (EUR 1.2 million in 2014). Of this latter amount (EUR 959 thousand), EUR
909 thousand correspond to Mr Rodrigo Echenique.
The contract with Mr Echenique after his appointment as executive director does not provide for any
obligation for Banco Santander regarding benefits, without prejudice to the pension rights to which Mr Echenique was entitled prior to his appointment as executive director.
8. |
As provided in the contracts of the executive directors and members of senior management prior to the change, Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte exercised the option to receive accrued pensions (or similar
amounts) in the form of capital, i.e. in a lump sum, which means that he ceased to accrue pensions from such time, with a fixed capital amount to be received, which shall be updated at the agreed interest rate. |
9. |
In the case of Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte, the initial balance corresponded to the amount that was set when, as described above, he exercised the option to receive a lump sum, and includes the interest
accrued on this amount from that date. |
|
|
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
Lastly, the contracts of executive directors who had not exercised the option referred to above prior to
converting the defined-benefit pension obligations into the current benefits system include a supplementary benefit regime for the contingency of death (surviving spouse and child benefits) and permanent disability of serving directors.
The provisions recognised in 2015 for retirement pensions and supplementary benefits (surviving spouse, child benefits, and permanent disability) were EUR
6,312 thousand (EUR 4,984 thousand in provisions for 2014), as broken down below.
|
|
|
|
|
Thousands of euros |
|
|
|
Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea |
|
|
2,302 |
|
Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez |
|
|
2,677 |
|
Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo |
|
|
|
|
Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte |
|
|
|
|
Mr Javier Marín Romano1 |
|
|
484 |
|
Mr Juan Rodríguez Inciarte2 |
|
|
849 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
6,312 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
Ceased to be a director on 12 January 2015. |
2. |
Ceased to be a director on 30 June 2015. |
2.3.3 Remuneration of the board members as representatives
of the Bank
By resolution of the executive committee, all remuneration received by the Banks directors who represent the Bank on the boards of
directors of companies in which the Bank has an interest and which relates to appointments made after 18 March 2002, will accrue to the Group. The directors of the Bank did not receive remuneration from this type of representation in 2015, 2014
or 2013.
Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte received a total of EUR 42 thousand in 2015 in his role as non-executive director of U.C.I.,
S.A. (EUR 42 thousand in 2014).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
2.4 Individual remuneration of directors for all items in 2015
The detail, by Bank director, of remuneration payable in
the short term (or immediately) in 2015 and 2014 is provided below. The Annex to this report contains disclosures on the shares delivered in 2015 by virtue of the deferred remuneration schemes in place in previous years, the conditions for delivery
of which were met in the corresponding years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thousands of euros |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bylaw-stipulated emoluments |
|
|
|
Annual allotment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk supervision, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive |
|
|
Audit |
|
|
Appointments |
|
|
Remuneration |
|
|
regulation and |
|
Executive Directors |
|
Board |
|
|
committee |
|
|
committee |
|
|
committee |
|
|
committee |
|
|
compliance committee |
|
Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer of Santander UK |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Group executive chairman |
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
170 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez1 |
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
170 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo2 |
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
170 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte |
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
170 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero |
|
|
113 |
|
|
|
170 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown3 |
|
|
374 |
|
|
|
170 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca4 |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
Mr Francisco Javier Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea5 |
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ms Sol Daurella Comadrán6 |
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Carlos Fernández González7 |
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
Ms Esther Giménez-Salinas i Colomer |
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Ángel Jado Becerro de Bengoa |
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
Ms Belén Romana García8 |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ms Isabel Tocino Biscarolasaga |
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
170 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
Mr Juan Miguel Villar Mir |
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
Mr Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los
Ríos9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Fernando de Asúa Álvarez10 |
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
Ms Sheila Bair11 |
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 |
|
Mr Vittorio Corbo Lioi12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Javier Marín Romano13 |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Abel Matutes Juan14 |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Juan Rodríguez Inciarte15 |
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2015 |
|
|
1,612 |
|
|
|
1,266 |
|
|
|
169 |
|
|
|
131 |
|
|
|
128 |
|
|
|
282 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which are current directors |
|
|
1,448 |
|
|
|
1,240 |
|
|
|
159 |
|
|
|
125 |
|
|
|
125 |
|
|
|
247 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2014 |
|
|
1,347 |
|
|
|
1,310 |
|
|
|
131 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
Appointed chief executive on 13 January 2015. Remuneration as executive vice-president in 2014 is included in section 3 of this report. |
2. |
Executive director since 16 January 2015. |
3. |
Appointed director with effect from 12 February 2015. |
4. |
Appointed director with effect from 21 September 2015. Remuneration as executive vice-president received prior to that date is included in section 3 of this report. |
5. |
All amounts received were reimbursed to Fundación Marcelino Botín. |
6. |
Appointed director with effect from 18 February 2015. |
7. |
Appointed director with effect from 12 February 2015. |
8. |
Appointed director with effect from 22 December 2015. |
9. |
Ceased to be a director due to his death on 9 September 2014. |
10. |
Ceased to be a director on 12 February 2015 |
11. |
Ceased to be a member of the board on 1 October 2015. |
12. |
Ceased to be a member of the board on 24 July 2014. |
13. |
Ceased to be a member of the board and chief executive on 12 January 2015. |
14. |
Ceased to be a member of the board on 18 February 2015. |
15. |
Ceased to be a member of the board on 30 June 2015 and chief executive on 1 January 2016. Remuneration between that date and the date of cessation as executive vice-president (1 January 2016) is included in
section 3 of this report. |
a. |
Includes life insurance and medical insurance costs borne by the Group relating to Bank directors. |
|
|
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short term remuneration of executive directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variable - immediate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attendance fees |
|
|
|
|
|
payment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
attendance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Board |
|
|
fees |
|
|
Fixed |
|
|
In cash |
|
|
In shares |
|
|
Total |
|
|
remunerationa |
|
|
Total |
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,010 |
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,500 |
|
|
|
840 |
|
|
|
840 |
|
|
|
4,180 |
|
|
|
396 |
|
|
|
4,884 |
|
|
|
1,453 |
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
2,000 |
|
|
|
558 |
|
|
|
558 |
|
|
|
3,116 |
|
|
|
1,468 |
|
|
|
4,925 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
|
88 |
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
414 |
|
|
|
414 |
|
|
|
2,328 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
2,748 |
|
|
|
526 |
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
132 |
|
|
|
1,710 |
|
|
|
573 |
|
|
|
573 |
|
|
|
2,856 |
|
|
|
169 |
|
|
|
3,465 |
|
|
|
3,484 |
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
473 |
|
|
|
436 |
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
700 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
242 |
|
|
|
379 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
120 |
|
|
|
110 |
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
183 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
254 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
133 |
|
|
|
121 |
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
161 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
427 |
|
|
|
152 |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
178 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
590 |
|
|
|
485 |
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
246 |
|
|
|
105 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,129 |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
116 |
|
|
|
645 |
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
129 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
165 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
165 |
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
221 |
|
|
|
3,934 |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
183 |
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
600 |
|
|
|
220 |
|
|
|
220 |
|
|
|
1,040 |
|
|
|
153 |
|
|
|
1,334 |
|
|
|
2,484 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
701 |
|
|
|
894 |
|
|
|
8,475 |
|
|
|
2,605 |
|
|
|
2,605 |
|
|
|
13,685 |
|
|
|
2,501 |
|
|
|
21,372 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
614 |
|
|
|
789 |
|
|
|
7,710 |
|
|
|
2,385 |
|
|
|
2,385 |
|
|
|
12.480 |
|
|
|
2,301 |
|
|
|
19,532 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
484 |
|
|
|
873 |
|
|
|
8,065 |
|
|
|
2,564 |
|
|
|
2,564 |
|
|
|
13,193 |
|
|
|
884 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,354 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
An individual breakdown of the deferred (or long term) remuneration of the executive directors, the receipt of which is conditional upon remaining with the
Group, the non-occurrence of malus clauses and, for the LTI, full compliance with the stated objectives (or minimum thresholds thereof, with the subsequent reduction in the Approved LTI amount), under the terms applied in section 2.3.2
(i) above, is shown below. The remunerations shown in the table below correspond to the maximum amount of the deferred bonus approved by the board as remuneration for the year, regardless of the year of payment and the amount which may
ultimately be paid to the directors under the agreed-upon deferred remuneration scheme. Also, figures for 2015 include the estimated fair value of the long-term incentive (LTI), regardless of the year of payment and the amount which may ultimately
be paid under the agreed-upon deferred remuneration scheme.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thousands of euros |
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2014 |
|
|
|
Long-term salary remuneration |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variable deferred payment1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consejeros ejecutivos |
|
In cash |
|
|
In shares |
|
|
LTI2 |
|
|
Total |
|
|
Total |
|
Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer of Santander UK |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,468 |
|
Group executive chairman |
|
|
1,260 |
|
|
|
1,260 |
|
|
|
512 |
|
|
|
3,032 |
|
|
|
930 |
|
Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez |
|
|
838 |
|
|
|
838 |
|
|
|
346 |
|
|
|
2,022 |
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo |
|
|
620 |
|
|
|
620 |
|
|
|
256 |
|
|
|
1,496 |
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte |
|
|
860 |
|
|
|
860 |
|
|
|
400 |
|
|
|
2,120 |
|
|
|
1,890 |
|
Mr Javier Marín Romano |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,527 |
|
Mr Juan Rodríguez Inciarte |
|
|
330 |
|
|
|
330 |
|
|
|
141 |
|
|
|
801 |
|
|
|
1,454 |
|
Total 2015 |
|
|
3,908 |
|
|
|
3,908 |
|
|
|
1,655 |
|
|
|
9,471 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2014 |
|
|
3,846 |
|
|
|
3,846 |
|
|
|
577 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,269 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
Maximum amount receivable over five years: 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021 subject to continued service, with the exceptions provided for and the non-applicability of malus clauses. |
2. |
Estimated fair value at the plan award date, taking into account various possible scenarios for the different variables contained in the plan during the measurement periods. For more information, see Note 47 to the
Annual Financial Statements. |
|
|
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
2.5 Director remuneration policy for 2016, 2017 and 2018 that is submitted to a binding vote of the shareholders
A)
Introduction
i) Principles of the remuneration policy:
a) Remuneration of directors in their capacity as such
Remuneration of directors in their capacity as such will be based on the positions held by the directors on the collective decision-making body, membership on
and attendance at the various committees, and any other objective circumstances that the board may take into account.
b) Remuneration of executive
directors
The principles of the remuneration policy for the performance of executive duties are as follows:
|
|
|
Remuneration must be compatible with rigorous risk management, without favouring an inappropriate assumption thereof, and must be in line with the interests of the shareholders, fostering the long-term creation of
value. |
|
|
|
Fixed remuneration must represent a significant proportion of total compensation. |
|
|
|
Variable remuneration must compensate directors performance in achieving the Groups objectives. |
|
|
|
The overall remuneration package and the structure thereof must be competitive, facilitating the attraction, retention, and appropriate remuneration of the directors. |
ii) System for the remuneration of directors in their capacity as such:
The director remuneration system is regulated by article 58 of the Bylaws of Banco Santander and article 28 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board. Pursuant
to such system, the remuneration of the directors in their capacity as such will consist of a fixed annual amount determined by the shareholders, which shall remain in effect until the shareholders resolve to amend it, though the board may reduce
its amount in the years it considers such reduction appropriate. This remuneration will have two components: (a) annual allotment and (b) attendance fees.
The specific amount payable for the above-mentioned items to each of the directors and the form of payment shall be determined by the board of directors. For
such purpose, it shall take into consideration the positions held by each director on the board itself, membership on the various committees and attendance at committee meetings and any other objective criteria.
In addition, the company will obtain a civil liability insurance policy for its directors upon customary terms that are proportionate to the circumstances of
the company, and the directors may be entitled to receive compensation by means of the delivery of shares or option rights thereon, or by any other compensation system tied to the value of shares, provided the application of such compensation
systems is previously approved by the shareholders at the general shareholders meeting.
Independently of the directors right to receive remuneration in their capacity as such, they are also
entitled to receive other compensation (salaries, incentives, bonuses, pensions, insurance and severance payments) as, following a proposal made by the remuneration committee and upon resolution by the board of directors, may be deemed appropriate
in consideration for the performance of other duties in the company, whether they are the duties of an executive director or otherwise, other than the supervisory and collective decision-making duties that they discharge in their capacity as members
of the board.
iii) Remuneration of executive directors:
For the performance of executive duties, executive directors shall be entitled to receive remuneration (including, if applicable, salaries, incentives,
bonuses, possible severance payments for early termination from such duties, and amounts to be paid by the company for insurance premiums or contributions to savings schemes) which, following a proposal from the remuneration committee and by
resolution of the board of directors, is deemed to be appropriate, subject to the limits of applicable law.
B) Remuneration of directors for 2016
1. Remuneration of directors in their capacity as such
In 2016, the directors, in their capacity as such, shall continue to receive remuneration for the performance of supervisory and collective decision-making
duties for a collective amount of up to EUR 6 million as authorised by the shareholders at the 2015 annual general shareholders meeting (and again subject to approval by the shareholders at the 2016 general shareholders meeting),
with two components:
(i) |
annual allotment; and |
The specific amount payable for the above-mentioned items to each of the directors and the
form of payment thereof shall be determined by the board of directors under the terms set forth in section A (ii) above.
In addition, as stated in
the description of the director remuneration system, in 2016 the company will pay the premium for the civil liability insurance for its directors, obtained upon customary market terms and proportional to the circumstances of the company.
2. Remuneration of directors for the performance of executive duties
2.1 Fixed components of remuneration
2.1.1 Gross
annual salary
At the proposal of the committee, the board approved the following amounts as gross annual salary for executive directors in 2016:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thousands of euros |
|
2016 |
|
|
2015 |
|
|
Chg (%) |
|
Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea |
|
|
2,500 |
|
|
|
2,500 |
|
|
|
0 |
% |
Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez1 |
|
|
2,000 |
|
|
|
2,000 |
|
|
|
0 |
% |
Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo2 |
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
0 |
% |
Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte |
|
|
1,710 |
|
|
|
1,710 |
|
|
|
0 |
% |
1. |
At its meeting of 25 November 2014, the board of directors appointed Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez as chief executive officer to replace Mr Javier Marín Romano. Mr José Antonio
Álvarez Álvarez took office as director on 13 January 2015, with Mr Javier Marín Romano withdrawing from the position effective 12 January 2015. |
2. |
Executive director since 16 January 2015. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
2.1.2 Other fixed components of remuneration
(i) |
Benefits systems: defined contribution plans (see section D below)10. |
(ii) |
Company benefits: executive directors will also receive certain company benefits such as life insurance premiums, medical insurance, company vouchers and, as the case may be, allocating earnings from loans granted under
employee conditions in accordance with the normal policy established by the Bank for senior management. Information in addition to this project is included in section D) below. |
2.2 Variable components of remuneration
The variable
remuneration policy11 for executive directors for 2016, which was approved by the board at the proposal of the remuneration committee, is based on the principles of the remuneration policy
described in section A above.
The variable remuneration4 of the executive directors is combined in
one single amount, that of the previous bonus and LTI, thereby simplifying its structure and aligning it with the companys long-term sustainability and the interests of its shareholders.
It consists of a single incentive linked to the achievement of short and long term objectives, structured as
follows: subject to compliance with the short term objectives described in section (ii) below.
|
|
|
The final amount of the incentive will be determined at the start of the following year (2017) based on the benchmark amount and |
|
|
|
40% of the resulting incentive shall be paid immediately and the remaining 60% shall be deferred in equal parts over five years, as follows: |
|
|
|
The payment of the amount deferred over the first two years, payable in the two following years, 2018 and 2019, shall be conditional upon none of the malus clauses described in section (v) being triggered.
|
|
|
|
The amount deferred over the next three years (36% of the total), payable in 2020, 2021 and 2022, shall be conditional not only upon the aforementioned malus clauses not being triggered but also upon the achievement of
the long term objectives described in section (iv) (deferred incentive subject to long-term performance objectives). |
The structure of
the new incentive can be illustrated as follows (incentive for 2016):
10. |
As stated in section D below, contributions to the benefits systems for some executive directors include both fixed components and variable components. |
11. |
As shown in section D below, the contribution to pension systems for two executive directors includes both fixed and variable components, which are part of the total variable remuneration. |
|
|
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
The variable components of executive directors total remuneration for 2016 must not exceed a limit of 200%
of the fixed components, which must be authorised at the general shareholders meeting.
(i) Benchmark incentive
2016 variable remuneration for executive directors shall be determined based on a standard benchmark bonus conditional on compliance with 100% of the
established targets. The benchmark for 2016 has been set aggregating the following components:
|
|
|
The 2015 benchmark incentive. |
|
|
|
The long-term benchmark incentive for 2015 (20% of the previous amount). |
At the proposal of the committee,
the board of directors has factored in the following:
|
|
|
The variable remuneration structure has been simplified by combining the bonus and LTI in a single incentive. |
|
|
|
A higher weighting is given to long-term objectives in total variable remuneration, as these will represent up to 36% of the new incentive. |
|
|
|
More efficient combination of the short and long term objectives as meeting the short term objectives will determine the maximum long-term amount and this may only be reduced, never increased. |
(ii) Setting the final incentive based on results for the year
Based on the scheme described, 2016 variable remuneration for executive directors shall be set on the basis of the following key factors:
|
|
|
A group of short term quantitative metrics measured against annual objectives. |
|
|
|
A qualitative assessment supported by accredited evidence which cannot adjust the quantitative result by more than 25% upwards or downwards. |
|
|
|
An exceptional adjustment that must be supported by substantiated evidence and that may result in amendments deriving from deficiencies in control and/or risks, negative assessments from supervisors or unexpected
material events. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
The quantitative metrics, qualitative assessment factors and weightings are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Category
& weight |
|
Quantitative metrics |
|
Qualitative assessment |
|
|
Customer satisfaction rankings |
|
Effective development of the franchise
|
Customers (15%) |
|
Number of loyal customers
Number of digital
customers |
|
Compliance with adequate sales and loyalty conduct |
|
|
|
Employees (10%) |
|
Results of commitment survey |
|
Evidence of a strong Simple, Personal & Fair
culture |
|
|
|
Society (5%) |
|
Santander Universities programme |
|
Support for the society of the
future Effective
risk appetite management |
|
|
|
Shareholders (70%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective risk appetite management |
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Performing
Loans
|
|
Reinforcing culture and risk control
|
Risks (10%) |
|
Cost of lending ratio |
|
Operational risk management
|
|
|
|
|
Progress towards risk management Pillar II |
|
|
|
Management of regulatory changes affecting capital |
Capital (10%) |
|
Target capital ratio
|
|
|
|
Risk Weighted Assets (RWA) cap |
|
Effective capital management in business decisions |
|
|
|
Progress in the capital plan to achieving Pillar III
objectives |
|
|
|
Profitability (50%) |
|
Net ordinary profit (NOP)12 |
|
Growth compared to the prior year allowing for market environment and
competitors |
|
|
|
Sustainable profits and capital management
|
|
RoRWA: return on risk weighted assets |
|
Cost management
|
|
|
Effective capital allocation |
|
Lastly, and as additional conditions, in determining the incentive, it will be verified whether or not the following
circumstances occurred:
|
|
|
If the Groups NOP for 2016 is less than 50% of the NOP for 2015, the incentive would in no case exceed 50% of the benchmark incentive for 2016. |
|
|
|
If the Groups NOP is negative, the incentive would be zero.
|
(iii) Form of payment of the incentive:
The variable remuneration is paid 50% in cash and 50% in shares, part in 2017 and the deferred portion over five years and subject to long-term metrics, as
follows:
a) |
40% of the incentive is paid in 2017 net of taxes, half in cash and half in shares. |
b) |
60% is paid, if applicable, in equal parts in 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 and 2022 net of taxes, half in cash and half in shares, subject to the conditions stipulated in section (v) below. |
The last three payments shall also be conditional on the long-term objectives described in section (iv) below.
The portion paid in shares may not be sold until one year has elapsed from delivery thereof.
(iv) Deferred performance-based incentive
As mentioned,
the amounts deferred in 2020, 2021 and 2022 shall be conditional upon, in addition to the terms described in section (v), compliance with the Groups long-term objectives for 2016-2018. The long-term metrics, which may only reduce the deferred
amounts, and number of deferred shares are as follows:
(a) |
Compliance with Banco Santanders consolidated EPS per share growth target in 2018 vs 2015. The EPS ratio relating to this target is shown in the table below: |
|
|
|
|
|
EPS growth 2018 |
|
|
|
(% vs 2015) |
|
EPS ratio |
|
> 25% |
|
|
1 |
|
< 0% but < 25% |
|
|
01 |
* |
< 0% |
|
|
0 |
|
* |
Straight-line increase in the EPS Ratio based on the specific growth percentage of 2018 EPS growth with respect to 2015 EPS within this bracket of the scale. |
(b) |
Relative performance of the total shareholder return (TSR) of the Bank in 2016-2018 compared to the weighted TSRs of a peer group comprising 35 credit institutions (the Peer Group), applying the
appropriate TSR ratio according to the Banks TSR within the Peer Group. |
12. |
For this purpose, NOP is net ordinary attributable profit, adjusted up or down for transactions whose impact the board of directors deems to be unrelated to the performance of the executives evaluated, considering to
this end any extraordinary capital gains, corporate transactions, special write-offs and accounting or legal adjustments that may take place over the course of the year. |
|
|
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
|
|
|
|
|
Ranking of Santanders TSR |
|
TRS ratio |
|
Above the 66th percentile |
|
|
1 |
|
Between the 33rd and 66th percentile |
|
|
0-1 |
* |
Lower than the 33rd percentile |
|
|
0 |
|
* |
Proportional increase in the TRS ratio according to the number of positions moved up in the ranking within this line of the scale. |
TSR13 measures the return on investment for shareholders as a sum of the change in share price plus dividends and other similar items
(including the Santander Scrip Dividend programme) that shareholders may receive during the period in question.
The Peer Group will
consist of the following entities: BBVA, CaixaBank, Bankia, Popular, Sabadell, BCP, BPI, HSBC, RBS, Barclays, Lloyds, BNP Paribas, Crédit Agricole, Deutsche Bank, Société Générale, Nordea, Intesa San Paolo,
Unicredit, Itaú, Bradesco, Banco do Brasil, Banorte, Banco de Chile, M&T Bank Corp, Keycorp, Fifth Third Bancorp, BB&T Corp., Citizens, Crédit Acceptance Corp., Ally Financial Inc., PKO, PEKAO, Millenium, ING Poland and mBank.
(c) |
Compliance with the common equity tier 1 (CET1) fully loaded ratio set for 2018 (higher than 11% at 31 December 2018). If this objective is met, a CET1 ratio of 1 shall be assigned to this metric,
otherwise the CET1 ratio will be 0. To verify compliance with this objective, possible increases in CET1 resulting from capital increases shall be disregarded (with the exception of those related to the Santander Scrip Dividend programme). Further,
the CET1 ratio at 31 December 2018 could be adjusted to strip out the impact of any regulatory changes affecting its calculation implemented until that date. |
(d) |
Compliance with Grupo Santanders underlying return on risk-weighted assets (RoRWA) growth target for 2018 measured against 2015. The RoRWA ratio shall be obtained based on the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
RoRWA growth in 2018 vs 2015
(basis points difference) |
|
RoRWA ratio |
|
> 20% |
|
|
1 |
|
> 10% but < 20% |
|
|
0.5 1 |
* |
< 10% |
|
|
0 |
|
* |
Straight-line increase in the RoRWA ratio according to the specific growth percentage of 2018 RoRWA with respect to 2015 RoRWA within this line of the scale.
|
To determine the annual amount of the deferred incentive tied to performance, corresponding, if applicable to
each executive director in 2020, 2021 and 2022 (each of these payments a Final Annuity) and without prejudice to any adjustment deriving from the malus clauses, the following formula shall be applied:
Final annuity = Amt. x (0.25 x A + 0.25 x B + 0.25 x C + 0.25 x D)
where,
|
|
|
Amt. is one third of the incentive amount deferred conditional on performance (i.e. Amt. will be 12% of the total incentive set in early 2017). |
|
|
|
A is the EPS ratio thrown up by the scale in section (a) above, according EPS growth in 2018 vs 2015. |
|
|
|
B is the TSR ratio thrown up the scale in section (b) above according to the relative performance of TSR in 2016-2018 vs the peer group. |
|
|
|
C is the CET1 ratio according to compliance with the CET1 target ratio described in section (c) above. |
|
|
|
D is the RoRWA ratio deriving from the scale in section (d) above according to the level of RoRWA growth in 2018 vs 2015.
|
13. |
TSR is the difference (expressed as a percentage) between the end value of an investment in ordinary shares of Banco Santander and the initial value of the same investment, factoring in to the calculation of the final
value the dividends or other similar instruments (such as the Santander Scrip Dividend Programme) received by the shareholder in relation to this investment during the corresponding period of time as if an investment had been made in more shares of
the same type at the first date on which the dividend or similar concept was payable to shareholders and the weighted average share price at that date. To calculate TSR, the average weighted daily volume of the average weighted listing prices for
the fifteen trading sessions prior to 1 January 2016 (exclusive) is taken into consideration (to calculate the initial value) and that of the fifteen trading sessions prior to 1 January 2019 (exclusive) (to calculate the final value).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
(v) Other incentive terms
(a) |
Continuity and applicable malus clauses |
In addition to the continuity of the beneficiary within the Group14, the accrual of the deferred remuneration (performance-linked or otherwise) is conditional upon none of the following circumstances arising, in the opinion of the board of directors, at the proposal
of the remuneration committee, during the period before each delivery under the terms of the Groups malus policy.
1. |
Poor financial performance of the Group; |
2. |
Violation by the beneficiary of internal regulations, particularly those relating to risks; |
3. |
Material restatement of the Groups financial statements, when so considered by the external auditors, except when appropriate pursuant to a change in accounting standards; or |
4. |
Significant changes in the financial capital or risk profile of the Group. |
The board of directors, at the
proposal of the remuneration committee and based on the level of achievement of such conditions, will determine the specific amount of the deferred portion of the incentive.
(b) |
Other rules applicable to the incentive |
The hedging of Santander shares received during the retention and
deferral periods is expressly prohibited. The sale of shares is also prohibited for one year from the receipt thereof.
2.3 Holding shares
Following a proposal submitted by the remuneration committee, the board of directors approved a share holding policy aimed at strengthening the alignment of
executive directors with shareholders long-term interests.
According to this policy, each executive director active on 1 January 2016 shall
have five years in which to demonstrate that his/her personal assets include an investment in the Banks shares equivalent to twice the net tax amount of his/her gross annual salary at the same date. If an executive director is appointed after
that date, the five year term shall commence on his/her joining date. Once this level of investment has been obtained, it must be maintained while the executive director continues to perform this function.
The share holding policy also reflects the executive directors commitment to maintaining a significant personal investment in the Banks shares
while they are actively performing their duties within the Group.
C) REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS FOR 2017 AND 2018
1. Remuneration of directors in their capacity as such
In
2017 and 2018, the directors, in their capacity as such, shall receive remuneration for the performance of supervisory and collective decision-making duties for a collective amount of up to EUR 6 million as authorised by the shareholders at the
2015 annual general shareholders meeting (and again subject to approval by the shareholders at the 2016 general shareholders meeting), unless the shareholders approve a higher amount. According to the remuneration system, the components
of the remuneration shall be:
|
(a) |
Annual allotment; and |
The specific amount corresponding to the above items for each of the directors and the form
of payment will be determined by the board of directors, which will take into account, respectively, (a) the duties performed by each director within their own decision-making body and their membership on various board committees,
(b) attendance at meetings of the board and, if applicable, of the committees to which the director belongs, and (c) any other objective criteria.
In addition, in 2017 and 2018 the company will pay the premium for the civil liability insurance for its directors, obtained upon customary market terms and
proportional to the circumstances of the company.
Independently of the directors right to receive remuneration in their capacity as such, they are
also entitled to receive other compensation (salaries, incentives, bonuses, pensions, insurance and severance payments) as, following a proposal made by the remuneration committee and upon resolution by the board of directors, may be deemed
appropriate in consideration for the performance of other duties in the company, whether they are the duties of an executive director or otherwise, other than the supervisory and collective decision-making duties that they discharge in their
capacity as directors.
2. Remuneration of directors for the performance of executive duties
Remuneration of executive directors shall conform to principles similar to those applied in 2016, as described below.
2.1 Fixed components of remuneration
2.1.1 Gross
annual salary
The gross annual salary for executive directors shall be the amount established by the board, at the proposal of the remuneration
committee, that is consistent with the level of responsibility within the Bank such that it favours the retention of key professionals and attracts the best talent and such that the amount represents a significant proportion of their total
compensation.
14. |
When the relationship with Banco Santander or another entity of Grupo Santander is terminated due to retirement, early retirement or pre-retirement of the beneficiary, a dismissal considered by the courts to be
improper, unilateral withdrawal for good cause by an employee (which includes, in any case, the situations set forth in article 10.3 of Royal Decree 1382/1985, of 1 August, governing the special relationship of senior management, for the
persons subject to these rules), permanent disability or death, or as a result of an employer other than Banco Santander ceasing to belong to Grupo Santander, as well as in those cases of mandatory redundancy, the right to receive the incentive
shall remain under the same conditions in force as if none of such circumstances had occurred. |
In the case of death, the
right shall pass to the successors of the beneficiary.
In cases of justified temporary leave due to temporary disability, suspension of
the contract due to maternity or paternity leave, or leave to care for children or a relative, there shall be no change in the rights of the beneficiary.
If the beneficiary goes to another company of Grupo Santander (including through international assignment and/or expatriation), there shall be
no change in the rights thereof. If the relationship terminates by mutual agreement or because the beneficiary obtains a leave not referred to in any of the preceding paragraphs, the terms of the termination or temporary leave agreement shall apply.
None of the above circumstances shall give the right to receive the deferred amount of the incentive in advance. If the beneficiary or the
successors thereof maintain the right to receive the deferred amount of the incentive, it shall be delivered within the periods and under the terms provided in the rules for the plans.
|
|
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
The annual gross fixed remuneration may be revised each year depending on the criteria approved at each moment
by the remuneration committee. The maximum increase for the 2017 and 2018 fiscal years for each executive director may not exceed 3% of his or her annual gross salary for the 2016 or 2017 fiscal year, as the case may be. Nonetheless, this increase
may be higher for one or several directors provided that, when applying the rules or requirements or supervisory recommendations that may be applicable and if so proposed by the remuneration committee, it is appropriate to adjust their remuneration
mix and, particularly, their variable remuneration in view of the functions they perform, without these increases possibly leading to an increase in the total remuneration of the mentioned directors for this reason. In the event this circumstance
occurs, it will be described in the corresponding remuneration committee report and in the annual report on board member remuneration that is put to an advisory vote each year at the general shareholders meeting.
2.1.2 Other fixed components of remuneration
(i) |
Benefits systems: defined contribution plans (see section D below). |
(ii) |
Social welfare benefits: Executive directors will also receive certain social welfare benefits such as life insurance premiums, medical insurance, company store vouchers and, if applicable, the allocation of
remuneration for employee loans, all on market terms. |
2.2 Variable components of remuneration
The variable remuneration policy for executive directors for 2017 and 2018 shall be based on principles similar to those of 2016, as described below:
|
|
|
Variable remuneration executive directors include an incentive to be received partly in cash and partly in shares, while deferring collection of a portion thereof for at least five years; and a portion of the deferred
incentive conditional upon meeting the long-term objectives that may only reduce its amount15. |
|
|
|
Variable remuneration limits. The variable components of executive directors total remuneration for 2017 and 2018 must not exceed a limit of 200% of the fixed components. |
(i) Setting the incentive
The 2017 and 2018 variable
remuneration for executive directors shall be determined based on a benchmark incentive approved for each year which takes into account:
|
|
|
A group of short term quantitative metrics measured against annual objectives. These metrics will be aligned with the Group strategic plan and include shareholder return targets, risk objectives, capital, customers and
employees. The metrics may be measured at Group level, and, where applicable, at division level if the executive director is responsible for managing a specific business division. The results of each metric may be compared to both the budget
established for the financial year as well as to growth compared to the prior year.
|
|
|
|
A qualitative assessment supported by accredited evidence which cannot adjust the quantitative result by more than 25% upwards or downwards. The qualitative assessment shall be performed on the same categories as the
quantitative metrics, including shareholder returns, risk and capital management, customers and employees. |
|
|
|
Potential exceptional adjustments that must be supported by clear evidence and that may result in amendments deriving from deficiencies in control and/or risks, negative assessments from supervisors or unexpected
material events. |
The quantitative metrics, qualitative assessment and potential extraordinary adjustments will ensure that
the main objectives are considered from the perspective of different stakeholders, a suitable balance between quantitative metrics and qualitative assessment, and that the importance of risk and capital management is factored in.
Additionally, in determining the incentive it will be verified whether or not the following circumstances have occurred:
|
|
|
If the quantitative metrics linked to profit do not reach a certain compliance threshold, the incentive may not be greater than 50% of the benchmark incentive for the corresponding year. |
|
|
|
If the results of the metrics linked to profit are negative, the incentive shall be zero. |
(ii) Form of
payment of the incentive:
(1) For the 2017 incentive
A minimum of 50% of the incentive shall be paid in shares and the remaining amount in cash, part in 2018 and a part deferred for at least five years, as
follows:
|
|
|
40% of the incentive will be paid in 2018. |
|
|
|
60% of the incentive will be paid in 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 and 2023, in equal parts and the three last years shall be conditional on the achievement of long-term objectives that can only reduce the amount payable.
|
(2) For the 2018 incentive
A minimum
of 50% of the incentive shall be paid in shares and the remaining amount in cash, part in 2019 and a part deferred for at least five years, as follows:
|
|
|
40% of the incentive will be paid in 2019. |
|
|
|
60% of the incentive will be paid in 2020, 2021, 2022, 2023 and 2024, in equal parts and the three last years shall be conditional on the achievement of long-term objectives that can only reduce the amount payable.
|
15. |
As shown in section D below, the contribution to pension systems for two executive directors includes both fixed and variable components, which are part of the total variable remuneration. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
(iii) Deferred performance-based incentive
For the 2017 incentive, the amounts deferred in 2021, 2022 and 2023 shall be conditional upon, in addition to the terms described in section (iv), compliance
with the Groups long-term objectives for at least the period 2017-2019. For the 2018 incentive, the amounts deferred in 2022, 2023 and 2024 shall also be conditional upon, in addition to the terms described in section (iv) below,
compliance with the Groups long-term objectives for at least the period 2018-2020. The achievement of long-term objectives may only confirm or reduce the amounts and number of shares deferred and a minimum threshold shall be set below which
the deferred incentives shall not be accrued.
Long-term metrics include objectives relating to value-creation and shareholder returns, risk and capital
in a multiyear period of at least three years. These metrics shall be aligned with the Groups strategic plan and reflect its main priorities from a stakeholders perspective.
These metrics may be measured at the level of the Group or of the country or business, when appropriate, and the performance thereof may be relatively
compared to a peer group.
The portion paid in shares in the 2017 and 2018 incentives may not be sold until at least one year has elapsed from delivery
thereof.
(iv) Other incentive terms
|
|
|
Accrual of the deferred amounts, including performance-linked amounts, shall also be conditional upon the beneficiary remaining in the Group and none of the circumstances set forth in the related malus clauses taking
place, all under terms similar to those indicated for 2016. |
|
|
|
The hedging of Santander shares received during the retention and deferral periods is expressly prohibited. The sale of shares is also prohibited for at least one year from the receipt thereof. |
The remuneration committee may propose to the board adjustments in variable remuneration under exceptional circumstances due to internal or external factors
and such as regulatory requirements or requests or recommendations issued by regulators or supervisory authorities. If that were the case, such adjustments will be described in detail in the corresponding report of the remuneration committee and in
the annual report on director remuneration submitted each year to a consultative vote of the shareholders at the general shareholders meeting.
2.3 Holding shares
The share holding policy approved in
2016 will apply in 2017 and 2018, unless the remuneration committee, under exceptional circumstances such as regulatory requirements or requests or recommendations issued by regulatory or supervisory bodies, were to propose amendments to this policy
to the board. Any eventual amendments would be described in detail in the corresponding report of the remuneration committee and in the annual report on director remuneration submitted each year to a consultative vote at the general
shareholders meeting.
D) TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS CONTRACTS
The terms for the provision of services by each of the executive directors are governed by the contracts signed by each of them with the Bank. The basic terms
and conditions of the contracts of the executive directors, besides those relating to the remuneration, are the following:
a) Exclusivity and
non-competition
Executive directors may not enter into contracts to provide services to other companies or entities except where expressly authorised
by the board of directors. In all cases, a duty of non-competition is established with respect to companies and activities similar in nature to those of the Bank and its consolidated Group.
Likewise, the contracts of the executive directors provide for certain prohibitions against competition and the poaching of clients, employees and suppliers
that may be enforced for two years after the termination thereof for reasons other than retirement, pre-retirement or a breach by the Bank. The compensation to be paid by the Bank for this prohibition against competition is 80% of the fixed
remuneration of the corresponding director, payable 40% on termination of the contract and 60% at the end of the 2-year period.
b) Code of conduct
There is an obligation to strictly observe the provisions of the Groups general code and of the code of conduct in securities markets, in
particular with respect to rules of confidentiality, professional ethics and conflicts of interest.
c) Termination
The contracts are of indefinite duration and do not provide for any severance payment in the case of termination other than as may be required by law.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillos contract is terminated before 1 January 2018 for reasons other than his own
decision, death or permanent disability or to a serious breach of his obligations, he shall be entitled to receive a severance payment amounting to twice his gross annual salary.
In the event of termination of her contract by the Bank, Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O Shea must remain available to the Bank for a period of
four months to ensure a proper transition, during which period she would continue to receive her gross annual salary.
d) Pre-retirement and benefit
plans
The contracts of the following executive directors acknowledge their right to pre-retire under the terms stated below when they have not yet
reached retirement age:
|
|
|
Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola will be entitled to pre-retirement in the event of leaving her post for reasons other than breach of duty. In this case, she will be entitled to an annual allotment equal to the sum
of her fixed remuneration and 30% of the average amount of the last variable remunerations of the executive chairman, to a maximum of three. This allotment shall be reduced by 20% in the event of voluntary termination prior to the age of 60.
|
|
|
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
|
|
|
Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez will be entitled to pre-retire in the event of leaving his post for reasons other than his own free will or breach of duty In that case, he will be entitled to an
annual allocation equivalent to the fixed remuneration corresponding to him as a senior executive vice president. |
If Ms Ana
Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea or Mr José Antonio Álva-rez Álvarez take pre-retirement, they are entitled to receive the annual allotments in the form of an annuity or as capital (i.e. in a lump sum), in whole but
not in part.
The executive directors other than Mr Rodrigo Echenique participate in the defined benefit system created in 2012, which covers the
contingencies of retirement, disability and death. The Bank makes annual contributions to the benefit plans for the benefit of the other executive directors, except in the case of Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte, for whom new
contributions are not made. The annual contributions are calculated in proportion to the respective pensionable bases of the executive directors, and shall continue to be made until they leave the Group or until their retirement within the Group, or
their death or disability (including, if applicable, during pre-retirement). The pensionable base for purposes of the annual contributions is the one indicated above for the calculation of the allotment for pre-retirement (except in the case of Mr
José Antonio Álvarez, who, during his term of office as CEO, will have a pensionable base equal to the sum of his fixed remuneration as such and 30% of the average of the last three variable remuneration payments), with the amount of
the contributions being 55% in the cases of Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea and Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez.
The benefit plan is outsourced to Santander Seguros y Reaseguros, Compañía Aseguradora, S.A., and the economic rights of the foregoing directors
thereunder belong to them regardless of whether or not they are active in the Bank at the time of their retirement, death or disability. As stated in section c) above, the contracts of these directors do not provide for any severance payment in the
case of termination other than as may be required by law.
Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillos contract does not provide for any charge to Banco
Santander regarding benefits, without prejudice to the pension rights to which Mr Echenique was entitled prior to his appointment as executive director.
Finally, the contracts of Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola and Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez include a supplemental benefit scheme
for the contingencies of death (surviving spouse and child benefits) and permanent disability of serving directors, which entitles the widow/widower and any children under the age of 25 in the case of death, or the director in case of disability,
the right to a pension supplemental to that which they would be entitled to receive from Social Security up to an annual maximum amount equal to their respective pensionable bases, as indicated above in connection with the pre-retirement (refers to
fixed remuneration as chief executive officer in the case of Mr Álvarez). Income to be received from the benefit system described above shall be deducted from the amount of the supplemental benefit, and the supplemental pension could reach
zero (but not less than zero).
e) Insurance and other benefits in kind
The Group has arranged life and health insurance policies for the directors.
In 2016, the premiums for this insurance amounted to 479 thousand euros. In 2017 and 2018, these premiums could vary in the event of a change in the fixed
remuneration of directors or in their actuarial circumstances.
Similarly, executive directors are insured by the Banks civil liability policy.
Finally, executive directors may receive other benefits in kind (such as employee loans) in accordance with the Banks usual policy in regard to senior
management.
f) Confidentiality and return of documents
A strict duty of confidentiality is established during the relationship and following termination thereof, pursuant to which executive directors must return to
the Bank the documents and items related to their activities that are in their possession.
g) Other conditions
The advance notice periods contained in the contracts with the executive directors are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of current contract |
|
|
By decision of the Bank (months) |
|
|
By decision of the director (months) |
|
Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea |
|
|
26/01/2015 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez |
|
|
23/02/2015 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo |
|
|
26/01/2015 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte |
|
|
26/12/2012 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
Payment clauses in place of pre-notice periods are not contemplated.
E) APPOINTMENT OF NEW EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
The components
of remuneration and basic structure of the agreements described in this remunerations policy will apply to any new director that is given executive functions, notwithstanding the possibility of amending specific terms of agreements so that, overall,
they have conditions similar to those previously described.
In particular, the total remuneration of said director for performing executive duties may
not be greater than the highest remuneration received by the current executive directors of the company pursuant to the remuneration policy approved by the shareholders. The same rules shall apply if a director assumes new duties that said director
did not previously discharge or becomes an executive director.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
If executive responsibilities are assumed with respect to a specific division or country, the board of
directors, at the proposal of the remuneration committee, may adapt the metrics used for the establishing and accrual of the incentive in order to take into account not just the Group but also the respective division or country.
As regards the remuneration of directors in their capacity as such, it shall be included within the maximum distributable amount set by the shareholders and
to be distributed by the board of directors as described above.
Additionally, if the new director comes from an entity not included in Grupo Santander,
he/she could be the beneficiary of a buy out to offset the loss of variable remuneration corresponding to his/her prior post if he/she had not accepted the engagement offer of the Group. According to the buy out policy approved by the board,
following a proposal by the remuneration committee, compensation could be paid fully or partly in shares, subject to the delivery limits approved at the general shareholders meeting. Therefore, at the next meeting, authorisation is expected to
be sought to deliver a specified maximum number of shares as part of any hires to which the buy out policy applies.
2.6 Preparatory work and decision-making process with a description of the participation of the remuneration committee and the identity of the external advisors
Remuneration committee
At its meeting of 11 February
2016, the remuneration committee prepared this report, section 2.5 of which contained the remuneration policy for the years 2016 and 2017 and 2018, to be submitted for approval at the ordinary general shareholders meeting of 2016.
Likewise, the committee prepared the annual report on directors remuneration for 2015, in accordance with the regulatory template. These two reports
were approved by the board at its meeting of 12 February 2016.
The annual report on directors remuneration is expected to be submitted for
approval at the ordinary general meeting of 2016 as a separate item of the agenda and on a consultative basis.
External advisors
In all its decision-making processes, the remuneration committee and the board were able to compare the relevant data with that on the markets and comparable
entities, given the size, characteristics and activities of the Group. The assistance of Willis Towers Watson was therefore sought for this purpose.
Annex
Below is a report on the deferred variable remuneration payments to executive directors for financial years prior
to 2015.
Variable remuneration in 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014
Deferred and conditional variable remuneration plan
In
2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014, the board of directors, at the proposal of the appointments and remuneration committee, approved the first, second, third and fourth cycle of the deferred conditional variable remuneration plan, which was used to implement
the variable remuneration or bonus for financial years 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively, of the executive directors and certain officers (including senior management) and employees whose professional activities have a material impact on the
risk profile, who exercise control duties, or whose total remuneration takes them into the same remuneration bracket as that of senior management and employees whose professional activities have a material impact on the risk profile (all of whom are
referred to as identified staff under the Guidelines on Remuneration Policies and Practices approved by the committee of European Banking Supervisors on 10 December 2010). Since these cycles entail the delivery of shares in the
Bank, the shareholders at the general shareholders meetings of 17 June 2011, 30 March 2012, 22 March 2013 and 28 March 2014, respectively, approved the application of the first, second, third and fourth cycle of the
deferred conditional variable remuneration plan.
The purpose of these cycles is to defer payment of a portion of the variable remuneration or bonus of
the beneficiaries thereof for a period of three years, in cash and in Santander shares, and to pay upon commencement the other portion of such variable remuneration in cash and in Santander shares, in accordance with the rules described below.
Payment of the deferred percentage of the bonus is paid in a period of three years, and paid in thirds within the fifteen days following the anniversaries of
the initial date (date on which the immediate bonus payment is made) in 2013, 2014 and 2015 for the first cycle and within the thirty days immediately following the anniversaries of the initial date in 2014, 2015 and 2016 for the second cycle, in
2015, 2016 and 2017 for the third cycle and in 2016, 2017 and 2018 in the fourth cycle, paying 50% in cash and 50% in shares, provided that the conditions below are met.
Accrual of the deferred remuneration is conditional upon continued service of the beneficiary with the Group and upon the absence, in the judgement of the
board and at the proposal of remuneration committee, of any of the following circumstances during the period prior to each of the deliveries under the terms set down in the corresponding plan: (i) poor financial performance by the Group;
(ii) violation by the beneficiary of internal rules, particularly those relating to risks; (iii) a material restatement of the Groups financial statements, except if such restatement is made pursuant to a change in accounting rules,
or (iv) significant changes in the Groups financial capital or risk profile. All this, in each case, according to the regulations of the corresponding cycle of the plan.
On each delivery, beneficiaries are paid an amount in cash equal to the dividends paid on the deferred amount in shares and interest on the amount accrued in
cash. In those cases in which the scrip dividend scheme (Santander Dividendo Elección) applies, the price paid is the price offered by the Bank for the free allotment rights corresponding to such shares.
|
|
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
The maximum number of shares deliverable is calculated based on the amount resulting from applying applicable taxes and the average weighted daily volume of
the average weighted listing prices for the fifteen trading sessions prior to the date on which the board approves the bonus for the Banks executive directors for the years 2011, 2012, 2014 and 2014 for the first, second, third and fourth
cycles, respectively.
Below is the number of shares (taking gross amounts into account) that corresponded to each of the executive directors under the
first four cycles of this plan in early 2015, the amount delivered during the year and the balance at year-end. Also shown is the amount in thousands of euros paid in 2015 under said cycles of this plan.
n 1. Ms Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y OShea
Variable remuneration in 2011 (first cycle of deferred conditional variable remuneration plan)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of
implementation |
|
Shares
01/01/2015 |
|
Shares delivered
in 2015 |
|
Shares retired
in 2015 |
|
Shares
pending delivery in
2015 |
|
Cash paid in 2015
(thousands of
euros) |
17 June 2011 |
|
47,000 |
|
47,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
319 |
|
Variable remuneration in 2012 (second cycle of deferred conditional variable remuneration plan) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of
implementation |
|
Shares
01/01/2015 |
|
Shares delivered
in 2015 |
|
Shares retired
in 2015 |
|
Shares
pending delivery in
2015 |
|
Cash paid in 2015
(thousands of euros) |
30 March 2012 |
|
104,874 |
|
34,958 |
|
|
|
69,916 |
|
226 |
|
Variable remuneration in 2013 (third cycle of deferred conditional variable remuneration plan) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of
implementation |
|
Shares
01/01/2015 |
|
Shares delivered
in 2015 |
|
Shares retired
in 2015 |
|
Shares
pending delivery in
2015 |
|
Cash paid in 2015
(thousands of
euros) |
22 March 2013 |
|
165,603 |
|
66,241 |
|
|
|
99,362 |
|
466 |
|
Variable remuneration in 2014 (fourth cycle of deferred conditional variable remuneration plan) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of
implementation |
|
Shares
01/01/2015 |
|
Shares delivered
in 2015 |
|
Shares retired
in 2015 |
|
Shares
pending delivery in
2015 |
|
Cash paid in 2015
(thousands of
euros) |
28 March 2014 |
|
304,073 |
|
121,629 |
|
|
|
182,444 |
|
801 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
n 2. Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variable remuneration in 2011 (first cycle of deferred conditional variable remuneration plan) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Cash paid in 2015 |
Date of |
|
Shares |
|
Shares delivered |
|
Shares retired |
|
pending delivery |
|
(thousands |
implementation |
|
01/01/2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
of euros) |
17 June 2011 |
|
32,038 |
|
32,038 |
|
|
|
|
|
182 |
|
Variable remuneration in 2012 (second cycle of deferred conditional variable remuneration plan) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Cash paid in 2015 |
Date of |
|
Shares |
|
Shares delivered |
|
Shares retired |
|
pending delivery |
|
(thousands |
implementation |
|
01/01/2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
of euros) |
30 March 2012 |
|
72,140 |
|
24,047 |
|
|
|
48,093 |
|
155 |
|
Variable remuneration in 2013 (third cycle of deferred conditional variable remuneration plan) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Cash paid in 2015 |
Date of |
|
Shares |
|
Shares delivered |
|
Shares retired |
|
pending delivery |
|
(thousands |
implementation |
|
01/01/2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
of euros) |
22 March 2013 |
|
117,362 |
|
58,681 |
|
|
|
58,681 |
|
392 |
|
Variable remuneration in 2014 (fourth cycle of deferred conditional variable remuneration plan) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Cash paid in 2015 |
Date of |
|
Shares |
|
Shares delivered |
|
Shares retired |
|
pending delivery |
|
(thousands |
implementation |
|
01/01/2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
of euros) |
28 March 2014 |
|
157,452 |
|
78,726 |
|
|
|
78,726 |
|
487 |
|
|
|
|
n 3. Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variable remuneration in 2011 (first cycle of deferred conditional variable remuneration plan) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Cash paid in 2015 |
Date of |
|
Shares |
|
Shares delivered |
|
Shares retired |
|
pending delivery |
|
(thousands |
implementation |
|
01/01/2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
of euros) |
17 June 2011 |
|
62,878 |
|
62,878 |
|
|
|
|
|
357 |
|
Variable remuneration in 2012 (second cycle of deferred conditional variable remuneration plan) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Cash paid in 2015 |
Date of |
|
Shares |
|
Shares delivered |
|
Shares retired |
|
pending delivery |
|
(thousands |
implementation |
|
01/01/2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
of euros) |
30 March 2012 |
|
124,589 |
|
41,530 |
|
|
|
83,059 |
|
267 |
|
Variable remuneration in 2013 (third cycle of deferred conditional variable remuneration plan) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Cash paid in 2015 |
Date of |
|
Shares |
|
Shares delivered |
|
Shares retired |
|
pending delivery |
|
(thousands |
implementation |
|
01/01/2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
of euros) |
22 March 2013 |
|
172,731 |
|
69,092 |
|
|
|
103,639 |
|
462 |
|
Variable remuneration in 2014 (fourth cycle of deferred conditional variable remuneration plan) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Cash paid in 2015 |
Date of |
|
Shares |
|
Shares delivered |
|
Shares retired |
|
pending delivery |
|
(thousands |
implementation |
|
01/01/2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
of euros) |
28 March 2014 |
|
231,814 |
|
92,726 |
|
|
|
139,088 |
|
574 |
|
|
|
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
2. Report on the director remuneration policy |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
n 4. Mr Javier Marín Romano16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variable remuneration in 2011 (first cycle of deferred conditional variable remuneration plan) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Cash paid in 2015 |
Date of |
|
Shares |
|
Shares delivered |
|
Shares retired |
|
pending delivery |
|
(thousands |
implementation |
|
01/01/2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
of euros) |
17 June 2011 |
|
25,960 |
|
25,960 |
|
|
|
|
|
147 |
|
Variable remuneration in 2012 (second cycle of deferred conditional variable remuneration plan) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Cash paid in 2015 |
Date of |
|
Shares |
|
Shares delivered |
|
Shares retired |
|
pending delivery |
|
(thousands |
implementation |
|
01/01/2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
of euros) |
30 March 2012 |
|
58,454 |
|
19,485 |
|
|
|
38,969 |
|
125 |
|
Variable remuneration in 2013 (third cycle of deferred conditional variable remuneration plan) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Cash paid in 2015 |
Date of |
|
Shares |
|
Shares delivered |
|
Shares retired |
|
pending delivery |
|
(thousands |
implementation |
|
01/01/2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
of euros) |
22 March 2013 |
|
187,125 |
|
74,850 |
|
|
|
112,275 |
|
500 |
|
Variable remuneration in 2014 (fourth cycle of deferred conditional variable remuneration plan) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Cash paid in 2015 |
Date of |
|
Shares |
|
Shares delivered |
|
Shares retired |
|
pending delivery |
|
(thousands |
implementation |
|
01/01/2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
of euros) |
28 March 2014 |
|
320,563 |
|
128,225 |
|
|
|
192,338 |
|
793 |
|
|
|
|
n 5. Mr Juan Rodríguez Inciarte 17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variable remuneration in 2011 (first cycle of deferred conditional variable remuneration plan) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Cash paid in 2015 |
Date of |
|
Shares |
|
Shares delivered |
|
Shares retired |
|
pending delivery |
|
(thousands |
implementation |
|
01/01/2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
of euros) |
17 June 2011 |
|
36,690 |
|
36,690 |
|
|
|
|
|
208 |
|
Variable remuneration in 2012 (second cycle of deferred conditional variable remuneration plan) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Cash paid in 2015 |
Date of |
|
Shares |
|
Shares delivered |
|
Shares retired |
|
pending delivery |
|
(thousands |
implementation |
|
01/01/2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
of euros) |
30 March 2012 |
|
72,699 |
|
24,233 |
|
|
|
48,466 |
|
156 |
|
Variable remuneration in 2013 (third cycle of deferred conditional variable remuneration plan) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Cash paid in 2015 |
Date of |
|
Shares |
|
Shares delivered |
|
Shares retired |
|
pending delivery |
|
(thousands |
implementation |
|
01/01/2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
of euros) |
22 March 2013 |
|
110,747 |
|
44,299 |
|
|
|
66,448 |
|
296 |
|
Variable remuneration in 2014 (fourth cycle of deferred conditional variable remuneration plan) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Cash paid in 2015 |
Date of |
|
Shares |
|
Shares delivered |
|
Shares retired |
|
pending delivery |
|
(thousands |
implementation |
|
01/01/2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
in 2015 |
|
of euros) |
28 March 2014 |
|
179,680 |
|
71,872 |
|
|
|
107,808 |
|
445 |
16. |
Ceased to be a director on 12 January 2015. |
17. |
Ceased to be a director on 30 June 2015. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
3. Remuneration of non-director members of senior management |
3. Remuneration of non-director members of senior management
Remuneration
At its meeting of 25 January 2016, the committee agreed to propose to the board of directors the
approval of the bonus for 2015 of members of senior management who are not directors. The 2015 Approved LTI Amount was also set, as mentioned for executive directors in section 2.3.2. The committees proposal was approved by the board at its
meeting of 26 January 2016.
In 2015, the Banks board of directors approved a series of appointments and organisational changes to simplify the
Groups organisation and make it more competitive. The table below shows the amounts of short-term remuneration (immediately payable) for members of senior management at 31 December 2015 and 2014, excluding that corresponding to the
executive directors shown previously:
Thousands of euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term salary remuneration |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Immediately payable variable remuneration (bonus) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year |
|
Number of people |
|
|
Fixed |
|
|
In cash |
|
|
In shares1 |
|
|
Other remunerations2 |
|
|
Total |
|
2015 |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
17,838 |
|
|
|
6,865 |
|
|
|
6,865 |
|
|
|
5,016 |
|
|
|
36,584 |
|
2014 |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
24,772 |
|
|
|
9,259 |
|
|
|
9,259 |
|
|
|
7,046 |
3 |
|
|
50,336 |
|
1. |
The amount immediately payable in shares in 2015 was 1,726,893 Santander shares (1,514,738 Santander shares and 148,631 Banco Santander (Brazil) S.A. shares in 2014). |
2. |
Includes other items of remuneration such as life insurance premiums in the amount of EUR 1,309 thousand (EUR 1,290 thousand in 2014). |
3. |
Additionally, an extraordinary tax payment of US$6.9 million was made in the United States of America due to the transformation of certain pension plans of Banco Santander, S.A.
|
The following table shows a breakdown of the deferred (long-term) salary remuneration for members of senior
management at 31 December 2015 and 2014. This remuneration is conditional upon compliance with certain established terms for each manager in the corresponding deferral periods.
Thousands of euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term salary remuneration |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variable remuneration (deferred payment)1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year |
|
Number of people |
|
|
In cash |
|
|
In shares |
|
|
LTI 2 |
|
|
Total |
|
2015 |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
7,880 |
|
|
|
7,880 |
|
|
|
3,732 |
|
|
|
19,492 |
|
2014 |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
11,751 |
|
|
|
11,751 |
|
|
|
2,264 |
|
|
|
25,766 |
|
1. |
Corresponds to the fourth and fifth cycle of the deferred conditional variable remuneration plan for 2014 and 2015, pursuant to which a portion of variable remuneration for FY2015 and FY2014 will be deferred for five or
three years respectively for payment, if any, in fifths or thirds, 50% in cash and 50% in Santander shares, provided that they have complied with the conditions established for the receipt thereof. The 2015 plan was approved at the general
shareholders meeting of 27 March 2015. |
2. |
LTI estimated fair value. The accrual and amount of the LTI is subject to, among other things, compliance with the multi-year goals provided for in the plan. LTI shall be received, if applicable, fully in shares and
deferred in 2019 for the second cycle approved in 2015, or in thirds (each amount shall be linked to a specific performance objective), for the first cycle approved in 2014. The 2015 plan was approved at the general shareholders meeting of
27 March 2015. |
Additionally, executive vice-presidents ceasing to carry out their duties in 2015 and who were not members of senior
management by the end of the year, received salary remuneration and other remuneration relating to the cessation of their duties for a total amount of EUR 17,803 thousand during the year (EUR 3,349 thousand for those leaving their posts in
2014), while maintaining their long-term salary rights for a total amount of EUR 7,123 thousand (EUR 1,342 thousand for those leaving 2014).
In
2015, the ratio between the variable components of remuneration to the fixed components was 86,7% of the total for executive vice presidents, in all cases respecting the upper limit of 200% set by the shareholders.
See note 5 of the Groups 2015 annual financial statements for further details.
|
|
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
3. Remuneration of non-director members of senior management |
Remuneration of identified staff
The committee proposes to the board of directors the remuneration of executives whose
activities may have a substantial impact on the assumption of significant risks by the Group and the remuneration of executives performing control duties.
The aforementioned professionals, together with the executive directors, the other members of senior management and the employees receiving remuneration
similar to that of the senior management make up what is known as the identified staff group.
Every year, the remuneration committee reviews and, if
applicable, updates the composition of said group in order to identify the persons within the organisation who fall within the aforementioned parameters.
In 2014, the committee updated the criteria for defining identified staff, for the purposes of conforming said definition to Directive 2013/36/EU, to Law
10/2014, and to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 604/2014 of 4 March 2014, supplementing Directive 2013/36/ EU of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to regulatory technical standards with respect to qualitative and
appropriate quantitative criteria to identify categories of staff whose professional activities have a material impact on an institutions risk profile. Also, in 2015, at the proposal of the committee, the board approved the policy to determine
the Groups identified staff.
At year-end 2015, and taking into account such update in standards, the group was comprised of 1,281 executives
from the entire Group (including the executive directors and the members of senior management who are not directors), which covers 0.66% of the workforce.
The directors within the identified staff other than executive directors are subject to the same remuneration standards applicable to the latter (described in
sections 2.3.2 and 2.5), except for (i) the various deferral percentages and terms that apply based on the category thereof; (ii) the possibility that in 2016 the deferred part of the incentive of certain categories of executives is not
conditional upon performance but only to the malus clause; and (iii) as happened with the bonuses in previous years, the variable remuneration amount that is paid or deferred in shares to the executives of the Group in Brazil, Chile, Mexico,
Poland, and Santander Consumer USA is delivered in shares or similar instruments of their own entities. In financial year 2016, the board of directors will maintain its flexibility for agreeing total or partial payment in shares or similar
instruments of Banco Santander and/or the respective subsidiary in the proportion it considers appropriate in each case (subject, in any event, to the maximum number of Santander shares to be delivered as agreed by shareholders at the general
meeting and any regulatory restrictions applicable in each jurisdiction).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
3. Remuneration of non-director members of senior management |
The aggregate amount of the 2015 variable remuneration of identified staff, excluding the amount of remuneration of the executive directors and of the other
executive vice presidents (described in earlier sections of this report) was as follows:
n Remuneration 2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred |
|
|
Deferred |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Immediate |
|
|
Immediate |
|
|
payment |
|
|
payment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
payment in |
|
|
payment in |
|
|
in cash |
|
|
in shares |
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
executives |
|
Fixed |
|
|
Bonus |
|
|
cash (30%)1 |
|
|
shares (30%)1 |
|
|
(20%)1 and 2 |
|
|
(20%)1 and 2 |
|
|
LTI |
|
|
remuneration |
|
|
Total3 |
|
1,2464 |
|
|
311,175 |
|
|
|
317,330 |
|
|
|
91,520 |
|
|
|
90,637 |
|
|
|
67,587 |
|
|
|
67,587 |
|
|
|
35,276 |
|
|
|
35,019 |
|
|
|
698,800 |
|
1. |
Generally applied percentages. In some countries the percentages to defer may be higher for certain categories of executives, also resulting in a lower proportion of immediate payment. In addition, those officers whose
variable remuneration is less than EUR 50,000 are not subject to deferral and receive their full bonus immediately in cash. |
2. |
In three or five years: 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021 subject to continued employment of the beneficiary, with the exceptions provided in the rules of the plan, and the non-triggering of malus clauses.
|
3. |
The amount of the LTI to which the identified staff are entitled was set by the board of directors at a total of 50,394 thousand euros (with a fair value of 35,276 thousand euros). The accrual and amount of
the LTI is subject to, among other things, compliance with the multiyear goals provided for in the plan. This LTI shall be received, if applicable, wholly in shares in 2019. |
4. |
This number includes all members of the Identified Staff who are not executive directors or members of senior management. Pursuant to the qualitative standards of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 604/2014, this
number includes the non-executive directors of the Bank, although their remuneration is not included in the figures of this table or in the previous footnote. The remuneration of the non-executive directors in their condition as such, which does not
include variable components, is described in section 2.3 herein. |
In 2015, the ratio between the variable components of remuneration to the
fixed components for the entire identified staff (excluding that corresponding to the remuneration of the executive directors and the other executive vice presidents as described in this report) was 90.6%, in all cases complying with the
limit applicable to each of them.
The amounts set forth above were approved by the board at its meeting of 26 January 2016, as a result of the
proposal formulated by the remuneration committee at its meeting of 25 de January 2016.
|
|
|
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
4. Challenges for 2016 |
4. Challenges for
2016
The main challenges for the committee in 2016 are as follows:
|
|
|
To intensify collaboration with the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee in establishing rational remuneration policies and practices, particularly with regard to verifying whether the new remuneration
system considers the Groups risk, capital, liquidity and likelihood of, and opportunities for, profits.
|
|
|
|
To continue developing remuneration policies consistent with best international practices, fostering their implementation throughout the Group.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report of the remuneration committee 2015 |
|
5. Conclusion |
5. Conclusion
Throughout 2015, the remuneration committee has properly discharged the responsibilities assigned to it in the Bylaws and the Rules and Regulations of the
Board.
|
|
|
|
|
71 |
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015
Report by the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee 2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
2 |
|
3 |
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
Introduction |
|
Activities in 2015 |
|
Challenges for 2016 |
|
Conclusion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1 Risk |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2 Capital and liquidity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.3 Compliance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.4 Corporate governance and regulation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.5 Relations with supervisors and regulators |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.6 Self-assessment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report by the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee |
|
1. Introduction |
There have always been people with great intelligence and energy in the banking world. Our success in the
next few years will hinge on our integrity
Ana Botín, chairman of Banco Santander
8th International Banking Conference
26 November
2015
1. Introduction
Regulation
The Banks risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee was set up in June 2014 and was granted
general powers to support and advise the board of directors in regard to the supervision and control of risks, the definition of the Groups risk policies, relations with supervisory authorities and matters concerning compliance.
This committees regulations are contained in articles 54-3 of the Bylaws and 17-3 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board1.
Duties
The competencies of the risk, supervision, regulation and compliance committee may be classified into the following
main categories2:
1. Risk:
|
|
|
Support and advice to the board in defining and assessing the risk policies affecting the Group and in determining the current and future risk propensity, and the strategy in this regard. |
The Groups risk policy must include:
|
(i) |
Identification of the various types of risk, whether financial or non-financial, facing the Bank, including, among financial or economic risks, contingent and other off-balance liabilities. |
|
(ii) |
Setting of the risk appetite considered acceptable for the Bank. |
|
(iii) |
The measures envisaged to mitigate the impact of the risks identified, should they materialise. |
|
(iv) |
The information and internal control systems to be used to control and manage the aforementioned risks, including those relating to tax.
|
|
|
|
To help the board in supervising implementation of the risk strategy and its alignment with commercial strategic plans. |
|
|
|
To ensure that the pricing policy of the assets and liabilities offered to customers fully takes into consideration the business model, risk appetite and risk strategy of the Bank. |
|
|
|
To ascertain and measure the risks resulting from the macroeconomic environment and economic cycles pertaining to the activities of the Bank and its Group. |
|
|
|
To systematically review the exposures of major clients, economic sectors, geographical areas and types of risk. |
|
|
|
To oversee the risk function, without prejudice to the board of directors direct access thereto. |
|
|
|
To support and assist the board in conducting stress tests. |
|
|
|
To ascertain and assess the management tools, improvement initiatives, project implementation and any other relevant activity linked to risk control, including the policy on internal risk models and the internal
approval thereof. |
|
|
|
To determine, along with the board of directors, the nature, amount, format and frequency of information regarding risk to be received by the committee itself and by the board. In particular, the committee will receive
periodic information from the Group chief risk officer. |
|
|
|
To help establish rational and practical remuneration policies. For this purpose, without prejudice to the duties of the remunerations committee, the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee examines
whether the incentives policy envisaged in the remuneration scheme takes into account risk, capital, liquidity and the probability and opportunity of profit.
|
1. |
The Bylaws and the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Banco Santander, S.A. are published on the Groups corporate website (www.santander.com). |
2. |
The duties of the risk, supervision, regulation and compliance committee are regulated by article 17-3.4 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, which were amended by agreement of the board on 29 July 2015, on
the basis of a favourable report by the committee, to adapt their content to the latest regulatory changes and recommendations in connection with corporate governance. |
|
|
|
|
|
73 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report by the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee |
|
1. Introduction |
2. Capital and liquidity:
|
|
|
To assist the board in approving the capital and liquidity strategies and to supervise their implementation. |
3. Compliance:
|
|
|
To supervise and regularly evaluate how the Banks compliance programme works, its governance regulations and the compliance function, and to make any necessary proposals for improvement. For this purpose, the
committee: |
|
(i) |
Shall supervise compliance with the General Code of Conduct, manual and procedures to prevent money laundering and terrorist financing and any other codes and regulations that apply to the industry. |
|
(ii) |
Shall receive information and, in the event, issue reports concerning any disciplinary measures applied to members of senior management. |
|
(iii) |
Shall supervise the implementation of actions and measures that are the result of reports and inspections by the administrative supervisory and control authorities. |
|
|
|
Shall periodically assess the operation of the criminal risk prevention model and its efficacy in preventing or mitigating criminal offences, seeking external advice when deemed appropriate, and proposing to the board
any changes in the criminal risk prevention model and, in general, the compliance programme, that it deems appropriate based on said assessment.
|
4. Sustainability, communication and relations with stakeholders:
|
|
|
To review the Banks corporate social responsibility policy, seeking to ensure that it is oriented towards the creation of value for the Bank, and to follow the strategy and practices established in this
connection, assessing the degree of compliance therewith. |
|
|
|
To supervise the strategy for communication and relations with shareholders and investors, including small and medium-sized investors, as well as to supervise and assess the processes for relations with the various
stakeholders. |
|
|
|
To coordinate the process of communicating non-financial information and information in regard to diversity, in accordance with applicable regulations and accepted international standards. |
5. Corporate governance and regulation:
|
|
|
To periodically assess the adequacy of the Banks corporate governance system, in order that it fulfil its mission of promoting social interest and that it should take into account, as appropriate, the legitimate
interests of the remaining stakeholders. |
|
|
|
To monitor and assess the regulatory proposals and new regulations that may be applicable and their potential consequences for the Group. |
|
|
|
To report proposals for modifying the Rules and Regulations of the Board prior to their approval by the board. |
6. Supervisors and regulators:
|
|
|
To support and advise the board in relation to supervisors and regulators in the various countries where the Group operates.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report by the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee |
|
1. Introduction |
Composition of the committee and attendance to its meetings in 2015
At the time of preparing this document, the
composition of the risk, supervision, regulation and compliance committee is as follows:
In 2015, the committees composition changed as follows:
Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo resigned as a member of the committee on 16 January 2015, when he became an executive director of the Bank.
Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown has been a member and chairman of the committee since 12 February 2015, when he was appointed a director of the Bank, replacing
Mr Fernando de Asúa Álvarez.
Mr Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero, Mr Carlos Fernández González, Ms Isabel Tocino Biscarolasaga
and Mr Juan Miguel Villar Mir were appointed members of the committee on 23 February 2015.
Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca has been a member of
the committee since 1 October 2015, when Ms Sheila C. Bair ceased to be a director and a member of the committee.
The Bylaws and Rules and Regulations of the Board provide that the risk supervision, regulation and compliance
committee comprise solely external directors, have a majority of independent directors, and that it be chaired by an independent external director3. At present, all seven members of the committee
are external directors, and five of them are independent.
All the members of the committee have proven capacity to discharge their duties in said
committee, based on their experience and their knowledge of the matters that are handled by the committee.
The duties of the secretary to the committee
correspond, in a non-voting capacity, to the secretary to the board of directors, who is also the Banks general secretary, fostering a fluid and efficient relationship with the different units of the Group that are expected to collaborate with
or provide information to the committee.
The committee, in accordance with its regulations, approves an annual meeting schedule with at least four
meetings. In any event, the committee shall meet whenever convened, either by agreement of the committee itself, or by its chairman. The committee held 13 sessions in 2015.
Members attendance to meetings of the risk, supervision, regulation and compliance committee in 2015 was as follows:
n Number of meetings and attendance*
|
|
|
|
|
Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown |
|
|
12/12 |
|
Mr Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero |
|
|
11/11 |
|
Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca |
|
|
3/3 |
|
Mr Carlos Fernández González |
|
|
10/11 |
|
Mr Ángel Jado Becerro de Bengoa |
|
|
13/13 |
|
Ms Isabel Tocino Biscarolasaga |
|
|
11/11 |
|
Mr Juan Miguel Villar Mir |
|
|
10/11 |
|
Mr Fernando de Asúa Álvarez |
|
|
1/1 |
|
Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo |
|
|
0/0 |
|
Ms Sheila C. Bair |
|
|
9/10 |
|
* |
The first figure is the number of meetings attended by the director, and the second the number of sessions held in the year since the director has or had been a member of the committee. |
In 2015, the estimated average time devoted by each member of the risk, supervision, regulation and compliance committee to preparing and taking part in these
meetings was approximately four hours per meeting.
3. |
The composition of the risk, supervision, regulation and compliance committee is regulated by articles 54 of the Bylaws and 17-3 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board. |
|
|
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report by the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee |
|
1. Introduction |
The chart below shows the approximate breakdown of the time used for each task at the meetings held by the
committee in 2015.
In the above chart, the Corporate governance and regulation portion reflects the estimated time spent by the
committee in assessing the suitability of the Banks corporate governance system, reviewing and preparing documents relating to this matter, gauging the efficiency and compliance with the Banks rules and procedures on corporate
governance, monitoring and evaluating regulatory proposals, regulatory developments and matters debated in the financial sector that could affect the Banks business and its positioning in that regard, and reporting on proposals for modifying
the Rules and Regulations of the Board.
How the committee works
The rules governing the committee establish the valid constitution thereof, with the attendance, either present or represented, of more than half of its
members, and the adoption of agreements by the majority of those attending, it being possible to designate another member as proxy.
The necessary
documentation for each meeting (draft agenda, presentations and minutes of previous meetings) is provided to committee members three business days prior to the meeting date, unless for reasons of urgency this period cannot be upheld, in which case
the information shall be provided to members as soon as possible.
Minutes are taken of all meetings of the risk, supervision, regulation and compliance
committee, and copies of these are delivered to all members of the board.
The committee is empowered to require the attendance at its meetings of the
Banks senior executives or any of its employees; it may also harness the help of experts, in application of the special provisions of article 27 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board.
As the following summary of activities shows, the committee is in constant and seamless contact with the Groups management team, and persons heading the
risk division regularly attend its meetings, in particular, the Groups chief risk officer, and the Groups chief compliance officer.
Other
Group directors responsible for areas performing functions supervised by this committee also took part in the meetings.
In accordance with international best practices, the interaction between the risk supervision, regulation and
compliance committee and the audit committee has been intensified, as well as interaction between the former and the remuneration committee, so as to facilitate an exchange of information and the effective supervision of all risks affecting the
Group.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report by the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee |
|
2. Activities in 2015 |
2. Activities in
2015
This section contains a summary of the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committees activities
in 2015, classified in accordance with the committees basic functions.
2.1 Risk
To comply with the duties and functions attributed to this committee in regard to risk, the risk department has
regularly presented the committee a comprehensive overview of the Groups risks, and specific analyses by region and risk type, as well as various matters and projects relating to the management and control of the Groups risk, including a
review of its risk appetite.
This information and analysis is conducted by providing an overview of all the risks and focusing on those topics that
enable the committee to advise the board in connection with risk and, in the event, to draw up suitable recommendations.
Governance
With regard to governance, the committee issued a favourable opinion on the new risk governance model approved by the board at its meeting of 29 September
2015. The new model entered into force on 1 November and is based on the following principles:
|
|
|
Separate decision-making functions from control functions. |
|
|
|
Strengthen the responsibility of the first line of defence in decision-making. |
|
|
|
Ensure that all decisions concerning risk follow a formal approval process. |
|
|
|
Ensure there is an overall vision of all types of risks, including those outside the scope of control of the risk function. |
|
|
|
Strengthen the role of risk control committees, affording them additional powers. |
|
|
|
To simplify the committees structure.
|
The new model resulted in the creation of two internal risk committees, the executive risk committee, as the
body in charge of global risk management, which replaces the boards executive risk committee, and the risk control committee, as the body in charge of global risk supervision and management, without prejudice to the powers in connection with
risk that correspond to the board and its committees.
The risk model serves as a reference for the Groups units in preparing, developing and
executing local risk governance models.
In 2015, the board also approved the corporate frameworks for risk appetite and model risk.
Comprehensive overview of the Groups risks
With a
view to providing a comprehensive overview of all risks, each month the committee received the report, covering the full scope of all the risks identified in the Groups map. Based on the risk assessment, three levels are established:
(i) there is no area requiring attention; (ii) there is an area requiring attention; and (iii) there is cause of concern. Based on these three levels, the report summarises the Groups risk profile.
This document takes into account regulators recommendations in regard to accuracy (the information included must be correct, accurate and have been
checked), thoroughness (it must cover all risks, including risk limits and appetite, and it must include forecasts), identification of potential and emerging risks, orientation towards decision-making (it must include the actions proposed to
mitigate risks) and usefulness (there must be an adequate balance between data, analysis and qualitative comments).
|
|
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report by the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee |
|
2. Activities in 2015 |
Overview by risk type
To ensure a proper degree of analysis, the committee is presented with specific overviews by risk type. Accordingly, the committee receives information
concerning the following risks:
|
|
|
Credit risk: monitoring of the risk profile by segments and countries. |
|
|
|
Market trading risk: the most notable aspects in regard to the management of trading books (risk profile, organisation of the function in the Group, measurement and analysis method, among others) and aspects
requiring special attention (liquidity risk, model risk and operating risk associated with market activity). At the request of the committee, it has been informed in detail in regard to the trading risk control metrics and processes, as well as the
scenarios used in stress testing and any existing measures to increase operating risk control in the treasury desk. |
|
|
|
Structural risk and capital: the committee has been informed in regard to structural liquidity risks, interest rate risks and exchange rate risks for the entire Group, without prejudice to the competencies of the
ALCO global (asset and liabilities committee), as the body in charge of coordinating and monitoring the management of this type of risk for the entire Group. The capital profile was also monitored, without prejudice to the monitoring performed by
the Groups capital committee. |
|
|
|
Liquidity and financing risk: the principles and roles involved in liquidity risk management, risk profile, regulatory ratios and risk appetite and metrics, without prejudice to the competencies of the global
asset and liabilities committee. |
|
|
|
Operating risk: monitoring of losses, status of the AORM advance operational risk management project and strategy, model, plans, events, priorities and actions in relation to cybersecurity.
|
|
|
|
Compliance and conduct risk: the committee has been regularly informed about this kind of risk, as detailed in section 2.3 herein, with actions focusing on ensuring that the Bank conducts itself in a fair manner
with its customers, markets, employees and society at large. |
|
|
|
Model risk: progress in the concept and model of management and control. |
|
|
|
Strategic risk: monitoring of the events affecting the course of business and compliance with the Groups strategic goals.
|
Overview by unit
In order to facilitate a proper view of risk in the various regions, the committee is informed in regard to the risk profile of the Groups main units.
The reports generally contain an overview of the macroeconomic environment in which the unit operates, a comprehensive look at all the risks, monitoring of the units risk appetite, the main focuses of attention considered relevant by the risk
function, potential and emerging risks, and proposed risk mitigation actions.
Risk appetite
It has reviewed the Groups risk appetite on a quarterly basis, and has verified compliance with the established indicators. Risk reports for the
Groups main units presented to the committee contain detailed information regarding each units respective risk appetite.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report by the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee |
|
2. Activities in 2015 |
Matters or projects pertaining to risk
management and control within the Group
The committee was
informed in regard to other matters relating to the proper management and control of risks within the Group, such as corporate, strategic or regulatory operations or projects in this connection, most notably:
(i) |
Risk identification and assessment (RIA): in order to improve the identification and management of risks, the Bank conducted a risk identification and assessment (RIA), which is a systematic exercise to assess
the Groups risk profile, in both granular terms, gauging risk per activity and segment, and in Group terms, obtaining a global risk profile for the Group. From the methodological standpoint, the exercise comprised three sections: risk level,
control environment and sensitivity to risk factors. The result for the year was presented at the committee meeting held on 22 April. |
(ii) |
Risk data aggregation and risk reporting framework (RDA-RRF): at the committee meeting held on 22 April, the risk data aggregation and risk reporting framework (RDA-RRF) project was also presented. This
project is aimed at creating a technological infrastructure that provides support to the Groups risk reporting framework, to ensure compliance with the principles for the efficient input of data regarding risks and presentation of Basel
Committee on Banking Supervision risk reports. The project includes four basic elements: risk reporting framework, databases, records clean-up and process re-engineering. A control model has also been implemented for the process for certifying
compliance with the RDA-RRF, and a certification model based on questionnaires applicable to each project sphere and category is used. At the committee meeting of 30 November, a progress report on this project was presented, and it was informed
that the goal of compliance with the RDA would be achieved in December. |
(iii) |
The Volcker Rule project: the head of regulatory project control and coordination reported to the committee in regard to the Volcker Rule project. The Volcker Rule is a centre-piece of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street
Reform and Consumer Protection Act (DFA), aimed at reducing risk and increasing transparency in global financial markets. Generally, this rule bans two types of activity, with specific exceptions, by banks whose deposits are insured by the FDIC and
by bank holding companies: (i) proprietary trading on financial instruments (with some exceptions, such as operations on US government debt); and (ii) investment, sponsorship and others relating to certain types of funds (covered funds).
|
The head of regulatory project control and coordination explained the impact of the Volcker Rule and the process of
implementing the programme for compliance therewith within the Group, and also referred to the content of the manual on prop trading and investment in covered funds, which received a favourable report by the committee prior to being approved by the
board.
(iv) |
Advance operational risk management (AORM) programme: the Groups head of operating risk reported to the committee regarding the AORM programme, as one of the main initiatives for improving operating risk
management and control within the Group. This programme was launched in 2014 in order to boost the framework of operating risk control to levels considered advanced under the regulation, with a view to reducing the current level of losses and
preventing future writedowns and, in general, enhancing the control environment. |
(v) |
Capital and liquidity plans: these are described in section 2.2 below. |
The committee also helped the
board in supervising implementation of the risk strategy and its alignment with commercial strategic plans.
P-18 (3-year plan, 2016 to 2018)
At its meeting of 26 October, the committee issued a favourable report of the P-18, with a view to its approval by the board of directors. This plan is
one of the Groups management tools and includes a cluster of activities and processes aimed at developing three-year business plans (in the case of P-18, from 2016 to 2018) for all units and the consolidated Group. This is a bottom-up exercise
in which all the Groups units prepare their own three-year plans, which must be aligned with the strategy, the risk appetite and the liquidity and capital plans of each unit and of the Group. Based on these local plans, a corporate plan is
developed, which covers, in qualitative terms and for the entire Group, the management priorities and projects for the next three years and, in quantitative terms, a financial plan for that period.
2.2 Capital and liquidity
Capital plan (ICAAP)
At its meeting of 22 April, the committee endorsed the annual capital self-assessment report for 2014, which was then approved by the board at its meeting
of 23 April.
The report was prepared by the Risk and Financial Management divisions and has been developed in the context of the Groups business
model and new culture Simple, Personal and Fair.
Once the report was issued, the mandatory annual capital self-assessment process at Group
level concluded. This process identifies the main sources of risk to the Group, analyses the capital resources in relation thereto, conducts stress tests in order to confirm that in all the scenarios envisaged there is sufficient capital and ensures
the processes, strategies and systems used for accepting and managing risk are adequate. Moreover, a capital plan is drawn up in accordance with the scenarios envisaged over a three-year time frame.
Liquidity Plan (ILAAP)
At its 23 meeting, the committee
endorsed the liquidity plan, which was approved by the board at its meeting of 27 April.
The liquidity plan is an internal self-assessment process of the
Groups liquidity adequacy, which must be integrated with the rest of strategic processes, such as the ICAAP or risk appetite. The adequacy of available liquidity is examined over a time frame of one year, against the minimum goals established
for base-case and stressed scenarios, taking into account liquidity buffers and additional measures to hand. The ILAAP has also been developed in the context of the Groups business model and new culture.
|
|
|
|
|
79 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report by the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee |
|
2. Activities in 2015 |
2.3 Compliance
The compliance department has attended 11 of the 13 meetings held by the committee in 2015 to report on
matters within its sphere of competency.
Governance
On 21 July, the new target operating model (TOM) was presented to the committee, involving a plan to transform the compliance function over a three-year
term, in order to situate it as an independent control function in second line of defence, in accordance with the expectations of supervisory bodies and the Groups organisational models comprising three lines of defence. In accordance with
this model, the compliance function comprises the following specialist tasks: regulatory compliance, prevention of money-laundering and terrorist financing, governance of products and consumer protection and reputational risk, and the following
transversal duties: coordination with units, governance, planning and consolidation, compliance processes and information systems. It also establishes a clear demarcation of other control functions (risks and internal audit) and support functions
(relations with supervisors and public policy).
The new operating model, which was launched in 2015 and is devised for implementation over three years,
will apply to all subsidiaries, regardless of any local adaptations that are required, and it contains 20 initiatives grouped into five main pillars: governance, organisation and workforce; frameworks and methodologies; management information and
reporting; technology platforms and data; and implementation in the various countries and businesses worldwide.
In accordance with the provisions of the
TOM, the general compliance framework was also presented to the committee, and approved by the board on 22 December. This framework is consistent with the model for the relationship between the parent and the Group subsidiaries and with the
commitment acquired with the European Central Bank for having a corporate compliance framework in order to cover the plan to transform the compliance function that is being implemented.
Codes of conduct
The compliance department periodically
reports to the committee regarding the application of and compliance with the Groups codes of conduct, of which, the most significant are the General Code of Conduct and the Code of Conduct in Securities Markets. The first applies to all
employees and directors of the Group companies. The second applies to persons who, due to their activity, are in contact with the markets. Any non-compliance with these codes is managed in accordance with the procedures and by the committees
established for this purpose, in the financial year, there were no material non-compliances with these codes.
At its meeting of 20 May, the
committee endorsed the proposed amendments to sections 45 (rules from the manual of conduct in the use of information and communication technologies), 50 (regulatory compliance committee) and 52 (audit committee) of the Groups General Code of
Conduct. This reform was approved by agreement of the board of directors on 26 May.
Criminal risk prevention model (corporate defence)
In 2014, AENOR certification was awarded to the corporate defence model, comprising a set of policies, procedures and controls aimed at preventing criminal
risk, whose efficacy was subject to an audit over the last three years. The aforementioned model was the basis for other important projects for the Group, such as the implementation of a corporate programme to prevent corruption. Implementation of
the model in the various countries, as well knowledge of the first line of defence, are processes that will soon conclude, along with the establishment of a simpler criminal risk map.
Whistleblowing channels
There are five main
whistleblowing channels in which 400 complaints were filed at the Group in 2015.
The most common complaints refer to employees behaviour , either
unsuitable behaviour or which does not uphold either internal Group regulations or external standards.
Annual report on compliance as a swap dealer
At the 26 March committee meeting, the compliance department referred to the annual report required by the US Commodity Futures Trading
Commission (CFTC) concerning policies, procedures and controls in place to ensure compliance with the regulations pertaining to the Banks activity as a swap dealer. In accordance with the provisions of said regulations, the report was
submitted to the board of directors, which approved it on 23 April.
Product governance and consumer protection
As a result of the programme to transform the compliance function and in accordance with its new organisational model, the former office for the management of
reputational risk is now known as the office for product governance and consumer protection. This bodys powers, which previously focused on the development of market models and the control of approval processes and product and services
monitoring, now also encompass consumer protection, including, among others, the control and supervision of customer complaints and the analysis of their root cause, the establishment of criteria in this connection, or thematic reviews, and the
control of fiduciary risk and the provision of custody services. The committee was informed of this broadening of powers at its meeting of 27 July.
Prevention of money-laundering and terrorist financing
In 2015, the committee was periodically informed by the compliance department in regard to the corporate system for the prevention of money laundering and
terrorist financing (PML/TF), as well as specific supervisory actions in this connection that have affected various of the Groups units.
At the
committee meeting of 28 September, compliance referred to the findings of the annual independent experts report on the Groups PML/TF system in Spain for the period between April 2013 and April 2014. The report refers to both the
corporate PML/TF system and that of Santander España and its supervised subsidiaries, and focuses mainly on the procedures and internal control and communication bodies. Certain recommendations were drafted with differing degrees of priority
and implementation periods.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report by the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee |
|
2. Activities in 2015 |
Social and environmental risk
At the committee meeting of 26 March, the compliance department presented the Groups policies in regard to sensitive industries, noting that an
internal task force has been set up to review and update the Banks social and environmental policies. At the committees behest, on 26 September the proposed review of the socio-environmental policies prepared by that task-force was
presented. The proposal was endorsed by the committee, debated at the meeting of the sustainability committee held on 27 November, and approved by the board of directors on 22 December. The specific policies approved were as follows:
(i) Policies that establish general undertakings in regard to social and environmental protection and human rights:
(ii) |
Policies that establish criteria for measuring social and environmental risks, which the business and risk functions must take into account in their commercial financing activity, in certain sensitive sectors:
|
|
|
|
Soft commodities policy. |
Communications from supervisors and penalties
Compliance also reports to the committee regarding communications from supervisory bodies to the Groups companies with regard to compliance and conduct
and the measures to be adopted in connection with these communications, as well as regarding the main penalties imposed on Group companies, relating mainly to regulatory compliance, the prevention of money-laundering and terrorist financing, and the
marketing of financial products and services.
Treasury shares
The compliance department also reports to the committee in regard to the Banks treasury shares and compliance with the treasury share policy approved by
the board of directors.
2.4 Corporate governance and regulation
Rules and Regulations of the Board
In 2015, the committee issued favourable reports regarding the following proposed amendments to the Rules and Regulations of the Board:
(i) |
At its meeting of 20 February, the modification of section 3 of article 13 of the regulations, changing the name of the technology, productivity and quality committee to the innovation and technology committee;
this proposal was approved by the board on 23 February. |
(ii) |
At its meeting of 21 July, the modification of various articles of the regulations and the introduction of some new articles4, this proposal being approved by
agreement of the board on 29 July. The purpose of this reform was: |
|
|
|
To complete the changes to the Bylaws approved at the ordinary general meeting on 27 March 2015, adapting the Rules and Regulations of the Board to the new aspects of the Spanish Corporate Enterprises Act pursuant
to Corporate Governance Law 31/2014, of 3 December. |
|
|
|
To review and adapt the Banks corporate governance rules to the recommendations applicable to it in its dual position as a listed company and credit institution, considering: i) the new code of good governance for
listed companies issued by the Securities Market Commission (CNMV) in February 2015; ii) the guide to internal governance issued by the European Banking Authority; and iii) the new Basel corporate governance principles for banks, published on
8 July 2015. |
|
|
|
To review the functions of the boards committees in view of recent regulatory changes. |
|
|
|
To bring the operating rules for the board and its committees into line with the Banks current practices. |
|
|
|
To separately regulate the appointments and remuneration committees and to reform the regulation of the international and innovation and technology committees. |
|
|
|
To include certain internal rules regarding the Banks criminal risk prevention model, considering the modification of article 31-2 of Spains Penal Code. |
|
|
|
To introduce technical improvements or enhancements to the wording or explain certain rules of the Banks internal governance. |
(iii) |
At its meeting of 28 September, the modification of section 1 of article 17-5 of the regulation, increasing the maximum number of members of the innovation and technology committee from seven to eight; this
proposal was approved by the board on 29 September. |
4. |
The following articles were modified: 3.2, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11, 12.1, 12-2.1, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 (sections 2 and 7), 20, 21, 22 (sections 1 and 2), 23 (sections 2 and 4), 24, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31.1, 32, 33.1, 34.4(b)
and 35. A new section 3 was introduced into article 3, plus new articles 9-2, 17-2 (renumbering article 17-2 as 17-3, as a result, and also modifying it), 17-4, 17-5, 28-2 and 32-2. Furthermore, articles 13 to 18 were included in the new chapter on
committees and the transitory provision was removed. |
|
|
|
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report by the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee |
|
2. Activities in 2015 |
Modifications to the Rules and Regulations of the Board agreed by the board at its meetings of 23 February,
29 July and 29 September were registered with the Companies Register of Cantabria on 4 March, 14 August and 13 October, respectively.
Finally, at its meeting on 26 January 2016, it examined the amendment of section 3 of article 17 quinquies of the regulations which extends the functions
of the Innovation and technology committee. This resolution was duly adopted by the board at its meeting on 26 January 2016.
Annual corporate
governance report
The finer detail of the Banks governance rules and procedures are provided in the annual corporate governance report for 2015,
which is prepared in accordance with the Securities Market Act, Order ECC/2575/2015, dated 30 November, determining the content, structure and requirements for publication of the annual corporate governance report, and Circular 5/2013, of
12 June, issued by the Spanish Securities Market Commission (CNMV), establishing annual corporate governance report templates for listed corporations, savings banks and other entities that issue securities accepted for trading in official
securities markets (modified by CNMV Circular 7/2015, of 22 December), and in the corporate governance report included in the Groups annual report.
Public policy and regulation
The committee is
periodically informed by heads of the research and public policy services regarding the macroeconomic environment and the economic and political performance and outlook in various countries, as well as in regard to the main regulatory principles,
new regulations and matters being debated in the financial sector that could affect the Groups activity and its position in their connection
Assessment meeting
In its meeting of 11 February
2016, in accordance with the provisions of article 17-3.4.l) of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, the committee assessed the efficiency and compliance with the Banks governance rules and procedures.
2.5 Relations with supervisors and regulators
In 2015, the committee read the main reports issued by supervisory authorities
in both Spain and other countries where the Group operates. Furthermore, monitoring reports have periodically been delivered in regard to the main matters, including their status, the action plan associated with them and those responsible for their
implementation.
The corporate director for relations with supervisors and regulators informed the committee in regard to the presentation scheduled by
officials from the European Central Bank and the Bank of Spain before the Banks board of directors, in regard to the European Central Banks activity as consolidated supervisor of the Group, explaining the organisation, operation and
supervisory review and evaluation process (SREP) methodology. The director also outlined the European Central Banks priorities in regard to supervision, its main focuses of attention and monitoring in relation to the Group, and the meetings
and contacts with local supervisory bodies and regulators in countries where the Group operates.
2.6 Self-assessment
The self-assessment process of the board and its members, as well as its committees, conducted by the
board with the support of independent firm Spencer Stuart, welcomed both the composition of the committee and the leadership of its chairman, and the high degree of autonomy and independence in discharging the committees responsibilities,
which must be separate from those of the rest of committees, and in which regard the committee is making steady progress.
For the purposes of the
boards assessment of the committees performance, the former took into account the committees report for the previous year, as well as other information concerning its activities and operation supplied to the board.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report by the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee |
|
3. Challenges for 2016 |
3. Challenges for
2016
The main challenges for the committee in 2016 are as follows:
|
|
|
To consolidate its position as the main body for supervision and control of the Banks risk strategy and risk propensity, as well as the functions of compliance and sustainability. |
|
|
|
To foster the monitoring of non-financial risks (frameworks, profile, metrics, risk appetite, etc.). |
|
|
|
To intensify cooperation with the remunerations committee in establishing rational remuneration policies and practices, in particular, ensuring the new remuneration system takes into account the Groups risk,
capital, liquidity, probability and opportunity for profit.
|
|
|
|
To continue progressing in the manner of exercising its duties, separating them from those of other committees, and to make further headway in defining the models for reporting to the committee. |
|
|
|
To develop its duties in connection with sustainability, and relations with supervisors, regulators and stakeholders. |
|
|
|
To facilitate the exchange of information and effective coverage of all risks (including emerging risks), making any necessary changes to the Banks risk governance.
|
|
|
|
|
|
83 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEES 2015 |
|
|
Report by the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee |
|
4. Conclusion |
4. Conclusion
Throughout 2015, the risk, supervision, regulation and compliance committee has properly discharged the responsibilities assigned to it in the Bylaws and the
Rules and Regulations of the Board.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
84 |
This report was
printed on ecologically
friendly paper and has been produced using
environmentally friendly processes.
© February 2016, Grupo Santander
Production:
MRM Worldwide
Printing:
Alborada
Legal deposit:
M-8325-2015
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by
the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banco Santander, S.A. |
|
|
|
Date: February 19, 2016 |
|
By: |
|
/s/ José García Cantera |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
José García Cantera |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
Chief Financial Officer |